Full text of "The Granite monthly, a New Hampshire magazine, devoted to literature, history, and state progress"

*mmm

'■■■i'

■■-,<

(.■'■;■' '■ : 'i-; ''

i, ,'

'•;;:■.■■:'>:■;'.■.

vrf, /■■,.'- -

■'■•■.■., i'i. i

fflfl

a»

Mjtffl

«gficft

BiSiil

■«..:.'.•:■.'•

'■■■:■/*.

1 ' ; : w

WEBL

WuBSm

1111111

3f~

NMH

icooQBHBd

hhbh*

1 'i ■•■ i' '■■

Durh

Library Association

Class

Volume

Number S^ ' ' V

S-4r-

Source

Received

Cost

Accession

No l\A.$.<* . .

::-::

GRANITE MONTHLY

New Hampshire State Magazine

VOLUME LII

CONCORD. - N. H.

HARLAN C. PEARSON. Publister

1920

:
:

Vm.2

C ONTENTS Page

\. \\ . O. L. in Belgium, by Myrna S. Howe 123

1 lack of Bearcamp Water, by Edwin O. Grover 47

Barriei Against the Indians, A, by George B. Upham 308

Beneath Autumnal Starlit Skies, by Charles Nevers Holmes -109

Books of New Hampshire Interest, by Harlan C. Pearson

Americans by Adoption, 337 ; A New England Romance, 487; Blind, 489;
Brite and Fair, 488; Collector's Luck, 33; Dr. Jonathan, 32; Fireweed, 267;
Homespun and Gold, 487; Isle o' Dreams, 268; Mary Marie, 267; Masters
of the Guild, 488; Peter Kindred, 268; Pilgrim in Palestine, 76; Rhymes
of Rural Life, 129; Sailor Girl, 298; Ships Across the Sea, 267; The Black
Drop, 32; The First Valley, 268; The Heart of New England, 489; The
Nemesis of Mediocrity, 76; The Real Diary of the Worst Farmer, 298;
The Turnpikes of New England, 181; The Wall Between, 453; Walled
Towns, 77; Winter Sports Verse, 217; You can, But Will You, 370; Youth
in Harley, 413.

Bringing Up Bill, by Arthur B. Rotch 13

Brown, Albert O., by Harlan C. Pearson 6

Clough, Jeremiah A., by H. H. M-etcalf 172

Constitutional Convention, The, by H C. Pearson 83

Daguerreotype Period, The, by George W. Jennings 278

Dartmouth Literary or Debating Societies, The, by Asa Currier Tilton 157, 202, 249

Doorway, The, by George Wilson Jennings 221

Editorial, by Harlan C. Pearson

The New Year in New Hampshire, 31; New Hampshire Thrift, 76; The
Constitutional Convention, 128; March Meetings, 182; Herbert Hoover,
215; A Historical Find, 216; Daylight Saving, 266; The Summer Folks,
297; The Next President's Cabinet, 336; The Census, 368; Benjamin A.
Kimball, 411; Preserving History, 452; A Poetry Prize, 485; The Defeat
of the Amendments, 485.

Ellis, Bertram, by H. C. Pearson 72

Exeter's Soldiers' Memorial 461

Farm Bureau, The, by George M. Putnam 186

Forty Years a Shaker, by Nicholas Briggs 463

"Great River Naumkeek," The, by George B. Upham 195

Great Road to the North, The, by George B. Upham 50

Hall, Colonel Daniel, by FI. C. Pearson 120

Herrick, James Amory 421

How Long Was a Mile, by George B. Upham IK,

Income Tax, An : Pro and Con, by Albert O. Brown 3

In the Navy During the World War, by J. W. Johnson 58

Kimball, Benjamin A., by H. C. Pearson 343

Maine's Century of Statehood, by William A. Robinson 170

Morrill, Arthur P., by George W. Parker 305

New Hampshire's Most Friendly Trees, by Roland D. Sawyer 126, 179, 214, 265, 296, 334
New Hampshire Necrology

Henry L. Barnard, 340; W. A. Beckford, 416; H. W. Blair, 182; J. H.
Blaisdell, 80; H. W. Boutwell, 491 ; E. J. Burnham, 223; L. H. Carroll, 415;
A. H. Campbell, 80; Bela Chapin, 184; J. W. Chase, 130; E. L. Child, 455;
W. H. Child, 79; F. C. Clement, 78; W. R. Clough, 456; John M. Cochran,
457; F. M. Colby, 300, v.. C. Od,,.,, 416; J. G. Dearborn, 78; H. A Dodge,
493; W. B. Fellows, 270; Kimball Fletcher, 40; C. A. Folsom, 78; E. E.
Gates, 223; H. I. Goss, 455; Dr. J. R. Ham, 492; B. F. Hanson, 339;
D. W. Hayden, 371 ; M. A. Haynes, 39; C. A. Hazlett, 458; G. W.
H. Hazelton, 457; W. N. Hartshorn, 414; W. D. H. Hill, 183; A.

CONTENTS Page

J. Hoitt, 417; A. J. Holden, 417; Andrew Killoren, 182; D. W. Lakeman,
371; j. K. Law, 223; I. A. Loveland, 339; G. L McAllister, 79; George!
Alain, 455; S. R. Marston, 301; G. S. Morrill, 182; C. J. O'Neil, 457; J.
M. Parker, 417; J. C. Pattee, 184; Calvin Page, 38; W. T. Perkins, 130;
F. J. Pillsbury, 182; Mrs. E. H. Porter 271; Airs. H. B Quinby, 184;
W. W. Ranney, 130; R. A. Ray, 416; Airs. Al. Al. Ricker, 493; C.
W. Scribner, 414 ; J. F. Seavey, 371 ; A. H. Snow, 416 ; Edmund Tetleyi
223; W. F. Thayer, 454; W. H. Topping, 271; C. A. Walker, 270; Sumner
Wallace, 130; Edward Woods, 222; A. P. Worthen 457.

New Hampshire Town Boundaries, by George B. Upham 19

Oldest Organ in the United States, The, by C. N. Holmes 293

Old-Fashioned Snow Storm, An. by Charles Nevers Holmes 482

Poems

Absent, by Annabel C. Andrews, 486; A Meteor Headstone, by P. R.
Bugbee, 494; Alone, by F Al. Pray, 451 ; A Alarch Day, by Kate J. Kimball,
119; Anarchism, by Albert Annett, 272; April Quest, by Harold Vinal, 169;
A Revery, by Alice D. O. Greenwood, 191 ; By the Help of the Hills, by
Harry Webb Farrington, 216; Butterfly, by Albert Annett, 340; Calm at
Sea, by Walter B. Wolfe, 315; Christmas Wreaths, by Al. C. Alatson, 484;
Compensation by Alartha S. Baker, 71 ; Coasting, by Charles Nevers
Holmes, 12; Dirge, by Harold Vinal, 289; Dream Songs, by Leighton
Rollins, 372; Early Alorning, by Helen A. Parker, 427; Free, by Harold
Vinal, 129; Heights of Cardigan, by Gordon Al. Hillman, 37; His Thoughts
Shall Never Die by Leighton Rollins, 422; Home, by Jean Rushmore Pat-
terson, 354; In May, by F. Al. Pray, 219; Intangible, by Ruth Bassett
Eddy, 115; In Weakness Strength, by Elias H. Cheney, 264; Loss, by
Harold Vinal, 265: Alemories, b\ Helen A. Parker, 324; Aletamorphosis,
by L. S. Alorrison, 23$; My Alother's Sampler, by George W. Jennings, 34;
Aly Latest Year, by Alartha S. Baker, 29; New Hampshire, by Kate AL
Phillips, 45; Old Home Week, by James T. Weston, 307; On a Line in
Emerson's Notebook, by Fanny H. R. Poole, 302; On Dresden Hill at Twi-
light, by Perley R. Bugbee, 367; Our World at Peace, by C. N. Holmes.
128; Perfecticn, by Fred Alyron Cclby, 299; Reflections in the Water, by
Leighton Rollins, 46; Shadows, by Amy J. Dolloff, 292; Spring Rain, by
Alarian F. Sawyer, 171 ; The Brown Trail's Creed, by Alary Elizabeth
Smith, 335; The Ledyard Bridge, by P. R. Bugbee ; 561; The Day, by
F. Al. Pray, 338; The Alinutes, by Mary H. Wheeler, 442; Thoughts, by
Mary H. Wheeler, 269; The Morning Cometh, by Fanny H. R. Poole, 490;
The Pilgrims, by Lucy H. Heath, 369 ; The Shower, by Carolyn Hillman,
30; The Summit, by Walter B. Wolfe, 127; The Trees, by Harold Vinal, 221 ;
The Unspoken Prayer, by Ruth Bassett Eddy, 295 ; The W r aters Speak, by
Walter B. Wolfe, 248; To the American Legion, by Amy J. Dolloff, 144;
Trees in Autumn, by Alice AL Shepard, 412; Vignette, by Walter B. Wolfe,
73 ; Waiting, by Ruth Bassett Eddy, 234 ; Ye Bumblebee, by Albert Annett,
278.

Province Road, The, by George B. Upham 428

Schouler, The late James, LL. D., by Ellen AL Alason 290

Second Best, The, by Frances P. Keyes 227

Seventy-bfth Anniversary of Penacook Encampment by F. J. Pillsbury 62

Soldiers' Alonument at Fremont, The 423

State and Its Roads, The, by Frederick E. Everett 135

State's Alost Important Industry, The, by James O. Lyford 43

Story of Colonel Thomas Johnson, The, by Frances P Keyes 316, 355

Taylor, David D., by Henry H. Metcalf 275

CONTENTS Page

Three Love Letters, by William M. Stuart 475

Thru the Year in New Hampshire, by Roland D. Sawyer 28, 74

Thru the Year wth Job, by Roland D. Sawyer 30

Tributes to Two Teachers 1 75

Turnpikes, Toll-gates and State Coach Days, by Mabel Hope Kingsbury 145

White Mountain Mystersy, The, by John K. Chase 239, 281, 325

Winter and Miracles, by Katharine Upham Hunter 443

Wolfeboro's 150th Anniversary 375

Albert O. Brown

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

Vol. LI1

JANUARY, 1920

No. 1

AN INCOME TAX PRO AND CON

By Albert

The increasing volume of taxation
raises the question of ways and
means. For a hundred and twenty
years, beginning with 1784, we were
subject to the rule of proportion,
copied into the constitution of New
Hampshire from that of Massachu-
setts. But for the relatively un-
important and partially unused
amendment of 1903, affecting inher-
itances and franchises, this rule is
still in force. We are thus, except
for polls, in the main restricted to
the general property tax, and from
it we derive most of the revenue for
the support of government, state,
county and local. It is believed,
however, it cannot be relied upon to
sustain any great increase in public
expenditures.

The burden of federal taxation is
heavy, how heavy it is difficult either
to determine or to estimate. In this
state, fortunately, the figures are at
hand. In 1911 the property taxes
assessed locally, that is, by the se-
lectmen in the towns and the asses-
sors in the cities, and mostly for the
use of the towns and cities,
amounted in round numbers to five
and a half millions of dollars. In
1919 they amounted to eleven mil-
lions of dollars, an increase of one
hundred per cent in eight years.

This statement, it must be re-
membered, does not include the
million dollars more or less annually
assessed against the statewide pub-
lic service companies by the tax
commission. It takes no account of
the savings bank tax of $700,000,
the poll tax of $360,000, the inheri-
tance tax of $250,000, or the insur-
ance tax of $125,000. Neither does
it regard the multitude of fines and
fees, including a half million dollars

O. Brown

from automobile licenses, which add
largely to the public income. It re-
lates merely to the tax locally as-
sessed upon local property, the
average rate of which throughout
the state for the present year is
$2.28 on each one hundred dollars
of a full valuation of all ratable es-
tates.

Many still in active life will re-
member the almost oppressive tax-
ation that followed the Civil War.
During that struggle it was neces-
sary for the cities and towns, to say
nothing of the state, to incur large
debts for bounties to soldiers and
for other outlays which in the recent
conflict they were able to avoid. In
the late sixties these debts were in
process of liquidation and taxes as-
sumed unheard of proportions. To
not a few confiscation seemed near
at hand, and yet the per capita rate
then was but one half of that which
exists today.

Mindful of all the facts the legis-
lature, when at the recent extra ses-
sion it voted a bonus of $70 each
to the veterans of the World War.
also provided for the resulting ex-
pense by increasing the poll tax to
$5 for five years and imposing it
upon women as well as men in the
event they are admitted to the suf-
frage. It was feared, and with good
reason, that the measure would fail
if the money appropriated by it were
to be raised in the usual way
through the medium of the property
tax, already too high.

But it is apparent that, in the ab-
sence of retrenchment, much more
money will be needed. The call of
the schools cannot be denied. The
needs of the highways — more and
better good roads — are imperative.

THE GRANITE MOXTHI.V

And generally the high cost of gov-
ernment will assert itself.

The moral is plain. The red
light is displayed. ( >f course poll
taxes should go no higher. Property
owners are already paying as much
as tiny can afford. .And this is es-
pecially true of the fanners on the
hills and the small freeholders in
the villages and cities who together
constitute a large majority of the
tax payers of the .state. If this
statement is accepted for truth,
property taxes of the character that
now obtain cannot be greatly in-
creased, d'herefore, should large
sums of additional money be needed
a new source of revenue must be
found to supply them. The only
such source in sight is a tax on in-
comes. This would rest principally
upon interest and dividend receipts
and would be far from inequitable.

Those who possess intangibles,
whether with or without other prop-
erty, are able to hold them only be-
cause of the protection afforded by
the state. The courts are open to
these persons and the police are at
their service. They are entitled to
attend and to send their children to
the public schools. The highways,
streets, sidewalks, sewers and lights
are for their use. And in case they
come to want, they are entitled to
support at the public expense. In
return they surely ought to con-
tribute something on account of
their intangible wealth to maintain
the government from which all
these benefits are derived. On the
other hand, they cannot be expected
to pay a full tax upon their securi-
ties, for they of necessity, have to
bear the burden of a full tax upon
the tangible property which those
securities represent and which with-
out diminishing itself gives to them
all the value they possess. At cur-
rent rates one can ill afford, di-
rectly or indirectly, to pay two full
taxes upon the same property. The
owner of a house is not required to
pay a tax upon both it and the deed

that conveys the title, or the poll
tax payer to respond twice, once for
himself and once for his image in
the -'lass.

It is entirely feasible from a prac-
tical point of view, to classify stocks
and credits for direct taxation at a
rate commensurate with their abil-
ity to pay. This has been done in
several jurisdictions and a flat tax of
about four mills on the dollar has
been found to afford a large return
and to be otherwise satisfactory.
The same practical result may be
reached, however, by resorting to
shares and money at interest indi-
rectly through their income. And
a tax on incomes has some advant-
ages that classification as heretofore
proposed in this state, does not pos-
sess. It may be made to apply to
returns from business and personal
earnings as well as from intangibles.
On this principle a law was enacted
in Massachusetts four years ago
which has proved to be eminently
successful. New York has just
passed a general income tax law,
and the trend in all of the states
is toward income taxation.

If a tax on incomes from all
sources were adopted as an adjunct
to existing taxes, ample revenue
could be provided at a low rate.
The actual net income, seven-tenths
personal and three-tenths corporate,
returned from New Hampshire for
federal taxation in 1917, which year
furnishes the latest figures available,
was $52,061,342. This sum may
be too small for the present compu-
tation because $2,000 of income was
excluded in the case of every per-
sonal return. If, however, it were
to include in the case of personal re-
turns all net incomes of $1,000 and
over, as well as the net interest re-
ceived by savings banks, which
should be treated like other income,
it would be increased to more than
$60,000,000. But six per cent of
this sum is $3,600,000. And six per
cent is lower than any federal rate
and higher than any we should need

AN INCOME TAX PRO AND CON

to use. Of course we should have
to forego the present tax on intangi-
bles and savings hank deposits ag-
gregating $900,000. The balance of
$2,700,000 would represent the gain
in revenue from income taxation.
This with the increases from inheri-
tances and automobile licenses,
about to be realized, should satisfy
our needs for many years to come.

It is impossible to tell from the
printed tabulations just what part
of the personal income returned
from this state, as above, was de-
rived from intangibles. But enough
is known to warrant the assertion
that it was sufficient, even if taxed
at a low rate, to make a very im-
portant addition to present revenue.
Indeed, many think it would be ad-
visable, for a time at least, to confine
an income tax to dividend and in-
terest receipts exclusively.

In this connection it is appropri-
ate to add that, from an economic
standpoint, the law of this state
governing the taxation of intangi-
bles is especially absurd. Its effect,
speaking generally, is entirely to ex-
empt all stocks and to tax at full
value all bonds and other credits,
though the latter ma} - be offset by
interest bearing indebtedness, as
they usually are. The result is that
not five per cent of our intangibles
outside the savings banks, estimat-
ed to be in excess of $300,000,000,
contribute any revenue whatever to
the public treasuries. Nor can the
situation be greatly improved with-
out an amendment to the propor-
tional clause of the constitution.
Obviously the question of an in-
come tax, so far as it relates to in-
tangibles, is not one of exemption
but one of broad and inclusive taxa-
tion ; not one of less but of greatly
increased revenue.

A plan on the basis of the pre-
ceding paragraphs would add to our
system a useful method of taxation.
Flexibility would be one of its
merits. The varying demands for
revenue could generally be met by
fractional changes in the rate of tax-

ation. A portion of the burden of
government now borne by the
principal of property would be
shifted to income and would rest
upon the shoulders of those who are
able and, for the most part at least,
willing to bear it. Incidentally a
wide spread demand would be sat-
isfied and the forces of discontent
depleted.

The tax would be easy to assess,
as the amount of income could
readily be ascertained from the re-
turn of the tax payer to the com-
missioner of internal revenue, or a
duplicate thereof. It would also be
easy to collect and easy to pay,
since it could always be taken from
income without liquidating fixed
and unproductive property as is
sometimes necessary under the pres-
ent law.

But there is something before an
income tax. Economy and efficiency
are entitled to a trial. State and
municipal affairs are seldom con-
ducted with the prudence and
sagacity that characterize private
business. This is especially true of
times like the present when the infla-
tion of war, and, it may be added,
its extravagance and waste, extend
their influence to public finance.
Reform is slow and difficult. It will
come, however, whenever the people
realize that their interest in govern-
ment is several as well as joint. It
will come chiefly through the town *•
meetings and the boards of mayor
and aldermen, where most of the ap-
propriations are made and their ex-
penditure authorized. If it were to
come quickly the existing system
of taxation, utilized to its utmost,
would probably suffice for a consid-
erable time. And it would avert a
tax on incomes, which is otherwise
inevitable within a few years.

All things considered, it is the part
of wisdom, while a convention is at
hand, so to amend the constitution
that it will not condemn an income
tax law if later its enactment is
found necessary.

ALBERT O. BROWN

By II. C. Pearson

A periodical of national circula-
tion lias been printing a series of
interesting articles about "the best
farmers" in the different states of
the Union. Its choices have pro-
voked comment and criticism, which,
doubtless, was one of the purposes
in making them ; hut they have
served, also, the better end of mak-
ing the whole country acquainted
with the splendid recent progress of
agriculture in every section of the
land. it" its articles had been
headed "The Best Types of Farm-
ers" in the North, South, East and
West, the appeal to the reader's curi-
osity would have been less strong,
but there would have been little, if
any, just ground for complaint as to
the selection of men and of farms for
description.

If this magazine should announce
and print an article upon "The Best
Man in New Hampshire," it might
increase its circulation, but it would
undertake an impossible task and
would receive and deserve ridicule.
But if the editor should be moved to
discuss the best type of New Hamp-
shire manhood and citizenship, not
only would he have an interesting
and comprehensive subject, but also
one that could be illustrated with
many individual portraits without
giving any reason for adverse criti-
cism.

It" such a contribution were to be
made to the pages of The Granite
Monthly, this present writer can
think ot no man more worthy to be
chosen as a representative of the
specified type, "New Hampshire's
best manhood and citizenship," than
the subject of this article, Hon.
Albert ( ). Brown of Manchester.

In the first place. Mr. Brown rep-
resents well the New Hampshire
type because he is so thoroughly and
entirely a New Hampshire man in

every inch and ounce of his consid-
erable height and weight. lie was
horn and spent his boyhood on a
New Hampshire farm. Me attended
a New Hampshire district school
and then a New Hampshire acad-
emy. I le i.s a graduate and a trus-
tee of a New Hampshire college.
lie began the practice of his profes-
sion in New Hampshire and contin-
ued it there with eminent success
for almost thirty years ; turning then
to the field of business and becoming
the executive officer of New Hamp-
shire's greatest financial institution.
In public life he holds today two
of the most important positions in
the New Hampshire state govern-
ment. In private life he is one of
those kind friends, good neighbors
and quiet gentlemen, upon whose
steadfast, unassuming strength of
character, in the mass, depends the
safety and the future of our modern
civilization.

It is thus seen how truly and es-
sentially Mr. Brown is a typical
New Hampshire man, by birth, resi-
dence, training, education, experi-
ence and service. How the value
of his service and the depth of his
loyalty to the commonwealth fur-
ther qualify him to represent the
Granite State at its best may be
judged, though imperfectly, from the
following brief sketch of his life,
career and personality.

Albert Oscar Brown was born in
Northwood, Rockingham County,
New Hampshire, July 18, 1853, the
son of Charles Osgood and Sarah
Elizabeth (Langmaid) Brown, and
the oldest of their three children. His
great-great-grandfather, Jedediah
Brown, removed from Seabrook to
Raymond early in the eighteenth
century and was the ancestor of
many men and women who have
played prominent parts in the life of

ALBERT O. BROWN 7

southeastern New Hampshire dur- small, but strong, as the remem-

ing the past two hundred years. Mr. bered names of Young, Quimby,

Brown's mother was a member of a Wright, Proctor, Parker, Lord,

well known Chichester family, her Noyes, Hitchcock and Sanborn will

brother, Edward Langmaid, being testify.

the leading citizen of that town ior Most of Mr. Brown's classmates

many years. in '78 were country boys like him.

Mr. Brown's boyhood, like that They graduated 85 strong to become

of most lads of his time in rural college presidents and professors,

New Hampshire, contained more of doctors of divinity and of medicine,

work and less of play than is now judges of high courts, writers, pub-

the rule ; yet it was a happy one and lishers, editors, engineers and suc-

one in which the right kind of foun- cessful business men ; not one of

dations were laid for a strong, up- them, however, attaining a higher

right and useful manhood. The degree of success in life than has

Northwood of that day was a pros- Mr. Brown. In college he was a

perous agricultural community ; a member of the Zeta chapter of the

peaceful, wholesome environment; Psi Upsilon fraternity; and his high

with a stage coach its one slight standard of scholarship earned him

connection with the outer world, an election to Phi Beta Kappa. He

passing through every week day received the degree of Bachelor of

In spite of its comparative isola- Arts upon his graduation in June,
tion, Northwood had excellent edu- 1878, and the honorary degree of
cational facilities in the shape of Master of Arts in 1908. In 1911
unusually good common schools, Mr. Brown was chosen a trustee of
and, in addition. Coes Northwood the college and still continues to
Academy, one of those preparatory hold that office, the value of his
schools of which so many, located services in that capacity being ap-
here and there in New England preciated fully by his fellow alumni
country villages, have been a real and by all who are interested in
factor in establishing high and true Dartmouth's future. He is a mem-
ideals of enlightenment and pro- ber of the committee of the board
gress. In due time young Brown of trustees on Business Adminis-
passed from the town schools into tration of the college and served on
the academy and there fitted for col- the special committee from the
lege, which he entered in the fall of board which assisted in making the
1874. For his preparatory school, arrangements for the recent sesqui-
as for his college, Mr. Brown always centennial of the founding of Dart-
has cherished a loyal and active re- mouth. His alma mater has no
gard. For many years he has been more loyal and loving son than he,
a member of the board of trustees nor one in whom capacity, desire
of Coes Academy and for some time and opportunity for valuable service
past the president of the board. are better united.

When Mr. Brown went to Han- For three years after leaving col-
over in 1874, he found Dartmouth lege Mr. Brown was a school teacher
.still the small college which it was acting as an instructor in Lawrence
in Daniel Webster's day, and which Academy, Groton, Massachusetts,
it was to continue to be for two more In this work he was abundantly suc-
decades. President Smith was soon cessful, but it was not his choice
to end his fourteen years of service as a life career, and at the end of
as the head of that institution and the period named he began the
President Bartlett to begin his term study of law in the office of Burn-
of fifteen years. The faculty was ham & McAllister at Manchester,

TIIK GRANITE MONTHLY

later attending the law school of
Boston University.

From this institution he graduat-
c !. cum udc, in 1834, receiving the
degree of Bachelor of Laws;
and in the same year he passed the
New Hampshire bar examinations,
at the head of his class, being ad-
mitted to practice in August. It
was March 1, 1912, when he an-
nounced his retirement from the
active work of his profession, so
that the length of his distinguished
legal career was almost twenty-
eight years. Throughout this
period he wasi associated with
the late Judge Henry E. Burn-
ham, for twelve years United States
Senator from New Hampshire. The
other members of the firm were the
late Hon. Edwin F. Jones, George
H. Warren, Esq., Allan M. Wilson,
Esq., and Robert L. Manning, Esq.

It is probable that no other law
firm in the history of New Hamp-
shire ever handled a greater aggre-
gate amount of business in a similar
period of time or with a higher av-
erage of success. Certainly no such
firm ever had a more honorable rec-
ord or one more conspicuous for
dignity, ability and integrity. It
was counsel in a large number of
the more important court cases of
its time, while attending, also, to a
great amount of business of an ad-
visory and executive character. Its
roll of clients was a notable one and
its professional reputation was de-
servedly high and widely estab-
lished.

During the long absence of Sen-
ator Burnham in Washington, Mr.
Brown was the head of the firm,
with the burden of its responsibili-
ties upon his shoulders, and it is
sufficient to say that its steady pro-
gress in the path of professional suc-
cess continued without interruption
under his direction.

In looking back over his profes-
sional career, Mr. Brown likes to
remember that one of his earliest
successes was in an important high-

way case to which his native town
and two < >t her neighboring towns
were parties. It was sharply con-
tested, and involved certain legal
points of more than common inter-
est. Winning it meant much to the
young practitioner in the way of as-
suring his future success, but he was
also glad to be able to begin so
earl)- the repayment of the debt of
gratitude which he felt he owed his
Old Home town for the wholesome
environment and good educational
opportunities which it provided him
in youth.

Throughout the years of his ac-
tivity at the bar, Mr. Brown devoted
his energies and abilities without
stint to the work of his profession,
evincing a singleness of purpose in
this regard which is one of the sur-
est passports to success. He did not
by any means shut himself off from
other interests, but the practice of
law came first with him and other
things afterward ; a manner of life
which he never has had occasion to
regret.

It was natural, in fact almost in-
evitable, that a man of the sound
business judgment and great pro-
fessional success of Mr. Brown
should have his counsel sought in
financial affairs and the benefit of his
influence and advice desired by fin-
ancial institutions. In 1894 he be-
came a trustee of the Amoskeag Sav-
ings Bank of Manchester, the largest
in the state. In 1905 he succeeded
the late Otis Barton as its president,
and in January, 1912, following the
death of George Henry Chandler, he
was chosen its treasurer.

Incorporated in 1852, it has long
held the leadership among all insti-
tutions of the kind in New Hamp-
shire and w r as so ranked when Mr.
Brown became its active head eight
years ago. It then had 23,000 de-
positors and $16,000,000 in assets.
Today it has 29,000 depositors and
$22,000,000 in assets. The figures
speak for themselves, and eloquent-
ly both as to Mr. Brown's success as

ALBERT O. BROWN

a financier and as to the confidence
and regard which he has inspired in
the constituency of his bank. His
position brings him in personal
touch with the home and business
problems of thousands of people,
and it is among them, chiefly those
in moderate circumstances, that he
stands strongest today.

Mr. Brown was one of the special
committee from the trustees of the
bank which had charge of erecting
in 1913 and 1914 the magnificent ten-
story limestone office building, by
far the finest in New Hampshire,
which the bank owns, and in part
occupies, and of which not only the
city in which it is located, but the
whole state, is justly proud.

Although Mr. Brown's devotion to
his professional and business inter-
ests has been unusual, he has not
allowed it to shut him off from par-
ticipation in the social, fraternal, re-
ligious and other activities of his
city. He is a member of the Ma-
sonic fraternity, the Elks, the
Grange, and of the Derryfield Club
in Manchester and attends the First
Congregational Church, of whose
work he is a generous supporter.

Mr. Brown was united in marriage
at Ayer, Mass., December 20, 1888,
to Miss Susie J. Clarke, and their
home life has been happy at their
residence, 395 Lowell street, Man-
chester. In an unusual degree, Mr.
Brown has retained through life his
interest in the affairs which pertain
to youth, an interest which by af-
fording opportunities for much-
needed recreation has tended to keep
him young in spirit and in body,
and has also prompted many acts
of advantage to young men of his
acquaintance.

A Republican in political belief,
conscientious in the discharge of his
duties as a citizen, Mr. Brown al-
ways took an intelligent interest in
the public questions of the day, both
state and national, and lent the
weight of his influence and example

to the support of principles and can-
didates in accord with his convic-
tions ; but until within a decade the
pressure upon his time was such
that he did not feel that he could
enter actively into public life.

And it was, in fact, through a pro-
fessional engegement that he was
first induced to accept a state office.
In 1910 and 1911 he was associated
with the attorney-general as special
counsel for the state in the im-
portant railroad tax appeals then
pending in the supreme court ; pre-
pared the state's side, and took a
prominent part at the trial of the
litigation against the Boston &
Maine and other railroads over the
assessment of taxes upon them by
the state board of equalization.

How his work in this case was
regarded by the justices before
whom it was tried was made evi-
dent in May, 1911, wdien the court
appointed him chairman of the
newly created state tax commission
for a term of six vears ; and that
he fulfilled their highest expecta-
tions was shown by his reappoint-
ment in 1917 for a second term.

This state tax commission is one
of the most important and valuable
departments of the state govern-
ment. William B. Fellows of Til-
ton and John T. Amey of Lancas-
ter were named as Mr. Brown's col-
leagues upon it when the commis-
sion was formed and have so con-
tinued by successive re-appoint-
ments.

The difficult task of the state tax
commission is three-fold in charac-
ter, executive, educative and judi-
cial. By state and district confer-
ences and institutes, local tax offi-
cials must be given a broad view of
their duties, as well as an intimate
knowdedge of all their details, and
must be brought to work in har-
mony for an honest, effective, im-
partial, intelligent administration of
the tax laws of the state. Justice
must be done between all sections

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

of the state and all classes of its
people. Problems must be solved,
knots untangled, difficulties over-
come, the rough made smooth and
the crooked made straight.

How much has been accomplish-
ed on all these lines by the New
Hampshire tax commission; how
greatly it has improved Granite
State conditions in its department
during the less than a decade of its
existence are well known and
thoroughly appreciated by those ac-
cpiainted with the facts. And that
the tax commission has been able to
make so good a record has been due
in large part to the hard work, deep
thought and ability as a leader of its
chairman. Mr. Brown's training
for the place had been of the best ;
he had a store of knowdedge as to
both urban and rural conditions ; his
long and extensive legal practice
had brought him in contact with
many taxation problems and had
given him the ability to cope with
them.

In an article published in this
number of The Granite Monthly,
Mr. Brown gives his views as to
some changes that may need to be
made in our system of taxation. His
addresses on similar lines upon vari-
ous occasions have attracted more
than state wide attention and have
caused him to be numbered among
the authorities of national reputa-
tion on taxation. At the recent
conference of New England tax
officials in Boston, Mr. Brown was
one of the presiding officers, and was
chosen to make the reply to the
address of welcome by Lieutenant
Governor Cox. He is, also, a mem-
ber of the National Tax Associa-
tion.

Pending changes for the better in
our laws governing taxation, those
now- upon the .statute books have
been administered and enforced by
the state tax commission without
fear or favor and with an efficient
impartiality which is the one prime

object to be achieved by such a
body.

In the discharge of his duties as
chairman of the tax commission,
Mr. Brown has gone into every part
of the state and become acquainted
with its local conditions. At the
same time he has added greatly to
the already wide acquaintance
among the people of New- Hamp-
shire which he had gained by his
legal practice.

The regard in which Mr. Brown
is held by the people and the esti-
mate which they have formed of his
ability and integrity was shown in
a striking manner when the conven-
tion to revise the constitution of the
state assembled at Concord, June 5,
1918. Mr. Brown had been chosen
a delegate from his home ward, and
when the time came for its perma-
nent organization he received the
striking compliment of an unani-
mous election as the president of the
convention.

In moving that the temporary
secretary of the convention cast one
vote for Mr. Brown as president, a
motion which prevailed without a
single voice in the negative, Leslie
P. Snow, Esq., of Rochester, said :
"We are fortunate in having one
member whose fitness for the high
office of president is recognized by
us all, a man of large experience,
a man of sound judgment, a lawyer,
a financier, and a public servant of
tried capacity."

During the three days' session of
the convention, at this time, Mr.
Brown showed himself a dignified,
impartial and capable presiding
officer, making it evident that at the
longer session, which has been call-
ed for January 13, he will so direct
the deliberations of the convention
as to secure a maximum of result at
a minimum of time and expense.

During the deliberations of the
convention in committee of the
whole at the 1918 session, Mr.
Brown took part in debate in a man-

ALBERT O. BROWN

ner which revealed to his hearers his
quality as a logical thinker and
clear, candid and convincing
speaker, characteristics of his ora-
tory which have been in evidence
since his .lawyer days and which add
to the interest and value of the
various public addresses he has been
called upon to make.

The World War, which cut short
the deliberations of the constitu-
tional convention of 1918, and which
demanded from every loyal citizen
sacrifice and effort in proportion to
his capacity, found Mr. Brown serv-
ing upon the New Hampshire Com-
mittee of One Hundred on Public
Safety, by appointment of Governor
Henry W. Keyes, and upon its sub-
committee on Aid to Dependents,
by appointment of Chairman John
B. Jameson. He also was vice-
chairman of the Manchester Thrift
Committee and oiie indication of his
work in the way of thrift was the
fact that his bank enrolled more than
13,000 subscribers to the various
Liberty Loans on the weekly pay-
ment plan.

Mr. Brown's prominence in the
professional, financial and public life
of the state has been such for many
years that, united with his univer-
sally acknowledged ability, integ-
rity and loyalty, it made it only a
matter of time when his name should
be considered in connection with
the position of Chief Executive of
New Hampshire.

In the minds of his fellow Repub-
licans in the city of his residence,
that time came last year, and in
January, 1919, the fifty-two mem-
bers of the Republican city commit-
tee of Manchester adopted unani-
mously a resolution asking Mr.
Brown to become a candidate for
the party nomination for Governor
at the primary of 1920. Such unan-
imity of action on the part of the
official representatives of the state's
majority party in the state's largest
city was in itself a remarkable com-

pliment to Mr. Brown, and an indi-
cation of the strength which his
candidacy would develop through-
out the commonwealth.

Fully appreciating the personal
regard thus shown for him by his
fellow citizens. Mr. Brown did not
make up his mind in regard to their
request until he had canvassed
thoroughly the situation as regards
the whole state and had become con-
vinced that there was a genuine de-
sire on the part of the Republicans
everywhere for him to become a
candidate. Being assured of this
fact, and seeing a great opportunity
for useful service in the office of
Governor during the coming term,
Mr. Brown addressed to the Repub-
licans of New Hampshire an open
letter, concise, dignified and sincere,
in which he announced his candi-
dacy for the Republican nomination.

"If the Republicans of the state
shall consider me fitted for the high
office of Governor," he wrote, "I
shall be grateful for their faith and
will appreciate their support. In
the event of my nomination, I pledge
to them every effort to promote the
success of their whole ticket, and, it
elected, to give to the people, so far
as lies in my power, prudent, pro-
gressive and efficient management
for their common affairs.

"To be Governor of New Hamp-
shire is a worthy ambition, but the
quest of the office should be under-
taken with the sole purpose of ser-
vice to the state, opportunities for
which will crowd the constructive
years of the next administration. It
is with a full sense of the duty and
the privilege of this service that I
announce my candidacy."

These are the characteristic words
of a man of great ability, but of
equal modesty ; a man who, by hard
work and tireless industry, has made
the most of a fine mental and physi-
cal equipment in the accomplish-
ment of things worth while. These
are the traits of Albert O. Brown,

12 THE GRANITE MONTHLY

good citizen, valuable public official, a quiet, kindly, democratic, always

successful man of affairs, as the helpful personality, which endears

public knows him. Intimate friends him most to those who know him

will add to them the possession of best.

COASTING

By Charles Nevcrs Holmes

In days of old — long, long ago —

When field and fell were white with snow.

.And air was crisp and chill.
In boyhood days, upon our sled,
With cheeks aglow, we swiftly sped

Adown an ice-bound hill.

In homespun scarf and reefer dressed.
We reached at last the hill's long crest

And paused beneath its pine,
With running start we launched our craft,
Just like some small and sailless raft.

Upon that .steep decline.

Adown that slope d ice and snow.
Like arrow shot from archer's bow.

We coasted on our sled ;
The keen air whistled like a blast.
The landscape flew like lightning past.

Our course was straight ahead.

Mid solitude — all, all alone —
Our eyes alert, our body prone.

With skillful foot we steered;
( >ur little sled sped swifter still
Upon that smooth and shining hill.

Yet we were not afeard.

We reached the bottom — on we flew
Across a frozen held or two.

And stopped beside a lane ;
Then, slowly, by its ragged rope
We drew our sled back to the slope,

And climbed the hill again.

Like other pastimes out-of-door
Our coasting all too soon was o'er.

Its transitory thrill ;
But memory awakes .'lice more
This scene when in those days i>i yore,

We coasted down that hill.

THE BRINGING UP OF BILL

By Arthur B. Rotch.

My family consists of one boy, a taxation system which charged

aged three, named Bill. him the same rate it did me, and

No, to be accurate his name isn't gave him so much less.

Bill. He was named after the well But now it is all right. The

known Norman Conqueror, and State has agreed to let the ladies

more immediately for his paternal vote and charge us all five dollars,

granddad. But up to the present The case of the dog is the best

the. youngster has no reason to sus- argument I have heard for the high

pect that the family Bible records poll tax. I assume Senator Moses

him as William. has no dog.

And while we are being so dog- Bringing up a kid from nothing

gone accurate we may as well admit at all to three years is a very en-

that the family also comprises Bill's tertaining job. You do it, and you

mother, who looks after him, and think you know it all, and nobody

me, who tries to provide the where- else has the real first-hand informa-

withal. For the sake of a complete tion. Then you chance to remem-

census, and to please the local ber that it has been done before, sev-

Boosters' Club, which resents any eral times. It sort of revives your

underestimate of the village popula- interest and confidence in humanity,

tion, those two official family mem- which may have begun to slip a

bers may be recorded. Not that little.

they make any real difference, Also it gives you a bit of that

though. Bill is the whole works. feeling of insignificance you exper-

Then there is the dog. He ought ience on a small boat out of sight

to count. of land, or when looking aloft on a

I never felt quite right about that cloudless night and trying to count

dog until lately. Every year the the stars.

pup had to contribute two dollars If one small boy can ask so many
to the commonwealth, for which he questions and demand so many ex-
received a small slip of paper and planations that your head feels like
the right to wear a collar. I also your brains had been scrambled
paid a two-dollar poll tax. My with an egg beater, what must have
receipt was bigger that his, and it been going on through past ages,
entitled me to vote for any political and must continue throughout un-
candidate provided he was a Repub- counted aeons?
lican, to claim protection of the po- But what a lot of fun it is!
lice and fire department, to declaim A kid, you know, even a little
vociferously about the rights of an young one like Bill, is a real indi-
American citizen until another bird, vidual. He has tastes of his own ;
also named William, denied those likes and dislikes which nobody
rights, and then it permitted me to taught him.

body ever questioned my right to who has tastes like your own, even

wear a collar. No, it didn't look if it is only a kid. So I am delighted

like a fair deal for the dog. And to discover that Bill is fond of ani-

as he is a highly intelligent animal, mals and detests most grand opera

I always had a sneaking fear that music, while showing a decidedly

he would someday reproach me for lowbrow fondness for the kind of

14 THE GRANITE MONTHLY

phonograph records his dad selects the dog' regards as his, hut which

and which kind friends assure him is registered in my name. She tried

are most "common." to get in, hut nearly lost a finger

Just now the youngster has resur- when she tried to open the door.
rected an old one, entitled "Over The dog was on guard and wouldn't
There," and is playing it more or let her come near. Soon Bill went
less continuously during his waking out. The dog welcomed him glad-
hours. I think he likes the drum ly. In ahout ten minutes the kid's
and hugle. He may appreciate the mother appeared, and found Bill and
sentiment. But prohably he the dog waiting happily on the front
chooses it because his parents are seat, and auntie standing uncom-
thoroughly tired of it and let him fortably ten feet away wondering
run it all day without the annoying when something would happen to
formality of changing the needle. relieve the situation and give her a

The kid likes birds, animals and chance to sit down. Knowing the

flowers. His dad can't keep up dog as I do I can assure her that

with him on the flora, but entirely she couldn't have laid a hand on

sympathizes with the fondness for that boy or that car if she had waited

beasts. there ten hours.

The aforementioned dog had got- At various times the kid has many

ten beyond puppyhood when Bill other kinds of pets. For a while he

horned into the family group and had a large cat, who was in daily

ursurped the place of honor as head conflict with the dog. Puss could

of the family. wallop the dog as easily as Dempsey

Solicitous neighbors assured me can punch a newsboy. But the cat's

that with the arrival of Bill the dog nervous system didn't stand it. The

would have to go. He would be daily .scraps were fun for the dog,

so jealous, you know. But we took but the cat used to get all haired up,

a chance, and about the first creep- literally, and finally disappeared,

ing the kid did was up on the dog's much to everybody's sorrow,

back, with one fist in his mouth, and Then came a kitten, who adopted

the other grasping an ear. Since a non-flight, non-fight, non-interfer-

that informal introduction they have ence policy, and won the hearts of

been the best friends, and I stoutly everybody, even the dog. It would

maintain that no boy should be actually purr while being toted

raised without a dog, preferably a about the house by the tail, and the

mongrel. only resentment ever registered was

They will maul each other one day when the kid filled his toy

around. The kid will occasionally washtub with suds and undertook to

maltreat the dog and the dog will give the cat a scrubbing and put her

sometimes take the baby's cookie, through the clothes wringer.

But there will grow up between Then there were the chickens,

them a friendship and love and un- The first lot were the bantams,

derstanding which no other animal and if the well-known guardian

can give, and which I suspect, only Sphinx of Thebe.s (or was it some

a child can give to an animal. other ancient metropolis?) had

Sometimes the dog makes an wanted a really baffling riddle to

amusing mistake, just like we all do. propound to travellers she should

A few weeks ago my wife was have inquired "why is a bantam?"

entertaining her aunt, a delightfully Those birds would roost in the

dignified lady of mature years. It tops of the trees, on the roof of the

came time for aunt to go, and she house, everywhere except in the

went out to the automobile which cosy quarters provided for them,

THE BRINGING UP OF BILL

rent free, including janitor, heat,
light and water. It was my nightly
job to locate 'em, pry them off the
branches, and herd them back to
their own apartment.

But we kept them. We kept
them all summer, and then found
a boarding place for them for the
winter, just because Bill loved them.
We didn't get them back, though.
In the .spring came a flock of nine
baby chickens, real ones.

One of the nine died, and the other
eight grew up into roosters.

In these days of rare and costly
food, it is quite a chore to furnish
feed for all the pets Bill accumu-
lates. At one time he daily passed
out fodder to his sweet kitten, his
dear dog, his pet pig, hi.s faithful
fowls, his favorite captive turtle, his
tame squirrels, his six goldfish and
his one lizard. Some little

menagerie for a family which doesn't
pretend to be in the business.

Now Bill is counting on having a
pet lamb next year, and PERHAPS
a skunk. He hasn't found one yet,
but he knows there are some around,
and he is HOPING he can catch
one. Here's hoping!

So far Bill hasn't shown any signs
of wanting to hurt animals for the
fun of it. If he ever does, his old
man is planning to give him a pad-
dling he will long remember.

He has a lot of these story books
where the animals talk, and the bad
animal always meets his just de-
serts. He takes them quite seri-
ously. Some day I may try writing
some of those yarns. Not that I
have any idea how to do it. But
just for the sake of variety I would
like to see one in which the fox and
the wolf were not the villains. The
supply of stories now available at
the toy .stores give the wrong im-
pression that the moral fibre of the
average fox is far inferior to that
of Little Pig. I don't believe it is
true. But after hearing those stories
read over and over again, read and

reread by the hour by Bill's tired
mother, I am beginning to appre-
ciate the power of repetition by
which you can make a man believe
he is a goat if you only tell him he
is often enough. Sometimes I have
to be told so only once to begin
feeling under my hat for the horns.

While Bill and I agree on animals
we do not get together on this gar-
den stuff. He likes it, and I don't.

Once during the war I tried to
save humanity by planting a gar-
den. If I remember rightly, I got
five potatoes and ten blisters, one
small sunflower, and one big sun-
burn, and raised an antipathy
toward a garden hoe which will last
a lifetime. Aly only regret is that
we didn't have the poultry, lizard
and goldfish then, for the bugs and
insects which inhabited that garden
would have been of some use as bait.

But this summer, against his
dad's advice, the kid had a garden,
all hi.s own. It was a small one,
for he is a small kid. Perhaps that
is why he planted his crops one on
top of the other.

First he put in some corn and rad-
ishes. Next day he decided on nas-
turtiums, and shortly after deter-
mined to grow prunes. Something
came up and he watered it lovingly
for weeks. I think it was a mullen.

I have long suspected that the
missing kitchen scissors, a napkin
ring and salt shaker, the garden
trowel and perhaps an errant foun-
tain pen might be found by careful
excavations in the kid's garden. But
it is sacred soil, and we will leave
it undisturbed. Perhaps future gen-
erations will exhume those relics
and deduce therefrom the strange
customs of the prehistoric dwellers
in the Granite State.

While the boy is encouraged in
humane treatment of his pets he is
allowed to exercise his predatory in-
stincts on the various bugs and bee-
tles which divide their time between
devastating the trees and working

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

themselves into embarrassing places
in the kid's mother's costume or
hair.

If the State and town spend good
money killing caterpillars, why
shouldn't the kid do his bit?

His bit? Well, about the first
caterpillar he ever saw he grabbed
and bit it in two. He was about a
year old at the time, and I don't
think he has tried any bug lunches
since. He may have, but I doubt it.
Immediately after munching the
browntail he learned to spit. That
used to be a noble art in these parts,
back in the days of the cracker bar-
rel, the sawdust box and the pot-
bellied stove. But I think for his
age and weight and previous lack
of practice Bill put it over anything
yet produced as a fine and fancy
spitter, tending rather toward the
spray and through-the-teeth school.
A caterpillar, 1 am authoritatively
informed, tastes sour. I have
learned to like olives. I can relish
some of the green-grass salads. Ex-
cept for carrots I get along fairly
well with most vegetables. But I
haven't learned to enjoy a mixture
of green stuff and meat in the form
of caterpillar, and from watching the
kid 1 don't expect to.

The kid is busy picking a vocation
and every few days he decides on
a different life ambition. A few
weeks ago he had it all planned to
be a painter. No, not one of these
long-haired chaps with a small sash
for a necktie, but a real painter, a
useful one, like the one who came
to color up the house and decorate
the window sashes. That kind of a
painter can go up a ladder, clear to
the top, and stay there as long as
he likes without any bothersome
mother yelling for him to come
down. Apparently nobody ever
makes him wash his ears or clean
his fingernails. That's the life !

A few days after the painter left
the kid found his brush and a can
of black paint in the cellar. After

about an hour his mother became
worried by the unusual calm, and
investigated. She discovered her
youthful heir on the cellar floor with
a pile of rocks which he was busily
painting. He announced that he
was making coal, and as fast as he
could color up the rocks he was
throwing them into the coal bin.

They have all been through the
furnace now, and I can't honestly
see any difference between the $12-
a-ton fuel and the hand decorated
rocks. I have often wondered how
the dealers ever got hold of such
fire-proof coal. Now I suspect they
have kids of their own. A large
family of industrious children must
be a wonderful boon to a poor strug-
gling coal dealer.

The kid has at sundry times an-
nounced his intention of following
the honorable calling of plumber.
The chief charm, I suspect, is the
utter disregard for personal clean-
liness and the charming indifference
to grime and soot which the average
plumber shows while engaged in his
work.

For a short time the youngster
considered the wild free life of an
elevator boy, the noblest calling of
them all. He may have changed his
mind when he learned that the ele-
vator man is expected to stop when-
ever anybody wants him to, but I
rather think the elevator ambition
was just crowded out by the fascin-
ating prospect of being an engineer,
and not by any logical train of reas-

oning.

A locomotive engineer can be as
dirty as a plumber, and ride farther
and faster than an elevator man.
So, ho for the engineer! If Mr.
Plum's ingenious plan should ma-
terialize, the engineers and the rest
of them would own the rails and all
the engines and stations and hand-
cars, and when he starts out he can
go as long and far as he likes with-
out having to pay attention to stops
which the time table shows, and he

THE BRINGING UP OF' BILL

will get paid for it at a fabulous
price, and the pay-roll will be made
up with taxes, and all together it
looks like a sure cinch.

No, I haven't studied the Plum
plan very thoroughly, but as an out-
sider I rather think I shall encour-
age the kid to persist in his desire to
be an engineer. I think I should
like to have one member of the
family wealthy. It might relieve
the county of a charge.

While waiting for his union card
in the brotherhood the kid is trying
his hand at cooking. The "special,
ready to serve" he cooked up last
week contained a bit of most every-
thing in the pantry, stirred up with
half a bottle of vanilla extract, and
frosted with lint from the vacuum
sweeper. He claimed it was pre-
pared especially for the goldfish, to
see if it wouldn't turn them green.
He was broken-hearted when his
mother wouldn't let him feed it to
the aquarium.

I am often puzzled by the way
some of my foreign-born friends
bubble up English words, but now
I am beginning to wonder how any-
body ever learns the language any-
how. The kid is doing remarkably
well, for one who started with a
vocabulary limited solely to "eek,
eek." In three years he has worked
up a pretty fair command of the
tongue. I'll bet I couldn't do it.

How can you explain that there
are three kinds of "to's," when you
can't write it, no matter how hard
you try ? How confusing are the
woods and woulds? Why isn't the
second a "tooth ?" and what makes
the seconds on the clock different
from the one between the first and
the third? No wonder the kid asks
"will a bee sting me? then what will
an A do to me?" Do you marvel
that he asks how he can see a C
but can't see the sea? He is always
asking such questions, and keeps
me feeling like an ignorant, helpless
idiot because I can't answer one like

this, "What is the hole in the keg
to put the cider in and get the cider
out so we can drink it called a bung
for?"

In a wild attempt to solve the
problem of answering questions Ave
blew a week's income on a book,
a marvelous volume, which has the
answer to every question a child can
possibly ask. The prospectus and
the agent assured us it would. It
even gives the proper answer to
such a question as : "Where does
the light go when it goes out ?"

We have had the book now for
six months and up to this date the
kid hasn't asked a single question
which the book answers. It seems
as though the time would soon
ccme when he would have asked
every other question in the world
and would have to begin on those in
the book.

I don't particularly care, though,
for I don't think the book will
do much good. That question about
the light seemed to be a dandy.
I was frankly curious to know where
the light goes when it goes out. It
had never occurred to me to won-
der, but the book roused my curios-
ity. If it could tell where the light
goes it certainly ought to tell me
where the cook goes when she goes
out ; not that it makes any difference
now because it is now many moons
since a cook of ours went out, never
to return, and we have given up
hope of snaring a successor. W T e
heard that she had gone out to work
in a mill at $44 for 44 hours, but
there was nothing in the book about
her.

It did tell about the light, though.
It told several paragraphs about "in-
finitesimal particles of luminous car-
bon and incandescent gas which
when deprived of oxygen or reduced
in temperature, etc, etc."

Imagine telling stuff like that to
a kid three years old !

No, that book is a failure as a help
in child-raising, though it may help

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

the publisher buy milk and eggs for
his own offspring. I hope it does.

I am still stalling on questions, us-
ing the same old dodge, perhaps
with some variations, which Eve
worked on little Abel. When he
wanted to know what made the
freckles on Cain's nose, Eve an-
swered by calling attention to the
pretty dinosaur chasing the ptero-
dactyl down the Euphrates. It is
precisely the same type of answer

used by politicians, candidates and
helpless dads today.

My kid is full of mischief. He is
up to something and into something
every minute. His mother some-
times tries to conceal it, and for the
benefit of visiting friends make him
out to be a regular angel child. If
they are polite they pretend to be-
lieve it. But not me. My senti-
ments are poetically expressed by
James J. Montague, when he says :

When Willie inverts a cup custard

On grandfather's silvery head,
Deposits the cat in his sister's new hat

Or saws off the legs of the bed,
Or secretly stuffs the piano

With grasshoppers, crickets and such
It's a pretty safe bet that the dear little pet

Has been to the movies too much.

Whenever the child of your neighbor

Gives forth a terrific "Boohoo !"
And you find she is bound to a stake in the
ground

By the coils of a clothes-line lasso,
It's safe to conjecture that Willie

Has been overfed on the art
You often have seen when they flash on
the screen

The prowess of Fairbanks and Hart.

Yet we, who are old, can remember

The kids of an earlier time
Who fed on the tales of the wild western
trails
That reeked with all manner of crime ;
When rifles rang out in the barnyard,

And the rooster was watchful and spry
Who got to his ruost when the volley was
loosed
And the death-dealing bullets flew by.

And when the last rough stuff is censored

And movies are gentle and mild.
As reformers could ask who are charged
with the task

Of making life Fit For the Child,
The Child will proceed at his leisure

To break all attempts at restraint,
For a kid is a kid, and dear Heaven forbid

That he ever behave like a saint !

NEW HAMPSHIRE TOWN BOUNDARIES
DETERMINED BY MASON'S CURVE

By George D. Upham

Our older readers will retain rec-
ollections of the County Maps of
about 1860 with pictures on their
margins which hung on the walls
of many New Hampshire home-
steads.

In boyhood the writer was es-
pecially interested in the brooks and
ponds shown on the map of Sullivan
County, just too far away for a
dav's excursion, but believed to con-
tain larger and hungrier trout than
any to be found nearer home.

On this map the towns were
splotched in vivid tints, some green,
some pink, some yellow ; the boun-
dary lines accentuated by broad
bands of deeper color. These colors
with the straight, notched, and
sometimes gently curved outlines
made a design strongly suggesting
a crazy quilt.

When half a century later this
same map was recovered from the
attic, its pigments mellowed by
time, the stronger tints of the
boundary lines stood out even more
conspicuously than before and led to
some reflections.

Why did these lines run thus?
Why did various straight boundary
lines slant conspicuously to the
southeast ? Why were some of
them slightly curved? An exam-
ination of other county maps dis-
closed like frequency of southeast-
erly slants, and in places, a contin-
uation of this .same curve. Search
for an answer to these inquiries led
vis back three centuries, to a time
when the Mayflower was buffeting
her way into the Gulf of Maine, a
few days before she sighted land at
Cape Cod.

• The Merrimack River, in 161!9, was supp
easterly course throughout. The great bend
apparently unknown.

On November 3, 1620, King James
I. was graciously pleased, on his
own and sole authority to grant to
forty gentlemen of distinction a
charter for a corporation named
"The Council Established at Ply-
mouth in. the County of Devon for
the Planting, Ruling, Ordering, and
Governing of New England in
America." This was commonly
called the "Council of Plymouth."

In 1622 this corporation granted
to Sir Ferdinando Gorges and John
Mason, two of its most active mem-
bers, a patent for extensive but un-
certain territory called the "Pro-
vince of Maine." It later granted
other conflicting and uncertain
patents; one in 1629 to Mason alone
for territory to be called "New
Hampshire," including therein a
large part of the territory which, in
much the .same language, had been
granted previously as the "Province
of Maine."

The land granted by the patent of
1629 to Mason was described as "be-
ginning from ye Middle part of Mer-
rimack River & from thence to pro-
ceed Northwards along ye Sea
coaste to Passcattaway river & soe
forwards up within ye sd river to
ye furthest head thereof & from
thence Northwestwards until Three-
score miles be finished from ye first
entrance of Passcattaway river &
also from Merrimacke through ye
.sd River & to ye furthest head there-
of & soe forward up into ye land
Westwards until Threescore miles
be finished and from thence to cross
over land to ye Threescore miles
end accounted from Pascattaway
river. *

osed, by the geographers in London to have an
from a southerly to an easterly course Was

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

ir.BpyHDARYjbtt

The Blanchard and Langdon map is the earliest known map of New Hampshire giving
town boundaries from the Connecticut River to the sea, prepared for publication in 1761. This
is the Col. Joseph Blanchard who surveyed on the Connecticut River in the winter of 1760. A
copy of this map from the original engraved plate is in the State Library at Concord. It is
reproduced, without title or explanation, in Volumes xxiv and xxvi of the New Hampshire
State Papers. The original is inscribed as follows:

"An Accurate Map of His Ma.iestys Province of New Hampshire in New England, taken
from Actual Surveys of all the inhabited Part, and from the best information of what is Unin-
habited together with the adjacent Countries, which exhibits the Theatre of this War in That
Part of the World, by Col. Blanchard, and the Revd. Mr. Langdon. Engraved, by Thomas Jef-
ferys, Geographer to His Majesty — "

"To the Kight Honorable Charles Townshend, 'H'is Majesty's Secretary at War, & One of
His Majestys most Honorable Privy Council, &c. This Map of the Province of New Hamp-
shire Is Humbly Inscribed, by His most obliged and Most Obedt Servts.

Portsmouth Joseph Blanchard

New Hampshire Samuel Langdon

21 Octr 1761."

NEW HAMPSHIRE TOWN BOUNDARIES

This patent to Mason became
famous in New Hampshire history
in that it served as a basis for in-
trigue and litigation which troubled
holders of land titles and rendered
town boundaries uncertain for con-

One report states "they Shou'd ave
Gone further but some of the hands
were Worried & the Provisions
faild, so they w r ere obligd to Re-
turn, they Were all Men that were
well Acquainted with the w r oods &

siderably more than a century ; on Said Service & had Daily Caution

the other hand the owners of the
Mason patent did much to preserve
the territorial integrity of the pro-
vince and to further the settlement
of New Hampshire towns.

Four or five generations of Mason
heir, conveyed his province, for
of this great controversy before John
Tufton Mason, in 1746, then sole
heir coveyed his province, for
£1500, to twelve proprietors, all
living in or near Portsmouth, and
nearly all related or connected by
marriage. After three or four
years of unsuccessful negotiations,
with a view to the sale of their land
to the province, the proprietors set
about the management of their prop-
ertv in a very businesslike way.

from the Surveyor who was as
Exact & as Careful as Possible, all
the hands Labourd Very Hard."
(See Vol. XXIX N. H. State Papers
p. 307.)

The curve surveyed by Joseph
Blanchard, Jr., is shown on the
Blanchard and Langdon Map of
1761, continued, probably without
survey, to the Maine boundary
which it meets at a point about half-
way between the Great Ossipee and
Saco Rivers. This first survey
of the southern part of the Mason
Curve is especially interesting in
that it dominated later surveys. Its
errors were never corrected by
them.

Ten years later, in the fall of 1761,

They employed Joseph Blanchard, Walter Bryent surveyed the curve

from the Maine boundary, at a point
a little south of the southeast corner
of Eaton, twenty-two miles west-
ward "to about the middle of the
head of Wenepesocke Pond." Bryent
reports "I have done it to the Best
of my Scill and Judgment tho Some
of the other Lines on this Plan are
Laid Down by Conjecture."** The
Proprietors apparently thought so
much conjecture had entered into
Bryent's calculations that it was
best to have a new survey made.

Holland's Map, prepared for pub-
lication in 1774, shows a curved line
from the Maine boundary at the
southeast corner of Eaton to New-
found Lake, there joining Blan-
chard's curve which ended at the
western shore. This curve Holland
designated the "Mason Curve Line
as run by Robt. Fletcher, Esq., in
March, 1768." It is described in

almost exactly sixty nautical miles, of

Jr., Esq., twenty-one years old, to
survey and mark the curve which
limited their domain on the west and
north.

In the fall of 1751 Blanchard, with
nine men, began at a point on the
Massachusetts line, (now the south-
west corner of Fitzwilliam), meas-
ured or reckoned to be threescore
miles from the sea.* From there
they surveyed by running straight
lines for five. miles as chords of the
curve, marking the trees, and meas-
uring the angle at the end of each
chord before proceeding further. In
this way they surveyed through
swamps, over mountains, to the west
of Monadnock and Sunapee Moun-
tains, crossed on a raft nearly half
the length of Sunapee Lake, the line
cutting Great Island, and so on
to Newfound Lake; sixty-seven
miles according to their measure.

* On recent maps this distance is. by scale
6080 feet each, from the mouth of the Merrimack.

** See Vol. XXIX N. H. State Papers. Diagram and Affidavit inserted at p. 500
marks his curve "The Sweep of Sixty Miles From the Sea."

Bryent

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

Holland's Map is described on its face as "A Topographical Map of the State of New
Hampshire. Surveyed under the direction of Samuel Holland, Esq'r., Surveyor General for

the Northern District of North America; London; printed for William Faden,

geographer, to the King, Charing Cross, March first, 1784." The surveys for this valuable
map were made at the public expense in 1773 and 1774, but "owing to the disturbances
which commenced immediately afterwards, the map was not engraved till 1784," and then
by the direction and at the expense of Paul Wentworth, Esq'r. Except for the mere date
of publication this map may therefore be considered as of 1774, and will be referred to of
that date in this article.

NEW HAMPSHIRE TOWN BOUNDARIES 23

the Proprietors Records, as "the of 1768. The later curved line

Winter Curve line as run by reaches the Maine boundary more

Fletcher." See Vol. XXVIII. N. than eight miles further north, near

H. State Papers, p. 161. We can see where the Saco River crosses into

him and his men floundering Maine. This northwardly diverging

through the deep snows of the for- curve is designated on Holland's

ests, working with frosty chain and Map as "Mason Curve Line as run

compass, and searching for the blaze by Robt. Fletcher, Esq'r. in 1769."

marks of Bryent and Blanchard, the It is the curve shown on Carrigain's

latter made seventeen years before. Map as the "Ancient Masonian

On June 1, 1769, Fletcher was in- Curve Line."

structed by the Proprietors to "Com- Much has been written about the

pleat ye curve line as exactly as you Mason Grant and controversy, little

can to have ye line well about the Mason Curve. The

marked and to mark on your plan authors of New Hampshire histories

the most remarkable monuments have paid little if any attention to

you meet with on ye line."* this great curve ; most of them fail

From the later reported distance even to mention it.
markings on the trees with The commonly accepted under-
Fletcher's initials and the date 1769, standing has been that the Mason
we may believe that Fletcher began Curve was run as the arc of a circle,
this new survey at the Massachu- having a radius of sixty miles, with
setts boundary and proceeded its center at the mouth of the Pis-
northerly on the same curve line cataqua. Fletcher's affidavit, ap-
that had been run by Blanchard in pended to his diagram, gives this
1751. That Fletcher kept to the impression, but a little study of the
Blanchard line and curve as far maps will show that this is an error,
north as Plymouth is shown by his Let us first take the curve as
initials and the date, 1769, on trees shown on the Blanchard and Lang-
near those marked J. B. 1751.** See don Map of 1761. That must have
depositions of Joseph Blanchard and been taken from the Blanchard sur-
others. Vol." XXIX, N. H. State vey of 1751, for none other had then
Papers, pp. 376-385. Also by Hoi- been made, unless Bryent's effort
land's map and Fletcher's own dia- was completed in time for use which
o- r am. seems doubtful. This map was

From Plymouth eastward Flet- principally planned, compiled and

cher's new' survey departs increas- drawn by Col. Joseph Blanchard, a

ingly and very materially from his surveyor of long experience and the

previous survey of that part of the father of the young surveyor of the
curve surveyed by him in the winter

* It is difficult to reconcile the date of the instructions for Fletcher's second survey as
entered on the Proprietor's Records, (Vol. XXIX, N. H. State Papers, p. 308) as given on
Holland's Map and as cut with Fletcher's initials on the trees, all 1769, with the earlier date
given in Fletcher's affidavits printed on his diagrams of his second survey, inserted opposite
pp. 306 and 308 of Vol. XXIX, N. H. State Papers. Perhaps Fletcher made a part of his
second survey in August, 1768, and completed it in 1769.

** Fifty odd years after he had surveyed it Blanchard at the request of the Proprietors.
perambulated the curve from the southwest corner of Stoddard to Sunapee Lake. At the
corner of Stoddard he found a fallen beech tree marked J. P>. — 20 — 1751, the 20 indicating
twenty miles from the Massachusetts line. In his affidavit Blanchard says of these marks, "I
had not the least doubt of their being made by me when I run the line. I set my compass the

course of the Line as formerly run I found the Line, and several of Fletcher's particular

marks on the trees, with the date 1769, and the initials of his name marked thus R. F. Between
Stoddard Southwest and Northwest corners, several trees were chopped into on the Marks and
several had fifty Growths or Granes over the spots, others had better than thirty Granes grown
over the spots, which seemed to agree with my running the line, and Fletcher's renewing the
marks." Further north on the westerly boundary of Washington, "we chopped into the spot
on a large Hemlock tree, and found the growths over the spot to count more than fifty, and
in pursuing this line we found many trees were marked of equal antiquity." These marks
were probably cut deep with a broad chisel or sharp hatchet used by a skilful woodcutter. The
persistence of such marks is surprising. In July, 1867, the writer cut his initials and the date
on a beech in Claremont in letters and figures, less than an inch long, which are legible today.

Carrigain's Map showing the Mason Curve was published in 181fi. The legislature of 1S03
and 1805 directed that a map of the state be compiled under the direction of the secretary
of state, Philip Carrigain, from town surveys required to be sent to his office. Of this map
C. H. Hitchcock. State Geologist, says: "The fact that eleven years passed while the work was
preparing, indicates that much tribulation must have been endured by the author in his
attempts to average the errors. His results were exceedingly creditable, both to the author
and to the state. I do not recall the existence of any state map in the country so good as
this, which was published at so early a period."

NEW HAMPSHIRE TOWN BOUNDARIES

curve. He must have known
whether the curve was intended to
be the arc of a circle, what radius
was intended to be used, and from
what center it was run. A minute's
use of the dividers will show that
on this map the curve is drawn in
the arc of a circle having its center
at the mouth of the Merrimack. The
use of the dividers on the same
center applied to the more southerly
of the two curves on Fletcher's dia-
gram and on Holland's Map is
equally convincing. The small
margin of error will be mentioned
later. This curve nowhere coincides
with and greatly diverges from the
arc of a circle drawn from the
mouth of the Piscataqua.

The later surveyed and more
northerly curve shown on Holland's
and Carrigain's maps and on Flet-
cher's diagram nowhere coincides
with the arc of a circle drawn from
a center at the mouth of either river.
How, then, was this curve deter-
mined ? On rereading the descrip-
tion in the Mason patent it was
noted that it mentions two centers,
one at the mouth of the Merrimack,
the other at the mouth of the Pis-
cataqua. Possibly the unaccounted
for curve was run as the arc of an
ellipse having these centers as the
foci. A trial of this on Holland's
and Carrigain's Maps, on Fletcher's
own diagram and on the most reli-
able modern map obtainable, shows
that it is the arc of such an ellipse,
with the slight variation that might
be expected in an early survey made
under great difficulties.

Although the writer has been un-
able to find any reference to this
curve as elliptical he is led to be-
lieve that sometime prior to June,
1769, the Proprietors were ably and
shrewdly advised respecting a new
.survey of the curve. The sector of
an ellipse would contain many
square miles more than the sector
of a circle run from either center.
Nothing appears in Fletcher's in-

structions about a new or elliptical
curve; that was not necessary; he
understood his business and at-
tended to it, adding many thousands
of acres to the domain of his em-
ployers.

The northwardly increasing error
in Blanchard's survey, about three
and a half miles too far from the
center near Newfound Lake, fur-
thered greatly the practicability of
this elliptical curve. Were it not
for the arc of a circle on the Blan-
chard and Langdon Map, and the
Fletcher survey of 1768 on that
same arc, we might believe that
Blanchard's curve of 1751 was in-
tended to be in the arc of an ellipse,
so near did it come to correctly
forming such a curve.

But w r hat it may be asked is the
present interest in the form of these
curves and wdiat matters it how or
where they were run ? The answer
is a practical one which will be un-
derstood by practical men. Some
part of the boundary lines of thirty
New Hampshire towns and of three
counties were fixed by, and coincide
today with the line of this historic
curve. The boundaries of many
towns, and of some counties, not
bounded on the curve, are deter-
mined by it, bear definite relation to
it. On the Blanchard and Langdon
Map, 1761, no town is crossed by
the curve. On Holland's Map, 1774,
only two towns, Holderness and
Sandwich, are crossed by the curve
surveyed by Blanchard in 1751 and
completed by Fletcher in the winter
of 1768. All other towns touching
this curve have boundary limits de-
termined by it.

Notwithstanding legislative boun-
dary changes recpiired by topo-
graphical convenience and political
expediency in the century and a half
elapsed since the surveys for Hol-
land's Map were made, the latest
township map of New Hampshire
shows thirty towns, some part of
whose boundary lines were fixed by

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

and now coincide with this great
curve. These on the easterly or
inside of the curve are Fitzwilliam,
Troy, Marlboro, Roxbury, Stoddard*
Washington, Newbury, New Lon-
don, Wilmot, Danbury, Alexandria,
Bridgewater, Ossipee and Freedom.
The towns on the westerly or out-
side of the curve are Richmond,
Swansey, Keene, Roxbury, Sullivan,
Gilsum, Marlow, Lempster, Goshen,
Sunapee, Springfield, Grafton, Alex-
andria, Hebron, Plymouth, Tarn-
worth, Madison and Eaton. The
towns easterly from Bridgewater
and Plymouth are on the southerly
or "Winter Curve" surveyed by
Fletcher in March, 1768. The
boundaries of two towns, Roxbury
and Alexandria, have been so ex-
tensively changed that a part of
both easterly and westerly bounds
now coincide with the curve. Parts
of the boundaries of Sullivan, Mer-
rimack and Grafton counties still
coincide with the curve.

A long continued controversy
arose between the Mason Proprie-
tors and the State of New Hamp-
shire as to the exact position of the
Masonian Curve. The location of
the curve determined necessarily the
boundary lines between the state
grants on the outside of the curve
and the towns granted by the Pro-
prietors on the inside. As these in
turn determined the abutting prop-
erty lines of the neighboring far-
mers and landowners any uncer-
tainty about the position of the
curve led to conflicting claims. To
end this controversy and the litiga-
tion which had grown out of it, a
settlement was finally effected in
1788 between the Proprietors and
the State. By the terms of this
settlement the state conveyed to the

Proprietors, for the sum of forty
thousand dollars in public securities
of the state and eight hundred dol-
lars in silver or gold, all the terri-
tory lying between the outer or
elliptical curve and a straight line
drawn between a point on the
Massachusetts boundary, reckoned
or measured to be sixty miles from
the mouth of the Merrimack, and a
point on the Maine boundary sixty
miles from the mouth of the Pis-
cataqua. These were probably in-
tended to be statute miles, for the
ends of the straight line shown on
the diagram are eight or nine miles
inside of "or nearer the sea than the
ends of the curved line.* (See Vol.
XXIX, N. H. State Papers, diagram
opposite p. 338.)

Thus this great territory was con-
veyed by the State to the Proprie-
tors for a sum which probably did
not nearly represent the actual value
of the then ungranted lands therein.
This was done that there might
never in the future be any possibility
of a conflict in regard to it, and its
limits were so defined as to include
all the lands about which a contro-
versy was then pending or might
arise in the future.

"The Proprietors could convey
to the settlers only the soil. For
political rights and the powers of
government the grantees were ob-
liged to resort to the Province, later
the State, from which acts of incor-
poration were readily obtained when
the conditions of settlement had
been fulfilled."** In these acts the
boundaries which had been fixed by
the Proprietors were retained. Thus
the Masonian Curve, by the terms
of the settlement of 1788 henceforth
determined, without possibility of
conflict or appeal, the town boun-

* The curve shown on the diagram of the survey of the straight line was apparently drawn
without attempt at accuracy, It does not coincide with the curve shown on Fletcher's diagram,
or on Holland's or Carrigain's Maps. There was, perhaps, little need of accuracy in the position
of the curve on this later diagram, for the deed from the State described it as "the Curve line,
so called, of Mason's Patent claimed by said Proprietors as the head line of said Patent." What
the Proprietors "claimed" was well known and well marked.

*♦ An able and interesting summary of the Mason Title written by Mi. Otis Grant Hammond
was printed in the proceedings of the American Antiquarian Society for October, 1916. It has
since been reprinted in pamphlet form.

NEW HAMPSHIRE TOWN BOUNDARIES 27

claries along its continuous bend, curve, granted by the Province, are

Only by act of the legislature could Newport, Croydon, Grantham and

they be changed. Enfield.

The boundary lines of many The old maps, and new ones, too,

towns, and some counties, at con- show altogether too many boundary

siderable distances from the curve lines radial to the curve, too many

have been determined or affected by concentric with it, to make it prob-

it. A glance at the map shows able that their direction was a mere

that boundaries of Rindge, New coincidence. They are not exactly

Ipswich, Jaffrey, Sharon, Temple, radial, not exactly concentric. It

Dublin, Peterboro, Nelson, Harris- is hardly to be expected that they

ville, Hancock, Antrim, Windsor, would be when we consider that

and of many other towns are sub- the lines were run in the forests,

stantially concentric with the Mason through swamps, over mountains,

curve. The Masonian Proprietors often with compasses of weak polar-

in granting such areas of land, and ity, and with the meagre data then

in laying off tracts of approximately available to correct for variation and

equal width, naturally found it con- for other compass errors. That

venient to define the boundaries as these surveys and the surveys of

parallelly concentric with the limit the curve were so nearly correct re-

of their own territory. Conse- fleets great credit on the men who

quently we find on the early maps, made them.**

and surviving even today, numerous The geography of New Hamp-

instances of these concentric lines."* shire is unique in this great curve.

Likewise in determining the Nothing like it affecting town and

northerly and southerly boundary county boundaries is to be found

lines of such grants it was conven- crossing any other state in the

ient to lay them out on the map union.***

on radial lines drawn from a center Sometime New Hampshire, recog-

on the seacoast. Many town boun- nizing the general interest in mat-

daries will be seen on the map in ters historical, will mark by suitable

which the southeasterly slant is con- monuments the places where this

spicuous, and which are substan- great historic curve crosses the

tially radial to the curve. Some principal highways, thus doing for

of these, inside the curve, are the the Mason Curve what Vermont has

towns last above mentioned, also done for the Crown Point Road,

several of the towns on the boun- built across that state by order of

daries between Merrimack and General Jeffery Amherst during the

Belknap Counties, and between last of the French and Indian

Rockingham and Strafford Counties. Wars.****
Some of these on the outside of the

* It will be noticed that the boundary line between Cheshire and Hillsboro counties is, in
steps, for many miles substantially concentric with the curve; also that the western boundaries
of Rockingham County and a part of those of Strafford County, as well as of many towns in that
vicinity, show a decided tendency towards such concentricity.

**At the time these surveys were made neither the chronometer nor the artificial horizon

had come into general use, so the surveyors had no practicable means of determining iheir

position by celestial observations. The work had to be done by what la sailor might call
"dead-reckoning on land."

*»• The small curve, with a radius of twelve miles, which forms the northern boundary of
Delaware dates back almost as far as that of the Mason Curve, to the charter for Pennsylvania
granted to William Penn in 1681. Like the Mason Curve it was a prolific source of dispute and
prolonged litigation. See Narrative and Critical History of America, Vol. Ill, p. 477.

**** A thorough study of the Mason Curve, of the boundaries coinciding with it and bearing
definite relations to it, would afford material for an interesting and valuable monograph. Many
interesting questions and problems respecting the curve have presented themselves which could
not be considered in a magazine article of readable length.

Much material, not herein referred to, may be found in that mine of historical information,
the New Hampshire State Papers. It is not unlikely that additional information could be de-
rived from further research in the Colonial Archives in London.

THRU THE YEAR IN NEW HAMPSHIRE

No. 11.

By Rev. Roland D. Sawyer

January

"Hast thou considered the treas-
uries of the snow?" — Job.

January is the month for the ro-
bust and the young. Never does
the robust man feel better than in
January. There is health in the
clear, sharp air for him able to go
out into the woods with the axe
and team, and as he comes in from
labor to his meals, or to the cheery
evening by the fire, there is the zest
of life running thru his veins in the
rich, red blood that during the day
has been fed by the crisp oxygen
of New Hampshire. Robert Burns,
who was decidedly a poet of winter,
once said —

"There is scarcely any earthly ob-
ject that gives me so much, I don't
know as I call it pleasure, but
.something that exalts me, enrapt-
ures me, as I walk in the sheltered
woods on a winter day, and hear
the wind howl thru the trees and
rave o'er the plain."

That feeling that came to Burns
comes strongly to us sons of New
Hampshire ; for here for many gen-
erations our sturdy ancestors have
been going into the woods to get
the lumber and wood. What sturdy
men were the .settlers, who, accord-
ing to Belknap, went into the woods,
worked all day, and lay at night on
boughs around a roaring fire — their
feet to the fire, the cold sky their
only covering. Even Longfellow,
who is rather pale-blooded, said
"There is something in being in the
woods on a winter day that cheers
me long." Happy, indeed, the hus-
bandman in New Hampshire these
days, who can follow the custom of
his ancestors, sharpen his axe, hitch
up his team, and go out into the

woods for a day's work ; how good
his supper will taste, how cosy the
fire will glow at night, how comfort-
ing will feel his bed.

January Joys for the Young.

And what joys come to the young
in January. If the days are clear
we have the ponds securely frozen,
and on sharp skates we glide away
feeling the fun of being alive. If
its a good coat of snow on the earth,
the lads and misses plan and take
the sleigh rides, while the boys and
girls "go slidin'."

"Goin' Slidin" is one form of
amusement that rural, city or village
reared man and woman recall with
delight. How rapidly memory
slips back over the years when you
and I are passing down the street
and hear the cry "clear the track,"
or "get-out-of-the-way." Yelling
like Comanche Indians, down the
hill they come, a string of happy,
healthy boys and girls. "Belly-
bump," heads up like turtles, they
twist their bodies and swing their
rapidly moving sleds around corners,
thru gate-ways — and we elders hold
our breath and wonder how they do
it. No overcoats, jackets unbut-
toned, cheeks red with health — -who
feels any better than they — and what
fun will they ever find in life that
matches the January slide? And
there is another group — the lads and
misses in their "teens;" the boy tak-
ing his girl sliding; carefully he
places her on the front of the sled
and hops on behind her; his left
leg is doubled under him, his right
is used as a rudder — his cheek is
close to her ear, her hair blows back
and tickles his face, the snow crys-
tals blow down their necks — he
shows off a little and makes the most

MY LATEST YEAR 29

difficult turn, while she squeals in the "whizzer," "dart," "flyer;" what
fright — where will the joy of the pet names we had. Many talk
companionship of the sexes ever depreciatingly of January — but fig-
equal the lad and miss's fun as ure it out — is it not true, and take
they coast down one of New Hamp- it all for all, few months have given
shire's long hills? How we boys so much joy to us, as has the hardy,
and girls of thirty years ago prized cold month of January,
our sleds ; the "arrow," the "rocket,"

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

For the use of several of the illustrations accompanying the article on the American
Legion in the Granite Monthly for December. 1919, credit is due the Manchester Union.
The picture of Mount Cardigan, used with Air. Hillman's poem in this issue, was secured
through the kindness of Mr. Edward A. Barney of Canaan.

MY LATEST YEAR

By Martha S. Baker

Dead leaves are whirling in the wind,
The trees erstwhile .so gay,

Are lifting dull, bare branches high
Toward leaden skies of grey.

The melody of birds has ceased,
Frost smitten are the flowers ;

The early twilight falls apace.
Increasing sunless hours.

My latest year has vanished, too ;

Lies buried 'neath the leaves,
Yet mourn I not departed days,

(Hope sings but never grieves.)

Since I may find my year again,

In God's eternity,
Its beauty and its melody,

A joy perpetually.

Concord N. II.

THRU THE YEAR WITH JOB

By Rev. Roland D. Sawyer, Ware, Mass.

The ancient Hebrews were an out-
of-doors people who closely ob-
served the changes in Nature. The
Hebrew writers use Nature changes
and images in their literature and
show much feeling for Nature. This
is striking in the Book of Job, the
supreme piece of Hebrew literature
that has come down to us. The
author loved the charms of the
changing seasons, and we may select
passages that apply to each of the
twelve months. For instance, take
the following:

January — "Hast thou considered the
treasuries of the snow?"

February — "The waters are hid as
with a stone and the face of the
deep is frozen."

March — "Out from the South comes
the whirlwind and cold from the
North."

April — "Hath the rain a Father who
sends it to cause the tender grass
to spring forth again."

May— "The beasts of the field now
play again, they lie in the covert
of the ferns and trees."

June — "Now is the garment of the
earth warmed by the south wind."

July — "Men can no longer look upon
the Great Light, it so brightly
shines in the skies."

August — "The dust blows hot in a
mass."

September — "The young of the cat-
tle are in good liking and feed in
the open fields."

October — "Now from the North
comes frost, and the waters are
splendor."

November — "By the breath of God
comes frost, and the waters are
frozen."

December — He saith to the snow
again, "Fall thou upon the earth."

THE SHOWER

(From the Chinese of Dang Mu Ming)
By Carolyn Hillman

I cannot see the rice fields

For a mist of silver rain,
The scarlet poppy's sighing

For her lover sun again.

My peacock struts and screams
As he spreads his jeweled tail,

His iridescent splendor

Makes the red poppies pale.

He does not heed the rain drops
That fall like pearly tears,

Fll make sweet music on my lute
Till the hot gold sun appears.

EDITORIAL

What will the New Year bring-
to New Hampshire?

It may, and probably will, bring
to her a further advance in the paths
of prosperity and progress.

For this good result it is only
necessary that her people abide by
the habits of industry, thrift, good
order and good sense for which they
have been widely and justly re-
nowned.

The clouds of industrial unrest
which lower over the whole world,
the abnormal economic conditions
which present hard problems to all
nations and peoples, constitute a
burden, some of which we must
bear.

But if every one among us will
try honestly to view the situation
from the other man's standpoint,
as well as from his own, a spirit
will be developed, of which already
there are many hopeful signs, which
will make the reconstruction pro-
cess less painful for us than for those
who await it in a different spirit.

The world of tomorrow must be
a less selfish world than the world
of today, or the world of yesterday.
Unless it shall be, the history of the
Twentieth Century will be the
bloodiest in the annals of what we
call civilization and it will be better
for our children and our children's
children that they had not been born.

We cannot believe that this is to
be ; but unless it is to be there must
be a beginning today in this nation
and in this state of a keener realiza-
tion that every man is his brother's
keeper, with all that implies.

At the very start of the New Year
in New Hampshire an opportunity

opens for important constructive
work for the future.

With comparatively slight

changes, the same constitution has
served our state as its basic Law for
almost a century and a half. High
tribute this to the wisdom and fore-
sight of its framers.

But conditions now have arisen
of which they could not dream and
under which equity is endangered
by the literal interpretation and
strict enforcement of our laws.
These conditions can be remedied
by wisely considered and carefully
framed amendments to the consti-
tution which will be entirely in ac-
cord with its ancient spirit but will
adapt it successfully to modern
needs. '

It is to be hoped that the con-
vention called in June, 1918, to pro-
pose amendments to the constitution
of the state, and w r hich will re-con-
vene in Concord on the 13th of Jan-
uary, 1920, will find itself able to
agree upon the spirit and the letter
of certain necessary changes in the
constitution ; and that the conven-
tion will submit to the people of the
state amendments so few in number,
so clear in phrase, so worthy in
purpose, that every one of them will
be ratified at the November elec-
tion.

If the convention thus shows its
willingness and its ability to cope
with changing conditions it will be
a happy augury for the future in
New Hampshire, an earnest of the
new spirit with which we must make
a new world, even in old New
Hampshire.

BOOKS OF NEW HAMPSHIRE INTEREST

Dr. Jonathan : A Play in Three
Acts. Winston Churchill. Pp.
159. Cloth, $1.25. New York:
The Macmillan Company.

Mr. Winston Churchill, of Cor-
nish, presents his prescription for
the ills that now afflict the body pol-
itic in the form of a three act play,
"Dr. Jonathan." It has not ap-
peared on any stage, says the author
in his preface, because "several man-
agers politely declined to produce
it." This happened, presumably,
some months ago, before the actors'
strike in New York; since which
time the same managers doubtless
would have declined, .sans politeness,
to produce it. For the play deals
with the labor problem and it does
not deal with it in a way to please
invested capital, whether that cap-
ital be invested in theatres, plays,
and scenery or in Ashar Pindar's
tool works in "Foxon Falls, a New
England village of some three thous-
and souls." The publishers' jacket
says that "the scene of Dr. Jonathan
is laid presumably in the country
of Mr. Churchill's ' "Coniston," ' but
in the play there is no such drawing
portraits of real personages as lent
local interest to "Coniston" and
"Mr. Crewe's Career." "Dr. Jona-
than" is a play with a purpose, or,
rather, a purpose in the form of a
play ; so much so that the above
mentioned declining managers
doubtless were influenced by busi-
ness sagacity as well as by class
prejudices. However, it is good
reading, and if it could have as large
a sale as "Richard Carvel," it might
reach and influence some of the em-
ployers and employees at whom it is
directed. It is a war play, as well as
a labor play, in that the treatment
of the hero for shell shock brings the
happy ending, and in that the
strongest scenes are those in which
the employer who refuses to recog-

nize the labor union and the em-
ployees who threaten to strike and
cripple a government contract ac-
cuse each other of being traitors.
"The issue of this war is industrial
democracy, without which political
democracy is a farce," is the conclu-
sion which Mr. Churchill puts in the
mouth of one of his characters, and
the curtain falls upon the beginning
of an experiment in Foxon Fall in
the realization of this industrial
democracy. Mr. Churchill sees his
types clearly and stages them effec-
tively. It is little he leaves standing
of the present structures of our old
New England religion, education
and social life, but he seems confi-
dent that the new generation will
build better ones upon stronger
foundations and with every room
facing south and east. And doubt-
less in that good time to come no
Harvard graduate will write as
Lieutenant George does on page 80
about something that "none of us
never got."

The Black Drop. By Alice Brown.
Pp., 392. Cloth, $2. New York:
The Macmillan Company.

This latest publication by New
Hampshire's most famous native
novelist, is her second "war book,"
her .shorter story, ! 'The Flying
Teuton," having been acclaimed by
many critics as one of the most not-
able literary achievements inspired
by the great conflict. "The Black
Drop" is an entirely different piece
of work, admirably done, as is every-
thing from Miss Brown's pen, but
less compelling, if that is the right
word, than its predecessor. It is a
study of an old New England family,
well satisfied with itself, and having
reason to be, into whose compla-
cency obtrudes the ugly fact that the
oldest son of the house is a German
spy, and that he and the family are

BOOKS OF NEW HAMPSHIRE INTEREST

threatened with the shame of di-
vorce proceedings because of his
over friendliness for another German
spy of the opposite sex. Entirely
and satisfactorily villainous are this
villain and villainess ; so much so
that Boston seems a strange habitat
for them; but Miss Brown knows
her Boston as well as she does her
rural New England, and if she tells
us that our modern Athens sheltered
this kind of people and was the scene
of their deviltry during the days of
the war, then we can accept their
credibility and give ourselves over
to admiring the skill with which the
author has distilled the black drop
of treason from the pure blood of
patriotic Puritan descent.

Collector's Luck. By Alice Van-
Leer Carrick. Illustrated. Pp.
207. $2.50. Boston. The At-
lantic Monthly Press.

There are two reasons why this
oddly attractive volume is of es-
pecial New Hampshire interest. One
is because its author, expert col-
lector and entertaining writer, is the
wife of a member of the Dartmouth
faculty, and dwells in the "Webster
Cottage," home of the Jovian Daniel
in his college days. The other is
because many of the discoveries she
describes, many of her educative
experiences, many of her joy bring-
ing bargains were of New Hamp-
shire location, and may be dupli-
cated within the auction sale radius
of any of us who are tempted by
her treasure trove to go and do like-
wise. The hundred illustrations,
a more integral part of the text than
pictures often are or can be, are
largely photographic reproductions
of choice pieces from the author's

own collection or those of some of
her Hanover friends and fellow col-
lectors, Mrs. Carleton, Mrs. Patten,
Mrs. Frost, Mrs. Woods and others.
To read the book and to study its
pictures is to accumulate without
effort a wonderful stock of infor-
mation as to such types of old fur-
niture, old glassware, old woven
coverlets, old pitchers and teacups,
lights and lamps, valentines and
silhouettes as one would find in
journeying backward through the
history of New Hampshire and
New England. Journeying thus
with one of such good collector's
luck as our author, we shall learn
about more than sofas and sugar-
bowls, for, as Mrs. Skinner puts it:
"I often find collectors learning his-
tory from a little, personal angle
that more academic scholars often-
times overlook. How else could I
have known with such happiness my
adored Horace Walpole or gossiping
Pepys? Margaret Winthrop and
Eliza Pinckney stretch sisterly
hands across the years to me, and I
count among my intimates Judge
Samuel Sewell and Worthy Cotton
Mather. For, if you collect the
right way — and there i.s but one
right way — you cannot help absorb-
ing the politics and art and religion
of your chosen period. Collection
isn't just a fad ; it isn't even just
a 'divine madness ;' properly inter-
preted, it is a 'liberal education.' '
And, quite agreeing with this dic-
tum, let us add that in very few
courses of any kind of useful educa-
tion is one favored with so charm-
ing a textbook as this "repository
of pleasant profitable discourses de-
scriptive of the household furniture
and ornaments of olden time."

MY MOTHER'S SAMPLER

/'v George Wilson Jennings

Doubtless many will remember.
It's not so very long ago,
When girls had samplers,
To teach them how to sew ;
This is why my mother's sampler
Takes me back to days of yore.
And I appreciate more fully

The methods used afore.

I see her as a winsome lassie,

Her fingers quick and nimble,

Making wondrous figures,

With silken thread and thimble,

She stitched at morn, at noon,

And she often used to tell

How she stitched by firelight's glow,

Until she learned to do it well,

It bears her name, it was the custom then,

Almira Smith, aged eleven,

The year, eighteen hundred thirty-seven,

Was long ago as you may plainly see,

MY MOTHER'S SAMPLER

There are letters tall and letters small,

Numbers right, and numbers bright,

All done in red, in white, in blue,

In brown, in green and violet, too,

And to crown the lot,

A motto not to be forgot,

"'Tis education forms the common mind,

Just as the twig is bent, the tree's inclined."

I have no sampler such as this

To guide my heart or hand or head,

I have my blessed mother's love instead,

And mother, dear, I shall pray unto the end

That the good Lord may send

To each and every one a sampler such as thee,

To be unto them what thou hast been to me.

THK GRANITE MONTHLY

JmHn

it:

■■■■1

fjlftt

$p£f$* # ty*H^j.4$|U>« ; }*#JJ:t U

lift if©

,.»$

•^ ; '«%i

ill

^« ;

8 'jA^'ft'i

:• ■■:■ ■•■ T.:. •:. 'is:.-- 1

IfMsf'fc

HEIGHTS OF CARDIGAN

By Gordon Malhcrbe Hillman

Across the heights of Cardigan, the long red streamers flare

Up from the hills of the twilit west as the sunset sheds its glare,

And sends its crimson cloud lights to tint the darkening lake,

Far below through the tall black pines, where the sunset's shadows break.

Dappled and bright from the vivid sky, it flames like a blazing pool,

Hemmed in by pine-clad islands where the twilight's mists blow cool.

Rock bound and crag bound, steep and grey and high,

The stony heights of Cardigan break through the scarlet sky.

Far in the South glows a blue-smoked hill, caught in the crimson light.

And up the winding river valley, a long train dares the night.

Blue and purple through the mists, the Northern ranges rise

While a red-stained moon above the pines lights the shadowy skies.

NEW HAMPSHIRE NECROLOGY

The late Calvin Page

Calvin Page, one of the most prominent
citizens of Portsmouth and of New Hamp-
shire, died suddenly on December 13. He
was born in North Hampton, August 22,
1845, the son of Captain Simon Dow
Page and Judith (Rollins) Page, being
in the tenth generation from Robert Page
of Ormsby, County of Norfolk, England,
whose son, Robert, settled .in Hampton,
New Hampshire, in 1639.

Calvin Page attended the district schools
in his native town, and at Phillips Exe-
ter Academy fitted for Harvard College,
which he entered in 1864 as a member of
the sophomore class, but was unable to
complete the course for lack of funds.
On July 19, 1865, he entered the law office
of the late Albert R. Hatch in Portsmouth,
as a student, and in 1868 was admitted to
the bar of the state.

NEW HAMPSHIRE NECROLOGY

He had a large and lucrative practice
until liis virtual retirement in 1910, although
after that date he continued his manage-
ment, as executor and trustee, of the great
Frank Jones estate, and retained some other
important connections. In 1904-5 he was
president of the state bar association.

The character and extent of his business
interests may be judged from the fact that
he was president of the New Hampshire
National Bank of Portsmouth, the Times
Publishing Company of Portsmouth, the
Portsmouth Trust and Guarantee Company,
the Granite State Fire Insurance Com-
pany, the Portsmouth Fire Association,
Manchester & Lawrence Railroad, Laconia
Car Works, Suncook Water Works, East-
man Freight Car Heater Company, and
Piscataqua Fire Insurance Company, be-
sides being a director in the Concord &
Portsmouth and Upper Coos Railroads, and
other corporations.

A staunch and uncompromising Demo-
crat in his political beliefs, Judge Page was
recognized by President Cleveland in each
of his terms by appointment as collector
of internal revenue for this district. He
was twice mayor of Portsmouth ; and also
served the city as its solicitor, municipal
court judge, water commissioner, and, for
more than 30 years, as a very active and
valuable member of the school board. He
was a delegate to the constitutional con-
ventions of 1888 and 1918, and at the latter
was appointed a member of the standing
committee on Future M°de of Amending
the Constitution and Other Proposed
Amendments.

In 1893 and again in 1903 Judge Page
represented the 24th district in the New
Hampshire State Senate, introducing at the
latter session the first bill for the election
of United States Senators by the people
to reach a New Hampshire Legislature. At
the time of his death he was a member of
ihe Maine and New Hampshire interstate
bridge commission and of the board of
trustees of the New Hampshire State
Library.

Judge Page was a member of St. John's
Lodge, No. 1, A. F. and A. M. and of
DeWitt Clinton Commandery, Knights
Templars, both of Portsmouth. He also
belonged to the Warwick Club of Ports-
mouth and to various other clubs, societies
and associations. In religious belief he was
a Unitarian. On January 7, 1870, Judge
Page married Arabella J. Moran, and they
had one daughter, Agnes, wife of Governor
John H. Bartlett. Their one grandchild
is Calvin Page Bartlett, a student at Phil-
lips Andover Academy.

Judge Page's spacious and handsome
residence, with its beautiful gardens, is one
of the show places of Portsmouth and the
Judge took much pride in its appearance

and upkeep. A successful lawyer, saga-
cious business man and prominent publi-
cist, he was one of the best known leaders
of men in the state. The independence of
his views and the point and pungency of
his expression of them, in public and pri-
vate, made it a delight to listen to his
speeches and conversation, or to read his
writings as they too rarely appeared in
print. He will be greatly and widely
missed.

MARTIN A. HAYNES

Former Congressman Martin A. Haynes,
soldier, editor and public official, died at his
home in Lakeport, November 29. He was
born in Springfield, July 30, 1842, the son
of Elbridge Gerry and Caroline R. (Knowl-
ton) Haynes. He attended the public
schools of Manchester and there learned
the printer's trade, and also worked as a
reporter on the local papers, the Union and
Mirror. In the Civil War he served three

The late Martin A. Haynes
years as a volunteeer in the Second New
Hampshire regiment, and upon the forma-
tion of the Grand Army of the Republic be-
came active in that organization, being a
member of Darius A. Drake Post of La-
conia. He was commander of the New
Hampshire department in 1882, and also
served as president of the Veterans' Asso-
ciation at The Weirs doing much to estab-
lish the success of the annual reunions
there. The camp of the Sons of Veterans
at Lakeport was named in his honor.

It was after the war, in 1868, that Mr.
Haynes located at Lakeport and established

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

the Lake Village Times, which he con-
ducted for 20 years, making it one of the
leading Republican weekly papers of the
state. After his retirement from active
life he still took pleasure in the "art pre-
servative," and from a little printing shop
which he set up at his home, he issued
a number of books, "Letters of a Soldier,"
"Gilford Centennial," "Winnipesaukee
Classics," "War Poems," etc., in limited
editions which he distributed among his
friends.

Mr. Haynes' wide acquaintance, well-
known ability, record as a soldier, and
unusual capacity for making friends, com-
bined to render his entrance into public life
inevitable. He was a member of the New
Hampshire House of Representatives from
the town of Gilford in 1872 and 1873;
clerk of the supreme court for Belknap
county from 1876 to 1883 ; a member of
Congress from the First New Hampshire
district, 1883-1887. Subsequently he

served for many years as an internal rev-
enue agent in various sections of the coun-
try, and by virtue of a temporary transfer
from the treasury to the war department
went to the Philippines for Secretary of
War Elihu Root, and organized the internal
revenue service there.

Mr. Haynes was a Republican in poli-
tics, a Universalist in religious belief, and
a member of the I. O. O. F. fraternal
order. He married March 9, 1863, Cornelia
T. Lane, and is survived by two daughters,
Mary A. (Mrs. Eugene S. Daniell of
Greenland) and Cornelia A. of Lakeport ;
and by four grand-children, Martin H.
Daniell, Marjorie Daniell, Warren F. Dan-
iell, and Eugene S. Daniell, Jr.

KIMBALL FLETCHER

Kimball Fletcher, who died at Lancaster,
November 21, was born in Canaan, Vt.,
November 27, 1849, the son of Kimball B.
and Mary (Brown) Fletcher, and came to
Lancaster with his parents when eight years
of age. In youth he manifested unusual
mechanical ability which was usefully and
notably developed in later life in his long
connection with the Thompson Manufact-
uring Company; at first, a boy of 16, as
an apprentice, afterwards a partner, and
upon the incorporation of the business in
1893, treasurer, then president, and a di-
rector at the time of his death. He was
a pillar of the Congregational Church, and

a 32nd degree Mason, as well as a member
of the Order of the Eastern Star. No-
vember 24, 1880, Mr. Fletcher married Miss
Nellie H. Hobson, of Island Pond, Vt.,
and their home life was ideal. Two chil-
dren were born to them, one son, Robert,
who died in the service of his country a
little more than a year ago ; and one

The late Kimball Fletcher

daughter, Esther (Mrs. Charles Prout) of
Portland, Me. Mr. Fletcher's love of
Lancaster and desire that its history should
be preserved led him in 1912 to give a sum
of money in trust to the town, the pro-
ceeds to be used for that purpose ; and
as time goes on the Fletcher Historical
Record undoubtedly will be a valuable
source of information. His funeral ser-
vice, held on the 39th anniversary of his
marriage, was conducted by his former
pastor and personal friend, Rev. E. R.
Stearns of Concord. There was a large
attendance of townspeople, old friends and
schoolmates, the business and professional
men of Lancaster attending in a body,
while his partners and associates in the
Thompson Manufacturing Company acted
as bearers.

The late Honorable Bertram Ellis

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

Vol. LII.

FEBRUARY, 1920

No. 2

THE STATE'S MOST IMPORTANT INDUSTRY.

By Hon. Ja>ncs 0. Lyford

The people of this State do not
realize the importance of their sav-
ings institutions. In twenty years
savings deposits have more than
doubled. In the past seven vears
the increase has been $30,000,000.
This last period includes two years
of war and five drives by the United
States Government to secure the
purchase of bonds by the people.
The increase for the vear ending
June 30. 1919, was nearly $7,000,000.
This increase for a single year is
almost equal to the total deposits of
the 29 savings banks of the State
at the close of the Civil War. . One
savings bank today has a greater
volume of deposits than 45 savings
banks had in 1870. The three
largest savings banks of New Hamp-
shire have at this time more deposits
than 68 savings banks had in 1885.

The savings banks and savings de-
partments of trust companies of
New Hampshire are therefore the
State's most important industry.

Their total deposits are $130,000.-
000.

Their total assets are $143,000,000.
At the present rate of increase,
the deposits in ten years will be
$200,000,000.

The accumulations of the savings
institutions are today —
Three times the taxable value of the

railroads of the State.
More than twice the value of all its

manufacturing plants.
Nearly one half the value of all the

land and buildings of the State.
One fourth the value of all the prop-
erty of New Hampshire as as-
sessed for taxation.

Seventy millions at least of the de-
posits are loaned to New Hampshire
people or invested in New Hamp-
shire enterprises. This sum would
be larger if the investment field of
the State were more extensive. In
proportion to our population our
savings deposits are larger than
those of almost any other State, thus
evidencing the thrift of New Hamp-
shire people. During the war with
Germany savings depositors were in
the aggregate large purchasers of
Liberty bonds and for the most part
they paid for them out of earnings
and not out of past accumulations.
These purchases were made through
the savings banks who accepted par-
tial payments therefor, while carry-
ing the bonds for their customers.
The banks also conducted an edu-
cational campaign of saving, thus
bringing to the knowledge of many
people the advantages of savings
banks who were not before deposi-
tors. This campaign has resulted
since the close of the war in drawing
many new depositors to the savings
institutions of the State.

The tax on deposits in New
Hampshire savings banks goes to
the towns where the depositors re-
side, relieving the towns of so much
of their tax burdens.

Deposits of New Hampshire peo-
ple in savings banks of other States
bring no tax to this State.

These two facts cannot be too
strongly impressed upon the people
of the State. New Hampshire people
depositing in New Hampshire sav-
ings institutions not only help them-
selves but they help the community

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

in which they reside. The town
where a depositor has his home gets
the tax on his deposits, which is paid
by the hank, even though his de-
posits are in the savings banks of
several localities. The only duty
imposed upon him to secure this re-
sult is that he notify the bank or
banks where his deposits are when-
ever he changes his place of resi-
dence.

The depositor in New Hampshire
savings banks has these advantages :
Convenience of deposit and with-
drawal.
His town receives the benefit of the

tax on his deposit.
In the settlement of his estate there
is no such inconvenience, expense,
or double inheritance tax as is the
case when his deposit is in another
State.

This last is a most important fact
to have in mind, as the heirs of New
Hampshire people having deposits
in savings banks of other States
have learned when they came to set-
tle the estate of an ancestor, and
were put to annoyance and expense
in .securing the transfer of deposit
books or the withdrawal of accounts.
Besides this trouble, they have often
been obliged to pay a double inher-
itance tax.

All of the accommodations that
go with personal acquaintance per-
tain to deposits kept in our own
savings banks. The person inex-
perienced in business finds the ad-
vice and assistance of the local bank
official oftentimes most helpful. He
feels free to seek such aid. There
are many courtesies that the depos-
itor gets from his home savings bank
that it would be impractical for a
savings bank of another State to
give.

For the large majority of men and
women a savings deposit is not only
the safest and most advantageous in-
vestment, but the most profitable,
for these reasons :
Savings bank suspensions are rare.

There has not been a suspension
of a savings bank in this State for
nearly twenty years.
The principal in savings banks does
not shrink in value as is the ease
with stocks and bonds.
Dividends of savings banks are sel-
dom withdrawn, but are allowed
to accumulate and swell the prin-
cipal.
Dividends from stocks and interest
from bonds and other investments
are usually spent in living ex-
penses.
Deposits in savings banks are there-
fore a better investment for old
age than the same amount in
stocks and bonds, the income of
which is spent.
In case of need, money can readily
be withdrawn from savings banks,
whereas stocks and bonds fre-
quently have to be sold at a loss.
If one desires to borrow at a bank,
a savings bank book is the best
collateral, whereas many stocks
and bonds are not legal as col-
lateral.
The individual is more certain to
accumulate by depositing small
sums periodically in a savings
bank than by trying to save a
large sum for investment.
Depositors in savings banks not only
help themselves, but they help the
towns in which they reside.
There is no doubt that with the
average man or woman a savings
bank is the best place of investment
for his or her surplus income from
wages or salary. If they acquire
the habit of periodically saving they
are constantly adding to their de-
posits. Except in case of need they
do not disturb their savings bank
funds. They are continually com-
pounding in interest through divi-
dends declared and credited to the
depositors' account. The depositor
is surprised after a few years to find
that the little he has laid aside at
stated times has so abundantly ac-
cumulated.

THE STATE'S MOST IMPORTANT INDUSTRY

The time and the effort given by
the savings banks during the war
in teaching thrift that the individual
might help the government by buy-
ing its bonds, may well be continued
now that the war is over. Many
people who knew little or nothing
of savings banks before the war have
become acquainted with their advan-
tages. Anything that will bring the
savings bank depositor into close
relationship with the officials of the
bank caring for his money is to be

encouraged. The savings banks of
New Hampshire represent the thrift
of the people of the State. The
average deposit is less than $500.
The more people there are who are
thus encouraged to save the better
it is for the State. The beneficial
effect of savings banks cannot be
too often brought to the attention
of the people. The individual, the
community of his residence and the
State gain through the savings
bank depositors.

NEW HAMPSHIRE

By Kate M. Phillips

Dear New Hampshire where my happy days were passedi
Ere illusion sent me wandering o'er the plain;

Tiny spot where friendships for a life-time last.
And love's intensity is almost pain !

As the spark of fire within the opal's heart
Warm and secure the old hills thee enfold.

One place where truth and friendship never part
While all the world beside is hard and cold.

Small tract of ground in geographic phrase

Whose virtues many longing ones have penned;

Where joyous faces tell of joyful hearts,
And every man is every other's friend.

46 THE GRANITE MONTHLY

REFLECTIONS IN THE WATER.

(LAKE CHOCORUA)
By Leighton Rollins

We glide out into the lake,

And drift motionless in our dark blue canoe,

Swayed gently,

Almost imperceptibly,

By the wayward breaths of the breeze.

The lake seems veiled and apart and alone ;

A gem of Nature's unending necklace.

Above in the sky mysteriously hidden

By purple incense of the waving heat,

We see pattern on pattern of wondrous colors

Paving the roof of the night.

And as we watch these bright

And gleaming mosaics,

Upon each one,

A human face we saw ;

Shining triumphant and victorious.

And beneath us in the rippled water,

Their visioned faces

Look up at us,

Like burning holy tapers from out a mirror.

Twilight has deepened into night ;

The long quivering paths of light

Are like shadows

Falling from tall gondola poles

Before Saint Marks.

The rising and falling lights,

Glint in exquisite dances.

The sense that perfect beauties die,

And do not last,

For more than a blessed glance,

Down their long and lovely vistas

Is a poignant pain within our hearts ;

As we in our canoe

Paddle softly 'neath the bridge

And draw up silently

Each occupied with his transformed thoughts.

BACK OF BEARCAMP WATER.

By Edwin Osgood Grover

To the occupants of the two little
huts which clung from force of habit
rather than from any apparent cause
to the western slope of Sheep Moun-
tain, the coming day gave promise
of but the same dreamy round of
monotony. The early morning sun
was creeping down the opposite side
of the narrow valley, toward the
sandy shore of the little stream
which the mountaineers all "lowed
flowed somewhar." The shanties,
which sat side by side, perhaps fifty
feet up the hillside from the little
brook, were of a nondescript char-
acter. In their better days they had
evidently been substantial log
houses, but during the lapse of three
generations which had found shelter
there, the spruce logs had crumbled,
and there had gradually taken their
place irregular rows of slabs which
the thoughtful stream had brought
from the saw mills farther up the
valley. They now had the appear-
ance of leaning .stockades, whose
tottering roofs were supported by
unseen hands.

Bill Larkin, who had been
"raised," and who still lived, in the
shanty on the south, was seated, on
this particular morning, on a low
stool by the side of his door, en-
joying a rest from his labors, and
his morning pipe. He glanced up as
a tall and lank boy of about seven-
teen emerged from the slab lean-to
in the rear of the hut, followed by a
scrawny cow which he turned loose
at the very door.

"Naow, ha'n't I tole ye not to turn
that critter loose right hyar in the
tater-patch, Pete Larkin?"

Pete, who bore marked resembl-
ance to the "ole man," kicked the
"critter" along without answering
him a word, for he had learned that
obedience was not only the better
part, but for him the whole, of valor.

After driving the cow across the
brook, Pete came shambling back,
humming to himself an old mountain
song about

"The blueb'ries and the posies,
An' the woodchucks with red noses."

As old Bill heard the word blue-
b'ries, it seemed to recall something
to his dreamy mind. He motioned
Pete toward him, and said in an
extended drawl —

"Wa-a-1, Pete, where ye goin' ter-
day?"

Pete, as if anticipating pleasure,
answered —

"Up the mounting, uv course.
Thar a'n't no use hangin' round
hyar, an' I mought get a-track uv
thet bar thet's ben a munchin ber-
ries thar all summer."

"Wa-a-1," said the old man, "you
jest set down on thet thar bar'l ; I
want ter talk with ye. Me'n 'Ria
hev thunk it all over, an' we've de-
cided thet we're a-gittin' ole, an' it's
a-time ye was gittin' merried, so's
ter make it kinder aisy fur yer ole
dad."

Just then '"Ria," who had been
digging some potatoes for their
noon-day meal, came down from the
garden patch above the shanty, and
stood there holding them in her
apron.

"Maw," said Pete, with upturned
face, "I don't want ter git merred,
do I? 'Sides, who'd hev me?"

"Uv corse ye want er git merred,
Pete Larkin, and thet right quick.
Me'n Bill a'n't gwine ter live alius."

"But, w r ho'd hev me?" pleaded
Pete.

"Hev ye !" screamed Pete's maw.
"Hev ye ! why yere's Lize Simons
ben livin' right next door nigh on
ter sixteen year. Corse she'll hev
ye."

Pete, who was one of the good-

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

natured, yielding sort, "lowed he
hed known Lize a long spell," and
the ole man and '"Ria," who had it
planned to their own satisfaction,
finally persuaded poor Pete that he
ought to get married today. Pete
rebelled a little against this precipi-
tate action, saying that he hadn't
got a cent to give the parson.

"Thet a'n't no diff'runce," said
Bill, "we've got a 'count at the store
for the last blueb'ries we let him
hev. It's ben a mighty fine season,
an' it might be nigh two dollars.
Naow, Lize an' you kin hev the hull
o' thet if ye'll go down ter 'Bar
Camp' ter-day an' get merred. The
parson only gets a dollar fur mer-
ryin' the best uv folks, an' ye'l hev
a dollar fur a weddin' tower down
ter the 'Bluff,' with a ride on the
lake an' plenty uv peanuts. Ye kin
come up ter-night on Joe Green's
loggin' team, an' hev it all over in
one day."

Pete's small grey eyes lighted up
at the thought of the peanuts and
the ride on the little lake which he
had seen so many times in its sun-
set glory from the summit of Sheep
Mountain. It had seemed to him
like one vast sea, beyond which all
the world must lie.

"Wa-a-1," said Pete, at length,
"jest as maw an' yo' sez. If Lize
is willin', I is."

Without waiting for more urging,
Pete drew himself up from the bar-
rel on which he was seated, and
started slowly toward Jim Simons'
door. On the threshold he stopped
suddenly, as if his courage had failed
him, but pulling his tattered hat over
his eyes, he entered.

"Whar's Lize?" said he to a little
fellow who was yet toddling about
on the floor.

"Ahint the house, uv corse," lisped
the child. "She's fixin' up; she's
goin' ter be merred."

Pete's grey eyes grew a trifle
greyer, his hat was pulled a little

lower by a sudden jerk of his hand,
but that was all. lie turned to go
out again, muttering to himself —

"I knowed she wouldn't hev me."

Poor Pete was utterly unconscious
that his paw and maw had arranged
the whole matter for him, and that
Lize had said "Yes." Before Pete
reached the half-open door, a small,
dark-skinned face appeared at the
shed window r . The heavy eyebrows
did not serve to hide altogether the
small black eyes which looked out
from beneath them with a knowing
glance, as a voice as sharp and pe-
culiar as the face, called —

"Hello, Pete ! Did ye know we're
a-going to be married ? Maw says
we kin go on a weddin' tower, if we
see the parson ter-day. Be mighty
spry Pete; I's mos' fixed."

Ten minutes later Lize emerged
from the Simons shanty dressed in
her best. It was not in satins, to
be sure, but for her it was to be
her "weddin' gown," and that was
enough. The broad-rimmed straw
hat which she had borrowed from
her father for the occasion, was tied
down at the sides with a piece of red
yarn into a sunbonnet. Her face,
scrupulously clean, contrasted
strangely with her "weddin' gown,"
which had seen its best days several
years before.. Pete, who had at last
come to comprehend the situation,
had not taken the pains even to don
a "biled" shirt. As he met the one
who was to share his peanuts, he
greeted her with a "Hello, Lize ! Ben
fixin' up, han't ye?" And without
further questioning they started
down the mountain — Pete in his jean
overalls, and Lize in her red calico
gown.

At the end of a mile, which had
been occupied in picking the few re-
maining berries which grew by the
roadside, they burst out on the brow
of a grassy knoll from which the
little hamlet of Bear Camp could be
seen in the smoky distance.

BACK OF BEARCAMP WATER

"I 'low 't a'n't more'n four miles
further," said Pete, and relapsed
again into silence.

It was a hard and dusty tramp for
poor Lize, but she kept gazing at
the deepening haze which hung over
the "Bays," as if she saw in their
dim outlines something of the uncer-
tainty of life.

Two hours later, as they trudged
into the little cluster of houses which
composed Bear Camp, their first
thought was of the peanuts and then
of the parson. Pete was wholly un-
concerned as he munched peanuts
and explained to the surprised par-
son his mission, and pointed to the
two ages, twenty-two and nineteen,
in the certificate which he had pro-
cured. Lize was a little tremulous
at first, and was evidently glad
when the two names, Peter William
Larkin and Elizabeth Matilda Si-
mons, were uttered in the same
breath by the grave parson.

Pete, with a frank appearance of
generosity and a careless air, at once
asked, "What's yer bill?"

The parson, surprised and over-
joyed, waived an answer, and simply
remarked, "The law allows me a
dollar ; you may pay me what you
like."

"Wa-a-1," said Pete, with honest
sincerity and a thought of more pea-
nuts, "ef the law 'lows ye a dollar,
yere's a half, an' thet'll make ye a
dollar'n a half. Much obleeged."

The astonished parson could say
nothing, as Mr. and Mrs. Larkin
strode out through the open door
and started on their "weddin'
tower," as unconscious of the past
as of the future.

Late that afternoon, as the even-
ing fogs came creeping up the east-
ern slope of Sheep Mountain from

the little lake at its foot, Pete and
Lize were seen, weary and footsore-
plodding up the rocky, mountain
road, often pausing to listen for the
sound of Joe Green's rumbling log-
ging team.

"It a'n't no use," said Pete at
length. "Joe'll come sure. I'm
goin' ter wait."

"All right," answered Lize. "I's

illin'."

Side by side they sat down on a
rocky ledge, which seemed to sink
deeper and deeper into the shadow
of the mountain as the sun sank
from sight. Both were too weary to
talk much, and left each other to
their own thoughts. As Lize sat
looking at her own soiled calico, her
thoughts were of the wonderful
sights which she had seen on her
"weddin' tower," and she exclaimed

"Say, Pete, did ye see thet gal at
the 'Bluff,' with the silk gown on?
Maw sez I kin have one some day."

"Naw," said Pete, "I didn't see
nothin'. But wa'nt thet dirt cheap,
gettin' merred for fifty cents?"

Just then a long, continuous rum-
ble came up from the darkness
which had settled over Bear Camp.
Pete and Lize started up at the
sound, and sauntered into the road
again. As Joe Green came around
the sharp bend, they scrambled onto
the old lumber wagon.

"Whar ben?" called Joe, above the
noise.

And as the team, carrying Pete
and Lize back to the little shanty
which to them was home, became
more and more indistinct in the twi-
light, Pete's voice could be heard
answering, "Down ter B'ar Camp,
gittin' merred. Onl' cost's half a
dollar."

THE GREAT ROAD TO THE NORTH, THROUGH
THE UPPER CONNECTICUT VALLEY.

By George B. Upham

Sugar River and Ascutney Mountain from Lottery Bridge.

The spire of the little church in Ascutneyville, Vt.. and ;t cpan of the Connecticut River
Bridge may be seen in the middle distance.*

The Connecticut River is the long-
est and most important waterway in
New England. For geologic ages
this great river has been at work
cutting the mountain passes and
carving out the valley which is the
only one extending entirely across
New England. When the aborigines
came, centuries before the coming
of the white man, they found this
great waterway with its broad val-
ley and easy gradients ready for
their use. Thus the Connecticut
River valley was to the aborigines,
as later to the white man, the one

great avenue of communication be-
tween southern New England and
the watershed of the St. Lawrence.

After several disastrous experi-
ences from Indian marauding expe-
ditions, often aided by the French,
it is natural that the Province of
Massachusetts Bay should, in the
first half of the eighteenth century,
have established forts to block this
natural avenue of approach. The
first of these, above the present
Massachusetts line, was Fort Dum-
mer, now Brattleboro, Vt., built in
1724; the next of importance that at

•The illustration, "Lottery Bridge," facing p. 219 of Major F. J. Wood's recently published
"Turnpikes of. New England," is a view of the old wooden Connecticut River Bridge at
Claremont, now replaced by a steel structure on the same piers. Lottery Bridge is about half
a mile distant in a southeasterly direction and crosces the Sugar River with a single span.

THE GREAT ROAD TO THE NORTH 51

Number Four, now Charlestown, N. habitants, if at any time drove from

H., built in 1744.* Several block- the outer Enclosure which is to be

houses and stockaded private houses large enough to contain their cattle

had been built between Fort Dum- etc. These fortifications are to be

mer and Number Four, but these built so as to assist each other on

were the only forts in the upper every occasion." They were to be

Connecticut River valley regularly garrisoned by four or five hundred

garrisoned during the later French men who were to be rewarded by

and Indian wars. grants of four townships, each six

It is difficult to realize the im- miles square including therein the
portance of the fort with the little richest of the Cowass Intervales,
village clustered around it at Num- How valuable these lands were
ber Four to the English in New considered at the time is shown in
England in the forties and fifties of a letter written by Theodore Atkin-
the eighteenth century. It was the son, Esq., Secretary of Province, to
actual frontier, the northernmost John Tomlinson, Esq., Agent of the
post in the interior of New England, Province in London, on Nov. 19,
where English .speaking people lived, 1752, in which he says: "We are
worked, fought and sometimes died now upon a Project (which I be-
fighting to protect themselves and lieve will take effect) of settling a
the English further south from the Tract of the finest Land on the Con-
French and their Indian allies in tinent, called by ye Indians Co-os,
Canada. which Lyes upon Connecticut River

Prior to 1750 roads had been cut about 90 miles northerly from the

up the valley as far as Number Province line. .. . tis the cream of the

Four, beyond was merely an Indian country, the Intervale land on both

trail. sides of the river for 30 or fifty

In March 1752, Captain William miles successively, in many places

Symes of Winchester, in a memorial a mile wide, where at the first you

to Governor Benning Wentworth, have little to do but Plow, it being

proposed an ambitious undertaking, generally clear like a salt marsh &

It was to build a road from the fort but about 40 or 50 miles Distance

at Number Four, sixty miles up the from many of our new settlements."

Connecticut River Valley to Cowass, (N. H. State Papers, Vol. VI pp.

there to build two defensive enclos- 161-162.)

ures, one on each side of the river. This Memorial was acted upon

each to "encompass fifteen or more favorably by the Council and As-

acres of Land, this to be enclosed, sembly. The sum of £1000 was

with Log-houses at some distance voted to "be employed to and for

from each other, and the spaces filled cutting of Roads & Building of

up with either Palisades or Square Bridges. .. .from Number Four so

timbers, in the middle of the square called on the Connecticut River to

something of the nature of a Cyti- sd place called Coos and from said

dall where the Public Buildings & Coos to Canterbury in sd Province."

Granarys etc. will be built & to be Theodore Atkinson, Secretary,

large enough to contain all the In- wrote Captain Phineas Stevens, in

•The name Number Four came from the fact that it was the northernmost of four towns
for which charters were granted by Massachusetts on the east side of the river in 1735. No.
1 was afterwards named Chesterfield; No. 2, Westmoreland; No. 3, Walpole; No. 4, Charlestown.
After Captain Phineas Stevens had so valiantly defended the fort from the great attack
made in April. 1747, Commodore Sir Charles Knowles of the British Navy, who was then in
Boston, expressed his appreciation by sending to Captain Stevens a beautiful sword. In
recognition of this the town, in its New Hampshire charter granted in 1753, was named
Charlestown. As if in protest to the injustice to Captain Stevens the name Number Four long
persisted. As late as the period of the War of the Rebellion the writer recollects hearing
the older residents of Town Hill in Claremont, almost invariably speak of the village ten miles
to the south as "Number Four," or "Charlestown, Number Four."

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

command at Number Four, that "it
will be very agreeable to his Ex-
cellency (if you approve the
Scheem) if you will joyn Capt.
Symes in advice & Endeavors to for-
ward this undertaking." (See X. 11.
State Papers, Vol. VI, p 163.)

This whole ambitious project
would have been attempted, per-
haps carried out, had not the In-
dians somehow got wind of it.

Early in January, 1753, six war-
riors of the St. Francis tribe were
seen approaching the Fort at Num-
ber Four. Their white flag of truce,
almost invisible against the snow,
showed plainly when passing the
dark green of the pines. They were
kindly received by Captain Stevens,
but their demeanor indicated no
pleasant frame of mind. This in-
cident, as afterwards related by
Stevens to Captain Israel Williams
at the latter's house in Hatfield, was
by him set down in a letter to the
Lieutenant-Governor of Massachu-
setts as follow r s : "They manifested
great uneasiness at our Peoples go-
ing to take a view of Cowass Mead-
ows last Spring, but never fully de-
clared their minds till the morning
they took their Departure, when
with great Deliberation (as he ex-
pressed it) they told him, for the
English to settle Cowass was what
they could not agree to, and as the
English had no need of that Land,
but had enough without it, they
must think the English had a mind
for War, if they should go there,
and said, if you do we will endeavor
that you shall have a strong war,
that they should have the Mohawks
and Ottawawas to help them. That
there was four hundred Indians now
a hunting on this side of the St.
Francois River, and that the owners
of the land at Cowass would all be
there this Spring, and that they at
No. 4, might expect that if the af-
fair of settling Cowass went for-
ward, to have all their houses
burnt." (See N. H. State Papers,
Vol. VI, p 199.)

The Lieutenant-Governor at once
laid the letter before Governor Shir-
ley who lost no time in communicat-
ing it to the Governor of New
Hampshire. Governor Wentworth
then "'threw such discouragement on
the settlement of the Coos Meadows,
that the design, without further en-
deavors to carry it into effect, was
wholly relinquished, as under the
circumstances impracticable."

In his history of Charlestown, pp.
54-56, Saunderson, without citing
any authority for the statement,
says "it was afterwards ascertained
that Governor Wentworth had so
little geographical knowledge of the
country on the upper Connecticut
that he did not even know where
the Coos Meadows were."

Thus had it not been for the state
of mind of the St. Francis Indians,
coupled with the undoubted ability
to execute their threats, John Mann
and his wife, Lydia, in their journey
in the fall of 1765, from Hebron,
Connecticut, up the Connecticut
River Valley to Orford would have
found north of Number Four a well
made road instead of a mere "horse-
track frequently hedged across by
fallen trees," and along that road
frequent settlements instead of here
and there an occasional log cabin
separated from any neighbor by
several miles of almost trackless
wilderness. (See Granite Monthly,
Vol. 51, p. 424.)

It was not until 1768 or 1769,
eight or nine years after the power
of the French in America, and the
ability to stir their Indian allies to
action, had been broken, that some
semblance of a road was built
by the settlers along the Indian trail.
This trail for several years after the
first settlers found their way over
it. remained a mere bridle path,
marked in the wooded parts by
blazed trees, through which led
pack-horses followed beneath the
leafy shades in .summer, struggled
through the deep snows in winter
from the lonely cabins, scattered for

THE GREAT ROAD TO THE NORTH

twenty or thirty miles up the val-
ley, to the nearest grist mill at Char-
lestown.

When the road was built it fol-
lowed the bridle-path which had fol-
lowed the Indian Trail, and it di-
verges but slightly from it in only
a few places at the present day *
Northerward from North Charles-
town it runs to the west of Cala-
vant Hill, by the old Captain Long
place, past the Jarvis and Upham
homesteads on Town Hill, which
is in fact the eastern slope of Bar-
bers Mountain, across Sugar River
at Lottery Bridge, past the ancient
Cupola House, and thence straight
up the valley to Cornish Common
and beyond. Holland's Map of 1774
shows it, with some breaks, continu-
ing north to Haverhill, the Cowass
of the ambitious Captain Symes.

This read is mentioned in the pe-
tition for the lottery to raise funds
to build a bridge, and in a number
of other State papers as the "Great
Road" and as the "Main County
(or Country) Road." In the wri-
ter's boyhood he frequently heard
it called by the older residents the
"King's Highway." coupled with
the statement that by such name it
was commonly called" in the days of
their youth. This name is not
found in any document ; it therefore
seems probable that it was a merely
local designation, perhaps confined
to the residents of Town Hill.

As was not unusual in New Eng-
land, the Great Road was laid out
ten rods wide for a mile or two over
Town Hill in Claremont, where por-
tions of it have to this day been but
slightlv encroached upon. North of
Sugar River it was six rods wide.
The greater width through the
"street" on Town Hill, was doubt-
less to provide common land for
mowing or pasturage, surely the
traffic did not require it.

No record has been found of the

precise time when the bridle-path
became a road passable for wheeled
vehicles. We know, however, that
it had become so in early August,
1770, when Eleazar Wheelock, with
ox teams, laborers and two com-
panions, pushed his struggling way
up from Connecticut to lay the foun-
dations for Dartmouth College ; and
when, a few weeks later, Madame
Wheelock with the boys of the "In-
dian Charity School" followed by
the same route.

What a pageant these travellers
must have presented in their pro-
gress northward on a bright au-
tumnal day. Let us wait by the
roadside, say on Town Hill, and wit-
ness the passing. First came two
horsemen, men of importance in rai-
ment becoming their station ; next
Madame W neelock swaying in the
great and splendid coach, the gift
of John Thornton a wealthy mer-
chant of London, her two slave wait-
ing maids, Peggy and Chloe, sitting,
up behind and Jabez Bingham,
nephew and chief teamster of the
college president, driving ; then the
two men slaves, Exeter and Bristar,
one of them leading a cow ; next the
drove of hogs tended by the thirty
students, two of them Indians,
trudging along on foot; then came
the ox teams hauling the since cel-
ebrated barrel of rum, the "cag of
wine," the barrel of "Old Pork," the
100 lbs. of tobacco, the gross of
pipes, the half barrel of "Shuggar"
and other necessities and appurte-
nances of life which Madame Whee-
lock was bringing with her. Pic-
ture this procession lurching down
into, and struggling up out of, the
ford at the present site of Lottery
Bridge ; the pigs squealing, the
horses plunging, the oxen straining,
the drivers cussing. — Oh that we
had a moving picture of it all ! And
while the camera man is there, let
him wait a couple of years to snap

•The only divergence known to the writer in Claremont is that just south of the old Ains-
worth house where for fifteen or twenty rods the road was moved about two hundred feet, at
the maximum, further east. This, it is believed, was done more than a century ago.

THE CRAXITE MONTHLY

John Ledyardj then a lad of nine-
teen or twenty, as he passes with
his dilapidated horse and sulky, the
paraphernalia for unacceptable
theatrical exhibitions tied on behind.
IK- too is on his way to Hanover
to join the class of 1776, the first,
the most interesting', most romantic,
most travelled gentleman advent-
urer that has ever ventured within
the learned shades of Dartmouth
College.

Scenes along the Great Road
in its early days were varied. Be-
fore the close oi the Revolution
the post-rider passed once a fort-
night in summer with letters in his
saddle hags. We may imagine the
interest in his coming, especially to
those who had husbands or sons

hting in the Continental army.
His circuit was from Portsmouth.
via concord and Plymouth, to Hav-
erhill, from Haverhill down the
Great Road to Charlestown, thence
via Keene. back to Portsmouth.*
Families with all their possessions,
on their way to settle in the north,
passed over the Great Road on
wagons or sleds usually drawn by
oxen. At a somewhat later period
a gentleman, with his wife or daugh-
ter, sometimes rode past in his
chaise preceded or followed by an
outrider or two. He was prepared
to buy a thousand or two of broad
acres if he saw them to his liking,
and carried with him the Spanish
milled dollars necessary to conclude
the purchase.** Dartmouth Col-
lege boys trudged back and forth.

in groups at the beginning and end
of their vacation.

Before the bridge over Sugar
River, the first of a substantial char-
acter in Claremont. was built in
1785, a ford in summer, the ice in
winter, a ferry boat in times of high
water, served the settlers and early
travellers. Daniel Warner who
lived close by was the ferryman. A
jovial group of Dartmouth boys who
hailed him across the river as Mr.
Charon, laughed heartily when he
explained that they had mistaken his
name. When later a neighbor,
John Strobridge. told him the clas-
sical significance, Warner became
exceeding wroth, but was appeased
by the further explanation that if
he were Charon, his passengers must
be considered lost souls crossing
that dark river of Hades, the Styx.

Early in 1785, Stanford Kings-
bury, who built and owned the Jarvis
house on Town Hill, Elihu Stevens,
the grandfather of the founder of
Stevens High School. John Cook,
who built the Cook Tavern, and five
others petitioned the General Court
"to Grant a Lottery that Shall Neat
Free of the Needful Expenses two
Hundred pounds for building a
bridge Over Sugar River, to Accom-
odate the Main Country Road."

It appears from the following ex-
tract from the petition that not much
enthusiasm in a financial form ex-
isted on the part of the public, for
we read : "Subscriptions were
open'd in the Town and Generous
Donations came in to the Am't of

•John Balcta of Keene was the first post-rider. See X. II. State Papers. Vol. X. p. 553.
Judging: from the roads and the number of houses along them as shown on Holland's Map, also
from legislation in 1785 and 1786, see X. H. State Papers. Vol. XX. pp. 449. 044. it seems
probable that between Keene and Pommouth this first post route was through Marlboro, Dublin,
Peterborough, Amherst, Merrimack, Londonderry, Chester and Exeter. This route apparently
remained unchanged for about twenty years. In 1791. four post routes were established.
•"The first." that covering southwestern New l.'ampshire, "beginning ;• t Concord, thence to pro-
; through V eare. New Boston, Amherst. Wilton. Temple. Peterborough. Dublin. Marlborough,
Keene. Westmoreland. Walpole, Axsworth, Charlestown, Claremont, Newport. Lempster, Wash-
ington Hillsborough, Henniker, Hopkinton to Concord."

The post-rider was required to cover this route weekly, i "extraordinaries excepted,") re-
versing direction of travel weekly. Postage was sixpence per letter "for every forty miles
and :>>ur pence for > \ ery number of miles less than forty." On this route Concord, Amherst.
Keene and Charlestown were to have postmasters who were to receive "two pence to
I'.- advanced on the postage of each private letter packet, etc." In towns where there
were no postmasters the pott-rider doubtless delivered letters as now delivered on R. F. D.
routes. See X. H. Stale Papers. Vol. XXII. pp. 221. 222.

""Specific instances of this are known to the writer from reliable and well confirmed
tradition.

THE GREAT ROAD TO THE NORTH

Sixty Pounds Chiefly by Yr Peti-
tioners (except a few individuals on
the Great Road who Expected to be
Accomdated by Said Bridge.
Which money Was Carefully Laid
out by yr Petitioners in procuring
timber which is Now on the Spot.
And in the Meantime When Said
Work Was Carried on Subscription
papers W 7 ere forwarded to the Prin-
cipal Gent'm in Each Town From
Walpole to Haverhill begging their
assistance in So Public & Important
A Matter. We had Many Kind
Ans'rs from these Gent'm We had
Addressed And Wrote to, but When
a return of the Subscriptions Were
Come in, found the Whole Am't to
be but about one pound ten ShiU's."
And we read further, "That your
Petitioners have Since in Public
Town Meeting in said Claremont
Urged the Assistance of the town
but to No purpose." A lottery was
therefore the last resort and was
duly authorized to raise £300, by
an act of the General Court passed
June 23, 1785. (See N. H. State
'Papers, Vol. XI, p. 379.)

With the exception of the bridge
between Newcastle and Portsmouth
this is the only bridge known to
have been built in New Hampshire
by the aid of a lottery, and is be-
lieved to be the only one called
"Lottery Bridge." It would be in-
teresting to know the circumstances
and incidents of the drawing, just
when and where it took place, the
cost of tickets, who drew the prizes
and to what amounts ; but no record
or even traditions of such details
are known to have been preserved.

Within the writer's recollection,
back to 1860, the old covered wooden
bridge, on this site, replaced by steel v
construction in 1893. has twice
floated away at high water to ground
on the meadows below. The first
1 nown instance of this was in the
spring of 1802, when at two town
meetings the Town refused to re-
place the bridge. This appears in
a letter written by Benjamin Sum-

ner on June 8, 1802, from the Cu-
pola Tavern to Squire Samuel Hunt
who represented Charlestown in the
General Court then in session at
Concord. Sumner explains that he
is obliged to write hurriedly '*to
send by the Amherst maile Which
will be hear at 4 P. M.," and says
"it is currently reported and prob-
ably true that the owners of the
turnpike," (running through Clare-
mont Village, Unity and Lempster
to Amherst, N. H.,) 'have influenced
the action of the town with a view
to divert travel from the Maine
River and Country Rode into the
Turnpike so they the owners of sd
Turnpike will Collect more from the
gates in Claremont than all other
gates Will afford! and No Wonder
they exert themselves to, and are
willing to Pay fines to the advantage
of themselves — the River Rode be-
ing Turned into the Turnpike will
Thrible the Tolledge, and I believe
much more at the gate in Clare-
mont." Sumner then asks that the
property owners who voted for the
restoration of the bridge be ex-
empted from paying any part of the
fines imposed for the neglect of the
town "to Comply with the order of
Court" by restoring the bridge. The
letter closes as follows: "As Oure
member Mr. Jones is Not so favor-
able to the Repairs of the Country
Rode We Do not apply to him."
"N. B. Doctr Sterne has this mo-
ment Com in and Signes with me"

"Our Respects wait on you"

T. Sterne.
Benj. Sumner"

"To Saml Hunt Esqr."

One hundred and sixteen years,
almost to a day, after its departure
by the Amherst mail on that after-
noon in June. 1802, this same letter,
faded and yellow with age, came
back to the place where it was writ-
ten.

Prior to about 1800 the village of
Claremont was on that part of the

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

Great Road which crosses Town
Hill. Holland's Map shows four-
teen houses on the village street in
1774. * This number was in-
creased considerably in the succeed-
ing twenty years. Here were the
village smithy, the village school,
the tavern, the country store, the
workshop of the wheelwright, the
shoemaker, the cobbler and the
tailor : a busy place it was near the
close of the eighteenth century
where now the road is grass-grown
and as silent as the fields.

The Great Road in connection
with ferries served both sides of the
Connecticut River until about 1790,
when the river road on the Vermont
side was built. It is doubtful if this
road was ever, for any considerable
length of time, used as a through
state route. To avoid the high
rates of toll at Bellows Falls, over
the first bridge to span the Con-
necticut River, the stage-horn was
sounded long and lustily from the
New Hampshire side as the coach.

the horses thus spurred to a gallop,
approached "the Falls." The pro-
spective passengers walked across
the brige paying their three cent
toll, saw their trunks trundled
across in wheelbarrows, and mount-
ed the stage in Walpole, on the
New Hampshire side.

For three quarters of a century,
until the railroad was built, in 1849,
travellers in the river valley jour-
neyed north and south over the
Great Road. We can see the top-
heavy, six-horse stage-coach rocking
on its leather thorough-braces,
swaying around the curves, lurching
over the hills, passing with perilous
tilt the heavy, slow-moving, canvas-
covered freight wagons, and finally
after sunset rounding up beside the
Ralston Tavern, still standing on
Town Hill ; the tired travellers climb
down for their evening meal, the
jolly landlord greets them, the
foam-flecked horses are led away to
the stable, their day's work done.

•On Holland's Map. not only then existing roads are shown, but dots indicate the
houses along- these roads. They may be plainly seen on the original map. though hardly
visible on the reduced reproductions. It is believed that the dots indicate buildings of a
substantial character and not mere cabins, for on the site of Dartmouth College there are only
three dots, and only seven in all of Hanover, four of thete near the river in the north
part of the town. There must have been more than three buildings of some sort on and around
the college grounds in 1774. An excellent engraving of Holland's map from the original
plate may be seen in the collection of the Xew Hampshire Historical Society, also in the Boston
Public Library. Writers of local histories should make far more use of this map than has
been made in the past. It might well be reproduced as a bit of State enterprise, on the
original scale and with the original clearness.

THE LEDYARD BRIDGE (1859)

By Perley R. Bugbee

The old wooden bridge ; the Ledyard bridge.
Humbly it stands, connecting two states
Joining lands on either water's edge
Vermont's green and Xew Hampshire's granite.

Xear or distant, shed-like and mossy
The shingled roof and its boarded sides.
While picturesque, it's rather noisy.
The planks rattle as o'er them one rides.

THE LEDYARD BRIDGE

From river's source, through vales to the sea
Bridges replace ferries to ride over.
The first of the valley's to be free
Was one from Norwich to Hanover.

The first with single span and no piers
Fell in the river trom its own weight.
The second toll bridge stood thirty years
Serving the public humble and great.

The third bridge builded in thirty-nine,
Burned in the autumn of fifty-four.
Then five years — interminable time !
The public by boat was carried o'er.

The Ledyard is the fourth in number
O'er the Connecticut at this spot.
While all four were builded from lumber
Ledyard's served the longest of the lot.

O'er the river that flows on and on

This bridge in many lives bears its part.

O'er it Dartmouth's classes have come and gone,

Ledyard's bridge is endeared to the heart.

Hanover, N . H

IN THE NAVY DURING THE WORLD WAR.

THE EXPERIENCE OF JOHN WILLIAM JOHNSON

April 6, 1917, the day we broke
with Germany, found me in Norfolk,
Virginia. At that time there seemed
a better chance for action, travel and
experience in the navy than in the
army, so I reported at the Receiving
Ship at the navy yard for enlistment ;
and, after waiting in line for over five
hours, was examined from head to
foot, inside and out, and was ac-

to report for duty on board the
Oklahoma a week later, and was
finally sworn in for four years in
the regular navy. 1 afterwards
learned that my name stood first on
the list of enlisted men from Bath —
my home town.

The Oklahoma was at that time
less than a year old, a superdread-
nought of 32,000 tons, and a speed

John William Johnson

cepted. So many ahead of me, ap-
parently of fine physicpie, were re-
jected that I considered myself un-
accountably fortunate in being ac-
cepted. As I had passed my twen-
ty-first birthday but a few months
previously, this statement, above the
officially witnessed signature of my
mother, was demanded by the re-
ceiving officer before 1 was allowed
to serve Uncle Sam. I was ordered

of 22 knots, a knot being one and
one eighth miles. She was one of
the largest ships in the service car-
rying over 1500 men. She burned
oil, an immense advantage in the
way of cleanliness. Her main bat-
tery consisted of ten 14-inch guns;
and she carried a secondary battery
of twenty-one 5-inch guns, also
3-inch anti-aircraft guns, and two
6-pound saluting guns. The shells

IN THE NAVY DURING THE WORLD WAR

used in the 14-inch guns weigh over
2,000 pounds, and can he fired 20
miles. And the bore is large enough
to admit the body of a man.

Navy life is altogether different
from civilian, and to acquire the
navy dialect is like learning a for-
eign language. A room is called a
"compartment," the floor is the
"deck," and the ceiling is referred
to as the "overhead." Stairs are
known as "ladders," and windows
are called "ports."

Time on shipboard is marked by
bells. For instance, at noon, eight
bells are struck; at twelve-thirty,
one bell ; at one, two bells ; at one-
thirty, three bells ; at two, four bells ;
at two-thirty, five bells; at three,
six bells ; at three-thirty, seven bells ;
at four, eight bells, and so on. In
the British navy seven bells are
never struck, in commemoration of
the fact that on a certain ship a
mutiny had been planned to take
place "at seven bells. The captain
got wind of the affair, seven bells
were not struck, and the mutineers
were foiled.

A sailor's kerchief is black as a
badge of mourning for departed
naval heroes ; the three white bands
on his collar are for three great
naval victories ; and the thirteen
buttons, ornamenting his trousers,
are for the thirteen original states.

Recruits in the army are known
as "rookies," but in the navy as
"boots," probably on account of be-
ing booted around by boatswain's
mates. There was one of these
would-be sailors, or land-lubbers, on
lookout duty in the "crow's nest."
The "crow's nest" is a basket-like
arrangement on the mast where a
lookout is kept. After the man's
watch was up, he was ordered down
by the officer of the deck through
the voice tube in these words "Lay
clown from aloft." As the sailor
did not obey, and no attention be-
ing paid to the order after it had
been repeated several times, the of-

ficer finally lost patience and shout-
ed "Climb down out of that tree !"

After making a statement as to
the education I had received, and
passing examinations in mathema-
tics, I was assigned to the naviga-
tor's division to train for quarter-
master. A quartermaster in the
army is a clerk who attends to sup-
plies, but in the navy a quartermas-
ter's duties are altogether different.
They consist chiefly in signalling,
correcting charts, steering and keep-
ing the ship's log. The log is a
record of the ship's cruise. Every
hour readings are taken of the bar-
ometer, psychrometer, condition of
the weather, form of clouds, etc.

Signalling is carried on in various
ways — wigwag and semaphore by
day, and blinker and searchlight by
night. Wigwag and semaphore are
often confused. They are not at all
alike. Wigwag employs one flag
only, about three feet in diameter,
and the continental code is used.
In semaphore two flags, about a foot
in diameter, are used, and the letters
of the alphabet are indicated by
different positions of the flags.
Wigwag is comparatively slow, but
after a few months' practice, I ob-
tained a speed of forty words a
minute by semaphore. Blinker is
used for short distance signalling
by night, and the dot and dash are
marked by the length of time the
light is exposed. For long dis-
tances, twenty miles or more, the
searchlight is used.

As there seemed little hope of
getting across on the Oklahoma, I
requested a transfer, and the fol-
lowing day I was ordered aboard
the Paul Jones — a small torpedo
boat. The only difference between
a torpedo boat and a destroyer is
that a destroyer has a longer cruis-
ing radius. The torpedo boats are
300 feet long and between 25 and
30 feet wide at the beam — amid
ships. Torpedoes are their chief
battery, as their name indicates, but

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

depth mines were successfully used
against submarines. These long
narrow boats — the destroyers and
torpedo boats — are built for speed,
and cut the water like a knife blade.
They are the fastest craft afloat,
surpassing in swiftness the cele-
brated passenger ships known as
'Ocean Greyhounds."

In company with five other tor-
pedo boats we left Philadelphia for
the Mediterranean via the Azores,
and Bermuda. Hamilton was the
first foreign port we touched at.
Here we delayed long enough to re-
fuel ; and, as we were given shore
leave, we visited the Islands. We
rented bicycles to reach the different
objects of interest, and avoided col-
lisions by remembering to keep to
the left as is the custom in that
place. Back on board after our
leave had expired, we left port, and
all went well until the third day out,
when we ran into a storm, and our
deck load of coal was washed over
board. The supply in our bunkers
not being sufficient for us to reach
our destination, we were obliged
to turn back. The weather increas-
ed in violence so that we were forced
to run with the sea instead of buck-
ing it. I stood a two-hour wheel
watch, but it was impossible to keep
the ship on the course. Soon after
I came on watch the foremast
snapped, and later the mainmast.
As our wireless was strung between
these masts, it was put out of com-
mission. Before morning we lost
an anchor; two life rafts, and our
life boatr The after compartments
commenced to flood so that we were
forced to batten down the hatches
to keep the other compartments dry.
But in spite of our efforts to the
contrary, the water found its way
through, and only by all hands turn-
ing to with buckets were we able
to keep afloat. The salt water even
found its way into our fresh water
tank so that we were without drink-

ing water. We used the juice of
tinned tomatoes to quench our thirst
and even drank catsup which did not
have the desired effect. After three
days of bailing and constant drench-
ing, we were at the point of ex-
haustion, and a ration of alcohol di-
luted with water was served to us.
In momentary expectation of the
signal to abandon ship, rafts were
made of the fallen masts, and emer-
gency rations were issued. We
lightened ship by casting overboard
two torpedoes valued at $5000 each,
our ice machines, and all heavy ar-
ticles that could be dispensed with.
Guns were constantly fired and tar
was kept burning as distress sig-
nals ; and at night we sent up rock-
ets and stars. We saw nothing be-
fore us but berths in Davy Jones'
locker, when the dense fog by which
we had been surrounded lifted a
little, Polaris was discerned, and a
sight taken. W'e found we were
hundreds of miles out of our course,
and in a waste of waters where ships
seldom pass, so that if we took to
our rafts there was little hope of our
being picked up. But we now took
heart, redoubled our efforts, and in a
short time the mainland of Bermuda
was sighted, and we headed for it.
As we neared the Islands our dis-
tress signals were answered from the
shore, and I sent a searchlight mes-
sage recmesting assistance. We got
a reply saying that no help could
be given us until daybreak. As the
harbor was mined, we didn'^ care
to take a chance on being blown up,
so we anchored and continued bail-
ing until morning. Finally a tug
was sent out and, in a sinking con-
dition, we were towed in.

We later learned that we were
suspected of being a submarine ; and,
indeed, we looked much like one —
being level with the sea and minus
masts. The commander of the fort
had been ordered to blow us up, but
he refused to do so, thinking we

I I

IN THE NAVY DURING THE WORLD WAR

might not be an enemy ship. In
consequence he was courtmartialled
for disobedience of orders.

As we lost all our personal be-
longings, including clothing, we
were cared for at the British bar-
racks, and a week later I was sent
to the Perkins — a much larger ship
than the Paul Jones, and an oil-
burner. On her we went to Liver-
pool, where the ship was "camou-
flaged," and from there to Queens-
town, our base. Here we were
given sections to patrol. We often
saw submarines ; but as they were
no match for destroyers, on sight-
ing us they would quickly submerge.
It was the winter season, and the
life was strenuous. For a man with
good eyesight and not subject to
seasickness the work was well-nigh
incessant. Our chief duty was to
answer calls for help, and pick up
the" survivors of torpedoed ships.
Many times we arrived at the scene
of the disaster in time to witness
the destruction and sinking of the
ship. Once we received an S.O.S.
call ; and, when we arrived on the
scene, we were greeted with tor-
pedoes, two passing directly under
us, and one over our bow, missing
us by a few feet — an example of
German treachery or strategy, as
you will.

His Majesty's ship, the "High-
flier," was stationed near us. and I
became acquainted with a British
sailor who one day invited me on
board his ship for luncheon. A ra-
tion of grog is served British sail-
ors at every meal. As a guest, I,
too, was favored. But I did not like
the odor or the looks of the mixture,
and I passed my glass to my friend.
After that I was cordially and fre-
quently invited to meals on board
the Highflier, not only by my friend,
but by others who looked with en-
vious eyes as he drank his double
portion.

The last part of the war I was

stationed at New York on convoy
duty. July 4. 1918, we convoyed
forty-five ships out of the harbor,
the largest number that ever left
any port at any one time. A diri-
gible led the way, followed by seven
destroyers on each side of the ships
being convoyed, and also a number
of cruisers. One cruiser always
went all the way across, while most
of the destroyers, after going out
three hundred miles, returned to
port for another convoy. However,
I went across three times, landing
at Brest.

After the armistice was signed we
lay in the North River for display.
The line of ships which had seen
active service extended for five
miles, and was known as the "Vic-
tory Fleet."

During the winter we were sta-
tioned m Guantanamo Bay. the
southern drill ground, as it is called.
In the spring we returned to the
States, and a few months later I
received my honorable discharge.

Sometimes a sailor or soldier is
asked what is the hardest exper-
ience he has ever had. When John
Hay was an old man, he said the
hardest hour of his life was at the
time of the Civil War. He, being
Lincoln's secretary, was required to
write an order for the execution of
an American soldier. Early in the
World War I was on signal duty
on the Oklahoma when a message
came to me from a transport loaded
with marines saying "Permission re-
quested to proceed as ordered." I
replied in the affirmative, thus send-
ing our brave American men across,
many of them never to return. My
years are not many, and serious
hours may be ahead of me, but none
that will exceed in solemnity the
one when I stood on the bridge at
midnight, and watched that ship
steam slowly down the bay. and out
of sight.

THE SEVENTY-FIFTH ANNIVERSARY
OF PENACOOK ENCAMPMENT

By Frank J. Pillsbury, P. C. P.

Odd Fellows Hall in Concord was
the scene of the celebration on Tues-
day evening, November 25, of the
seventy-fifth anniversary of Pena-
cook Encampment.

Albert N. Thompson, C. P., in a
few well chosen words welcomed the
audience and introduced as the
chairman of the evening Capt. J. E.
Morrison, P. C. P. and Scribe. In
this position he proved a success as
he does in many other places.

The program follows :
Prayer, Bro. Rev. Geo. F. Patterson
Entertainer, Herbert A. Clark

Historical Address,

Frank J. Pillsbury, P. C. P.

Duet,

Mrs. Fred E. Browne, Organist
Miss Florence P. Newell, Piano

Piano Solo, Miss Florence Clough
Entertainer, Herbert A. Clark

Remarks by Grand Encampment

Officers
"America" by the audience standing

Officers, November 26, 1844

C. P., Nathaniel P.. Baker
H. P., Lewis Downing
S. W., Stephen Brown
Scribe, Jonathan Sargent
Treasurer, William Walker, Jr.
J. W. Thomas White

Present Officers
C. P., Albert W. Thompson
H. P., Henry W. Hillson
S. W., Walter H. Beane
Scribe, J. Edward Morrison
Treasurer, Edward C. Dutton
J. W., Harry L. Peacock

Committee of Arrangements
Albert W. Thompson, C. P.
Walter H. Beane, S. W.
Arthur F. Oyston, P. C. P.

Encampment Members in the
World War

Leon D. Cilley. Enlisted August
15. 1918; Dartmouth College
4 raining Detachment ; discharg-
ed, Dec. 14, 1918.

Chester W. Clark. Enlisted Sept.
22. 1917; Chemical Warfare
Service ; discharged, Jan. 30,
1919.

Ernest C. Dudley. Enlisted May 1,
1918; Ordnance Dept. ; dis-
charged, Jan. 1, 1919.

Forrest L. Kibbee. Enlisted May 1,
1918; Ordnance Dept.; dis-
charged, May 2, 1919.

Walter E. Maynard. Enlisted May
27, 1918; U. S. Naval Reserve
Force ; discharged, Jan. 29, 1919.

Charles F. Strainge. Enlisted April
26, 1918; 309th Infantry; dis-
charged, June 9, 1919.

Carl V. Whidden. Enlisted April
18, 1917; Battery C, 146 Field
Artillery ; wounded, Oct. 27,
1918; d'ied. Oct. 28, 1918.

Dion C. Wingate. Enlisted May 25,
1917; Field Artillery; discharg-
ed, Jan. 30, 1919.

All the exercises were interest-
ing. 44ie musical part was much
enjoyed. 44ie address was well re-
ceived and the entertainer — well, he
certainly did entertain and please.

The following Grand officers made
remarks: Albert C. Wyatt, G. H.
P., Laconia ; H. A. Sanderson, G. J.
W., Franklin ; James G. Shaw, G.
Rep. Franklin ; Myron P. Crowell,
G. Rep., Manchester; Charles E.
Hardy, D. D. G. .P., Concord; Ernest
C. Dudley, Deputy G. M. of Con-
cord, and FranK D. Holmes, Com-

ANNIVERSARY PENACOOK ENCAMPMENT

mander of Patriarchs Militant, Con-
cord, and Edward C. Dutton, P. G.
Rep., Concord, who were all listened
to with attention.

Ernest C. Dudley, P. C. P.
D. G. M. Grand Lodge, I. 0. O. F.

At the close of the exercises all
repaired to the banquet hall where
ice cream and cake were served and
a social hour enjoyed. It was mid-
night before the company separated.

The historical address of the occa-
sion was as follows :

Mr. Chairman, Grand Officers,
Ladies, Patriarchs and Brothers:
Without any opening remarks we
will at once proceed to speak of
some of the events of the past seven-
ty-five years.

The persons who became connect-
ed with the order of Odd Fellows
when it was introduced into Concord
became so interested in its workings
and impressed with the worth of its
principles that they soon felt a de-
sire to know what the higher branch
had for them ; so that steps were
very soon taken to have an Encamp-
ment instituted here. Accordingly
seven of the brothers went to
Nashua on Sept. 8, 1844, and re-

ceived the degrees in Nashanon
Encampment. The names of those
parties were Nathaniel B. Baker,
Louis Downing, Jr., Thos. White,
Stephen Brown, Jonathan Sargent,
William Walker, Jr., and Charles A.
Tufts.

On November 25, 1844, but a lit-
tle more than nine months after the
institution of White Mountain
Lodge, Most Worthy District Grand
Patriarch Albert Guild of Boston,
instituted the Encampment whose
seventy-fifth anniversary we are now
celebrating. If brevity is wit those
men were certainly witty for the
entire account of the exercises is
contained in less than thirty lines
in the record book. At this meet-
ing seven brothers were instructed
in the work, one among them being
our respected brother Past Chief
Patriarch George Main, whose one
hundredth birthday was observed
November 23, and of whom we may
well feel proud as being the oldest
Odd Fellow in the world.

It is a very, very rare opportunity
to have the pleasure of having a
member who has lived a century,
and is so well preserved as is our
brother. So, I trust you will bear
with me if some account of Brother
Main's life as published in the Pat-
riot of November 24, is given as
follows :

Mr. Main was born in Rochester,
this State, in the part of the town
known as Rochester hill, where the
first church in that town was built,
the first pastor of which, Parson
Amos Main, being his great grand-
father.

Mr. Main's parents died when he
was but 12 years old, leaving four
children in all, two boys and two
girls. His two sisters died when
they were about 25 years old, but
his brother lived to 89 years of age.
For a long time he had charge of the
business of the Abbott-Downing
company in California.

At the age of 23 years George

TIIK GRANITE MONTHLY

Main married Ellen M. Preston of
Concord, the ceremony being per-
formed 1>\- Rev. Moses G. Thomas,
the first pastor of the Unitarian
church. To them were born 10 chil-
dren, four of whom are still living,
Mrs. Holt, who tenderly cares for
her father, and whose son was
wounded in France; Frank A.,
George M., and Edward P. There
are ten grandchildren and seven
great-grandchildren now living.

that he makes no complaints ahout
not being able to see and it is a
mystery to his friends how he man-
ages to get around the house unaid-
ed.

On coming to Concord, Mr. Main
entered the employ of the Abbott-
Downing company, having charge of
the paint shop and doing most of
the ornamental painting on their
famous carriages and coaches. In
1854 he was asked by the Man-

George Main, P. C. P.
Oldest Odd Fellow in the World

While returning from the wedding
of Governor Rollins, Mr. Main was
struck by a piece of wood from a
burning building, causing him to
lose the sight of one eye. In 1898,
a bon-fire caused the sight of the
other to become weakened. For the
past six years he has been totally
blind. Otherwise his faculties are
but little impaired, and his general
health is good. His daughter states

Chester Locomotive Works to or-
nament their locomotives, as was
then the custom, and he has the
honor of having done the painting
on the first machine sent out by that
celebrated corporation.

About 1846 he opened a paint, oil
and artists supply store in Union
block, so-called-, his store being on
the corner now occupied by Fitch's
drug store. He continued in that

ANNIVERSARY PENACOOK ENCAMPMENT

business for nearly 20 years, closing
it out in 1865, when he opened the
green house on Merrimack street,
the first in Concord, and probably
the first in the State.

At the time President Pierce vis-
ited Concord, Mr. Main made the
largest United States flag ever made
up to that time, and it is doubtful
if one has been made since then
that is any larger. The dimensions
were 150 feet long and 90 feet wide
and it took 2200 yards of bunting
to make it. Unfortunately it be-
came torn and 800 yards of bunting
were used in repairing it. It is not
known what became of the flag.
Some years before this he painted
a beautiful banner for White Moun-
tain Lodge of Odd Fellows, No. 5,
which is among their most valued
treasures, hanging in a glass case
in their banquet hall.

Mr. Main became a member of
White Mountain Lodge March 22,
1844, six weeks after its institution,
so that the claim that he is the old-
est Odd Fellow in the world is well
founded. Oldest not only in years,
but in length of membership. He
is a past officer in this society, but
his life has been such a busy one
that he did not have time to pass
through the chairs of the lodge.

His many friends, both in and out
of the Odd Fellows, rejoice in the
length of days that has been given
him, and trust that in the months or
years that are to come he will be
spared from pain and suffering.

When he first came to Concord,
Mr. Main lived for a time on War-
ren street in a part of the building
known as Gales Tavern, standing
not far from where the present po-
lice station is located.

It may not be out of place to state
that on his birthday Brother Main
received one hundred one dollar
pieces, two bouquets of one hundred
pinks each, one of them from Pena-
cook Encampment, two bouquets
of chrysanthemums of one hundred

each, one hundred pansies, one hun-
dred dimes, one hundred stamps,
a bouquet of one hundred roses, a
basket of fruit from White Mountain
Lodge, nearly two hundred post-
cards and a large number of letters
from friends and Odd Fellows all
over the countrv. There were num-
erous other gifts, among them a
handsome birthday cake with col-
ored frosting bearing the dates Nov.
23, 1819 and Nov. 23, 1919. He re-
ceived one hundred or more callers,
but stood it well, enjoyed the day
much and suffered no bad effects
from it.

At this first meeting Nathaniel B.
Baker was elected Chief Patriarch.
He was a lawyer living on South
street in one of the houses nearly
opposite the Chandler school. He
was also one of the firm of Carroll
& Baker, publishers of the New
Hampshire Patriot and State
Gazette At that time there were
two Patriots, the one just mentioned
and Hill's New Hampshire Patriot,
published by Isaac Hill and Sons,
William P. and John M., the latter
being the father of our respected fel-
low citizen Rev. Dr. Howard F.
Hill. Mr. Baker was born in Hen-
niker Sept. 29, 1818, a graduate of
Harvard College, came to Concord
as a young man, read law in the of-
fice of Franklin Pierce, and was
one of Concord's foremost citizens
having been called to occupy many
positions of trust and honor. Was
appointed chief engineer of the fire
department in 1852, having pre-
viously served several years as one
of the fire wards. In 1850 his name
appears in the directory as clerk of
the courts. He served as moderator
at the town meeting in 1846, also
1849-1853, being the last person to
act in that capacity.

The meetings of 1851 and 1852
each occupied six days. Mr. Baker
was a vigorous supporter and advo-
cate for a city charter, while his
father, Abel Baker, was as strongly

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

opposed to 'it. After three trials
had previously been made on March
10, 1853, the third day of the town
meeting, the friends of a city form
of government were successful by
a majority of 269 out of 1387 votes
cast. At the first city election on
March 26, Mr. Baker was elected
moderator of Ward six.

At the March election in 1850 he
was chosen as one of the represen-
tatives to the General Court and re-
elected the following year. Each
of these years he filled the position
of speaker of the house and he is
spoken of by his colleagues as being
one of the most genial, popular and
efficient persons who ever occupied
the speaker's chair.

He was the second citizen of Con-
cord that had, to that time, served
as speaker, the other one being Hon.
Thomas W. Thompson, thirty-seven
years before.

He was the first clerk of the Con-
cord Gas Light Company, was also
one of the incorporators and orig-
inal trustees of St. Paul's School and
it was he who first offered the silver
medal given for distinguished ex-
cellence in the performance of school
duties, and which has since been
given each year on the last night
of the school's session.

In 1852 he was one of the presi-
dential electors and had the pleasure
of voting for his former preceptor,
General Franklin Pierce. In March,
1854, he was elected governor of the
state, serving one term with credit
to himself, but the change in politi-
cal sentiments prevented his re-elec-
tion. He was one of the five char-
ter members of White Mountain
Lodge, No. 5, I. O. O. F., was its
second Noble Grand and the third
Grand Master of the State. As has
been already stated he was one of
the charter members of Penacook
Encampment, No. 5, was its first
Chief Patriarch and the first Grand
Patriarch of the jurisdiction. Was

also a member of Blazing Star
Lodge F. & A. M.

In 1856 he followed Horace
Greeley's advice and went west, lo-
cating in Clinton, Iowa. The regard
in which he was held in the Hawk-
eye State is shown in an extract
from Green's history of Iowa sent
from the office of the Adjutant Gen-
eral of that state.

"In 1859 he was elected to the
Iowa Legislature and when the War
of the Rebellion began he led the
war wing of his party to give cordial
support to Governor Kirkwood's ad-
ministration. The Governor ap-
pointed him Adjutant General of the
State and all through the Rebellion
his superb executive ability was
given to the work of organizing the
fifty-seven regiments of volunteers
which Iowa furnished to the Pres-
ident. He organized a system that
has preserved a permanent record
of the service of every Iowa soldier
who entered the army. As the war
progressed the duties of Inspector-
General, Quartermaster, Paymaster
and Commissary-General were im-
posed upon him, and the duties dis-
charged with promptness unsur-
passed. He was untiring in caring
for the comfort of Iowa soldiers,
and as the regiments were dis-
charged, he gathered at the State
Arsenal all of the battle flags which
were brought home for careful pres-
ervation. He planned and superin-
tended the great re-union of Iowa
soldiers in 1870, where every one of
the 20,000 veterans was eager to take
him by the hand. He held the office
of Adjutant General to the day of
his death, which occurred on the
13th of September, 1876. Governor
Kirkwood issued a proclamation an-
nouncing his death and enumerating
his great services to the State. The
national flag was displayed from the
public buildings at half-mast and
minute guns were fired the day of
his funeral, which was one of the

ANNIVERSARY PENACOOK ENCAMPMENT

most imposing ever seen in the
State. A monument was erected to
his memory over his grave in Wood-
land Cemetery, Des Moines, by vol-
untary contributions of Iowa sol-
diers."

We have given so much space to
Governor Baker's life because we
feel that one who was so prominent
in our order before it had became
a popular institution is worthy of
being thus remembered.

Lewis Downing, Jr., was chosen
High Priest. He will be remem-
bered as one of the men who made
Concord famous for its coaches.
His residence is given in the direc-
tory of that year as 19 Alain street.
The Senior Warden was Stephen
Brown, who lived on School street
nearly opposite the present High
School building. His place of busi-
ness as a tailor was 129 Alain street.
His advertisement in the directory
alluded to says "He has constantly
for sale every article in the line of
his business." He became the third
Grand Patriarch serving in 1847-8,
and in 1852-3 he was Grand Master
of the state being the ninth person
to occupy that exalted position. He
was Grand Representative in 1847.

The Scribe was Jonathan Sargent,
a carpenter at Depot House, 84 Alain
street. Treas., Wm. Walker, Jr. of
the firm of Walker & Co., Concord
and Boston express, a former well
known stage driver and later still
better known as captain of the Lady
of the Lake on Lake Winnipisaukee,
living then at 64 Alain street, but
afterwards, for many years, living
in a house which stood on the corner
of Park and State streets, now oc-
cupied by the State Library build-
ing. Thos. White was elected Jun-
ior Warden, a watchman at the de-
pot and boarding with Amos Wood,
who conducted a bakery on West
street and lived at 92 Alain Street.

Chas A. Tufts was appointed In-
ner Guard. He gave his occupation

as clerk and boarded with H. AL
Rolfe, of the firm of Porter & Rolfe,
who established the first store for
selling hardware in the city and it
is quite likely he was in their em-
ploy.

Brother Tufts went to Dover and
became Grand Alaster in 1853-4, was
also Grand Patriarch in 1851-2, the
seventh to occupy that position.
It is something we have reason to
feel proud of that three of the seven
charter members of our encampment
served in the highest offices in both
the Grand Lodge and Grand En-
campment.

It appears the first meeting was
held in the afternoon as the record
says took a recess till six o'clock in
the evening. Not very late hours.

Four of the parties mentioned as
receiving the work were elected at
this afternoon session. Their names
are Rev. J. F. Witherell, a Univer-
salist clergvman, publishing a paper
called the '"'Balm of Gilead" ; W. B.
Safford, wholesale and retail dealer
in 'AVest India Goods and Flour,"
opposite the State House, as his
advertisement reads; Amos B. Cur-
rier, who signed his occupation as
"Tinker Alerchant." Some of us re-
member he dealt in stoves, tin and
wooden ware about where the Hig-
gins Alarket now is. These, with
Brother Alain, were elected before
the recess. At the meeting in the
evening three other applications
were received and the parties
elected. William Carr, a carpenter,
whom some may remember as the
drum major of the 1st N. H. Vol.,
when it went to the front in 1861..
Cyrus Hill kept a hat and fur store
at 178 Alain street, living on Center
street. Henry George, a stage
driver, stopping at the Eagle Coffee
House. The oldest of these parties
were Brothers Brown and Carr, w r ho
gave their age as 45, the others
ranged from 23 to 34 years.

With the exception of Patriarch

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

Downing and Hill, we think none
of the fourteen have any relatives
now living among us.

Quoting from the records: "Pro-
ceeded to initiate through all the
degrees of the encampment the fol-
lowing brothers," giving their
names. "No other business appear-
ing before the encampment, pro-
ceeded to close in ancient form to
meet again Dec. 10. At this second
meeting the Inner Guard having
left town, Patriarch Main was ap-
pointed to that position. The other
officers and the committees were ap-
pointed at this meeting, among them
being two called "Sons of Nimrod."
As nothing further is said of such
officers we have no knowledge of
what their duties or privileges were.
At first the meetings were held every
week and at the one on Dec. 17,
Robert N. Corning, father of our
esteemed fellow citizen Judge Chas.
R. Corning, was elected and received
the degrees. There were four de-
grees at this time. The wording
was somewhat different from what
we are used to as they say "closed
in ancient form. Proceeded to con-
fer the honors of the encampment."
In the first constitution, the amount
charged for dues was twelve and one
half cents per month ; sick benefits
two dollars per week ; death benefit
$10. If any officer was not present
at a meeting he was fined ten cents,
unless excused.

This caused some difficulty and
this provision seemed to become
nonoperative by general consent.
Article 8 reads: "Each patriarch
shall, within three months after be-
coming a member of this encamp-
ment, furnish himself with suitable
regalia as indicated by the charges
or directed by the Grand Lodge of
the United States."

On March 1, 1852, the rent to be
paid for the hall was fixed at ten
dollars per year, and on Aug. 2 of
that year it' was voted "that the
steward be directed to get our

lamps changed so as to burn fluid."
In January, 1853, a committee was
appointed to consider introducing
gas into the hall, but gas was not
introduced till more than three years
after, as at the meeting Aug. 12,
1856, it was recorded that gas had
been put in. This of course refers
to gas for illuminating purposes, not
any other kind of gas.

September 10, 1859, the building
in which was our hall was burned,
but the charter, books and a large
part of the other property was saved.
For some time the meetings w r ere
held in a room in Exchange block.
Nov. 22, 1859, the record says "have
arranged with White Mountain
Lodge for rent at $10 per year."

February 12, 1861, a vote was
passed that "members have their
photographs taken with their rega-
lias." The result of this vote is
shown in the frames in the banquet
room. Dec. 10, 1861, is the first
record we find of any celebration,
but from that time on they have been
quite numerous and frequent.

For one held on Nov. 26, 1862,
the committee at a subsequent meet-
ing reported, "we had an oyster sup-
per and other refreshments and that
we had a social and good time gen-
erally."

January 3, 1863, a public instal-
lation was held to which all Odd
Fellows were invited.

On. Nov. 24, 1863, we had the
pleasure of a visit from some thirty
patriarchs members of Nashanoon,
Wonolansett, Strawberry Bank and
Norw r ay Plains Encampments.

May 9, 1865, voted to appear in
regalia on the occasion of ceremonies
in memory of President Lincoln,
that we hire a band and that our
committee confer with White Moun-
tain Lodge regarding it. That year
it was voted to have an anniversary
oyster supper and that it be exclu-
sively for Patriarchs, their waves and
sweethearts. These anniversary af-
fairs have been held quite regularly

ANNIVERSARY PENACOOK ENCAMPMENT

for very many years. On one occa-
sion the record says : "Voted to in-
vite White Mountain Lodge and
their ladies, to meet with us, and
that the members of this encamp-
ment have the privilege of bringing
to the levee their families and such
other lady friends as they please."
Another occasion the vote was "each
married member be allowed to bring
his own wife and each single mem-
ber one lady."

July 23, 1867, record says "There
being an alarm of fire the members
left without closing in form."

Sept. 13 of the same year the en-
campment entertained the encamp-
ment from Portland, Me. It was
voted to hire a hall, give them a sub-
stantial dinner, appear in a parade
in full regalia accompanied by a
band. In the evening to hold a
levee and to invite the members of
White Mountain Lodge and their
ladies, and that our members have
the privilege of bringing to the levee
their families and such other lady
friends as they please. The record
does not mention, but we feel safe
in saying they had a big crowd and
a fine time.

July 22, 1868, a return visit was
made to the Patriarchs in Portland,
being entertained in Boston by two
encampments while on the way.
The camp later voted thanks to the
two encampments in Boston and two
in Portland for courtesies received.

Annual supper Dec. 22, 1869, pro-
vided the encampment be at no ex-
pense therefor. One of those good
old fashioned affairs when every one
brought in substantiate and dainties.
A real social supper.

Tahanto Encampment was insti-
tuted March 9, 1871, by Charles P.
Blanchard, G. P., with sixteen mem-
bers who withdrew from us for that
purpose.

Our relations have been cordial
and friendly such as should exist
between mother and daughter, be-
tween those bound together by the

same fraternal bonds, working for
the same object.

Many times we have been their
guests and many times we have been
pleased to welcome them to oar so-
cial gatherings. Joint installations
have been very common, in later
years and since the organization of
Winnepoket Encampment triple in-
stallations have been often held.
May this kindly spirit never cease,
may those links of friendship bind
us together more closelv, more firm-
ly.

Interest was revived in the musi-
cal part of the work, Pch. John D.
Teel being chosen as chorister.
Record says "The singing of the
closing ode was engaged in with
vigor for the first time in years."

Dec. 23, 1884, voted to donate
$100 for the Odd Fellows Home.
Several years before it was voted to
forward $15 to the Wildey Monu-
ment Fund in Baltimore, Md.

First mention we find of degree
staff is on the meeting July 28, 1885.
On March 27, 1888, it was voted to
purchase 5 shares at $100 per share
in the I. O. O. F. Hall building.

At the meeting held the night be-
fore Christmas in 1889, Past Grand
Master Smart stated that he had
been a member of the encampment
and had met in this hall for 41 years,
and it made him feel homesick and
sad to think this was the last time
we would meet here.

On February 27, 1891, in conjunc-
tion with Tahanto Encampment a
visit was paid to Kearsarge Encamp-
ment in Lawrence, Mass., and on
April 25 of the next year they re-
turned the visit.

Each of these visits afforded much
pleasure and satisfaction to all who
took part in them.

The 83rd anniversary of the order
was observed in a fitting manner by
the two lodges and two encamp-
ments.

June 13, 1911, a memorial service
in memory of those who had died

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

during- 1*510 was held. Two of the
members had reached the great age
of 91 years, P. H. P. Daniel 11. Wil-
liams, who had been a member for
51 years, and P. C. P., Curtis White,
whose membership covered 45 years.
A fitting tribute was paid to P. G.
John W. Bourlet, who died during
the year and whose memory we ail
so fondly cherish. Grand Pch.
Charles S. Emerson delivered an
address ; there were readings, vocal
and instrumental music, scribe says
"Repaired to the banquet hall where

Frank J. Pillsbury, P. C. P.

refreshments were served and a so-
cial hour enjoyed, which brought to
a close a very pleasant evening's
entertainment."

May 28 , 1912, was observed as
Family Night. An entertainment
and music; 150 present. A credit
to the encampment and to the very
efficient committee who arranged it.

June 28, 1912, voted to pay $50
to become part owners of the Ster-
iopticon Lantern, something which
adds very much to the work.

The July 1912 installation was a

triple one, being held in the hall of
Winneperket Encampment, Pena-
cook. A pleasant, brotherly affair.

Nov. 25, 1912, the School of In-
struction was held. Some 250 pres-
ent, nearly every encampment in the
state being represented and one from
Vermont. A fine meeting. Excel-
lent work was done.

The organizing session of the
Grand Encampment was held in our
hall Oct. 28, 1845, and the next
twelve sessions were held with us
also. We have had the privilege of
having them with us more times
than any other camp in the state.
At this first session, Hon. N. B.
Ba' er, our first C. P., was elected
G. P. We also have to our credit
more grand officers than any other
encampment, having furnished eight
G. P.'s the last one being our es-
teemed brother Edward C. Dutton,
all of these having also served as
Grand Rep., with the exception of
G. P. Baker, but Amos B. Currier
served as such in 1849-50, making
eight G. Rep. Four of our members
have .served as Grand Scribes, viz.
Gov. H. H. Silsby, John C. Wilson,
Joseph B. Smart, and our lamented
brother, John W. Bourlet. The
Grand Treasurer's office has been
filled by five members of our en-
campment, Amos B. Currier 1850-56,
John D. Teel 1859, William Hart,
1860-61, Loring K. Peacock 1862-91,
twenty-nine years, the longest term
any one has served as such, Geo. A.
Cummings 1891-93. Seven of our
members have filled the office of
Grand Master, two of them Pch.
Baker and Stephen Brown having
been Grand Patriarchs as well ; two,
Pch. Smart and Bourlet having been
Grand Scribes. The first three
grand secretaries were members of
our encampment occupying that sta-
tion from 1844-63, viz. Geo. H. H.
Silsby and Joseph B. Smart, who
were also Grand Scribes as already
noted, Pch. Mitchell Gilmore served
as Grand Secy. 1851-63, and was

ANNIVERSARY PENACOOK ENCAMPMENT

Grand Treas. 1854-57, succeeding
Jonthan E. Long from 1848-53.

A number of brothers in other
places who received their degrees
without alluding to one wno so re-
the positions of Grand Masters and
Grand Patriarchs.

We feel a just pride in having
among our membership the Deputy
Grand Master Ernest C. Dudley
who will, no doubt, be elevated to
the honorable position of Grand
Mastc, whom we feel sure will
bring honor to Penacook Encamp-
ment and prove to be a most ef-
ficient officer. In the # Sovereign
Grand Lodge, Pch. John W. Bourlet
served as Official Reporter in 1890-
97, 1901 and as Grand Guardian in
1899-1900. Eight of number enlist-
ed in the war for God and humanity.

We can not close these remarks
without alluring to one who so re-
cently "vanished into the unknown
land" Pch. Fred L. Johnson, a true

Odd Fellow, devoted to its princi-
ples both in the encampment and
the lodge and ever ready to do "his
bit" for their advancement. His
name will long be held in grateful
remembrances.

Statistics are dry, reading figures
uninteresting to both hearers and
readers, so we have refrained from
giving any, but if it is the desire of
the Patriarchs we will at no distant
date prepare tables giving full ac-
count of our work during the three
quarters of a century just closed.

Thanking you for your patience
and with the hope and expectation
that when those who come after us,
gather to observe the centenniel an-
niversary, the record of the next
twenty-five years may be still more
glorious than has been that of these,
now gone into the past, become
memories. I will say good night.
God bless our order, bless every one
of us.

COMPENSATION

By Martha S. Baker

The woods and fields alike are stripped,
W'inds tossed their glories, brown and sere ;
Yet sunset skies with glory tipped,
Make heavenly battlements seem near.
Bereft of splendor, yet the trees,
Show grace in every swaying limb,
Their bare arms stretching o'er the leas,
Seem clad in dainty, lace-like film.

Though silent are the song-bird's notes,
The ear may learn to cherish more
The cheery calls the still air floats,
Bird neighbors still are near our door.

Departed joys the heart make sad —
Hope springs within the spirit new ;
Some compensation makes one glad,
Yet other blessings sure are due.

Why grieve for transitory joys,
While others rise to take their place ;
Some day will change these earthly toys,
To lasting bliss through God's good grace.

Concord, N. H.

BERTRAM ELLIS

By If. C. Pearson

In the death, at Keene, on Jan. 4,
of Bertram Ellis, the state of New-
Hampshire lost one of its best citi-
zens, a man of distinguished and
valuable service as journalist and
public official ; a courteous and cul-
tured gentleman, whose passing is
mourned by many as the loss of a
tried and true friend.

Born in Boston, November 26,
1860, the son of Moses and Emily
(Eerrin) Ellis, he came to Keene
with his parents when three years of
age and there spent his boyhood, at-
tending the public schools. At the
high school, of which Professor
Franklin W. Hooper, afterwards for
many years the head of the Brook-
lyn, N. Y., Institute, then was princi-
pal, he fitted for Harvard College.

Graduating at Cambridge in the
class of 1884, with the degree of
Bachelor of Arts, he continued there
as a student in the Harvard Law
School, where he became a Bachelor
of Laws in 1887, receiving in the
same year the degree of Master of
Arts. His loyal interest in the uni-
versity was unabated throughout
life, he being secretary for New
Hampshire of the Harvard Law
School Association and the first
president of the Harvard Club of
New Hampshire. While in the Law
School he was one of the founders
of the Harvard Law Review.

For a year Mr. Ellis was in the
New York law office of Evarts,
Choate & Beaman and then for two
years he practiced his profession at
Denver, Colorado, whence he was
called home to Keene by the illness
and death of his father in 1890.

Deciding to remain in Keene, Mr.
Ellis joined the staff of the Sentinel
newspaper and soon bought an in-
terest in the property. In 1893 he
became the editor of the Sentinel
and so continued until ill health

caused his retirement in 1918. Dur-
ing the quarter century he had a
large part in making the Sentinel
one of the best papers and most
valuable pieces of journalistic prop-
erty in the state. Calm, conserva-
tive and judicious, readable, reliable
and absolutely clean, the Sentinel
was always a potent force for the
right and its influence throughout
its .section of the state was great.
So well did it meet the needs of
its constituency that competi-
tion gradually faded away and for
some years, now, it has had the rich
field of Cheshire county practically
to itself.

As a writer and as a speaker Mr.
Ellis was a master of good English,
clear in exposition and convincing
in argument. Sensationalism in
matter or manner he abhorred and
with some developments of modern
journalism he was entirely out of
sympathy. He believed in honor,
honesty and helpfulness for his
paper as sincerely as for himself.
He was a member, and auditor, of
the New Hampshire Press Associa-
tion.

Colonel Ellis first entered public
life in New Hampshire, and at the
same time gained his military title
by service as aide-de-camp on the
staff of Governor Charles A. Busiel
in 1895-6. He was elected to the
House of Representatives of 1897
and was given the unusual honor for
a new member of being appointed
to the chairmanship of the impor-
tant committee on appropriations.
In 1899 he represented the 13th dis-
trict in the state .senate and in that
body was at the head of the com-
mittee on finance. Re-elected in
1901, he was chosen president of the
senate and made a splendid reputa-
tion as a presiding officer.

In 1904 he was a delegate to the

BERTRAM ELLIS

Republican national convention and
in November was elected for an-
other term in the Legislature, this
time in the lower branch. At the
session of 1905 he was again chair-
man of the committee on appropria-
tions, but when he came back in
1907 for his fifth term under the
dome, he was the choice of his party
for speaker of the house and in that
difficult position did himself great
credit.

In 1910 Colonel Ellis was a candi-
date for the Republican nomination
for governor, a position for which
he was in line through the distin-
guished excellence of his ten years'
legislative service ; but the time of
one of our periodic political upheav-
als was at hand and he was defeated
in the primary by Robert P. Bass of
Peterborough.

Mr. Ellis' public service was
marked by the same qualities of
careful thought, honest, hard-work-
ing endeavor and valuable accom-
plishment which distinguished his
private life and journalistic career.
As a legislator he was always at his
post, never derelict in duty, striving
sincerely for the best interests of
his constituents and the state. As a

presiding officer he was the personi-
fication of fairness ; of easy dignity ;
a" master of parliamentary pro-
cedure ; quick and sure in his de-
cisions. Many, perhaps most, of the
great men in New Hampshire's
political history have held during
their careers the position of Speaker
of the House or President of the
Senate. Colonel Ellis is one of the
few to have held them both and to
have filled each place with unsur-
passed efficiency and credit.

While his public service was thus
state-wide in character, Mr. Ellis
always felt the deepest interest in
his home city of Keene and what-
ever was for its benefit received his
hearty co-operation and valuable aid.
For 21 years, from March, 1893,
he was a member of the city school
board, serving, during most of that
time, as its president. Pie had been
a trustee of the Elliott City Hospital
since its incorporation in 1896 and
was a member of the Country Club,
the Wentworth Club and the Mo-
nadnock Club, all of Keene ; as well
as of the Harvard Club of Boston.

He leaves a widow, Mrs. Alice H.
Ellis, to whom he was married
October 9. 1909.

VIGNETTE

By Walter B. Wolfe

You came —

And hillside, meadow, all

Was bursting with the joy

Of pregnant spring.

The sun sang — and I —

When last vou came

And now you are no more —
No longer the song of birds
Or rustling of shimmering aspens
Tell of thee :

Only the dull wind
Soughing in the pines,
A nest of other seasons,
A sere leaf fluttering to earth

Grieve for you

Hanover, N, H,

THRU THE YEAR IN NEW HAMPSHIRE

No. 12

By Rev. Roland D. Sawyer

February — the Final Month

"Winter bleak hath charms for me,
When winds rave thru the naked
tree." — Burns.

The year is waxing old, but it does
not grow feeble. Individuals grow
feeble with the years, but Nature is
always strong and robust. Nature
gives us hints of her strength these
days, shows us that her strength is
not diminished by the stronger roar
of the winter winds and the warmer
rays of the February sun.

The Febuary Wind

Forerunner of the March winds
are these February breezes. I love
the music of the winter winds, and
it never seems quite so good as in
February. I like to sit nights, or
lie awake in bed, and listen to it.
The sound begins in the distance,
coming louder and louder and it
sweeps thru the near-by trees, then
it becomes a roar as it stops at the
house — the house creaks and groans,
the windows rattle, then it passes off
and I hear its dying moans in the
trees of my neighbor. Splendid is
the rattling wind of March, and
splendid again the warm breezes of
summer, and magnificent is the drv
crackling wind of autumn, but none
compare with the winter roar.

We feel so secure and satisfied as
we sit here and listen. Its the feel-
ing that came into the hearts of the
settlers when they heard the wolves
howl, and the frost crack like the
rifle of the dreaded Indian. Again
its the feeling that is race-old — the
feeling of the primitive man, as snug
in his cave-home he chuckled at the
animals prowling about. A seat by
the fire and the sound of the wind
always bring similar moods — moods

of peace and satisfaction ; it's a fine
mood for the closing month of Na-
ture's year.

The February Sun

Linked with the February wind
as a twin-charm of the month comes
the February sun. The big, warm-
ing sun which tells us spring is
coming. We arise in the morning
and find the glass away below zero
but we feel complacent for we know
the February sun will run that ther-
mometer up in a little while. The
world may be wrapped in white, but
it soon disappears and the laden
trees drop their mantles of snow, for
the bright sun of these days is
coming nearer and warmer. We all
of us are about tired of winter and
we hail the February sun as har-
binger of spring.

We often speak of the jovs of sun-
set, and we most often think of a
summer sun-set when we thus talk ;
but is there any sun-set which feels
any better than the February sun
as it slants down behind the snow-
crested hill. The short winter day
draws to its close — we go to the
barn to do the chores — we fill our
nostrils with the wholesome smell
of the cattle, of hay and horses. Let
the sun go down outside, here in
the barn is warmth and life ; har-
mony, fellowship, peace is here ; we
stroke the sleek sides of cow and
horse, we look into their eyes — they,
like us, know that the days are get-
ting longer and warmer and the
nights shorter. In only a month
the sap will run, we will tap the
trees, get ready -for another series
of open months — verily the setting
of the February sun fills us with
the spirit of confidence and hope.
And after all, is not the spirit of

EDITORIAL

confidence and hope which comes to
us in the closing of Nature's year,
the best gift she could give us? The
setting of the last sun in the short
month of February goes down in
benediction ; the feeling of assurance
is ours as it disappears beyond the

hills ; we know that the March sun
of the morrow will rise, stronger,
warmer, melting the snows in hill
and valley, and giving evidence that
the old-time promise is ever good,
and "seed-time and harvest shall
never fail in the earth."

EDITORIAL

In the leading article of this issue
Chairman James O. Lyford of the
state bank commission gives some
impressive facts and figures as to
the importance of our savings banks
in the industrial life of our State.

Why this is so is because one of
the cardinal virtues of the people of
New Hampshire from the day the
first white man appeared in this cor-
ner of the continent has been thrift.
Patience and perseverance, brains
and bravery were needed in great
quantities for the conquest of the
stubborn soil, the revealing of the
hidden resources of New England.
But for the perfecting of their work,
for the conservation of what they
achieved, the one prime requisite
was thrift ; and thrift was developed
among our forefathers — and mothers
— in a degree rarely equalled in the
world's history.

Economies that seem hard and
bitter as we look back upon them
now, were not the exception, but
the rule ; and yet the lives of those
among whom they were practiced
were not stunted and impoverished
thereby. On the contrary, when the
time came for the peaceful conquest
of the continent, for the building of
that mighty empire which now
stretches from seaboard to sea-
board, New Hampshire and New
England were ready, not only with
the money they had saved, but also
with the strong men and women

they had nurtured, to finance and to
lead that wonderful era of develop-
ment and of progress.

To Yankee thrift, as well as to
Yankee ability, initiative and exe-
cutive, the nation owes a debt it
never has refused to acknowledge
and upon which it has paid interest
by allowing this little corner of the
country an influence in all great af-
fairs, political, industrial, educa-
tional, economic, out of proportion
to our numerical ratio.

The day of the pioneer has passed
in this country. The day of the.
builder is now and ever will be. It
began with civilization and when it
ends the world will end with it.

The men who made New England
built upon the cornerstones of relig-
ion, education, industry and thrift.
First they built their church ; next
their schoolhouse ; next their
saw and grist-mill. They labored
as much of six days in the week
as the Indians would let them, and
from the beginning, even in the days
of their direst poverty, they put
something by, made some addition
to their little store of savings.

The New Hampshire of today is
a much pleasanter place in which to
live than was the New Hampshire
of even half a century ago. The in-
ventive spirit of our people, added
to their constant aspiration for pro-
gress and development, has made the
luxuries of the past the necessities

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

of the present, and in their place has
created new uses, as alluring as di-
verse, for surplus wealth.

( )ne need not be reactionary in
thought or purpose in order to feel
some fear lest, in our quickstep ad-
vance along the easiest ways of pro-
gress, we have cast aside as cum-
brous and needless equipment too
many of the old virtues.

Jt is not intended to ask here what
is the real condition of religion in
New Hampshire today ; are we as
well educated, essentially as were
our fathers; are we as industrious

as we ought to he in order to make
the most out of life?

Pessimistic answers might he
given to some of these questions.
But when we ask, "Is the good old
habit of thrift gone from among us?"
we are aide to answer "No," and to
prove it by Air. Lyford's figures.
.And just one of many reasons why
we rejoice thereat is this : The man
with a savings bank account is apt
to be a better citizen, a more useful,
reliable and up-building member of
the community, than the man with-
out.

BOOKS OF NEW HAMPSHIRE INTEREST

A Pilgrim In Palestine. P»v lohn
Finley. Illustrated. Pp., 251.-
Cloth, $2 net. New York : Charles
Scribner's Sons.

This "account of journeys on foot
by the first American pilgrim after
General Allenby's recovery of the
Holy Land" is of interest to prac-
tically every one because of the vivid
picture it gives of present conditions
in the most sacredly historic sec-
tion of the world's surface. It is of
especial interest to New Hampshire
readers because the author is one
of the Granite State's most loyal
summer residents and because so
many of his pedestrian trips, of
which this tramp through Palestine
is the climax, have been along our
valleys and over our hills. One re-
calls how this distinguished 'edu-
cator, then president of the College
of the City of New York, came on
foot from his country place in Tarn-,
worth, "among the dearest of all our
Mountains— the White Hills of New
Hampshire" to the inauguration of
a Dartmouth head at Hanover; and
how not even the sharpest-eyed stu-
dent saw through the dust disguise
another "Prexy." It is impossible
for a traveller by other means of

locomotion to get so close to the
people and places he visits as does
the man on foot. And when the man
on foot is at the same time a keen
observer, a true philosopher, a grace-
ful poet and a master of readable
prose, the result is bound to be a
book of travels not to be missed
by the reader in search of something
worth while. And to all of these
qualifications may be added in Doc-
tor Finley's case that of a very skil-
ful photographer as is shown by
the more than a score of this vol-
ume's remarkable illustrations, due
to his camera craft. Doctor Finley
went to Palestine as Red Cross com-
missioner, a fact which, added to
his close friendship with the British
commander, General Allenby, gave
him unusual opportunities for offi-
cial observation ; but no official rec-
ord, however complete, could make
so real to us as does his dramatic
narrative the events of December,
1917, and thereafter in the land of
Jordan. This is emphatically, a dif-
ferent kind of war book.

The Nemesis of Mediocrity. By
Ralph Adams Cram. Pp., 52.
Cloth, $1. Boston: Marshall
Jones & Company,

BOOKS OF NEW HAMPSHIRE INTEREST

Walled Towns. By Ralph Adams
Cram. Pp., 105. Cloth, $1.25.
Boston : Marshall Jones Com-
pany.

Few essays are written nowadays
as thought provoking in content and
as attention arresting in style as
those of Dr. Ralph Adams Cram,
distinguished architect, author and
educator, and native of Hampton
Falls, New Hampshire. Of his two
volumes here listed, "The Nemesis
of Mediocrity" is one of a trilogy,
of which the other members are
titled "The Great Thousand Years"
and "The Sins of the Fathers,"
which savagely indict the society of
today for its sins of "imperialism,
materialism and the quantitative
standard." In "The Nemesis of
Mediocrity" Dr. Cram complains
that the world has been made flat ;
the mountain tops cut off to fill in
the valleys. The day of great lead-
ers has passed. "Of all the ruined
sanctuaries, that of statesmanship is
the most desolate." "Democracy,
without the supreme leadership of
men who by nature or divine direc-

tion can speak and act with and by
authority, is a greater menace thai
autocracy."

But in "Walled Towns" the critic
relents, some shade of hope pierces
palely his pessimism, the destroyer
becomes the builder, the genius that
created the Cleveland Memorial
Tower at Princeton applies itself to
ordering the social confusion. We
may yet be saved, he says, by dis-
carding imperialism and adopting
the unit of human scale ; by sub-
stituting for the quantitative stan-
dard the passion for perfection ; by
turning from materialism to the
philosophy of sacramentalism. It is
a splendid dream of a renovated
civic life which Doctor Cram pre-
sents to our twentieth century vis-
ion, and while his philosophy is bold
and startling, it is likewise clear
and inspiring. The errors of mod-
ernism he presents in all their gross-
ness, but he also shows how we may
be saved from their consequences.
As one of his admirers says of his
books as a whole, "They rear the
spire of a reasoned faith."

NEW HAMPSHIRE NECROLOGY

FRANK C. CLEMENT

As the result of a fatal automobile
and train accident on November 3, 1919,
Frank C. Clement, of Warren, was
snatched out of active life. Mr. Clement
was a native of Warren, where he was
born May 28, 1853, and where he had
lived an honored and highly respected
citizen until the time of his sudden
death. For twenty-five years he had been
a successful wholesale potato merchant,
doing business in parts of Massachusetts
and up and down the State of New Hamp-
shire, always meriting the confidence and
respect of the many with whom he had
dealings. During many years, Mr.

The late Frank C. Clement

Clement was a political leader in his
native town and was well known
throughout the State for his active part
in the Legislature, where he three times
represented Warren, and in the Constitu-
tional Conventions of which he was twice
a member. He will be greatly missed in
his home town, where he was connected
with every movement for the betterment
of the community. It was through his
untiring efforts that the Public Library
of the town was of such exceptional ser-
vice to the people and that Warren
Grange did so much for the town. Mr.

Clement was a trustee of the Library
for over thirty years, and was a charter
member of the Grange. Not only was
Frank Clement a successful business
man, a politician of no mean reputation
and a man active in all local organiza-
tions, but a devoted husband and father,
surrounding those whom he loved with
all of the blessings and comforts of an
ideal home, widely known for its perfect
hospitality enjoyed by a large circle of
loyal friends. He is deeply mourned
and will be sadly missed by his wife,
three sons, and two daughters, who sur-
vive him, and by a host of friends in all
parts of the country.

JOSIAH G. DEARBORN

Josiah G. Dearborn, born in Weare,
March 20, 1829, the son of Josiah and
Sarah (Green) Dearborn, died January
9, 1920, at the home of his daughter,
Mrs. Luther C. Baldwin, in Providence,
R. I. He was a graduate of Frances-
town Academy and Dartmouth College
and took normal school training for the
profession of teacher which he followed
successfully for several years in Man-
chester and Boston. A Democrat in
politics he was a member of the New
Hampshire Legisltaure in 1854-5; regis-
ter of probate of Hillsborough county.
1860-5; state treasurer, 1874-5; postmas-
ter of Manchester, 1889-93. He was also
auditor of Hillsborough county for many
years and was at one time a member of
the Manchester school board. For 25
years he was a trustee of the Merrimack
River savings bank of Manchester. He
was a member of the New Hampshire
bar and of the state bar association. Mr.
Dearborn married, August 14, 1851,
Sabrina L. Hayden, who died August 14,
1880. Besides Mrs. Baldwin two other
daughters survive, Mrs. Josephine G.
Russell and Miss Cora M. Dearborn.

DR. CHARLES A. FOLSOM

Dr. Charles Albert Folsom, who died
in Epping, December 12, was born there,
February 21, 1874. He graduated from
Dartmouth College in the class of 1899
and after studying medicine practiced
that profession with great success in the
city of Manchester for 14 years. At col-
lege he was prominent in athletics, hold-
ing the record of -playing on the varsity
baseball nine in every game of the four
years during which he was at Hanover.
He is survived by his wife, his aged

NEW HAMPSHIRE NECROLOGY

mother, two brothers, George F. and Ed-
win S. Folsom, and a sister, Mrs. Ed-
mond G. Blair

george i. McAllister

George I. McAllister was born in Lon-
donderry, Dec. 11, 1853, the son of
Jonathan and Caroline (Choate) McAl-
lister, and died at Manchester, December
31. He was educated at Pinkerton and
Kimball Union academies and at Dart-
mouth college, where he graduated with

The late George I. McAllister

the class of 1877. He studied law with
the late Judge David Cross and the late
Senator Henry E. Burnham and was ad-
mitted to the bar in 1881, having prac-
ticed his profession in Manchester con-
tinuously from that time. By church
affiliation he was a Baptist and in poli-
tics a Republican. He was deputy in-
ternal revenue collector, 1885-1889, and
was a delegate to the constitutional con-
ventions of 1902 and 1918. Mr. McAl-
lister stood very high in Masonry, having
received the 33rd degree, (honorary)
Ancient Acepted Scottish Rite, in 1900.
He had been grand master of the grand
lodge of New Hampshire and grand com-
mander of the Knights Templar of the
state. He was a member of Bektash
Temple, A. A. O. N. M. S., of Concord,
of the New Hampshire Consistory,
Nashua, and of the various Masonic
bodies in Manchester, where he had
been recorder of Trinity commandery
for 30 years and was a past master of

Washington lodge. He was also a mem-
ber of the I. O. 0. F. and 0. U. A.
M., and of the state and county bar as-
sociations, Manchester Historic associa-
tion, Manchester Institute of Arts and
Sciences, Thayer Society of Engineers,
etc. He was at one time president of
the Manchester association of Dartmouth
alumni. December 22, 1886, Mr. McAl-
lister married Mattie M. Hayes, by whom
he is survived, with two children, Mrs.
Harry F. Hawkins and Lieut. Harold C.
McAllister, and seven grandchildren.

WILLIAM H. CHILD

William Henry Child, born in Cornish,
December 22, 1832, the son of Stephen
and Eliza (Atwood) Child, died there
January 22, 1920. Save for a few years
spent in teaching in the middle West,
he was a lifelong resident on the an-
cestral acres which have been tilled by
five generations of the family. He was
a member of the class of 1856 at Kimball
Union Academy and served for 10 years
on the Cornish school board. He was a
Republican in politics, a deacon in the
Baptist church and for 20 years super-
intendent of its Sunday school. He had
been an interested worker in the Patrons
of Husbandry since 1873; was a member
of the Sons of Temperance for many

The late William H. Child

years; and was a past master of
his Masonic lodge and past district
deputy grand master. He was often call-
ed upon to address farmers' institutes,

THE (1RANITE MONTHLY

especially upon the subject of tile drain-
age in which he was a practical expert.
Mr. Child was for more than 30 years
secretary of the Cornish Old People's
Association, one of the forerunners of
the state Old Home Week, and was the
author of the highly commended history
of the town of Cornish. Mr. Child mar-
ried January 1, 1857, Ellen Francis
Leighton of Hartford, Vt., who survives
him at the age of 83. Of their five chil-
dren, three survive, Mrs. R. C. True of
Lebanon, Mrs. A. W. Sibley of Worces-
ter, Mass., and Edwin L. Child of Pem-
broke, with ten grandchildren and three
great-grandchildren.

ALFRED H. CAMPBELL

Alfred Hills Campbell, Ph. D., born in
Litchfield, Sept. 28, 1850, died in West-
lake, Florida, January 7, 1920. He was
educated at McCollum Institute, Mont
Vernon, the Bridgewater, Mass., Normal
School and Dartmouth College, of which
he was a graduate with Phi Beta Kappa
rank in the class of 1877. His honorary
doctorate he received from the Univer-
sity of Vermont in 1888. He did post
graduate work in German universities.
He was principal of Sanborn Seminary,
Kingston, Cushing Academy, Ashburn-

hani, Mass., the normal school at John-
son, Vt., the New Hampshire State Nor-
mal School at Plymouth (1896-1900);
later superintendent of schools at South
Hadley, Mass., and Glastonbury, Conn.,
and the founder of the Campbell School
for Girls. He was also head of the nor-
mal department of the Home Corres-
pondence School, Springfield, Mass., and
had been president of the Vermont
Teachers' Association and of the New
England Normal Council. He was a
member of the Theta Delta Chi fra-
ternity.

JOSEPH H. BLAISDELL

Joseph H. Blaisdell, born in Meredith,
April 20, 1858, died there January 4. He
fitted at Gilmanton Academy for Dart-
mouth College, from which he graduated
in the class of 1855. Taking up teaching
as a profession he was principal of
schools at Hamilton, N. Y., Lincoln, Me.,
Bethel, Vt., and Pepperell, Mass. before
coming to Laconia as superintnedent of
schools in 1897, a position which he
filled for 20 years. A Republican in
politics, he was a member of the State
House of Representatives in 1919. He
belonged to the Masonic and I. O. O. F.
orders. His wife survives him.

Political Advertisement

FOR DELEGATE AT LARGE

TO THE REPUBLICAN NATIONAL CONVENTION

HON, FRED W. ESTABROOK

OF NASHUA

It has been the unbroken custom of years to divide the delegates at large
to Republican National conventions equally between the two congressional dis-
tricts, two from each district.

Only two candidates for delegates at large from the second district have
been suggested, and those candidates are Senator Henry W. Keyes and Mr.
Fred W. Estabrook.

While favoring the nomination of General Leonard Wood, Mr. Estabrook
believes that it is more important than ever that New Hampshire's custom of
sending an unpledged delegation should be followed.

Mr. Estabrook's service on the National Committee and as a member of the
Executive Committee through the campaigns of 1912 and 1916 has given him a
wide acquaintance all over the country, and as a delegate to the National Con-
vention from New Hampshire this national acquaintance would be most service-
able to our state and to the convention.

If the Republicans of New Hampshire desire the selection of an unpledged
delegation, as I believe they do, the Second Congressional district could have
no more influential delegates at large than Senator Keyes 'and Mr. Estabrook.
Both are known throughout the country and their judgment would carry great
weight in bringing about the nomination of the candidate and formulating the
platform which best would promote the interest and insure the .success of
the Republican party. W. D. SWART.

The late Col. Daniel Hall

THEGRANITE MONTHLY

Vol. LII. MARCH, 1920 No. 3

THE CONSTITUTIONAL CONVENTION

By H. C. Pearson.

When the voters of New Hamp- the proviso that a town, ward or

shire go to the polls on Tuesday, place which has cast less than the

November 8, 1920, each will be hand- number of ballots required to entitle

ed two ballots. One of the strips it to a representative all of the time

of paper will bear the names of the may send a representative a propor-

various candidates to be voted for, tionate part of the time ; — as pro-

from presidential electors to repre- posed in the amendment to the con-

sentatives in the legislature. On stitution?

the other will be printed the follow- 5. Do you approve of amending

ing questions : the Bill of Rights by striking out

1. Do you approve of empower- the provision that no person who is
ing the legislature to impose and conscientiously scrupulous about the
levy taxes on incomes, which taxes lawfulness of bearing arms shall be
may be classified, graduated and pro- compelled thereto, provided he will
gres.sive, with reasonable exemp- pay an equivalent ; — as proposed in
tions ; — as proposed in the amend- the amendment to the constitution?
ment to the constitution? 6. Do you approve of amending

2. Do you approve of providing the Bill of Rights by striking out
in terms that taxes on property when the words "rightly grounded on
passing by will or inheritance may evangelical principles" after the
be classified, graduated and progres- words "As morality and piety," and
sive, and with reasonable exemp- striking out the word "Protestant"
tions ; — as proposed in the amend- before the words "teachers of piety,
ment to the constitution? religion and morality;" — as pro-

3. Do you approve of giving the posed in the amendment to the con-
Governor authority to approve or stitution?

disapprove any separate appropria- 7. Do you approve of amending

tion contained in any bill or resolu- the Bill of Rights by striking out

tion ; — as proposed in the amend- the provision that pensions shall not

ment to the constitution? be granted for more than one year

&■

4. Do you approve of providing at a time ; — as proposed in the

that the whole number of members amendment to the constitution?

in the House of Representatives Prior to election day the Secretary

shall not be less than 300 nor more of State will have distributed to the

than 325 ; that representation shall voters through the town and city

be in proportion to the average total clerks 125,000 copies of these ques-

number of ballots cast in presiden- tions, the amendments to the con-

tial elections ; the legislature to make stitution and the parts of the con-

the apportionment of representatives stitution which it is proposed to

at definite periods ; and of providing amend.

that there shall be required for each Every voter is expected to mark a

representative additional to the first, cross in the square marked "yes" or

three times the number of ballots the square marked "no" accompa-

required for one representative, with nying each of these questions.

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

Where the "yes" crosses are twice
as numerous as the "no" crosses, the
constitution will be amended as pro-
posed under that number. Pro-
posed amendments which fail to se-
cure a two-thirds vote in their favor
will be defeated.

was a joint resolution providing for
taking the sense of the qualified vot-
ers of the State on the subject of a
revision of the constitution during
the year 1918. The vote was taken
November 7, 1916, and resulted in
favor of such revision, 21,589 to

Hon. Albert O. Brown of Manchester
President of the Convention.

Thus the verdict will be passed
upon the work of the constitutional
convention of 1918-1920, the tenth
in the history of the State and the
only one to resume its work after
so long a recess as that caused by
the World War.

In another respect, also, it is al-
most unique, the small number of
the amendments which it proposes,
seven, being equalled by but one of
its predecessors.

Chapter 235 of the Laws of 1915

14,520.

Chapter 121 of the Laws of 1917
provided for a convention of dele-
gates to revise the constitution to
meet at the capitol in Concord on
the first Wednesday in June, A. D.
1918, and Chapter 236 made an ap-
propriation of $35,000 for the ex-
penses of such convention. By the
provisions of Chapter 121 the dele-
gates to the convention were elected
at the town meetings of 1918, on the
second Tuesday in March, and at

THE CONSTITUTIONAL CONVENTION 85

special elections held in the cities made to adjourn the convention at

on the same day. this point without action upon any

The convention duly met in the proposed amendments, but was de-
Hall of Representatives at the State feated on a rollcall, 167^4 to I8OV2.
House on Wednesday, June 5, 1918. Another motion, to limit the atten-
Major William H. Trickey of Tilton tion of the convention to amend-
called the delegates to order; Rev. ments bearing upon the subject of
William Hathaway Pound, a dele- taxation, was beaten 166 to 149.
gate from Wolfeboro, offered prayer. Thursday morning, June 6, seats
and Hon. Hosea W. Parker of Clare- were drawn, and the introduction of
mont was chosen temporary chair- resolutions embodying proposed
man by acclamation. amendments to the constitution was

A committee on credentials was begun. In the afternoon the con-
appointed, with Judge William E. vention went into committee of the
Kinney of Claremont as chairman, whole, discussed Resolution No. One
whose report was the next order of relating to the taxation of growing
business. wood and timber, and by a vote of

On motion of Leslie P. Snow of 159 to 122 decided that it was inex-

Rochester, the temporary secretary pedient to amend the constitution

was instructed to cast one vote for in the manner proposed.

Hon. Albert O. Brown of Manches- Friday morning, June 7, 1918, fur-

ter for president of the convention. ther resolutions were introduced,

Judge A. Chester Clark of Con- and the President announced the

cord was elected secretary, and standing committees of the conven-

Judge Bernard W. Carey of New- tion.

port, assistant secretary, of the con- The following resolution, offered

vention, in the same manner. by Arthur E. Kenison of Ossipee,

A committee on permanent organ- and amended by Elmer E. Wood-
ization of the convention was ap- bury of Woodstock, was debated at
pointed, with Frank P. Quimby of length and finally adopted by a vote
Concord as chairman, which subse- of 230 to 79y 2 : "Whereas, the
quently reported as follows : For United States of America is engaged
chaplain. Rev. Archibald Black of in the great international conflict
Concord ; sergeant-at-arms, Walter now on, in which the citizens of New
J. A. Ward of Hillsborough ; door- Hampshire are doing their full share,
keepers, Guy S. Neal of Acworth, and because of the facts of this great
George Lawrence of Manchester, war, conditions of all kinds are con-
Albert P. Davis of Concord, Edward stantly changing so that the stan-
K. Webster of Concord; warden of dard of yesterday is not the standard
coat room, George Goodhue of Con- of today :

cord, assistant, John C. O'Hare of "Resolved, That when the Con-
Nashua ; messenger, Frank L. Aid- vention adjourns at the morning ses-
rich of Manchester, who resigned, sion it adjourns to the call of a com-
and was succeeded by Melvin J. Di- mittee, consisting of the President
mond of Danville ; stenographers, and one member from each county,
Miss Margaret A. Conway of Con- such call to issue for the reconven-
cord, Miss Bertha Goodwin of New- ing of this Convention, whenever
port ; pages, Joseph H. Lane of Con- in the opinion of the majority of the
cord, Walter Pillsbury of Derry. Committee the public good requires

A committee on Rules was ap- it, and, in any event, within one year

pointed with Hon. James L. Gibson after the conclusion of the present

of Conway as chairman. war and the establishment of peace,

An unsuccessful attempt was such call to be seasonable for the

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

submission of such proposed amend-
ments as may be agreed upon at
the succeeding biennial election."

The committee authorized by this
resolution was appointed as follows :
Albert O. Brown of Manchester,
president, ex-officio ; John Scammon
of Exeter, Leslie P. Snow of Roches-
ter, Arthur E. Kenison of Ossipee.
William A. Plummer of Laconia,
James O. Lyford of Concord, Charles
S. Emerson of Milford, Harris H.
Rice of Rindge, Jesse M. Barton
of Newport, Edwin J. Bartlett of
Hanover, and John C. Hutchins of
Stratford.

This committee took no action un-
til December, 1919, when it voted
to call the convention together for
the resumption of its work on Tues-
day, January 13, 1920.

When that day arrived it was
found that 31 of the delegates or-
iginally elected to the convention
had died and that 13 had resigned.
The secretary of the convention had
died and the chaplain had removed
to another state. Some, but not all,
of the vacancies, had been filled by
special elections, the committee on
credentials, reporting to the conven-
tion the following new delegates :

Reginald C. Stevenson, Exeter;
Harry C. Peyser, Portsmouth ;
Frank H. Pearspn, Stratham ;
Charles A. Fairbanks and Edward
Durnin, Dover; William T. Gunni-
son, Rochester; George A. Blan-
chard, Moultonborough ; Harry W.
Burleigh, Franklin ; Joseph J. Do-
herty, Concord ; George E. Barnard,
Hopkinton ; Fred C. Johnson. South
Hampton ; George Gale, Bartlett ;
John A. Hammond, Gilford ; Ben-
jamin F. W. Russell, Peterborough ;
William B. Cabot, Dublin ; Herman
C. Rice, Keene ; Almon E. Clark,
Acworth ; William Birch, Lyman ;
Horace E. Morrison, Piermont ;
W r alter I. Lee, Thornton ; Fred H.
Noyes, Stewartstown ; Wilbur L.
Phelps, New Ipswich ; James R.
Turner, Wentwprth's Location ;

John A. Jaquith, Northfield ; Leroy
M. Streeter and Joseph P. Chatel,
Manchester.

Judge Carey was promoted from
assistant secretary to secretary to
rill the vacancy caused by Judge
Clark's death ; and Wayne M.
Plummer, Esq., of Laconia, was
elected assistant secretary. The
committee on organization recom-
mended the choice as chaplain in
Rev. Mr. Black's place of Rev. Har-
old H. Niles of Concord, chaplain of
the Legislature. Many vacancies
on the standing committees of the
convention were filled by new ap-
pointments by the President ; and
there was a new drawing of seats,
advance choices being given, as in
the original lottery to the half dozen
delegates over 80 years of age, to
the members of the G. A. R., and to
General Frank S. Streeter of Con-
cord, president of a former conven-
tion.

The convention got into action
with unexpected promptness through
the enterprise of the committee on
legislative department which met on
the evening of Monday, the 12th,
and prepared for submission to the
convention a resolution embodying
the income tax amendment to the
constitution. Chairman Lyford of
the committee and President Brown
of the convention supported this res-
olution in strong speeches and fav-
orable action was taken upon it
without a rollcall, on Wednesday.
Other subjects debated during the
first week were the giving of gen-
eral authority to the legislature in
the matter of taxation and the spe-
cial taxation of growing wood and
timber. On Wednesday evening,
Hon. Joseph Walker of Brookline,
Mass., spoke on the initiative and
referendum, and on Thursday even-
ing President Ernest M. Hopkins
of Dartmouth - College was heard
on "The Factors of Social Unrest."
Eight new amendments were pro-
posed to the convention during this

THE CONSTITUTIONAL CONVENTION

first week of the renewed session.

The second week saw three
amendments adopted without oppo-
sition ; those relating to inheritance
taxes, items in appropriation bills
and the "Protestant" wording of the
Bill of Rights. There was an ex-
cellent debate upon the growing
wood and timber amendment, after
which it was defeated 137 to 95.

that the delegates were not minded
to remain at the state capitol any
longer than that.

On Tuesday, the 27th, the ques-
tion of the future size of the legisla-
ture brought one of the best debates
of the session.

Wednesday brought the settle-
ment of the question by the adop-
tion of the Lyford plan, so-called.

Hox. James O. Lyford of Concord
The Efficient Floor-leader of the Convention.

Galled up again during the last week
of the convention it was again beaten

22$y 2 to 9sy 2 .

The third week of the session
opened with, apparently, a great
amount of work still to be done ; but
after Chairman Bates of the finance
committee had announced that the
appropriation for the expenses of
the convention would be exhausted
by Thursday night it was evident

On this day the initiative and refer-
endum was debated and defeated
144^ to 80y 2 . Thursday, the
final day, was featured by an earnest
discussion of the pensions amend-
ment, and by a series of political
reminiscences given by Delegates
Lyford and Metcalf of Concord and
Brennan of Peterborough, in the
form of a debate on the resolution
proposing the abolition of the gov-

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

ernor's council, which was defeated.
Final adjournment was taken at
4.30 legislative time, in the afternoon
of Thursday. January 26, after the
usual votes of thanks and responses
and the adoption of the report of
the committee on finance, showing
the payment of $23,335.91 to the 419
delegates for 17 days' attendance.

Resolutions prepared by Mr. Met-
calf and presented by him with ap-
propriate words of eulogy, were
adopted upon the deaths of the fol-
lowing delegates: Albert S.
Wetherell of Exeter, Alfred F. How-
ard and Calvin Page of Portsmouth,
John T. Welch and John H. Wesley
of Dover, Ernest A. Wescott of
Rochester, James E. French of
Moultonborough, George W. Stone
of Andover, Gilbert Hodges of
Franklin, Mason T. Ela of Warner,
Richard R. Allen, Henry Weber,
Eugene B. Worthen and George I.
McAllister of Manchester, Fred J.
Crowell and William J. O'Neil 6f
Nashua, Mortier L. Morrison of
Peterborough, Rockwell F. Craig of
Marlow, Henry A. Clark of Acworth,
Dr. W. E. Lawrence of Haverhill,
Prof. Frank A. Updyke of Hanover,
John E. Clough of Lyman, John F.
Merrill of Thornton, Frank C. Clem-
ent of Warren, J. Howard Wight
and George W. Gordon of Berlin,
Edson J. Hill of Concord, George
W. Morrill of Gilford, Lewis H. Coy
of Wentworth's Location, Bard
B. Plummer of Milton and Frank
J. Peaslee of Bradford.

The delegates who resigned dur-
ing the convention recess were
Charles W. Whitcomb of Stratham,
Eben O. Garland of Bartlett, De-
Witt C. Howe of Concord, Albert
S. Carter of Northfield, Henry C.
Davis of Hopkinton, Charles M.
Norwood of Keene, W T illiam H.
Watson of Keene, Harry A. G. Abbe
of Dublin, Leon D. Ripley of Stew-
artstown, Thomas M. Dillingham of
Roxbury, Philip F. Gordon of New
Ipswich, Charles F. Floyd of South

Hampton and Arlo E. Barnard of
Piermont.

The seven amendments adopted
by the convention were .stated at the
opening of this article. The 28 upon
which the convention voted that it
was inexpedient to amend the con-
stitution as proposed would have

Given the General Court authority
to specially tax growing wood and
timber. (Two resolutions.)

Given the General Court authority
to levy all "reasonable" taxes. (Two
resolutions.)

Allowed the future amendment of
the constitution by the General
Court submitting proposed amend-
ments to the people for ratification.
(Four resolutions.)

Allowed the Governor to intro-
duce bills in the Legislature with
precedence over others.

Made office-holders automatically
candidates for re-election unless they
declined in writing to be so con-
sidered.

Limited the right of trial by jury
in civil cases.

Created the office of legislative
draftsman.

Abolished the executive council.
(Two resolutions.)

Established a referendum upon
measures enacted by the General
Court.

Exempted certain classes of citi-
zens from taxation.

Created a single-chamber General
Court of 100 members chosen from
20 districts.

Established the size of the House
of Representatives at 100 members
chosen from districts.

Given the full right of suffrage to
women. (Two resolutions.)

Made a state senate of 40 mem-
bers.

Given the Governor $5,000 a year
salary, and the councilors $500 each.

Increased the pay of members of
the Legislature:

Regulated out-of-door advertis-
ing.

THE CONSTITUTIONAL CONVENTION

Allowed cities and towns to own
and operate street railways.

Increased the . mean number of
population required for additional
representatives in the legislature.
(Two resolutions.)

Of the proposed amendments on
which the convention took favorable
action, that relating to an income
tax has never before been submitted
to the people, nor has the "con-
scientious objector" amendment to
the Bill of Rights.

An inheritance tax amendment
was submitted in 1912 and had
18,432 votes in its favor to 9,699
against, failing of ratification by less
than a thousand votes.

The amendment in relation to the
veto power of the Governor was
beaten in 1912, having 17,942 votes
in its favor to 9,325 against.

Attempts to reduce the size of the
legislature failed at the referendum
of 1912 by 21,399 to 10,952; in 1903
by 20,295 to 13,069; and in 1851 bv
6,189 to 33.652.

The pension amendment was
beaten in 1912 by 16.708 to 11,440
votes, while the so-called "non-sec-
tarian" amendment to the Bill of
Rights has been submitted to the
people by every constitutional con-
vention beginning with 1851, and al-
ways has failed of acceptance by
interest in it displayed during the
popular vote. Judging from the
convention there will be more of a
campaign for the pension resolution
than any of the other amendments.

In an address before the Men's
Club of the Universalist Church in
Concord a few days after the close
of the convention, Hon. James O.
Lyford had this to say of its work :

"The Constitutional Convention
of 1920 was the most business like
convention that ever assembled in
New Hampshire to revise the or-
ganic law of a state. Other con-
ventions have contained more men
of distinction than this — men better
known throughout the state and be-

yond its limits, but in the quality of
its average membership and in their
ability for quickly reaching prac-
tical results, the convention of 1920
must be accorded the precedence.

"The members were representa-
tive men of their communities —
men of strong common sense, who
readily grasped the meaning of the
propositions submitted for their
consideration. There was little or
no oratory in the debates, and little
inclination on the part of those who
talked to waste time in flights of
eloquence. Whoever could state a
proposition clearly received the un-
divided attention of the convention.

"The speeches were all brief, the
resolution for the taxation of timber
occupying the most time of any;
and when the question before the
convention was understood the
members were ready to vote upon
it. They were not tenacious of op-
inion or obstructive in tactics to
carry or defeat an amendment.

"If a proposition did not meet
with favor, it was graciously aban-
doned ofter a vote test, and fre-
quently without call for a division
of the convention. There was the
utmost courtesy in the debates
which were frequently lightened by
touches of humor. The spirit of the
convention from the start was to
confine its work to important
amendments and to submit as few
questions to the people as possible."

The lack of oratory mentioned by
Mr. Lyford was one of the unusual
features of the convention. Only
50 of the delegates made speeches
of any length, and it has been esti-
mated that five per cent of the mem-
bership did 95 per cent of the talk-
ing. Such prominent members as
former Congressman Hosea W. Par-
ker of Claremont, Judge William A.
Plummer of Laconia, W. R. Brown
of Berlin, John Scammon of Exeter,
Dwight Hall of Dover, and Merrill
Shurtleff of Lancaster took no part
in the debate and General Frank S.

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

Streeter of Concord was not heard
from until the very last day of the
convention, when he was moved to
spirited support of the pensions
amendment.

The principal speeches of the con-
vention were those made by Presi-
dent Albert O. Brown in opening its
two .sessions, in reviewing the work

of the convention. Mr. Lyford cer-
tainly was the "floor leader" of the
convention and his work in that re-
spect was splendidly done. His
able "first assistant" was Hon. Les-
lie P. Snow of Rochester.

If the convention had been a po-
litical body, it would be said that the
"minority" was well led by Major

Hon. Hosea W. Parker of Claremont
Temporary President of the Convention.

accomplished and in taking the floor
upon the important questions of tax-
ation. The name of Hon. James O.
Lyford of Concord will figure most
frequently in the index, and some
of those references will be to inter-
esting and informing remarks upon
subjects under discussion ; but most
of the references will be to the num-
erous occasions upon which he made
the proper motion or suggested the
proper action to facilitate the work

James F. Brennan of Peterborough,
with frequent assistance from Hon.
Henry H. Metcalf of Concord, and
vigorous occasional interjections by
ex-Mayor J. J. Doyle of Nashua;
while Hon. Rosecrans W. Pillsbury
of Londonderry, Speaker Charles W.
Tobey of Temple, William A. Lee
of Concord and E. Percy Stoddard
of Portmouth were as energetic as
usual in debate.

From an oratorical standpoint the

THE CONSTITUTIONAL CONVENTION

gems of the convention were the
speeches of Levin J. Chase of Con-
cord and Justin O. Wellman of New-
London, while careful, thoughtful
and diligent study of the topics be-
fore the convention was evidenced
in the remarks of George H. Duncan
of Jaffrey, Robert W. Upton of Bow,
Elmer E. Woodbury of Woodstock,
Marshall D. Cobleigh of Nashua,
Dean C. H. Pettee of Durham,
Philip W. Ayers of Franconia and
John H. Foster of Waterville.

In addition to Messrs. Ayers and
Foster, the debate on the taxation
of growing wood and timber, which
was the best of the convention, en-
listed John C. Hutchins of Stratford,
John T. Amey of Lancaster, C. H.
Duncan of Hancock, Charles B.
Hoyt of Sandwich, Horace F. Hoyt
of Hanover, John A. Edgerly of
Tuftonboro, John F. Beede of Mere-
dith, Judge Omar A. Towne of
Franklin, Robert M. Wright of San-
bornton, Charles S. Emerson of Mil-
ford, Royal L. Page of Gilmanton,
B. F. W. Russell of Peterborough,
George H. Eastman of Weare, Dr.
W. R. Sanders of Derry, Judge
Jesse M. Barton of Newport, John
Byrne of Lebanon, George A.
Veazie of Littleton, George W.
Pike of Lisbon, Arthur L. Foote of
Wakefield, Rev. T. S. Tyng of Ash-
land, William J. Callahan of Keene,
Henry F. Pearson of W r ebster, and
Walter B. Farmer of Hampton
Falls.

The reduction in size of the legis-
lature, whether by the adoption of
the district system or by the plan
finally chosen, called forth good
speeches from a number of
the delegates previously men-
tioned and also from former
Councilor John B. Cavanaugh
of Manchester, John P. George
of Concord, John T. Winn of Nashua
Curtis B. Childs of Henniker and
Harry G. Dean of Danbury. Fred

S. Pill.sbury of Manchester ably
championed the cause of the "con-
scientious objector." Principal
Wallace E. Mason of the Keene Nor-
mal School led the fight for the pen-
sions amendment. Professor Ed-
win J. Bartlett of Hanover and A.
F. Wentworth of Plymouth made
their only speeches for and against
the initiative and referendum.
Charles S. Emerson and Benjamin
F. Prescott of Milford, Arthur E.
Kenison of Ossipee, Robert R. Chase
and William F. Glancy of Manches-
ter, C. J. Newell of Al.stead and A.
H. Schoolcraft of Dorchester were
others who were heard from during
the debates of the convention.

Mr. Emerson, ex-Mayor Harry
W. Spaulding of Manchester, Gen-
eral Streeter, Judge Barton, Hon.
John Scammon, Mr. Cavanaugh,
Hon. John C. Hutchins and Speak-
er Tobey had the honor of act-
ing as temporary presidents of the
convention or as chairmen of the
committee of the whole, and all em-
ulated successfully the eminent fair-
ness and business-dispatching obility
of President Albert O. Brown

The standing committees of the
convention, as appointed by the
President in June, 1918, were as fol-
lows :

On Bill of Rights and Executive
Department — Streeter of Concord,
Hall of Dover, Buxton of Boscawen,
Cavanaugh of Manchester, Pattee of
Manchester, Gaffney of Nashua,
Jacobs of Lancaster, Bartlett of
Hanover, Bowker of Wnitefield,
Howard of Portsmouth, Towne of
Franklin, Charron of Claremont,
Meader of Rochester, Norwood of
Keene, Clement of Warren, Frost of
Fremont, Towle of Northwood.
Bartlett of Pittsfield, Goulding of
Conway, Tilton of Laconia. To fill
vacancies caused by deaths and res-
ignations, Gunnison of Rochester,

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

Woodbury of Woodstock and Dort
of Troy were appointed to this com-
mittee in January, 1920.

On Legislative Department — Ly-
ford of Concord, Amey of Lancaster,
Snow of Rochester, Barton of New-
port, Doyle of Nashua, Scammon
of Exeter, Brennan of Peterborough,
Spaulding of Manchester, Watson
of Keene, George I. McAllister of
Manchester, Hale of Laconia, Evans
of Gorham, Wright of Sanbornton,
Brown of Berlin, Duffy of Franklin,
Eastman of Portsmouth, Butler of
Haverhill, Haslet of Hillsborough,
Hutchins of Stratford and Foote of
Wakefield. The new members of
this committee at the January ses-
sion were Parker of Claremont and
Clarke of Walpole.

On Judicial Department — Plum-
mer of Laconia, Howe of Concord,
Demond of Concord, Upton of Bow,
Hamblett of Nashua, Belanger of
Manchester, Prescott of Milford,
Colby of Claremont, Madden of
Keene, Donigan of Newbury, Aid-
rich of Northumberland, Woodbury
of Salem, Lewis of Amherst, Pettee
of Durham, Smith of Haverhill, Doe
of Somersworth, Sise of Ports-
mouth, Baker of Hillsborough,
Hodges of Franklin, Chandler of
Chatham. The vacancies on this
committee were filled by Price of
Lisbon and Peyser of Portsmouth.

On Future Mode of Amending the
Constitution and Other Proposed
Amendments — Stone of Andover,
Page of Portsmouth, Wallace of
Canaan, Walker of Grantham, Var-
ney of Rochester, Bartlett of Derry,
Lawrence of Haverhill, Jones of
Lebanon, Craig of Marlow, Emer-
son of Milford, Hull of Bedford,
Rogers of Pembroke, Morrison of
Peterborough, Young of Easton,
Shirley of Conway, Ripley of Stew-
artstown, Farrell of Manchester,
Hodgman of Merrimack, Schel-

lenberg of Manchester. Spring
of Laconia. By the death of
Mr. Stone and Judge Page, former
Councilor Wallace became chairman
of this committee and there were
added to it as new members Metcalf
of Concord, Stevenson of Exeter,
Booth of Hinsdale, Annis of Cole-
brook, Kenison of Ossipee and
Home of Rochester.

On Elections — Shurtleff of Lan-
caster, Brown of Concord, Rollins
of Alton, Wetherell of Exeter, Ayres
of Franconia. Huntress of Keene,
Stanley of Lincoln, Roy of Man-
chester, Chapman of Manchester,
Bergquist of Berlin, Hallinan of
Nashua, Towle of Newmarket, Des-
chenes of Manchester, Young of
Rochester, Glancy of Manchester,
Schenck of Tamworth, Rice of
Rindge, Sayers of Manchester,
Davis of Croydon, Smart of Ben-
nington. The only death on this
committee was that of Mr. Wether-
ell, whose place was taken by Mr.
Duncan of Jaffrey.

On Finance — French of Moulton-
borough, Wight of Berlin, Welch
of Dover, Bates of Exeter, Pariseau
of Manchester, Hill of Plaistow,
Brown of Hampton, Davis of Hop-
kinton, Locke of Laconia, Water-
man of Lebanon, Emerson of Man-
chester, Laberge of Manchester,
Cater of Portsmouth, Dame of
Newport, Hayford of Newton, Mc-
Elroy of Manchester, Shaw of Sal-
isbury, Dillingham of Roxbury,
Worthen of Manchester and Spauld-
ing of Stoddard. This committee
lost four members by death and
two by resignation. Mr. Bates be-
came the new chairman and the
additional members named were
Blanchard of Moultonborough, Mc-
Hugh of Gorham, Fairbanks of
Dover, Parker of Goffstown, Well-
man of New London and Russell
of Peterborough.

THE CONSTITUTIONAL CONVENTION

On Journal — Tobey of Temple,
Veazie of Littleton, Emerson of
Hampstead, McDaniel of Notting-
ham, Hurd of Dover, Knox of Mad-
bury. A. H. Chase of Concord, Shaw
of Chichester, Greer of Goffstown,
Dickinson of Winchester, Faulkner
of Swanzey, Beal of Plymouth,
Hancock of Milan, Pound of Wolfe-
boro, Clark of Nashua, Frye of Wil-
ton, True of Plainfield, Perkins of
Laconia, Dionne of Nashua, Rogers
of Newport.

On Credentials — Kinney of Clare-
mont, Bailey of Sunapee, Temple-
ton of Exeter, Marvin of Newcastle,
Andrews of Somersworth, Marshall
of Dover, Kenison of Ossipee, Morey
of Hart's Location, Smith of Cen-
ter Harbor, Moses of Tilton, Met-
calf of Concord, Dean of Danbury,
Fessenden of Brookline, J. J. Mc-
Allister, Jr., of Manchester, Pierce
of Winchester, Bullock of Rich-
mond, Woods of Bath, Woodbury
of Woodstock, Hutchins of Berlin,
and Philbrook of Shelburne. Mes-
srs. Metcalf, Woodbury and Keni-
son resigned from this committee
at the opening of January sessions
and Kennett of Madison, Bunten
of Dunbarton and Hoyt of Han-
over were appointed in their places.

On permanent organization—
Quinby of Concord, Livingston of
Manchester, Entwistle of Ports-
mouth, Cobleigh of Nashua, Perkins
of Antrim, Gray of Columbia, Sher-
ry of Dover, Nute of Farmington,
Philbrook of Laconia, McNally of
Rollinsford, Wellman of Keene,
Ball of Washington, Connor of
Manchester, Sanders of Derry, Per-
ley of Enfield, Edgerly of Tufton-
borough, Bilodeau of Rochester,
Head of Hooksett, Thompson of
Concord, Roy of Somersworth.

On Rules — Gibson of Conway,
Sherman of Claremont, George of
Concord, Weston of Derry, Wesley
of Dover, Childs of Henniker, Ma-

son of Keene, Chase of Manchester,
Horan of Manchester, Pike of Lis-
bon, Pillsbury of Manchester, Wes-
cott of Rochester, Thomas of Straf-
ford, Whitcomb of Stratham, Stod-
dard of Portsmouth, King of Wal-
pole, Paul of Claremont, Lombard
of Colebrook, Robichaud of Nashua,
Young of Laconia.

A special committee on assign-
ment of committee rooms was ap-
pointed with Mr. English of Little-
ton as chairman.

Delegate Frank S. Streeter of
Ward Four, Concord, was President
of the Constitutional Convention of
1902 and chairman of the standing
committee on Bill of Rights and Ex-
ecutive Department in the Conven-
tion of 1918-1920. Born in East
Charleston, Vt., August 5, 1853, the
son of Daniel and Julia (Wheeler)
Streeter, he was educated at St.
Johnsbury Academy, Bates College
and Dartmouth College, graduating
from the last named institution in
1874. Since 1892 he has been a
member of its board of trustees and
had an active and important part in
shaping the tremendous develop-
ment of the college in the past quar-
ter-century. In 1913 he received
from his alma mater the degree of
Doctor of Laws. General Streeter
studied law with the late Chief Jus-
tice A. P. Carpenter and was ad-
mitted to the bar in 1877. For _ 40
rears he has practiced his profession
in Concord and has been a dominant
figure in the bar of city and state,
as well as taking part in many im-
portant cases outside of New Hamp-
shire. A Republican in politics, he
was a member of the Legislature in
1885, serving on the Judiciary com-
mittee ; member of the state commit-
tee since 1892 ; president of the state
convention, and delegate-at-large to
the national convention, 1896; mem-
ber of the national committee,
1907-8. Mr. Streeter served on the

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

staff of Governor Charles A. Busiel
as judge advocate general. From
March, 1911, to August, 1913, he was
a member by Presidential appoint-
ment of the International Joint
Commission. He has been presi-
dent of the State Historical Society,
the State Bar Association and the
State Defense League, and is now

degree Mason, has been president of
the Wonolancet Club, Concord, for
many years and i.s a member of
numerous other clubs in Manches-
ter, Boston and Washington, in
which cities he is almost as well
known as in his home town. Gen-
eral Streeter married, November 14,
1877, Lillian, daughter of Alonzo P.

Hn^n|^^mn^^m|^^mn^mmn|^n

Gen. Frank S. Streeter of Concord
Chairman of the Bill of Rights and Executive Department Committee.

president of the State Board of Ed-
ucation, a work which he regards
as of the highest importance and to
which he has devoted himself as-
siduously since his oppointment by
Governor John H. Bartlett in 1919.
He was very active in war work as
a member of the executive commit-
tee of the State Committee on Pub-
lic Safety and on various other
lines. General Streeter is a 32nd

and Julia (Goodall) Carpenter of
Bath. They have two children,
Julia (Mrs. Henry Gardner) and
Thomas W., of the American In-
ternational Corporation, New York
City.

Delegate William Alberto Plum-
mer of Ward Four, Laconia,
was the only justice of the

THE CONSTITUTIONAL CONVENTION

state's .supreme or superior courts
to sit in the convention, so
that his appointment as chairman of
the standing committee on Judicial
Department was very fitting, as well
as justified by his ability and ex-
perience. Judge Plummer was born
in Gilmanton, December 2, 1865, the
son of Charles Edwin and Mary
Hoyt (Moody) Plummer, and was

Superior Court of the state, serving
until 1913, when, upon the re-organ-
ization of the state's judicial system
he became an associate justice of the
Supreme Court and so continues.
The value of his services to the state
in this position, for which he is em-
inently fitted, is universally recog-
nized. Before his appointment to
the bench Judge Plummer was a

Judge William A. Plummer of Laconia
Chairman of the Committee on Judicial Department.

educated at Gilmanton Academy,
Dartmouth College and the Boston
University Law School, holding de-
grees from the two latter institu-
tions. He was admitted to the New
Hampshire bar in 1889 and practiced
his profession successfully at La-
conia, in partnership with Colonel
Stephen S. Jewett, until 1907, when
he was appointed a judge of the

leader in the Democratic party of
the state, .serving in the House of
Representatives in 1893 and again
in 1907, and being chosen a dele-
gate to the national convention of
the party at Chicago in 1896. At
the legislative session of 1907 he
was the floor leader of the minority.
Judge Plummer was for 19 years
a member of the school board of the

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

city of Laconia and for 16 years
its president. He is a director of
the Laconia National Bank and the
Laconia Building and Loan Asso-
ciation and a trustee and vice-pres-
ident of the City Savings Bank of
Laconia. A 33rd degree Mason, he
is a past grand master of the grand
lodge of New Hampshire and also
belongs to the Knights of Pythias,

Delegate Leslie Perkins Snow of
Rochester in his several speeches
upon the more important matters
coming before the convention dis-
played the same clearness of thought
and expression, the same ability as
an orator and logician, which have
won him such eminent success in
the legal profession. He was born
in Eaton, October 19, 1862, the son

Hon. Leslie P. Snow of Rochester

Photo by Bachrach

Elks, county, state and national bar
associations. New Hampshire His-
torical Society, etc. Judge Plum-
mer married, January 1, 1890, Ellen
Frances Murray of Canaan. Their
son, Wayne M. Plummer, a gradu-
ate of the Boston University School
of Law and a member of the New
Hampshire bar, was assistant secre-
tary of the Constitutional Conven-
tion.

of the late Edwin Snow, one of the
prominent men of his day in New
Hampshire public life, and was ed-
ucated at the Bridgton, Me., Acad-
emy; Dartmouth College, A. B.,
1886; and Columbian Law School
(now George Washington Univer-
sity) LL. B. 1890. When little
past his majority he served as mod-
erator of the town of Eaton and as
representative from that town in the

THE CONSTITUTIONAL CONVENTION

House of 1887 was one of the young-
est members of that famous body.
He acted as special pension exam-
iner. 1887-1890, for the United
States Government, serving in Kan-
sas, Nebraska, and Colorado and at
Washington. He was admitted to
the Maryland bar in 1890 and to
that of the state of New Hampshire
in 1891 ; and has since practiced his
profession continuously in Roches-
ter, at first as a member of the nrm
of Worcester, Gafney & Snow until
Mr. Gafney died in 1898 and Mr.
Worcester in 1900. He then con-
tinued the business individually un-
til 1917 when the present firm of
Snow, Snow & Cooper was organ-
ized. The position which Mr. Snow
occupies in his profession is shown
by the fact that he is at the present
time president of the New Hamp-
shire Bar Association. Among his
other activities are the presidency
of the Rochester National Bank
since 1902 ; vice-president Rochester
Trust Company ; president Gafney
Home for the Aged ; five years mem-
ber of the Rochester school board.
During the war he was president of
the Public Safety Committee of
Rochester ; member of the executive
committee of the Rochester Red
Cross chapter; city food adminis-
trator and acting food administrator
for Strafford county ; chairman of
the first, second, third and fourth
Liberty Loan local committees;
chairman Strafford county War Sav-
ings and Thrift Stamp campaigns ;
chairman Christmas, 1918, Red
Cross Roll Call ; Strafford county
district chairman of the United War
Work campaign ; member of the
committee of the New England Fed-
eral District for placing certificates
of indebtedness. In addition his
two sons, Conrad E. and Leslie W.,
were both commissioned officers
with the A. E. F. in France. Mr.
Snow is a 32nd degree Mason,
Knight Templar and Shriner, an
Odd Fellow and a member of the

Theta Delta Chi college fraternity
(president of its New England As-
sociation in 1886.)

James F. Brennan, delegate from
Peterborough, was born in that
town March 31, 1853; graduated
from the Maryland University,
class of 1884, with the degree of
LL. B.; was admitted to the Mary-
land and New Hampshire bars the
same year ; and has since success-
fully practiced law in his native
town. He has held many public
offices, being a member of Governor
Felker's staff, 1913-15, with the
rank of major ; member of the House
of Representatives, 1913, 1915 and
1917, during which three sessions
he was on the Judiciary Committee,
his party's candidate for speaker and
floorleader, and advocated some of
the most important legislation of
those sessions. Of the 26 bills he
introduced during his terms as leg-
islator 23 were enacted into law.
He took a prominent part as dele-
gate in the Constitutional Conven-
tion of 1918-20, serving on the Leg-
islative Committee. He is the first
Democrat elected as a representa-
tive or delegate from the strongly
Republican town of Peterborough
in nearly seventy years. He
was one of the three trus-
tees of the State Librarv from
1903 to 1909 ; a member of the State
Board of Charities and Correction
from 1899 to 1918; and has been
chairman of the Public Library
Commission of New Hampshire
since its establishment by statute
to the present time. He is a mem-
ber of the New Hampshire Histor-
ical Society, the American-Irish His-
torical Society and the Peterborough
Historical Society, and was elected
historiographer of the last two at
their organization. He is a lifelong
Democrat, serving on its state exe-
cutive committee many years ; was
a delegate-at-large to his party's

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

national conventions in 1904 and
1916; has been presiding officer of
the Democratic State Convention ;
and has been heard on the hustings
in many campaigns. He served on
the Selective Draft Board for his
district during the World War, has
held many offices in Peterborough
and is now one of the new Peter-
borough Hospital grantees and

session of the constitutional conven-
tion, -but that utterance will remain
longer in the minds of his fellow
members than the numerous re-
marks of some others. That is Air.
Chase's habit as to public life ; to
make few speeches, but to have
those which he does make well-con-
sidered, well-expressed and worth
while. The result is that whenever

Major James F. Brennan of Peterborough

trustees and one of the three trus-
tees of the Town Library. He has
travelled widely in America and
Europe ; was never married ; has an
extensive library ; and is especially
interested along literary and histor-
ical lines.

Delegate Levin Joynes Chase of
Ward Three, Concord, made just
one speech during the January, 1920

he is heard, on public or semi-pub-
lic occasions, he is given the closest
attention. Mr. Chase was born in
Philadelphia, Pa., February 6, 1862,
the son of Reginald Heber and
Susan (Stanwood) Chase, and was
educated in private schools in that
city. For many, years he was in
the employ of the Wells-Fargo Ex-
press Company at San Francisco,
Cal., but since January 1, 1909, he
has been the manager of the Con-

THE CONSTITUTIONAL CONVENTION

cord Electric Company and a lead-
ing figure in the life of the Capital
City. In 1913 and 1915 he repre-
sented his ward in the State House
of Representatives and there made
a reputation for eloquence, wit and
substance in speech which has made
him much in demand throughout the
State as an after dinner speaker and
orator of occasion. He is a trustee

married Bertha Louise Adams, and
their home is in the West Concord
suburb of the capital city. As a
writer, Mr. Chase has few equals
and no superiors in New Hamp-
shire ; but the fact that much of his
work has not been published over
his own signature has deprived him
of the full credit which is due him
for the grace of style, breadth of

Hon. Levin J.

Photo by the Kimball

of the Concord Public Library, and
was for several years president of
the Concord Board of Trade, a po-
sition to whose duties he devoted
much valuable time and result-
bringing attention. He is a mem-
ber of the Sons of the American
Revolution, Elks, Wonolancet Club,
Snowshoe Club, Beaver Meadow
Golf Club ; i.s an Episcopalian and
a Republican. January 2, 1905, he

Chase of Concord

Studio. Concord, N. H.

knowledge and culture, bright wit
and keen observation which are in
evidence in all his contributions to
the printed page.

Delegate Willis George Buxton
of Boscawen shares with Delegate
Rosecrans W. Pillsbury of London-
derry the distinction of having had
the greatest amount of experience

100

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

in amending constitutions, each
having been a member of the con-
ventions of 1889, 1902, 1912 and
1918-1920. In this convention Mr.
Buxton was a member of the stand-
ing committee on Bill of Rights and
Executive Department and mani-
fested the independence and indi-
viduality for which he is well known
bv heading the list of signers of the

1882, when he became a partner of
the late Judge Nehemiah Butler at
Penacook and upon the latter's
death a year later succeeded to the
practice which he has since con-
ducted. Mr. Buxton has long been
prominent in politics, being a mem-
ber of the Republican state commit-
tee 22 years and of the Progressive
state committee during its existence.

Hon. Willis G. Buxton of Boscawen

minority report in favor of abolish-
ing the Governor's council. Mr.
Buxton was born in Henniker, Aug-
ust 22, 1856, the son of Daniel M.
and Abbie A. (Whittaker) Buxton,
and was educated in the academies
at Clinton Grove and New London
and at the Boston University Law
School. Admitted to the New
Hampshire bar in 1879, Mr. Buxton
practiced at Hillsborough until

He was chairman of the committee
on elections and a member of the
committee on revision of statutes
in the House of Representatives of
1895, and chairman of the judiciary
committee in the State Senate of
1897. He was a delegate to the
Progressive national conventions of
1912 and 1916. He was associate
justice of the Concord district court
for two years and is now judge of

THE CONSTITUTIONAL CONVENTION

101

the Boscawen municipal court. He
has served his town as its treasurer,
library trustee, health board and
school board member and treasurer
and superintendent of the water pre-
cinct. Judge Buxton is a Mason,
Knight Templar and Odd Fellow ;
member of the New Hampshire His-
torical Society ; trustee of the Mer-
rimack County Savings Bank ; trus-

ability and in general qualifications
for its work, there were few in its
membership of experience in public
affairs equal to that of Delegate
John H. Brown of Ward Six, Con-
cord. Born in Bridgewater, May
20, 1850, the son of James and Judith
B. (Harran) Brown, he was edu-
cated at the New Hampton Insti-
tution, where he graduated in 1870.

Gen. John H. Brown of Concord

Photo by the Kimball Studio. Concord, N. H.

tee and secretary, since 1895, of the
New Hampshire Orphans' Home at
Franklin. He married June 4, 1884,
Martha J. Flanders of Penacook.
Mr. and Mrs. Buxton have travelled
widely and their hospitable home at
Penacook is a center of culture and
civic spirit.

While the constitutional conven-
tion "of 1918-1920 averaged high in

In youth he was engaged in trade
at Bristol and also was in the lum-
ber business and was a surveyor of
land. For a time he was a railway
mail clerk and then for many years
freight and claim agent for the Bos-
ton, Concord & Montreal and Bos-
ton & Maine railroads, during this
time becoming a resident of Con-
cord, where he is an extensive owner
of real estate and a leading citizen.

102

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

His public service began at Bristol,
where he was postmaster 1882-5,
eight years selectman, four years
deputy sheriff and representative in
the Legislature of 1891. On the
staff of Governor Charles A. Busiel
he served as commissary general,
thus gaining the title by which he
commonly is addressed. General
Brown was an "original McKinley
man" and in this capacity was
chosen a delegate to the Republican
national convention of 1896. In
1900 he was one of the state's pres-
idential electors. For 12 years,
from 1905 to 1917, Mr. Brown was
postmaster of Concord, giving that
important office one of the best ad-
ministrations in its history. At a
special election to fill the vacancy
in the council of Governor Henry
W. Keyes caused by the death of
Hon. Edward H. Carroll of Warner,
General Brown was elected without
opposition, and at the following reg-
ular election he was chosen for a
full term in the council of Governor
John H. Bartlett. There his good
judgment and wide knowledge of
the state's affairs proved invaluable,
particularly in his service as the
member from the council on the
board of trustees of the state hos-
pital. In the constitutional con-
vention he served on the standing
committee on elections. General
Brown married, June 10, 1872, Mar-
ietta Sanborn Lougee of Laconia.
He is a 32nd degree Mason and
Shriner and a member of the New
Hampshire Historical Society, Wo-
nolancet Club, etc.

The following veterans of the
Civil War were elected as delegates
to this Constitutional Convention :
Nathaniel P. Ordway of Greenland,
Thomas Entwistle of Portsmouth,
Martin L. Schenck of Tamworth,
William H. Trickey of Tilton, Joab
N. Patterson of Concord, Ansel C.
Smart of Bennington, Daniel W.

Hayden of Ilollis, Robert E.
Wheeler of Manchester, Mortier L.
Morrison of Peterboro, (died during
the recess of the convention) Ed-
ward A. Kingsbury of Keene, Asa
C. Dort of Troy, Dr. George W.
Pierce of Winchester, Hiram C.
Sherman of Claremont, Daniel R.
Gilchrist of Monroe, John Gray of
Columbia, Antipus H. Curtis of
Northumberland. There was no
more notable group than this in the
convention and one of the pleasant-
est features of the session was the
honor paid its members in giving
them prior choice of desirable seats.
Although' most of the oldest mem-
bers of the convention were included
in this group their fidelity to duty
was as marked as in the Sixties and
theirs were not the names which
were missing from the rollcalls.
One of the youngest appearing of
this body of fine old veterans and
one of the most genial and popular
of all the delegates was Martin L.
Schenck of Tamworth, who was ap-
pointed by the President a member
of the standing committee on Elec-
tions. Mr. Schenck was no stranger
to the state house, for he represented
his town in the General Court of
1917, serving on two standing com-
mittees, Roads, Bridges and Canals
and Military Affairs, and making
many friends in the Capital City
who were glad to welcome him back
as a delegate to the convention.
Born near Flemington, N. J., he is
the great-grandson of Major John
Schenck of the New Jersey line in
the Revolutionary War, and his
own service in the Civil War, two
and a half years in Stoneham's cav-
alry division of the Army of the
Potomac and Grierson's cavalry di-
vision of the Army of the Tennessee,
under the immediate command of
Generals Meade, Grant and Sher-
man, reflected credit upon his
patriotic ancestry and his own sterl-
ing qualities. Among his memories
are some of Abraham Lincoln in the

THE CONSTITUTIONAL CONVENTION

103

White House and of every presi-
dent from Grant to Wilson, with all
of whom he has shaken hands. Mr.
Schenck was educated in public
and private schools at Trenton, N.
J. He is an Episcopalian, a 32nd
degree Mason and a member of the
Sons of the American Revolution
and various clubs as well as of the

honor of an unanimous election as
delegate from the Republican Ward
Seven, Concord. Mr. Metcalf was
born in Newport, April 7, 1841, the
son of Joseph P. and Lucy (Gould)
Metcalf. He was educated in pub-
lic and private schools, at Mt.
Caesar Seminary, Swanzey, and at
the law department of the Univer-

Hon. Martin L. Schenxk of Tamworth

G. A. R. and the Second Cavalry
Veteran Association of New Jer-
sey.

No member of the convention
showed more evident interest in its
Work, was more constant in at-
tendance and attention, than the vet-
eran journalist and publicist, Henry
Harrison Metcalf, who, though a
deep-dyed Democrat, was given the

sity of Michigan, from which he re-
ceived the degree of LL. B. in 1865.
Studying law with Hon Edmund
Burke of Newport, he was admitted
to the bar in 1866, but engaged in
journalism the next year, with the
result that it became his life work.
At different times he has edited the
White Mountain Republic, Little-
ton, the People and Patriot, Con-
cord, the Manchester Union, the
Dover Press and the Granite Month-

104

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

Hon. H. H. Metcalf of Concord

ly, of which he was the founder,
besides doing a large amount of
other literary work, including the
compilation and publication of sev-
eral volumes of biography. Air.
Metcalf is a member of the board of
trustees of the Universalist State
Convention, president of the New
Hampshire Old Home Week Asso-
ciation, past president of the New
Hampshire S. A. R., and past lect-
urer of the State Grange, Patrons

of Husbandry. He was secretarv
of the Concord Board of Trade for
18 years and of the State Board of
Trade for nine years. Mr. Metcalf
has had state-wide prominence in
politics for half a century, since his
service as secretary of the Demo-
cratic State Committee, 1869-70.
He was a delegate to the national
convention of the party in 1876;
president of its state convention in
1900; and Congressional candidate

THE CONSTITUTIONAL CONVENTION

105

in the Second District, 1910, besides
serving as chairman of the city com-
mittee in Concord for several years.
In 1913 he was appointed by Gov-
ernor Samuel D. Felker editor of
state papers and in the same year
received the honorary degree of
Master of Arts from Dartmouth Col-
lege. Mr. Metcalf married, Decem-
ber 18, 1869, Mary Jane Metcalf of
Littleton, and they have three chil-
dren and seven grandchildren.

Delegate Charles Sumner Emer-
son of Milford was one of the most
useful members of the convention,
whether in committee service, de-
bate from the floor or temporary
presiding officer, as during the con-

Charles S. Emerson of Milford

sideration of the initiative and ref-
erendum amendment. Mr. Emer-
son was born in Milford, April 2,
1868, the son of Sumner B. and
Martha A. (Bales) Emerson.- He
was educated in the Milford public
schools and at Cushing Academy,
and has followed in the footsteps of
his father as the leading merchant
of his home town. He is president

of the Milford Building and Loan
Association, vice-president of the
Granite Savings Bank, president of
the Milford Hospital Association,
and past president and secretary of
the Milford Board of Trade. A
Congregationalist in religious belief,
he was moderator of the New
Hampshire Conference of that de-
nomination, 1915-16. He is a past
grand master of the I. O. O. F. of
the state and has been grand rep-
resentative to the Sovereign Grand
Lodge for 10 years, serving on im-
portant committees in that connec-
tion. By appointment of Governor
Henry W. Keyes he is chairman of
the New Hampshire committee on
the Pilgrim Tercentenary. A Re-
publican in politics, Mr. Emerson
has been town moderator since 1910 ;
was chairman of the committee on
public improvements of the House
of Representatives in 1907 and 1909,
in that capacity being instrumental
in bringing about the remodelling
of the State House and the build-
ing of the first trunk line highways ;
and his friends intend that he shall
be a member of the State Senate of
1921. During the war Mr. Emer-
son was chairman of the Hills-
borough County, District No. 2, se-
lective service board, and two of
his sons were lieutenants in avia-
tion. Mr. Emerson married, June
13, 1889, Estelle F. Abbott, and they
have three sons and a daughter.

Delegate Benjamin F. W. Russell
of Peterborough was born in Bos-
ton, July 8, 1875, educated in schools
of Concord, Massachusetts, and was
graduated from the Massachusetts
Institute of Technology, class of
1898. He purchased the "Old Town
Farm" at Peterborough, New
Hampshire, in 1912; became a resi-
dent and voter there in 1914, and is
there engaged in the breeding of
Guernsey cattle and general farm-
ing. He is a member of the firm

106

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

of Little & Russell, architects, 45
Bromfield street, Boston, — archi-
tects of the Peterborough Town
House, American Guernsey Cattle
Club Building, Peterborough His-
torical Building and the Peter-
borough Hospital. He is a member
of the Peterborough Grange and
Men's Club, Union and Algonquin
Clubs of Boston, and Brookline
Country Club ; president of Old
Phoenix Mill Associates Corpora-

Department, introduced and made
very able speeches in favor of the
important proposal for increasing
the powers of the Legislature in re-
spect to taxation. Born in Bow,
February 3, 1884, Mr. Upton grad-
uated from the Boston University
Law School in 1907, receiving the
degree of B. L. magna cum laude,
and in the same year began the
practice of his profession in Con-
cord as a member of the firm of

Hon. B. F. W. Russell of Peterborough

tion of Peterborough, and of the
Peterborough Hospital Corporation.
Mr. Russell was chosen at a special
election to fill the vacancy caused
by the death of Hon. Mortier L.
Morrison. Among the many good
speeches made in the convention in
favor of the special taxation of
growing wood and timber his was
one of the best.

Delegate Robert W. Upton of
Bow, member of the standing com-
mittee of the convention on Judicial

Sargent, Niles & Upton. Since the
death of Mr. Sargent and the with-
drawal of Mr. Niles because of his
public service, Mr. Upton has prac-
ticed alone and with great success.
A Republican in politics, he repre-
sented his town in the House of
Representatives of 1911, serving on
the Judiciary and Ways and Means
committees, two very important as-
signments. He made the original
draft of the bill establishing the
New Hampshire Tax Commission
and also that of the factory inspec-
tion law passed in 1917. Mr. Up-

THE CONSTITUTIONAL CONVENTION

107

ton is a member of the executive
committee of the New Hampshire
Old Home Week Association ; of the

Robert W. Upton, Esq., of Bow

I. O. O. F. and Grange ; and of the
New Hampshire Historical Society.
He married. Sept. 18, 1912, Martha
S. Burroughs of Bow and they have
three children.

Judge Omar A. Towne, delegate
from Franklin, made two of the best
speeches of the convention, one
each at the June and January ses-
sions, in favor of the amendment
allowing the special taxation of
growing wood and timber. Born
in Stoddard, Feb. 2, 1851, he was
educated in the public schools and
at the Penacook and Wolfeboro
academies. Since 1875 he has been
engaged in business at Franklin, at
first as a printer and bookseller.
In 1884 he bought the Franklin
Transcript, in 1889 the Merrimack
Journal and has made the consol-
idated Journal-Transcript one of the
best and most influential newspa-
pers in the State. He also is en-
gaged in the real estate business.

Judge Towne is a Republican, a
Baptist, a 32nd degree Mason,
Knight Templar and an Odd Fel-
low. He was the first president of
the New Hampshire Weekly Pub-
lishers Association and also has
been president of the New Hamp-
shire Press Association and the New
Hampshire State Board of Trade.
He was a delegate to the constitu-
tional convention of 1889, 22 years
a member of the Franklin board of
education ; since 1905 justice of the
Franklin police and municipal

Judge Omar A. Towne of Franklin

courts ; secretary and treasurer of
the Franklin Building and Loan
Association, clerk of the Webster
Birthplace Association and of the
Franklin Hospital Association.

Delegate John Levi Meader of
Rochester, member of the standing
committee on Bill of Rights and
Executive Department, is one of
those in the convention who filled
in the recess between its sessions
with service in the Legislature. In
the State Senate of 1919 he repre-
sented the 23rd district, serving as

108

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

chairman of the important Commit-
tee on Finance. Senator Meader
was born at Gonic (in Rochester)
September 11, 1878, the son of John
E. and Clara E. (Varney) Meader.

Hon. J. Levi Meader of Rochester

He was educated in the public
schools of Rochester and at the
Moses Brown School, Providence.
R. I. Entering the employ of the
Gonic Manufacturing Company,
upon leaving school, he learned the
business thoroughly and was the
superintendent of the plant 1908-
1915, since which time he has been
the company's agent. Mr. Meader
was a member of the House of Rep-
resentatives in 1907, and in 1917 was
mayor of his city. He is a member
of the Republican state committee
and chairman of the Republican
city committee. In religious belief
he is affiliated with the Friends and
in" fraternal circles he is a member
of the various Masonic bodies,
lodge, chapter, council, commandery
and shrine. Senator Meader mar-
ried, Oct. 2, 1901, Lila Anna Mal-
vern of Chicago and they have three
children.

Delegate John Fred Beede of
Meredith, a member of the standing
committee on Time and Mode of
Submitting to the P'eople Amend-
ments Agreed to by the Convention,
was born in Meredith, April 8, 1859,
and educated in the public schools
there, at Tilton Seminary and at
Yale College, class of 1882. Banking
was his choice as a life work and
for three years after graduation
he was engaged in that business in
Boston, New York City and Buffalo.
Returning to Meredith upon the
death of his father in 1885, he has
been since that time an officer of the
Meredith Village Savings Bank and
its president since 1904. Of the

.'1

Hon. J. F. Beede of Meredith

People's National Bank at Laconia
he has been a director for 20 years.
Mr. Beede is a trustee of Tilton
Seminary, president of the Congre-
gational Society of Meredith Vil-
lage and interested in many local
enterprises of that town, succeeding
as one of its principal business men

THE CONSTITUTIONAL CONVENTION

109

his father, the late John W. Reede.
Mr. Beede is a Republican in pol-
itics. He married in 1901 Martha
B., daughter of the late Hon. Wood-
bury L. Welcher of Laconia, and
they have two children. Frances
Melcher and John Woodbury.

Delegate Horace F. Hoyt of Han-
over, whose voice often was raised
in the convention in behalf of the
farmer and his interests, was born
in Enfield, October 26, 1842, the son
of Horace F. and Caroline E. (Har-
dy) Hoyt. Since childhood he has
resided in Hanover where he at-
tended the public schools. For more

Hox. Horace F. Hoyt of Hanover

than 50 years he has been conspicu-
ous in public, among the of-
fices which he has held being select-
man of Hanover, 1868-73 ; commis-
sioner for Grafton county, 1894-
1912, nominated by acclamation
eight times ; member New Hamp-
shire House of Representatives 1893,
chairman committee on retrench-
ment and reform ; 1915, chairman
committee on county affairs (vice-
president Farmers' Council), 1917
chairman committee on county af-

fairs, member committee on equali-
zation of taxes ; superintendent
Hanover Town Farm. 1887-90;
served as tax collector for Hanover
30 years in succession ; trustee of
public funds ; director and treasurer
Hanover Public Library ; president
Etna Creamery Association ; direc-
tor and trustee Baptist Church,
Etna ; director Dartmouth Savings
Bank ; Mason for more than 50
years; member Franklin lodge, and
St. Andrew's Chapter, R. A. M.,
Lebanon, and has taken the Templar
degrees; Patron of Husbandry 42
years ; chaplain Mascoma Valley
Pomona Grange 27 years, and New
Hampshire State Grange 12 years,
and still in office. Mr. Hoyt is a
Baptist and a Republican. He cast
his first vote for Abraham Lincoln
for president, and has missed vot-
ing at no election since, except the
primary of 1916, when he was ill
in a hospital.

Delegate Frank Wilbert Hamlin
of Charlestown was born in that
town, June 14, 1863, the son of
George Washington and Ellen L.
Hamlin. He was educated in the
public schools and as a young man
began a highly successful business
career in his native town which has
continued to the present time ; he
being the proprietor of the Hamlin
Department Store since 1887 and
president and director of the Con-
necticut River National Bank of
Charlestown. He is treasurer and
junior warden of St. Luke's Epis-
copal Church there ; justice of the
municipal court ; trustee and treas-
urer of the Silsby Free Library ;
and trustee of the town trust funds.
A Republican in politics, he was a
member of the House of Represen-
tatives of 1903, serving as chairman
of the committee on Claims, and in
the State Senate of 1909 represented
the Seventh District, being chair-
man of the committee on Banks and

110

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

a member of the committees on Re-
vision of the Laws, Incorporations,
Claims and School for Feeble-
Minded. In 1919 he was appointed

Hon. F. W. Hamlin of Charlestown

a trustee of the State Industrial
School. He was a leader and active
participant in all the war "drives"
and did more than his share in
bringing them through to success.
This year Mr. Hamlin has an-
nounced his candidacy for the nomi-
nation of his party as Councilor in
the Fifth District, a place for which
his public and private record alike
show him to be well qualified. He
is a member of the various branches
of the I. O. O. F. order. December
26, 1887, he married Ada E. Perry.

Delegate Orville D. Fessenden of
Brookline, a member of the conven-
tion's committee on credentials, has
had three experiences as a constitu-

tion mender, having represented his
town in the conventions of 1902 and
1912, as well as that of 1918-1920.
He also has served under the dome
as a member of the House of Rep-
resentatives in 1897, when he was
a member of the committee on pub-
lic health, and in 1905, when he
served on the committee on manu-
factures. Mr. Fessenden was born
in Boston, April 11, 1865, and was
educated in the public schools and at
Cushing Academy, Ashburnham,
Mass. He is a dealer in flour, grain,

Hon. O. D. Fessenden of Brookline

coal, wood and lumber and a leading
citizen of his town, where he has
been moderator and member of the
school board, chairman of the Pub-
lic Safety Committee, etc. In 1918
he was a candidate for State Sen-
ator from the 12th district.

Delegate Asa C. Dort of Troy was
born in Marlborough in 1843 and
educated in the town schools, at
Tilton Seminary and at the New

THE CONSTITUTIONAL CONVENTION

111

Hampshire Commercial College. He
served in the First New Hampshire
Cavalry in the War of the Rebellion
as quartermaster sergeant of Com-
pany D and is a member of the
Grand Army of the Republic. Of
the Masonic order he has been a

Hon. Asa C. Dort of Troy

member for 55 years. Mr. Dort
has held the offices of town clerk,
fire chief, school treasurer and town
treasurer for 46 years. He was a
member of the Legislatures of 1879,
1881 and 1919, serving on the com-
mittees on Liquor Laws and Manu-
factures. Mr. Dort is a Republican
in politics and a Congregationalist
in church affiliation. He i.s mar-
ried and has one daughter.

It is probable that no delegate to
the convention gave more time to
the study of subjects coming before
it for consideration than did George
Henry Duncan of Jaffrey, one of the
best posted men in New Hamp-
shire upon the science of govern-
ment and a fluent speaker in its ex-
position. Born in Leominster,
Mass., December 23, 1876, the son

of George C. and Mary E. (Cool-
idge) Duncan, he was educated at
the Murdock School, Winchendon,
Mass., and Amherst College, class
of 1899. Upon the death of his
father he took up his business as a
druggist at East Jaffrey and has
since continued it. He has served
his town as selectman, member of
the school board, delegate to the
constitutional conventions of 1912
and 1918 and a member of the House
of Representatives of 1915, serving
on the committee on Revision of
the Statutes. From 1915 to 1917 he
was postmaster at East Jaffrey and
has been president of the Jaffrey
Board of Trade. He is a director
of the Annett Manufacturing Com-
pany. Mr. Duncan is a Democrat
in politics, a Mason and Patron of
Husbandry. November 19, 1900, he

Hon. G. H. Duncan of Jaffrey

married Helen Prescott and they
have one son, George. The Single
Tax and the Initiative and Refer-
endum are two important principles
of government in which Mr. Dun-
can has taken an especially active
interest.

112

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

Delegate Jackson Morton Hoyt,
born in Newington, Jan. 15, 1850,
the sixth in descent from William
Hoyt, who settled there in 1703, has
been a lifelong resident of the town
and has served it in some official
capacity almost continuously since
he became of age. Chosen town
clerk at the age of 21, he has served
as such, in all, 12 years ; selectman,
four terms as chairman of the board ;
tax collector, member of the school
board, highway agent, supervisor of

Hon. Jackson M. Hoyt of Newington

the check list, auditor, superintend-
ent of public cemetery for many
years (which office, he now holds,
with that of moderator for town and
school meetings), and is the only
person in town who holds a commis-
sion as justice of the peace. 'At the
State election in 1918 he was -unani-
mously chosen representative to the
General Court, receiving the support
of both political parties, although a
pronounced Democrat. His early
education was obtained at the dis-
trict school in Newington, supple-
mented with a three months term

at a business school in Boston. He
is a member of the Congregational
Church, and has been senior deacon
the last eight years and clerk since
1894, also sexton 36 years. He has
written a history of the Newington
church covering a period of 200
years, which was read by him at the
anniversary in 1915, and published
in January, 1916, in the Granite
Monthly. He claims farming as his
occupation, although much of his
time he is engaged in carpentering
or painting, besides his employment
in the public cemetery, in which he
has been employed more or less
since 1867. During the World War
he acted as town historian. In 1890
he copied the early records of the
town from 1713 to 1820, and with-
out question is more familiar with
the history of the town than any
person living, and i.s often consulted
by those seeking information con-
cerning the old families and their
descendants.

When a young man he taught in
country schools in nearby towns.
In 1878 he married Miss Mary S.
Pickering, seventh in descent from
John Pickering, who settled at
Portsmouth about 1636. They have
had nine children, four sons and
five daughters, of whom seven are
now living, and seven grandchil-
dren. About 1875, Mr. Hoyt began
to write local news for the Dover
Press, a Democratic paper publish-
ed by the Hon. Henry H. Metcalf,
now of Concord. After the discon-
tinuance of the Dover paper he fur-
nished locals from Newington for
the Portsmouth Times, gradually
retiring with, now and then, an
obituary notice. On the 70th anni-
versary of his birth, Mr. Hoyt was
at Concord in attendance at the
Constitutional Convention, where
he had the pleasure to become ac-
quainted with two of his kindred,
Colonel Charles B. Hoyt from
Sandwich, and Deacon Horace F.
Hoyt from Hanover, whom he

THE CONSTITUTIONAL CONVENTION

113

114

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

found, by consulting his genealogy,
to be sixth cousins to him, all three
having descended, in the eighth
generation, from John Hoyt, who
settled at Salisbury, Mass., about
1635.

No more effective speech was
made in the convention than that
in which Delegate John Corbin
Hutchins of Stratford successfully
opposed the amendment looking to
the special taxation of growing
wood and timber. In both his re-
marks from the floor and his hand-
ling of the convention as its tempo-
rary presiding officer, Mr. Hutchins
made it evident why he is generally
regarded as in the very front rank
of New Hampshire's public men.
Born in Wolcott, Vt., February 3,
1864, the son of Lewis S. and Mar-
cia M. (Aiken) Hutchins, he was
educated in the public schools and
at Hardwick, Vt., Academy. He
taught schools for a few terms be-
fore locating at North Stratford in
1884 to begin a business career
there which has been one of eminent
success in mercantile lines and as
a lumberman. He is president of
the Farmer's Guaranty Savings
Bank of Colebrook, director of the
Farmers and Traders National
Bank, trustee of the Guaranty Trust
Company, Berlin, director and vice-
president of the Coos Telephone
Company. Mr. Hutchins is a Dem-
ocrat in politics, attends the Baptist
Church and is prominent in many
fraternal orders, having been grand
chancellor of the Knights of Py-
thias of the State, and being a 32nd
degree Mason and Knight Templar,
Odd Fellow and Elk. Mr. Hutchins
has held all the town offices in
Stratford ; was a member of the
House of Representatives in 1899
and the State Senate in 1913, where
he was the minority leader and
chairman of the committee on edu-
cation ; delegate to the national

Democratic conventions of 1908 and
1916; and in the latter year the can-
didate of his party for Governor.
Mr. Hutchins was appointed in 1918
by Governor Henry W. Keyes as
a trustee of the New Hampshire
College and in 1919 by Governor
John H. Bartlett a member of the
state board of education. Mr. Hut-
chins married, Oct. 24, 1889, Saidee
H. Mayo, and they have two sons,
Lieutenant Ralph M. Hutchins and
Paul A. Hutchins. In the consti-
tutional convention Mr. Hutchins
was a valuable member of the stand-
ing committee on Legislative De-
partment.

Delegate William H. Trickey of
Tilton, who is, also, Rev. William
H. Trickey, Universalist clergyman,
Major William H. Trickey, veteran

Major William H. Trickey of Tilton

of the Civil War, and Commandant
William H. Trickey of the New
Hampshire Soldiers' Home, had the
honor of calling the convention to
order at its initial session in June,

THE CONSTITUTIONAL CONVENTION

115

1918, and was the author of the.
liberalizing amendment to the Bill
of Rights, upon which the conven-
tion took favorable action. Born in
Exeter. Me., Jan. 22. 1841. the son
of William and Abigail (Xudd)
Trickey, he was educated in the
schools of Wolfeboro, and enlisted
as a private in the Third Xew
Hampshire Volunteers, July 29,
1861. He was promoted through
each rank to that of major in the
same regiment, commanded his
company in the attack on Fort Wag-
ner, and his regiment in the attack
on Fort Fisher; was four times
wounded during the war ; and was
mustered out August 2, 1865. He
has been commander of the New

Hampshire department, G. A. R.,
and of the Massachusetts Com-
mandery of the Loyal Legion and
is a 32nd degree Mason. After the
war he was engaged for a time in
the manufacture of shoes at Dover,
where he served in the city council
and was a member of the Legisla-
ture, 1870-1. For some years he
was in the LTnited States mail ser-
vice. Deciding to enter the min-
istry, he graduated from the divinity
school at Tufts College and held
pastorates at Xewfields, Claremont
and Hinsdale, N. H., and Danvers,
Mass., before taking the position at
the Soldiers' Home, which he has
filled so ablv and acceptablv since
Tune 1, 1907.'

INTANGIBLE

By Ruth Bassett Eddy

It is not what your vibrant lips invoke,

Nor e'en the deep, sweet solace of your eyes :

It is not what you say or what you do,
It's something deeper in the soul of you

That makes my love, like scented incense rise,

And fold you in the blessing of its smoke.

HOW LONG WAS A MILE?

By George B. Upham.

Every schoolboy can tell us that
the statute mile is 5,280 feet-; but
it is not generally known when and
by what statute its length was so
fixed.

Two lines of an Act of Parliament,
in the thirty-fifth year of Elizabeth's
reign, 1593, fixes the length of the
land mile in all English speaking
countries today.

This statute reads as follows:
"No new Building shall be erected
within three Miles of London or
Westminster. One Dwelling-house
in London or Westminster, or three
Miles thereof, shall not be converted
into more. No Inmates or Under-
fitters shall be in the Places afore-
said* — Commons or Waste Grounds
lying within three Miles of London
shall not be inclosed.** A mile
shall contain eight Furlongs, every
Furlong forty Poles, and every Pole
shall contain sixteen Foot and an
half."

It by no means follows that this
statute became immediately known
to the public, or when known was
readily accepted as fixing the length
of the mile in common use, for we
well know that the English people
are very slow to accept changes, or
innovations of any kind. We also
know that the mile in common use
in England in the seventeenth cen-
tury was longer than the statute
mile.

When, therefore, did the statute

mile come into common and general
use in England and in America?
W'hat was the length of the mile
of the Pilgrims around Plymouth,
and of the Puritans around Boston,
when they built their roads and set
up their milestones in the seven-
teenth century? What was the
length of the mile of the surveyors
who made early surveys in the New
Hampshire wilderness? The en-
cyclopedias do not tell us. The
specialists in the great libraries in
Boston could not say ; nor could
they, after considerable search, refer
the inquirer to any source whence
the information could be obtained.
The U. S. Bureau of Standards at
Washington did not know. The U.
S. Coast and Geodetic Survey
"passed the buck" to the U. S. Gen-
eral Land Office, which replied that
it had no records relating to the
subject. Finally the U. S. Geolog-
ical Survey, the last of the depart-
ments appealed to, kindly referred
to an article on the "Old English
Mile," written by Professor William
Flinders Petrie, of London Univer-
sity, and published in the Proceed-
ings of the Royal Society of Edin-
burgh—Session of 1883-84, Vol.
XII, pp. 254-266, which article, so
far as known to the writer, contains
more information on this subject
than any other publication extant.
Yet valuable as Professor Petrie's
article is, he does not tell us when

•The earliest dictionary defines Underfitter as "a Law word for an Inmate or Ledger."
This word also appears as undersitter, the variation doubtless arising from the similarity of
the old English long s and the letter f. As early as 1580 and for more than half a century
later proclamations and laws repeatedly but vainly sought to prevent the growth of London
and its extension into the suburbs. The earliest proclamation of Elizabeth On this subject
indicates that she and her advisers feared, if the city further increased in numbers, it would
be impossible to supply it with food and the necessities of life at reasonable prices, also that
they feared plague or pestilence. The population was about 160,000 at that time. The sub-
urbs, without the walls, then had a bad name, as "all those disreputable persons who could
find no sheliPr in the city settled in these outlying districts." A writer of the time observed
"how happy were the cities if they had no suburbs."

**Mile has come down into our daily speech from the Latin niHIr, thousand. The Roman
mile was a thousand paces, (niille passmtm), their pace being the length of the double step,
that made by one foot from the place where it was lifted until it was put on the ground
again. Their foot was about 11.64 English inches, and their mile about 432 feet shorter than
the statute mile.

HOW LONG WAS A MILE?

117

the Statute mile came into common
and general use.*

At the beginning Professor Petrie
says : "The length of the old Eng-
lish mile has hitherto been so un-
certain that any fresh light upon it
is well worthy of study." After
mentioning certain new sources of
information, he continues "It is
proposed, therefore, in this paper to
bring together all the data worth
consideration, beginning with the

most recent and so arrive at

some definite statements within
known limits of uncertainty."

Later in his paper he says: "It
may .seem rather astonishing to sec
on all maps, until within recent
years, such a careful definition of
miles as 'statute miles, 69^ to 1° ;
but the need for this explicitness
arose from the great confusion
which existed between different
miles."

In Gibson's edition of "Camden's

are due. He published his atlas,
"Itinerarium Angliae," in 1675 — the
typographical edition of his work,
"The Travellers Guide," is dated
1699. It mentions "the miles of
'horizontal distance' (i.e., as the
crow flies), those of 'vulgar compu-
tation,' (i.e., the old long miles),
and those of 'dimensuration,' (i.e.,
the statute miles)." In Petrie's in-
vestigation of the Ogilby maps "the
roads were broken up into lengths
of about forty miles each for pur-
poses of ^comparison of the mile
lengths. The lengths compared to-
gether are in all 154 in number, of
which 134 belong to the old mile,
the other 20 to the Northwest of
England and the Welsh mile.
From the mean of these 134 lengths
the old mile appears as 1.307"
statute miles.

Now comes the most significant
statement, for our purposes, in
Petrie's article. Still writing of

Britannia," published in 1695, and these 134 lengths he says: "The

containing forty or more maps of
English countries and localities,
there are no less than three varying
scales on nearly all the maps for
three different, kinds of miles, two
of them considerably longer than
the statute mile. The "great" mile
equalled 1.29 statute miles, the
"middle," 1.167, and the "small,"

posting miles which are given,
though agreeing in general with the
old miles, yet in nine cases are
shorter, and in two cases a little
longer, the shortest form is equal to
the statute mile." He does not
tell us how many there were of the
"shortest form," but if there were
only nine of them "shorter" than the

1.037. Petrie says of them: "Now old mile, we may fairly take it that

these values are very exactly in the
proportion of 10, 9, and 8; and since
we cannot doubt that the 1.037 was
intended for the statute mile of
8 furlongs, it seems that these three
miles were 10, 9, and 8 furlongs re-
spectively."

Even more to the point of our in-
quiry are Petrie's studies of the
maps of Ogilby, the great surveyor
of England, to whom the first accur-
ate road maps and measurements

there were still fewer of the "short-
est form" which he says was "equal
to the statute mile."

If about a century after the legal-
ization of the statute mile so little
was it in common use in England,
what may we expect of New Eng-
land at the .same period and later?

If the old English mile, equal to
1.307 statute miles was the "popu-
lar"** and "posting" mile in Eng-
land down through the seventeenth

•Petrie refers to the old English miles as "the popular mile during the four centuries
in which we have traced it," ending about 1700.

••Captain John Smith, '•sometimes Governor of Virginia and Admirall of New England." was
clearly aware of the statute mile of eight furlongs, for in his "Sea Grammar," published in
1627, writing of the highest mountain as "ten furlongs perpendiculai," he says "that is a (mile
and a quarter." But Captain John Smith was not only abreast of his time, he was far
ahead of it, and knew the value of the statute mile as an equal multiple of the furlong. In
his charts, as might be expected, he uses the nautical mile, sixty to the degree.

1 ix

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

century and probably later, was the
common road or milestone mile, and
the usual surveyor's mile of New
England, any shorter or different
length at the same time? That
seems unlikely, although of course.
possible/' 1 No reason is apparent
why the statute mile should have
been commonly adopted here any
earlier than in England.

Several pamphlets and articles
about .Mile stones in New England,
particularly around Boston, have
been written, but, with one ex-
ception, it does not seem to have
occurred to the writers to consider
the distance between them. In
writing of the milestones between
Boston and Quincy, Mr. Read says:
"The total distance, 10^4 miles plus
one rod, indicates that the stones
were not placed in their proper lo-
cations, and furthermore the dis-
tances between them vary from 78
to 120 chains." This seems hope-
less. It is nevertheless hoped that
some of our learned antiquarians
will give careful consideration to the
length of the early New England
mile. Tn such inquiry it would be
useless to consider milestones set
later than the early part of the
eighteenth century, and perhaps use-
less to consider the earlier
ones, for few, if any, of
these are now in their orig-
inal locations. If sure of the old
route some information might be
gained by measuring accurately to
an early milestone twenty or thirty
miles distant from the ; 'Town
House," formerly on the site of the
present Old State House, in Boston ;
but early surveyor's records, stating
the length of the mile in feet, would
be more convincing.

Much that Professor Petrie writes
is of great interest to the topogra-
pher, civil engineer and surveyor.
( >nc of his very interesting conclu-
sions is that by the change of the

mediaeval English foot from 13.22
inches to the foot of 12 inches, "we
have lost the basis of a decimal sys-
tem of measures, and thus compli-
cated our land measure in a most
troublesome manner." I le gives the
series of measures making up the
mediaeval mile as follows:
1 foot 13.22 inches

6 feet — 1 fathom 79.32 inches

10 fathoms — 1 chain 793.02 inches
10 chains — 1 furlong 7932.00 inches
10 furlongs— 1 mile 79320.00 inches
equals 1.252 statute miles.

It may be noted that the number
of inches in the mediaeval furlong,
as per the above table, is only 12
more than in the modern furlong.
The furlong, Anglo-Saxon furlang,
was the length of a furrow, the
standard drive of a plough before
it was turned. "The statute mile
and furlong were probably indepen-
dent of each other originally. The
earliest mile near the statute mile
was one of 5000 feet, defined in the
Canterbury registers as 7 l /> fur-
longs, 3 perches and 2 palms, about
1350 A. I). Then about 1470 A. D.
a mile appears of 8 furlongs, which
first received legal recognition in
1593 A. 1). Now if the mile of 8
furlongs had always existed, it is
very unlikely that one containing a
fractional number of furlongs would
have arisen, so it is probable that
the furlong is the older measure,
and that the mile was adapted to fit
it. And this is also indicated by
the register of Battle Abbey men-
tioning furlongs but not miles, so
the furlong appears a long time be-
fore the mile."

In summing up, Petrie says: "On
the whole I should incline to fix the
value of the old English mile as
1.300 statute miles during the end
of the fifteenth on to [the end of]
the seventeenth centuries, and to
suppose that during the fourteenth
century and at the beginning of the

•See, an article by Charles F. Pead, in Proceedings BroolUine Historical Soc. 1900, p. 21,
and one by Samuel A. Green In Proceedings Mass. Historical Soc. 1908-0, Vol. 42, 3 scries, p. 11.

HOW LONG WAS A MILE?

119

fifteenth, it was lengthening from
a value of 1.265 which it had in the
thirteenth century. As it had
lengthened thus, it is not improba-
ble that the original value of it was
still shorter, perhaps not exceeding
1.250 statute miles." But from the
quotation above it appears there was
in the fourteenth century a shorter
mile of 5000 feet.

This, Petrie thinks, was length-
ened to 5280 feet to make it the even
multiple of the furlong. It is rather
strange that in speaking of dis-
tances we here in New England or-
dinarily say "an eighth of a mile,"
instead of using the ancient and in-
teresting word furlong. It would
probably be heard frequently in the
mountains of North Carolina, where

in daily use are many words we
rarely hear, but which in Shak-
speare's time were in common use
in England.

The varying length of the early
mile is of interest in New Hamp-
shire history, if for no other reason
because it probably entered into fix-
ing the location of the Mason Curve.
The Masonian Proprietors would
naturally desire to place the Curve
as far west as possible thereby en-
larging their domain.

What was the starting point on
the sea for the measure of the sixty
miles inland where they were to
begin the survey of the curve, and
what was the length of the mile they
used ? These questions will be con-
sidered in the next article.

A MARCH DAY

By Kate J. Kimball

Without, the brown ground is streaked with old snow

The trees are still gray, the stinging winds blow.

Not even the pines look cheerful and green.

There, only a rusty blackness is seen.

My well-cherished vines are lifeless and bare.

My lovely trim garden, can it be there?

In that acre of ice and mud and snow

Will my delicate peas and lettuce grow ?

Of the strawberry vines there's not a trace.

Asparagus, where is your filmy lace?

Not a robin sings, nor Mister Bluebird.

Not even the brave Chickadee is heard.

"Is there one lovely thing without," I cry.

"Where's the lace of the elms against the sky?"

But within, just see my grate fire glow.
(There's a furnace, too, in the cellar below.)
Here on my table three daffodils bloom,
Little golden suns in my pleasant room.
I am warm and safe in my sheltered nook.
I read on and on in a thrilling book.
I read of old Europe distraught and torn,
And thank God America's young and strong.
Thank God for the men that flung life away,
That I may live on in safety today.

COL. DANIEL HALL

Colonel Daniel Hall of Dover, sol-
dier, .scholar, lawyer, author, orator,
and publicist, died at his home,
Thursday, January 8, 1920, in the
88th year of a life distinguished alike
for the length of its days and for
the usefulness, love and honors with
which they were filled.

The story of his career is so well
and widely known, even to the
younger generation, that only the
bare recital of its most salient facts
is necessary or desirable here. But
some brief record of what he accom-
plished and some simple tribute to
the talents and virtues he possessed
should appear in the historical and
biographical records of the state
magazine.

Colonel Hall was born in Bar-
rington, February 28, 1832, the son
of Gilman and Eliza (Tuttle) Hall ;
being in the eighth generation from
John Hall, the first deacon of the
First Church in Dover, and in the
seventh generation from Captain
John Tuttle, one of the great men
of town and province in the seven-
teenth century.

His early life was spent upon his
father's farm, but even in boyhood
days in the district school the
scholarly bent of his mind was dis-
closed and promise given of the
future culture which he attained.
Save for a few months in the acad-
emies at Strafford and Tilton, he
fitted himself for college, and while
there earned most of the money for
his expenses, teaching every winter
in the schools of Barrington ; yet
he graduated at the head of the
brilliant Dartmouth class of 1854,
of which but two members now sur-
vive, President Benjamin A. Kim-
ball of the Concord & Montreal
Railroad, and Leander M. Nute of
Portland, Me.

After leaving college he was for

four years a clerk in the New York
custom house, at the same time be-
ginning the study of law. This he
completed in the office of Daniel M.
Christie at Dover, having lost his
official position through becoming
one of the founders of the Republi-
can party, and was admitted to the
New Hampshire bar in May, 1860.

In the summer of 1861, having the
friendship of Senator John P. Hale,
he was appointed clerk of a special
Senate committee engaged in inves-
tigating the surrender of the Nor-
folk, Va., navy yard to the Confed-
erate government, and when that
work was finished he became clerk
of the Senate committee on Naval
Affairs, of which Mr. Hale was
chairman.

In March, 1862, he was commis-
sioned captain in the United States
Army and participated in the bat-
tles of Fredericksburg, Antietam,
Chancellorsville and Gettysburg.
Invalided home in December, 1863,
he was nursed back to health by
his mother, and in June, 1864, was
appointed provost marshal for the
First New Hampshire district, with
headquarters at Portsmouth, and so
continued until the end of the war.

After leaving the army, Captain
Hall resumed the practice of law
in Dover, but was judge advocate
with the rank of major in the militia
under Governor Frederick Smythe
and an aide-de-camp, with the rank
of colonel, on the staff of Governor
Walter Harriman.

While studying law, Colonel Hall
had been school commissioner for
Strafford county, 1859-60. He was
clerk of the supreme court for Straf-
ford county, 1866-74; judge of the
Dover police court, 1868-74; reporter
of the decisions of the New Hamp-
shire supreme court, 1876-7; United
States naval officer of customs for

COL. DANIEL HALL

121

the port of Boston, 1877-85, and del-
egate to the state constitutional con-
vention of 1912.

Esteemed throughout his active
life a leader in the Republican party,
he was the president of its state con-
vention in 1873 ; chairman of its
state committee 1874-7; and chair-
man of the state delegation to the
national convention of 1876.

Colonel Hall was a member of the
board of managers of the state Sol-
diers' Home at Tilton from 1889
until his death. A member of Post
17, G. A. R., he was commander of
the department of New Hampshire
1892-3. He was also a member of
the Loyal Legion.

Much interested in historical and
genealogical research, he had been
president of the New Hampshire
Historical Society and the Northam
Colonists Historical Society of
Dover and was an interested mem-
ber of the Piscataqua Pioneers So-
ciety. Before these bodies he had
delivered valuable addresses in line
with their objects and purposes.

Both as a writer and speaker Col-
onel Hall always was eloquent, in-
teresting and instructive. His great-
est effort in this direction undoubt-
edly was his oration at the unveiling
of the statue of John P. Hale at
the State House in Concord in Aug-
ust, 1892; but the volume of Occa-
sional Addresses, which he pub-
lished in that year, contains many
other excellent examples of the
great store of knowledge and the
unusual command of language which
he brought to the consideration of
any topic.

Colonel Hall married, on January
25, 1877, Sophia, daughter of Jona-
than T. and Sarah (Hanson) Dodge
of Rochester, a woman of great
ability and the finest character, who
proved a worthy helpmate of her
distinguished husband until her
much mourned death, December 1,
1918.

Their only child is Arthur Welles-

ley Hall, born August 20, 1878, a
graduate of Harvard, and lawyer in
Dover, who married Inez, daughter
of Mr. and Mrs. Frederick H. Bun-
ker of Dover. Their son, born Feb-
ruary 12, 1909, carries on the name
of his grandfather.

In the last years of his life Colonel
Hall further endeared himself to his
fellow citizens of Dover by two acts,
the presentation of a beautiful sol-
diers' monument to the city and the
establishing of the Woodman Insti-
tute, which will preserve his mem-
ory among future generations.

An old friend of Colonel Hall and
a long-time contributor to this mag-
azine, John B. Stevens of Dover,
has written from the heart the fol-
lowing tribute to one of New Hamp-
shire's best citizens :

"Colonel Hall died in old age, not
by a violent stroke from the hand
of death, not by a sudden rupture
of the ties of nature, but by a grad-
ual wearing out. Like ripe fruit,
he has dropped into his mother's
lap.

"He was very well known
throughout the state, and to Dover
was an open book. The sympathetic
pen of Dr. A. H. Quint has dealt
with the incidents of his early life,
his chief characteristics, deeds and
words, and a host of newspapers
have told us he was in all ways ac-
complished, trustworthy and exper-
ienced. But something remains.
There are aspects of the character
of my old friend, which have not
been made so prominent as they
deserve.

"As a young man he was a be-
liever in most of the doctrines of
the Democratic party, but unalter-
ably of opinion that slavery was
wrong and its extension a mon-
strous evil. It is not strange that
development made him a Republi-
can. But it is unlikely that the
young man worked out his problem
logically. The open and cultivated
mind of youth, under favorable cir-

122

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

cumstances, takes a higher place
than that of the mere reasoner. It
is a higher faculty to see than it
is to demonstrate what ought to be
seen.

"His personal appearance at mid-
dle age was striking. He was chief-
ly remarkable for an exceptional
smile, and the winning fashion of
his manifestations of interest in
whatever was in hand. His eyes
and mouth were full of character,
his manners simple and dignified,
and he had that graceful ease which
comes from early familiarity with
able men, secure position, friend-
ship, books and society.

"Born in Barrington and educat-
ed at Dartmouth, he made Dover
his home for many years, and here
in quiet perseverance, broken only
by State and Federal office-holding
all the work of a long and most in-
dustrious and successful life has
been done, and well done.

"The writer's earliest recollection
of him dates back to a period an-
terior to his settling in Dover. We
used to meet in Deacon Lane's
bookstore. What a treat it was to
roam at will among the varied treas-
ures the worthy possessor knew
nothing about. The writer recalls
looking up to his somewhat older
companion with mingled awe and
admiration. From the time of that
brief and distant association our
ways diverged. We knew of him
only by hearsay until he began the
study of law with Daniel M.
Christie.

"We are not competent to speak
of him as a councilor-at-law, but we
can say he rnever spared himself
when the faintest shadow of obliga-
tion seemed to call for effort or sac-
rifice. His fidelity was a proverb
and an axiom. Very eloquent he
was, as all who heard his public

speech will testify. We leave his
military career to the surviving vet-
erans, who shared war's dangers
with him. The printed record
shows toilful and dutiful expendi-
ture of young strength in his coun-
try's behalf.

"Early in life he began to lay the
foundation of a noble library. It
grew with his years and became a
near and dear and ever more pre-
cious possession. In a day when
the study of language and literature
began to be considered antiquated —
a culture not demanded by modern
life — the sedulously studied English
of Colonel Hall elicited strong ex-
pressions of appreciation from
'mouths of wisest censure.' Col-
onel Hall was a polished scholar
of the old school. He had a won-
derful hold on traditional human
feeling — talked with unusual attrac-
tiveness of manner, with sure direct-
ness, with strong sense and fine
taste.

"Long after his printed thoughts
have ceased to be sought, some
touch of nature in them, some trait
of insight or ingenuity of solution
will come into Dover fireside con-
versation and remind a future gen-
eration of the man whose memory
we honor today. He was a fearless
champion of all noble causes — a
booster of misunderstood and fre-
quently unpopular causes — a defen-
der of free speech, free toil, free
schools, guarded ballot boxes.
Never was man more faithful to his
vision, never one with whom con-
viction and avowal, conviction and
action, were more indissolubly
joined.

"This is the estimate of one who
knew him intimately for many
years and who will retain a pleasant
memory of his talents and diligent
search after truth."

A. W. O. L. IN BELGIUM

Bvj a New Hampshire P. T. Girl (Miss Mijma S. Howe)

It was a sunny June afternoon
when orders came for two of us to
leave Germany, where we had been
with the Third Army in the capacity
of Reconstruction Aides in Physio
Therapy.

We knew that this meant home
and the good old U. S. A.

It would have sounded good to
say and think U. S. A. in France,
where we had spent almost a year
with our boys and where we felt
at home ; but to be leaving Germany
was joy itself.

We loved her scenery ; but scen-
erv, it seems, does not make a peo-
pie, in spite of the theory of en-
vironment.

You will say. as many do, "Why,
we hear so much of their kindness
to all the Third Army!"

If you can call plain, every day
"handshaking," for the sake of
what's coming out of it, kindness,
perhaps we had it. But should you
engage in conversation with a Ger-
man long enough for him to become
.stirred over the war he would al-
ways end with "Huh ! We'll get you
by another twenty years."

Well, we were happy to be going
back across the border from this
untouched, picturesque land to the
shell-torn country where we felt we
were among friends.

For some days my pal and I had
contemplated a little journey A. W.
O. L. into Belgium. We said "Too
bad, after seeing so much while on
leave and on duty, not to see that
first little country to be trampled
on by the Boche in his descent on
humanity."

So this bright June day settled the
argument and at 4 a. m. the follow-
ing day we were bouncing in an am-
bulance toward the Bahnhof in
Trier en route to Luxemburg. At
Luxemburg we purchased military
tickets for Brussells (for only five

francs) and after a hot ride through
a peaceful, rural country arrived in
Brussells at 2 p. m.

First, we thought we would slide
by the M. P.'s, but on second
thought we knew we could talk a
24-hour pass out of one of them and
decided we would play safe to start.
So, with the desired slip of yellow
paper, we walked across the Place
into a busy city and made straight
for the Y. M. for information in re-
gard to trips, etc.

W T e found a splendid trip, leaving
at 8 the following morning for
Bruges, Zeebrugge and Ostende —
two days — and that 24-hour pass !
"Never mind, we'll go. All they
can do to us is to confine us to quar-
ters on arrival at Brest."

So that afternoon we spent taking
glimpses of Brussells — petit Paris,
they call it. and so it is, and more
charming in some ways for its small-
ness.

Needless to say the Palais de Jus-
tice, the largest building in the
world, held us for some time ; as
did the old King's Palace and Hotel
de Ville, ornate buildings, with
beautiful carvings and statuary
adorning the outside and inside, old
Flemish architecture and full of his-
tory and legends.

We visited lacemakers, with their
bobbins flying, feasted on the
biggest, juiciest strawberries ever
grown; and, of course, tried to
buy a Belgian police dog; but since
so many Americans had this craze
v. e couldn't produce enough francs,
the demand having caused the dogs
to be valued more highly than in the
old days.

We turned in very early to make
ready for our trip the following day,
saying, "We'll see more of Brus-
sells on our return."

The railway trip to Bruges takes

124

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

one through one oi the most beau-
tiful bits of lowland country imag-
inable — cunning- little white cot-
tages ; huge windmills, waxing their
anus like great birds; long stretches
of green fertile fields — and then the
first signs of destruction.

It's a strange hurt that one senses
when .suddenly awakened from a
lovely quiet dream, looking over
these beautiful fields, by the loom-
ing up of the wreck of a home, or
twisted railroad tracks hurled into
space, wires pulled down, great
gaps in the earth, bridges gone.

Then, again, we dropped into a
peaceful country, and as we neared
Bruges, saw no destruction. \<>u
see Bruges was a German sub.-
shelter and they guarded it safely.

A young aviator was our guide,
and a good one, too. He walked us
straight up the narrow, cobblestoned
street, leading to the Main Place
and the famous old Belfry of Bruges
with its sweet chimes sounding
every quarter hour. Some way or
other we felt near at home in this
quaint town. It must have been
the tower, I believe, and the thought
of Longfellow's poem.

Of all the crooked streets and odd
people ; speaking Flemish and
dressed in all kinds of garments, too
full and too small ; big wooden shoes
and no shoes: and all staring at Les
Americaines and we at them !

We were billeted in a small house
with a ladder stairway, huge straw-
beds and the usual scarcity of water.
Our lunch was excellent, in spite
of the "poison fright," as one woman
persisted in calling poisson frite.

Immediately after lunch we hiked
through the town to the submarine
bases and sheds on the large canal
leading to Zeebrugge. A tunnel
had been built underground to these
sheds and the Germans and their
agents had gone back and forth daily
erecting their gun bases and sheds,
unknown until too late.

The sheds are of concrete, im-
mense buildings, holding eight sub-

marines. The cement roof is seven
feet thick and the rest in proportion.
It took a crew, in from their daily
work, three or four weeks to rest
before going out again. From this
base 10 submarines were kept at sea
and eight resting continually until
May. 1918, when they were bottled
up by the daring British fleet at
Zeebrugge and deserted Bruges for
good.

\Ye rambled through the debris of
suhs. blown up in the canal and of
other damaged boats, and gradually
found ourselves back on the road to
town and to visit Rubens' old studio,
built in 1634.

It has his first picture on its walls
and many curios of interest in the
room. Out in the quaint little gar-
den we were refreshed by a large
stein of beer and then were readv
to walk on to see more of this his-
toric town.

We ventured into a 16th century
church wdiere nuns were chanting
their vesper hymns and prayers; a
dear little place modelled after the
Church of the Holy Sepulchre at
Jerusalem. \Ye must also see the
Chapel of the Holy Blood, built in
840, where we learned of the Pro-
cession of the Holy Blood held every
May, two weeks after the first Mon-
day after the second of May. A
vial brought from Jerusalem by a
count, a leader in the Second Crus-
ade, contains the Holy Blood, and
it is placed in a casket worth six
million francs. The original casket
was destroyed by the Iconoclasts,
but John Crab of Bruges modelled
the present gem after the original
in 1648. It. i.s in honor of this vial
of blood that all the people march
in the famous procession every May.

But we must hasten on to the
old Palace of the Lords, to the canals
and a lace shop, and finally to climb
the Belfry and look down on the
old pointed roofs of Bruges, and,
at last, wean', but happy, to bed.

The following day beamed on us,
and we set out for Zeebrugge. The

A. W. O. L. IN BELGIUM

125

country here is very like Holland,
which is only eight or ten miles
away. We walked about four miles
along a splendid esplanade on the
North Sea to the famous Mole,
where the British bottled up the
Germans by sinking the Thetis,
Iphigenia and Intrepid. Later, we
saw the Vindictive at Ostende
where she endeavored to block the
canal there, but was rammed and
unable to complete her work.

So many, many things we did and
saw ! But above all these wonder-
ful sights and interesting and in-
structive trips comes the most glo-
rious scene and the saddest — the one
never-to-be-forgotten panorama —
Ypres and Flanders fields.

We left the train at 6.30 a. m. to
walk over these fields. The sun was
breaking through a haze that made
the crushed white walls of Ypres
look more ghostlike.

We shuddered at the ruins — the
Hall of Cloth crumbled except for
the one lone tower partly standing,
raising its head to heaven, the one
thing left in the city high enough
to reach up toward those thousands
of British and Canadian boys who
fell all around Ypres and whom Col-
onel McCrae, before he fell, immor-
talized by his poem, "We Shall Not
Sleep."

The poppies bloomed bright
among the ruins and the graves, one
little hopeful sign of life for those
returning to endeavor to rebuild
their homes and villages.

It is rightly termed No Man's
Land. Who could live in that dis-
torted, shell-torn land, filled with
ruins, debris, graves, tanks, dug-
outs, and row upon row of white
crosses !

We found one courageous soul
upon our return from tramping, the
keeper of the big hotel in Ypres,
back there to live again. Tears
filled his eyes as he spoke of his
"grande hotel" and his old home and
friends ; but there in his little shack
was the beginning of the second ho-

tel, and we enjoyed one of his own
good meals, cooked with little or
nothing, but good, nevertheless.

We had left our party the night
before, and suddenly our 24-hour
pass loomed before us. This was
our third day out from Brussells.
So we looked back upon the black,
broken shadows of the trees and all
that sad scene, and turned our faces
towards Brussells once more.

Well, will wonders never cease!
We passed the M. P. and out into
the Place, so well pleased with our-
selves that we decided to try Ant-
werp the next day. So early to
bed, up again at daybreak, and up
to that beautiful seaport city to visit
the famous art galleries with Ru-
. bens' and Van Dyck's originals, and
the old cathedral with its immense
organ, wonderfully carved pulpit
and Rubens' masterpiece, "The
Descent from the Cross." It was
good to find these beautiful old edi-
fices and art treasures left whole.

We walked all day and learned
to love the city and the little Bel-
gian girl whom we found to be an
old friend in Bordeaux, w r here she
was a refugee and working in one
of our canteens.

At evening we trotted back to
Brussells. Yes, we must leave the
next morning or be led out by the
Provost Marshal's gentle hand ; so
we didn't see all we wanted of Brus-
sells, but we made one more trip,
to the place of Edith Cavell's exe-
cution and to the graves of those
Belgian martyrs shot in Brussells
by Germans as alleged spies. One
never saw a more unlovely spot. We
stood where the firing squad had
stood, then turned and left, sick at
heart with our thoughts.

Back we journeyed to our hotel
.to pack up our kits and leave, this
time for our port and home. A
glorious A. W. O. L. trip it was,
lasting 10 days more and taking us
Out of Belgium, back to France and
soon after to the grand old U. S. A.

NEW HAMPSHIRE'S MOST FRIENDLY TREES

By Rev. Roland D. Sawyer

No. 1.
The Pine.

"And the Lord God planted a gar-
den, and put therein the man he
had formed, and out of the ground
made to grow every tree that is
pleasant to the sight and good for
food." — The Scriptures.

Nature has two great forces which
far outrun all others in their influ-
ence on mankind, the ocean and the
forests. From the depths of the
seas came all forms of life, and the
connecting arms of rivers and seas
made civilization possible. The
fish and the shell-fish sustained the
earliest tribes, and then as man
made his bow and arrow he was
able to follow along the sea-edge
and follow the streams, and finally
to branch off thru the great forests,
living upon the nuts, fruits, and an-
imal life which he found living
there. Trees were man's early
shelter, his first altars for worship ;
the leafy coverts were his inalien-
able possession which he defended
with his life.

And as civilization began among
the trees in the history of man, so
it began in the New World. The
settler from Europe found the great
Atlantic coast from Virginia to
New England an almost universal
forest. The hardy groups that set-
tled Dover, Exeter, Hampton and
Portsmouth, and later pushed up
into other parts of the State, located
amid the great forests where the
woodman's axe had n'er been heard
till their own hardy blows rang out.
The entire Atlantic coast was a
pathless wilderness to all save the
native sons of the forests, the red-
men. And those forests, which had
dropped their life upon the earth
for thousands of years, had made
fertile the ground for man's seed.

The settler cleared away the moss-
covered giants, let the sun warm
the dampness of the forests, and
dropped his rye, buckwheat, beans,
corn, turnips — and Mother-Nature
did the rest.

The primitive forests varied
somewhat, but the predominating
tree was the pine. That beautiful,
fragrant and musical tree was to
our ancestors the most friendly of
all the family of the forest. Maine
calls itself the "Pine-Tree State,"
but New Hampshire could have
claimed the title just as well, for
we had as many of the pines to the
acre as Maine, and they ran just as
high and straight ; for we find as
late as about 1750 the King of Eng-
land ordered all pines that were
over 150 feet in height and suitable
for masts should be blazed and kept
for His Majesty's Navy. Many of
the noble trees of primitive growth
ran above 200 feet in height. New
Hampshire down to 1784 carried
the Pine Tree on its state shield.

The Pine is a great democratic
tree, it is found in every land, and
is loved by every race, but of all
the kinds of pine, none is so beau-
tiful, graceful and friendly to man
as the white pine — the native pine
of New Hampshire. It is a pyramid
of beauty and majesty, and the warm
sun plays in flickering rays thru its
silken needles ; looking into a pine
grove as we approach it we see a
most beautiful series of whorls of
branches, banked one upon another.
There is a delicate fragrance from
the pine and a gentle and musical
purring which fills the soul with
peace. Whether seen from afar as
it gives character and beauty to the
landscape, or from close range as
we lie upon a carpet of needles at
its roots, the pine-tree is always a
joy to the sight. The evergreens

NEW HAMPSHIRE'S MOST FRIENDLY TREES 127

are the friendliest family of trees for implements and the like, among
for man and animal and the white- our ancestors. The pines were tents
pine is the friendliest of the family. of coolness and shelter spread out
The evergreens are the oldest in protection over the settlers of
trees, best known to man, most use- New Hampshire, and we their sons
ful to him ; and none are more use- and daughters should love and fit-
ful than the white-pine. The scrip- tingly admire and preserve the
ture does not say, but I am quite stately, graceful, friendly trees that
sure the tree that'the Lord God first have meant so much to near 300
planted for man was the White- years of human life in our state.
Pine. The wood of the pine is so Winnicunnit, "the beautiful place
light, inflammable , soft-grained, of the pines." was the Indian name
easily cut and handled, that it early for old Hampton, and it might fit-
became the favorite tree for use in tingly have been the name of the
building and warming the home, entire state.

THE SUMMIT: CUBE MOUNTAIN, FEBRUARY 22, 1919

By Walter B. Wolfe.

You climbed the peak with me

Ernest, Ned and Paul,

Toiled up thru drifted snows

Ever onward

Unto the summit's glory,

Windswept, barren —

With drifted snows

Vying with the grey-green lichen

Upon the cold grey rock. . . .

You reached the heights,

Looked out into the haze,

And passed —

Alone I stood

Far, far above the banked snow clouds —

There, far below, the silent valleys

Patched with flecks of sun and shade,

And the habitations of men

Far, far below. . . .

wind swept silence

High upon the mountain's peak

You have shown me

The majesty of loneliness. . . .

They have passed,

Ernest and Ned and Paul,

Alone —

1 have seen the soul
Of the mountain. . . .

EDITORIAL

As will be gathered from the re-
view of its work published else-
where in this number, the New
Hampshire Constitutional Conven-
tion of 1918-20 was not an ambitious
body. Most of its votes were in the
negative and most of the affirmative
action which it did take was not of
great importance. If the seven
amendments to the constitution
which it proposes are all ratified by
the people they will take two dead
letters from the Bill of Rights ; will
reduce by one-fourth the size of the
House of Representatives; will al-
low civil pensions ; will make the
Governor's veto power a more con-
venient instrument for shaping the
state's financial policy ; and will
open the whole field of incomes and
inheritances to state taxation.
These last two amendments are im-
portant and necessary, because the
limit almost has been reached of the
burden which state taxation can
place upon the present available

subjects of its power.- The state
must have more money and the
easiest and best way in which it
can get it is by these new taxes.
We have little doubt that two-thirds
of the voters ' will recognize this
exigency and vote "yes" on these
amendments. Our own opinion is
that the other five amendments also
should prevail. No crisis will fol-
low if they are beaten, but there will
be an improvement in various con-
ditions if they are adopted. Some,
with future-piercing vision, feel and
express regret that the convention
refused to submit to the people
amendments allowing the special
taxation of growing wood and tim-
ber; providing a less expensive and
cumbersome mode of amending the
constitution ; and establishing the
principle of the referendum. But
the majority of the delegates evi-
dently believed that in conservatism
was safety ; and perhaps they were
right.

OUR WORLD AT PEACE

By Charles Nevers Holmes

The war-tide ebbs, the peace-tide flows,
No more death's anvil rings and glows,
No roaring guns — the mangled dead —
And sun-kissed field no more is red ;
The sword is sheathed, the dove returns,
Again the hearth-fire brightly burns,
And by that cheerful light and heat
Some happy household sits — complete.

A BOOK OF NEW HAMPSHIRE INTEREST

Rhymes of Vermont Rural Life.
By Daniel L. Cady. Pp. 279.
Frontispiece portrait. Rutland,
Vt. : The Tuttle Company.

Maine has her Holman Day ;
New Hampshire has her Sam Wal-
ter Foss ; Vermont has her Daniel
L. Cady. Straight from the soil
their poetic inspiration ; true to the
hearts of the people the sentiment
of their verses. Doctor Cady was
born just across the Connecticut
river from New Hampshire in
Windsor, Vermont, and attended
school at our famous old Kimball
Union Academy, Aferiden; so that
he seems like one of our own folks.
And while he insists upon the Ver-
mont title, not only on his book,
but in the headlines of his individual
poems, the rhymes themselves ap-
ply just as well to the state whose
mountains are white as to that

whose mountains are green. Pick-
ing apples, boiling sap, making soap,
planting corn, working up the wood-
pile, cleaning out the "suller,"
mending brush fence, dipping can-
dles, banking up the house, picking
stone, butchering in the fall, playing
checkers, washing sheep, blasting
stone, burning brush, pitching hay.
working on the road ; we do them
all on New Hampshire farms just
as they do across the river. And
with just the change of a word we
can say with our neighbor poet :

The native hills of old Vermont

Are 'bout as good as hills can be ;
They kindly met my opening eyes,

I hope they'll be the last I see.
When folks get back from 'round the world

They sorter fill a long-felt want —
There's nothing neater on the map

Than these old hills of old Vermont.

FREE

B\ Harold Vinal

I would not have you bound to me,

Through all eternity,
But free and buoyant as a bird.

That beats above the sea.

Yet glad to know you thought of me,

Though far away —
And that your spirit follows mine

Both night and day.

NEW HAMPSHIRE NECROLOGY

SUMNER WALLACE

Sumner Wallace of Rochester, one of
the not large number of New Hampshire
millionaires, was born in Rochester, March
7, 1856, the second son of Ebenezer G.
and Sarah E. (Greenfield) Wallace, and
died at his winter home, Lake Wales,
Florida, January 11. He was educated in
the schools of Rochester, at South Ber-
wick, Me., Academy and at Dartmouth
College, where he graduated in 1877. His
life work was in the great shoe manu-
facturing business founded by his father
and uncle, but his financial connections
were important and far-reaching, so that
he was an officer of banks and corporations
in half a dozen states At home he was
president of the Rochester Trust Com-
pany, director of the Concord & Montreal
and Manchester & Lawrence railroads, etc.
A Republican in politics, he represented
his city in the Legislature of 1885 and was
a member of Governor Frank W. Rollins'
council, but refused further preferment.
He was a Mason and Odd Fellow. His
wife and four sisters survive him.

JOSEPH W. CHASE

Joseph Warren Chase, born in Chester,
Dec. 2, 1830, the son of Captain Joseph
and Mehitable (Hall) Chase, died in the
same town February 9. In youth he was
employed in Manchester, Chicopee and
Worcester, Mass., but for the past 63
years had resided on the same farm in
Chester. He served in the Civil War in
Company C of the First New Hampshire
Regiment of Heavy Artillery, and was a
member of the G. A. R. He married
Mary P. Edwards of Worcester, who died
35 years ago. Of their five children, two
survive, Mrs. Linda McCannon and Ed-
ward C. Chase. John C. and Charles B.
Chase of Derry are nephews. Mr. Chase
was a good citizen of the type that is
becoming regrettably rare. Especially will
he be missed because of the great fund of
local history which he had stored in an
unusually retentive memory.

WINSLOW T. PERKINS

Winslow T. Perkins, born in Tamworth,
Jan. 4, 1837, the second son of True Per-
kins, died at his home in Maiden, Mass.,
Jan. 15. He attended New •Hampton
Institution and in early life was in business
in Minneapolis. Called home by the ill-
ness of his mother he remained here to
engage in railroading, his first position be-
ing that of agent at Dover. Steady pro-
motion followed, and in 1890 he was ap-
pointed superintendent of the Eastern Di-
vision of the Boston & Maine, a position
which he held for 20 years, retiring in 1910.
A Republican in politics, he had served in
the Dover city government and New
Hampshire Legislature. He was a Mason
and Odd Fellow. His wife, Caroline
(Gray) Perkins, and two sons, George
W. and Edwin C, survive him.

Rev. WILLIAM W. RANNEY

Rev. William Watson Ranney, pastor of
the Church of Christ at Hanover since
September, 1917, died Feb. 2. He was
born at North Bennington, Vt., June 30,
1864, and graduated from Williams Col-
lege in 1885. For a time he was in Y. M.
C. A. work, later studying for the min-
istry at Andover Theological Seminary.
After graduation there he was a member
of the Maine Missionary Band, working
in the rural sections of that state. For
13 years he was pastor of the Park Con-
gregational Church at Hartford, Ct. Af-
ter spending a year in travel in the mission
fields of Asia, Mr. Ranney accepted a call
to the First Congregational Church of Col-
orado Springs, Col., where he remained
until 1916. A year of further study at
Yale and Andover was followed by his
call to Hanover. Mr. Ranney leaves a
wife, Helen, the daughter of Rev. George
E. Street, D.D., of Exeter, and a daughter,
MaFy.

PUBLISHER'S NOTES

Men who are widely known in the
banking and business world comprise the
officers and directorate of the New Eng-
land Guaranty Corporation, which, al-
though only in business since the first of th£
present year, has already earned profits
that are sufficient to pay the 1920 dividends
on all preferred shares now outstanding.

Chandler M. Wood, president of the
Metropolitan Trust Company of Boston
and a director or other officer in many
financial and business institutions, is presi-
dent of the new corporation. Arthur J.
Skinner, president of the Commercial
Trust Company of Springfield, is active
vice-president. Richard E. Breed, presi-
dent of the American Gas & Electric Com-
pany of New York, and John H. Harring-
ton, owner and publisher of the Lowell
Sun, are also vice-presidents. Horace E.
Hildreth, director of the Waltham Watch
Company, is treasurer. Arthur G. Hosmer
is secretary and assistant treasurer.

Christopher L. Meyerdirks, who, for
some 18 years managed the credit depart-
ment of Knauth, Nachod & Kuhne of New
York without the loss of a dollar, has be-
come credit manager for the new corpora-
tion. Mr. Meyerdirks is considered one
of the country's greatest experts in his
field of labor, and it is very largely through
such channels as he has represented that
commercial banking, so long practised in
continental Europe with wonderful success,
has at last been adopted in the United
States as the best known means of com-
mercial expansion.

The other directors all successful and
substantial men in their lines of business,
are as follows : Daniel E. Storms, vice-
president of the Perelstrous & Storms Tool
Corporation, New York ; H. L. Handy,
president of the H. L. Handy Company,
Springfield ; I. T. McGregor, vice-presi-
dent of the Commercial Trust Company,
Springfield ; S. W. Jameson, president of
the United Life & Accident Insurance Com-
pany, Concord, N. H. ; Charles P. Hol-
land, president of the Plymouth County
Trust Company, Brockton ; Frank H. Page,
president of the National Equipment Com-
pany, Springfield ; former Congressman
Eugene E. Reed of Manchester, N. H.,
active vice-president of the Watson-Wil-
liams Company, Boston ; Charles E. Schoff,
president of the Franklin County Savings
Bank & Trust Company, St. Albans, Vt. ;
Charles E. Hatfield, president of the First
National Bank, West Newton; Edward H.

Watson, president of the Watson-Williams
Company, Boston ; Frank P. Comstock,
vice-president of the People's Savings
Bank, Providence ; Col. Walter R. Porter,
treasurer of the Troy blanket mills, Keene,
N. H. ; Clifton Colburn, president of the
Manufacturers' National Bank, Lynn; H.
Douglas Williams, treasurer of the Wat-
son-Williams Company, Boston ; Alfred D.
Fisher, shoe manufacturer, Lynn; former
Gov. Charles M. Floyd, president of the
Floyd Clothing Company, Manchester, N.
H. ; Charles A. Littlefield of Littlefield
& Moulton, box manufacturers, Lynn.

The home office of the New England
Guaranty Corporation is in the Sears build-
ing, corner of Court and Washington
streets, Boston. As indicated, its business
is commercial banking which consists, in
brief, of the purchase of open commercial
accounts receivable and acceptances, from
well rated manufacturers and jobbers, pay-
ing therefor about 80 per cent of their
face value upon receipt of proof of ship-
ment. The remaining 20 per cent is re-
tained as a guaranty and paid only as each
account is collected. The method is ex-
plained fully in a prospectus which the
company issues upon request.

Manufacturers are inclined to give an
enthusiastic reception to a plan like this
which enables them to increase their busi-
ness without resorting to the expedient
now so common of an increase in capital
stock, with the resulting perpetual drain
upon future earnings.

The phenomenal success of the com-
panies started in Baltimore some years ago
to operate along these lines is striking evi-
dence of the need of such banking service.
The organization of such an institution
with an authorized captal of $2,000,000 in
Boston is also an effort to hold New Eng-
land business in its local channels which
bids fair to bring good results.

The fiscal agent for the new corporation
is the Watson-Williams Company, invest-
ment bankers, through whose efforts and
instrumentality this splendid system has
been brought to Boston and New England
and developed. The Watson-Williams
Company, in fact, secured the first business
here.

The State Street Trust Company is trans-
fer agent, the American Trust Company
registrar, and Barker, Wood & Williams
general counsel for the corporation. — Bos-
ton Herald, Feb. 10.

NEW ISSUE
Tax Free in New Hampshire anil Vermont.
Free of Normal Federal Income Taxes. Massachusetts State Ineome Tax Refunded.

$150,000 PEERLESS INSULATED WIRE AND CABLE COMPANY
8 Per Cent. Cumulative Sinking Fund First Preferred Stock

PAR VALUE $100.

Preferred as to Assets and Dividends.

Dividends payable quarterly on the first days of February, May,

August and November.

NO MORTGAGE OR FUNDED DEBT.
Informing regarding this issue and the business of the Company as set
forth in the letter from W. E. Cook, President of the Company, may be
summarized as follows :

1. The company manufactures a superior grade of weatherproof wire
by using in a large measure unspun cotton for insulation in place
of the manufactured braid universally used by other manufacturers.
A basic patent as well as numerous patents on special machinery
employed in the production fully cover the product.

2. The Company's business has grown rapidly since its inception,
without active solicitation for orders, and the demand for the
Company's product is constantly increasing. With additional
working capital, the Company can accept orders which will tax
the plant to its fullest capacity.

3. No bonds, mortgages or other liens can be placed on the property
without the consent of 75% of the outstanding first preferred shares.

4. The first preferred stock is entitled to 110 and accumulated divi-
dends in case of liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

5. The Company pledges itself to create a Sinking Fund of at least

2% of the outstanding first preferred stock annually, commencing
November 15th, 1921, and each year thereafter; the fund is to be
applied each year first, to the purchase of the first preferred stock
at the market price, not to exceed 110 and accrued dividend, and
any sum remaining to the redemption of first preferred stock.

6. The Company pledges itself not to alter or repeal the Certificate
of Incorporation nor the By-Laws which relate to the first preferred
stock without the consent of 75% of the outstanding first pre-
ferred shares.

7. The proceeds from the sale of the first preferred stock are to be
used to provide additional working capital.

8. The advantages of this industry are its stability, steady and per-
manent growth, high character of accounts receivable, rapid turn-
over of working capital, and large percentage of capital in liquid
assets.

9. The net earnings are now at the rate of about 2y 2 times the dividend
requirements and after completion of present financing the net
earnings will be greatly increased.

PRICES ON APPLICATION.

ALONZO ELLIOTT & COMPANY

HERBERT A. McELWAIN, President

INVESTMENT BANKERS

ESTABLISHED 1896 INCORPORATED 1908

20 AMHERST STREET MANCHESTER, N. H.

Telephone 952.

136

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

Crawford Notch Road, lying in the
towns of Carroll and Hart's Lo-
cation.

Hurricane Mountain Road, being be-
tween Conway and Chatham.

Pinkham Notch Road, lying in the un-
incorporated place known as
"Pinkham Grant," and in the
towns of Gorham and Randolph.

Androscoggin River Road, in the towns
of Cambridge and Dummer.

Errol Hill Road, in the town of Errol.

Dixville Road, in Dixville and Mills-
field.

Diamond Pond Road, in town of
Stewartstown.

Connecticut Lake Road, in town of
Pittsburg.

Ocean Road, in towns of Seabrook.
Hampton Falls, Hampton, North
Hampton and Rye.

Country Pond Road, in the town of

Newton.

Moultonboro Roads, in town of Moul-
tonboro.

New London Road, in towns of New
London and Springfield.

Miller Park Road, in the town of
Temple.

Forest Lake Road, in the town of
Whitefield.

These include a mileage of 133
miles and are State Roads. They
are practically what may be termed
summer roads, and as such are only
maintained during the summer sea-
son. They are for the most part
what we term "dirt" roads, that is,
they are built and maintained of the
natural material, although .some of
the Notch roads are good examples
of gravel construction. The Ocean
Road is what we term a built road,
that is, it has been laid out and con-
structed partly of gravel and partly
of macadam and the whole been
treated with oil or tar.

In 1905 the so-called State Aid law
was passed which provided for state
assistance to all towns that made ap-
plication for the same at their an-
nual town meetings. It provides
that each town must set aside a cer-
tain sum of money for permanent
improvement, varying from $0.25 on
each $1,000.00 of valuation for the

larger towns to $1.00 for each $1,000
of valuation for the smaller towns;
and if a town desires state aid it
must raise and set aside an addi-
tional amount equal to 50% of the
amount for permanent improvement.
If this is done the State apportions
to the town a certain amount of
State money varying from $0.20 on
each $1.00 set aside by a town of
large valuation, to $3.00 for each
$1.00 set aside by a town of small
valuation.

^^'

fiff &m &*

• 1

1 &*

:,■,;&- -

jBtl:'^ M

Hon. F. E. Everett

It further provided for the ap-
pointment of a State Engineer and
an annual appropriation of $125,000
per year to carry out the provisions
of this act. Any town accepting
state aid was obliged to build a
road satisfactory to the State En-
gineer. The funds must be used
for construction and not for repairs
and upkeep.

This law was well drawn and fit-
ted particularly well the needs and
requirements o c New Hampshire.
It gradually brought the towns to a
realization of the benefits of a good
road as compared with a poor one,
and that there was something need-
ed in the construction of highways

THE STATE AND ITS ROADS

137

W
in

«
o
o

<
O

w
J
■J

5
«

w
o
<

w
H

o
U

u
U

138

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

besides a road machine and a gang
of men and boys with rakes to
smooth out the stones and sods.

Under this act there was construc-
ted from 1905 to 1909 around 500
miles of highway. One particular
fact became apparent, however, that
it was going to be impossible to ac-
complish a continuous system of
roads. For example, the main road,
the important road, for one town
might not be the most important
road for an adjoining town, and,
also, by the terms of the State Aid
law a town was not obliged to con-
fine its state aid to any one road,
and as a result some towns had from
two to four different sections of
state road with no chance of con-
necting with improved sections in
other towns.

Also, about this time the automo-
bile traffic began to increase and
tourists were demanding a connect-
ed road through to the White Moun-
tains. The farmer, from the short
stretches of state aid road by his
door, saw the advantage of a hard
surface road and began to advocate
a continuous road from one town to
another to enable him to market his
produce and draw his supplies with-
out travelling through mud one-
half the year and through dust and
over rocks and bumps the remaining
half.

All of these things had their in-
fluence and helped in the passage of
the trunk line law in 1909 which pro-
vided for the laying out and build-
ing of three continuous trunk lines
from the Massachusetts line to the
Northern part of the state and for a
bond issue of $1,000,000 of which
$250,000 was to be made available
each year for four years. (It is in-
teresting to note that this was the
only bond issue that has been made
by the State for highway purposes
and that only $750,000 of these
bonds were ever issued. All other
state monies have been made avail-

able by direct appropriation.)

By the terms of this act a trunk
line town was not eligible for state
aid on any other road until its sec-
tion of trunk line was constructed,
and as an added inducement to the
towns to raise money for this work,
the state's allotment was consider-
ably increased over that on strictly
state aid roads. All towns were
given at least one dollar for each
dollar raised and some of the poorer
and smaller towns given as high as
five or six dollars to one dollar. All
of the towns on these lines promptly
availed themselves of the opportu-
nity offered by the State and con-
struction work has gone steadily
ahead each year.

In 1913, three more trunk lines
were added to the system. In 1915,
12 so-called cross state roads con-
necting up the trunk lines at various
points were authorized. In 1917,
four, and in 1919, two. Following
is the list of these trunk lines and
cross state roads, giving the name of
the road and the beginning and end-
ing of each line :

The Merrimack Valley Road from the Mas-
sachusetts line at Nashua to the West
Side Road in Carroll at Twin Moun-
tain.

The West Side Road from the Massachu-
setts line in Winchester to the East
Side Road in Colebrook.

The East Side Road from the Massachu-
setts line at Seabrook to the West Side
Road in Colebrook.

The South Side Road from the Connecticut
River at Bellows Falls to the East Side
Road in Portsmouth. via Keene,
Nashua and Manchester.

The Whittier Road from the Merrimack
Valley Road in Meredith to the East
Side Road in Ossipee.

The Rockingham Road from the Massachu-
setts line in Salem to the Merrimack
Valley Road in. Manchester.

The Central Road from the West Side
Road in Claremont to the East Side
Road at Dover and Rochester.

The Contoocook Valley Road from the
Massachusetts line in Rindge to the
Central Road in Hopkinton.

THE STATE AND ITS ROADS

139

o
o
en
«
<

H
O

u
1—1

1-1

<
«

a
w

w
u

Q
W

o
c

140

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

The Franconia Road from the Merrimack
Valley Road in Franconia to the Wat-
erford Bridge over the Connecticut
river in Littleton.

The Gorham Hill Road from the West
Side Road in Lancaster to the East
Side Road in Gorham.

The Monadnock Road from the Massachu-
setts line in Fitzwilliam to the South
Side Road in Walpole.

The Moosilauke Road from the Merri-
mack Valley Road at Plymouth to the
West Side Road in Haverhill.

The Sunapee Lake Road from the Central
Road in Newport to the Moosilauke
Road in Plymouth.

The Suncook Valley Road from the Merri-
mack Valley Road in Allenstown to the
East Side Road in Ossipee.

The Winnipesaukee Road from the Merri-
mack Valley Road in Laconia to the
East Side Road in Rochester.

The Mascoma Valley Road from the Mer-
rimack Valley Road in Franklin to
the West Side Road in Lebanon.

The Hudson-Derry Road from the Merri-
mack Valley Road at Nashua to the
Rockingham Road in Derry.

The Raymond-Plaistow Road from the
South Side Road in Raymond to the
Massachusetts line in Plaistow.

The Baboosic Road from the South Side
Road in Milford to the Merrimack
Valley Road in Manchester.

The Hampton Road from the South Side
Road in Exeter to the Lafayette Road
in Hampton.

The New Hampshire College Road from
the South Side Road in Stratham to
the East Side Road at Dover.

The Lafayette Road from the East Side
Road in Hampton to the South Side
Road in Portsmouth.

The Cheshire Road from the Connecticut
River in Chesterfield to the Contoo-
cook Valley Road in Hillsboro.

The laying out and building of
these trunk lines has done more in
the last ten years than any other one
factor toward New Hampshire's de-
velopment, not only from an agri-
cultural and commercial standpoint,
hut also in opening up sections of
the State for summer traffic and
summer homes that would not have
been reached in any other manner.

New Hampshire made the same
mistake that practically all states

made that began their road pro-
gram from fifteen to twenty years
ago, in providing only for the con-
struction, leaving the maintenance
problem wholly in the hands of the
town through which the road pass-
ed. It is true that our original
state aid law charged the town with
maintenance, with the penalty that
if the roads were not maintained
satisfactorily to the State Engineer,
the State could make the necessary
repairs and charge them to the state
tax of that town. But there were
no funds available for this purpose
and it was a difficult matter to carry
out this provision of the law.

The first four or five years, 1905
to 1910, the motor traffic was light.
Therefore, the wear was not of such
a nature as to create any great anx-
iety as to the maintenance. But
from 1909 to 1912 traffic increased
tremendously, and it became evi-
dent to the State that some provi-
sion for maintenance must be made.
This led to the passage of the motor
vehicle law in 1911, making avail-
able the net income from motor
vehicle fees, two-thirds of which
could be spent for maintenance of
trunk line roads and one-third for
state aid roads. This money was
appropriated to the towns in a simi-
lar manner to. the method of ap-
portioning state aid and trunk line
monies. This law went into effect
in 1912 and during that year there
was expended by the state for main-
tenance $123,937.00. The money
derived from motor vehicles fees in-
creased year by year until in 1919
there was expended by the state,
$543,885.50. In spite of this tre-
mendous increase in motor vehicle
fees they have not increased in pro-
portion to the -mileage of new high-
ways, and the tremendous increase
in cost of labor and material, and it
is only a short time before the state
will be obliged to make a provision
for maintenance in addition to this

THE STATE AND ITS ROADS

141

o
H

<
as

<
u

en
t>
O

3
P
H

142

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

income derived from the motor
vehicle fees.

Three years ago the National
Government passed a law providing
for Federal Aid to the States in the
building of highways and the State
of New Hampshire has been allot-
ted the following amounts :

June 30, 1917, $20,996.62

[line 30. 1918, 41,993.24

June 30, 1919, 370,420.49

June 30, 1920, 394,839.71

June 30, 1921, 434,838.93

This money is being used in the
construction or reconstruction of
any part of our system of trunk
lines or cross state roads.

Our highway system today in-
cludes practically 2,045 miles, made
up as follows :

132 miles of state road.
600 miles of state aid road.
1313 miles of trunk line and cross
state roads.

Of the mileage of trunk line and
cross state roads, 900 miles have
been constructed by the State and
Town, 58 (miles are through the
compact portion of the larger
towns where the town is charged
with the whole of the construction
and maintenance, and 355 miles are
unimproved. The mileage of im-
proved roads is maialy of gravel
construction. It is generally known
that New Hampshire has large de-

posits of good gravel suitable for
road material, and it has been found
that this type of road gives very
satisfactory results. The first cost
of these roads in comparison with
the cost of the more expensive
types of surfacing is very low,
therefore allowing New Hampshire
to complete a system of roads much
sooner than could have been done
in using a higher type of surface.

Then again, a comparison of in-
terests and amortization charges of
a bond issue of such amount as
would be required for the construc-
tion of a higher class of pavement
with that required for a gravel
pavement would show $800 to $1500
per mile (dependent on the high
class of pavement selected,) could
economically be used for main-
tenance of the gravel roads. It has
not been necessary to expend this
amount for maintenance except in
a few isolated cases.

However, there are sections of
the main trunk lines where the tre-
mendous increase in traffic has de-
manded a harder surface than
gravel and there are on the main
trunk lines, more particularly be-
tween the larger towns, about 75
miles of hard surfaced road, made
up of for the most part of bitumi-
nous macadam and bituminous con-
crete. This year there is available
from all sources
amounts :

the following

State

Town

Federal

Total

Construction F. A. $95,750.00

Reconstruction F. A. 70,917.00

Trunk Line construe. 99,778.00

State Aid construe. 111,952.00

State Aid Maintenan. 108,495.07

Trunk Line mainten. 274,289.89

State Road mainten. 60,000.00

Town Road maintenan. 20,275.00

Total

$140,999.99 $256,750.00
68,583.00 139,500.00
87,382.25

397,726.50

104,004.03

211,244.13

20,275.00

$513,500.00
279,000.00
187,160.25
483,760.00
212,499.10
485,534.02
60,000.00
40,550.00

$841,456.96 $1,030,214.90 $396,250.00 $2,262,003.37

THE STATE AND ITS ROADS

143

c
<

a
in

<
o

u
<

S
5

Q
<
O
<&

Id
H

O
as

144

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

These funds are to be used in the
construction and reconstruction, of
the trunk lines and cross state road
system, for the usual state aid con-
struction and for maintenance.

In addition, the Department is
planning to take over from the
towns, and assist in their main-
tenance, the unimproved sections of
the laid-out cross state roads. It
has been found that the towns will

not maintain any part of a trunk
line or cross state road after it has
been laid out, they claiming in most
cases that it is money thrown away
to maintain any part of a road that
is to be built by the state and town
sometime in the future. No great-
er service could be given the travel-
ing public than by assuming the
maintenance of these unimproved
sections.

TO THE AMERICAN LEGION

By A-,y T. Dolloff

You met and you conquered the foe.
You fought like the heroes you are.
You came to the homes you had saved
With many a wound and a scar.

You have passed through a lifetime of hell.
You have known the worst furies of hate.
You have seen — and you try to forget —
Things too fiendish for tongue to relate.

And you have met Princes of God,
Too noble to need our applause.
True Knights of the Cross and the Crown
Whose crucified lives won our Cause.

We hail you and cheer you today!
We love you for what you have done !
< >ur glad hearts are bursting with praise
For brave Father, true Brother, dear Son.

But think not your labor complete
For still the whole world has her foes
Who seek with the malice of Huns
To add to her burden of woes.

The demon whose name is Foul Greed
And the demon of Selfish Unrest
Are stalking abroad day and night
Without pause in their infamous quest.

W 7 e must meet them and face them today.
You must still be our bulwark of strength,-
Our trust in this critical hour
Whose testing will try you at length.

TURNPIKES, TOLL-GATES AND STAGE-COACH
DAYS IN NEW HAMPSHIRE

By Mabel Hope Kingsbury

When the Indian war broke out
in 1755, two families, who had set-
tled in a "pathless wilderness" of
New Hampshire, were obliged to
hurry their families to the fort to
escape the attack of the red men.
The incident is thus described:

* "My father came in great haste
from his work, saddled his horse and
told my mother to get ready quickly
to ride to the fort. They started at
once — my father in the saddle
(doubtless with little Ruth, four years
old, in his arms) mother on the pillion
behind, clinging with one hand to her
husband and with the other grasping
the meal sack into which the baby
(Bathsheba, about one year old) had
been hastily dumped for greater con-
venience in transportation (carrying
it dangling beside the horse.) The
fort was reached in safety, but on
alighting from the horse, the sack was
opened and the baby was found with
her head downwards, having made the
journey of four perilous miles in that
abnormal condition."

That happened before the turn-
pike days ! Such instances showed
our forefathers the desirability and
necessity of good roads. The early
records of New Hampshire towns
have much to say about roads ; the
kind, the width, the survey, etc., and
usually said roads had some distin-
guishable name, such as Dart road,
Dinah's road, Streeter road, and the
like.

When, in 1796, a new kind of road
appeared it also had a name — the
turnpike road.

Frederic J. Wood, in his recently
published work, "The Turnpikes of
New England," tells us that his ef-
forts to gather data on the subject
of turnpike roads in the New Eng-
land states were at first fruitless.
One reason, probably not the right

* Keene History.

one, why there was so little record-
ed about the new idea in roads (the
turnpike) may have been this; the
townsmen had been talking, discuss-
ing, and making roads for forty or
more years, and they felt that they
had said and recorded all there was
to be said on the subject.

** In many New England towns will
be found an old road locally known as
"the turnpike," or the "old turnpike,"
over which are hovering romantic tra-
ditions of the glory of stage-coach
days, while perhaps a dilapidated old
building, standing close beside its now
grass-grown pathway, is reverently
pointed out as having occasionally
been the temporary resting place of
men great in our country's annals.
But aside from the charm of such old
stories the inquirer will be able to
learn but little for, strange to say,
those old roads have not found their
place in history, and what little is
known about them seems to be fast
departing with an older generation."

Major Wood found his task most
interesting when he made search in
old deeds and dust-covered volumes
for what records have been made in
regard to the turnpike roads, and the
result of his investigations and re-
search is of inestimable value, and
makes most entertaining reading.

To enlighten our hazy under-
standing of the meaning of "turn-
pike" he tells us that as distin-
guished from the ordinary roads of
the same time, a turnpike road was
one on which gates barred the pro-
gress of the traveller, and payment
was demanded at these gates for the
privilege of using the road. These
payments were called "toll" and the
gates were known as "toll-gates."
The privilege of building such turn-
pikes and of collecting toll thereon

** The Turnpikes of New England by
Frederic J. Wood.

V
SO

-S

4-*

ft.

4-1

c«

W Q

TURNPIKES, TOLL-GATES AND STAGE-COACH DAYS

147

was conferred by the legislature of
the state upon various individuals
under the form of turnpike corpora-
tions, and the roads were construct-
ed by private capital, were privately
owned, and were operated for the
revenue derived from the collection
of the tolls.

On the fourteenth day of June,
1796, the "Proprietors of The New
Hampshire Turnpike Road" were in-
corporated. Massachusetts had in-
corporated its first turnpike road
three days previously, but displayed
no greater zeal in building its road ;
the first turnpike in this state was
promptly completed, covered a dis-
tance of thirty-six miles and passed
through the towns of Durham, Lee,
Barrington, Nottingham, North-
wood, Epsom, Chichester, Pem-
broke and Concord.

* "Its eastern terminus was at the

Piscataqua Bridge, which connected

Durham and Newington over a half

mile of water, and was considered in

those days a marvel of bridge building.

The western end was at the "Federal

Bridge" over the Merrimac in Concord,

and the road there is now known as

Portsmouth Street."

The granite marker that locates

the site of the first ferry, and the

Tucker ferry, and later the Federal

Bridge might well have added to

its notes the fact that it also marks

the westerly terminus about 1798,

of The New Hampshire Turnpike.

The Third New Hampshire Turn-
pike was chartered in December,
1799, to run from Bellows Falls
through Walpole, Surry, Keene,
Marlboro, Jaffrey and New Ipswich
on the route to Boston. Building
of the road began in 1800, and this
"pike" came over the hills by what
is now known as the "old Walpole
road."

It is related of Daniel Webster
that, when going up the Walpole
hills on this old Walpole road, he
requested the driver of the stage-
coach to halt at the top of one of
* Frederic J. Wood.

the hills in order that he might
alight and view the magnificent
scenery.

This Walpole road got itself
"talked about" not only enthusias-
tically because of its magnificent
view and beautiful scenery, but also
vigorous and conclusive sentiments
were expressed in regard to the
.steepness of the hills and the diffi-
culty of keeping the turnpike in re-
pair.

Efforts were made to change the
turnpike's course, by building a new
road through the gap where the rail-
road now runs, and so avoid the
steep hills. The towns, however,
opposed the project because of the
expense, and the small benefit they
thought they would receive. After
twenty years of opposition this road
— Summit road it is called — was
completed, but before that time the
Third New Hampshire had ceased
to exist as a turnpike. It was suc-
ceeded by the Cheshire branch of the
B. & M. R.R., excepting that the
railroad does not cross the foot of
Monadnock mountain as the old
turnpike did.

As first laid out, the turnpike did
not enter the center of Keene at
Central Square, but curved to the
west, and passed around it. In
1808 a revision of the line was made
and the present straight lines of
Court Street became the new turn-
pike limits.

A turnpike from Keene through
Troy to Fitzwilliam was completed
about 1806. In 1805 appeared the
Cheshire Turnpike, which extended
north from Keene (by the old road,
east side of the river) through Sur-
ry, passing the Holbrook tavern, and
over the hills of Alstead to Drews-
ville and Charlestown. These two
. corporations made connection at
Keene, crossing the Third New
Hampshire turnpike, and created a
lively competition for the travel to
and from Boston.

Court Street, Keene, N H. Third New Hampshire Turnpike
Lottery Bridge, Claremont, N. H. Second New Hampshire Turnpike

Plate LVII

TURNPIKES, TOLL-GATES AND STAGE-COACH DAYS

149

One of the noted tavern stands
in Cheshire County was situated in
the north part of Surry on the line
of the Cheshire Turnpike. Captain
Francis Holbrook owned it for many
years ; he enlarged the tavern, re-
built and enlarged the barns, built
a slaughterhouse where a beef,
sheep or hogs were killed weekly
during the winter season. It was
not uncommon for his stables to
accommodate twenty-five or thirty
horses upon a single night.

This being on the main line from
Boston to Montreal during stage-
coach days, in the fall of each year,
soon after the first snow storm, the
farmers of eastern Vermont and
western New Hampshire made a
trip to Boston with butter, cheese,
pork, beef, etc., to exchange for gro-
ceries, dry goods, molasses, codfish
and other goods. At times the
road, as far as the eye could see,
would be black with teams, going

or coming.

It is said of Captain Holbrook that
he usually kept an extra yoke of
oxen in his barn to help the heavy
teams up the Alstead hills.

This Cheshire turnpike had the
misfortune to have several accidents
and other troubles occurred on its
road ; perhaps that explains the im-
pression noted by Air. Wood that
the road was unpopular.

In the spring of 1839, when the
ice broke up in the river, it took
away the old Cheshire bridge above
Charlestown. One of the bents of
it came down the river whole, and
it was feared that the Tucker toll-
bridge would be taken by the bent
striking it. It is related of Mr.
Tucker, at this time, that he stood at
the end of the bridge gesticulating
wildly with his cane as if trying to
convince the ruined bridge that it
better go under his bridge by the
west channel, as it would take away
his structure if it went by the east
channel.

* "As the floating bridge reached

the place where the two channels di-
vide, it suddenly all went to pieces,
flattening out so it passed under with-
out damaging the bridge above, and
the most of it went by the east pass-
age. As it floated past the upper end
of the village, and into the upper end
of the rapids, end foremost, the sign
was still in its place warning 'Passen-
gers not to pass faster than a walk.' "
The great freshet of January 13,
1841, carried away the turnpike
bridge in Surry, and also the turn-
pike bridge in Drewsville. The
next year, on Town-meeting day,
three stages with mail and passen-
gers found the bridge at Cold river
almost afloat. One of the drivers
attempted to cross, and was nearly
over when the bridge floated away,
taking the coach and all on board
with it, and at the same time drag-
ging the horses from the bank into
the water. Three women were
drowned, and a man (a messenger
conveying money to the bank at Bel-
lows Falls) was pulled ashore in an
insensible condition. Other troubles
of a different nature also occurred
on this Cheshire turnpike. At one
time a large freight team was com-
ing down the Alstead hills ; the load
tipped over, and many large tubs
of butter rolled down the hill into
the gulch below. The breaking of
some part of the harness caused the
load to slip forward on the horses,
and the leg of one was broken. In
1848 occurred the stage-coach wreck
which was thus chronicled in the
Keene Sentinel of October 19th.

* "The Drewsville and Charlestown
stage while coming down the long hill
above Captain Holbrook's tavern on
Monday, October 16, was upset by the
pole breaking, and a lady was consid-
erably injured, having her head badly
cut. Other passengers and the driver
received slight hurts. The stage had
only nineteen passengers with the bag-
gage on board, and six horses attach-
ed. The horses cleared themselves
from the wreck, which fortunately, by
the intervention of a stone wall, was
stayed from rolling down a steep hill
and probably killing some of the
passengers."
* History of Rockingham, Vt.

150

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

The stage-coach of the above ac-
cident was said to have been one
of the Montreal and Boston coaches,
all painted in gold and panelled
glass.

Although the Cheshire turnpike
was rocky and steep after leaving
Holbrook's tavern for the north,
south of the tavern it ran through
the beautiful valley of Surry, and
made a delightful thoroughfare. The
turnpike became free in 1841, and
the present road takes the same
route over those same Alstead hills.

Junction, but took a more direct
course. Between Andover and Pot-
ter Place the old turnpike can still
be seen close beside the railroad
track, and also in Lebanon ; in other
places the two are far apart.

In connection with the Coos Turn-
pike, Mr. Wood tells us about a
"turkey drive." A boy in St. Johns-
bury, Vt., was a helper in driving
a flock of five hundred turkeys from
that town to Lowell, Mass.

* "A line of freight wagons was run
by Balch, each team composed of eight

Surry Valley, Che

It is said of the Fourth New
Hampshire Turnpike that the road
was located by a committee selected
entirely from men outside of this
state. They estimated the cost at
six hundred dollars a mile, but it
proved to be over $1,200 a mile.
Annual fall trips similar to those al-
ready mentioned, were made over
this road.

This Fourth New Hampshire
turnpike was the predecessor of the
Southern Division of the B. & M.
R.R. from Concord to White River

iSHiRE Turnpike.

well-groomed white horses, one seat
being occupied by a stalwart negro, a
striking figure and unusual in those
days."
Frederic J. Wood.

* "The drive became a notable pro-
cession, and word of its coming was
carried in advance by the more rapid
travellers who had passed it, so that
whole villages' would be on the watch
for its arrival. As the birds became
accustomed to the manner of pro-
gressing, more ceremony developed,
and soon our youthful custodian found
that he could lead the way with the
flock following him. A gobbler of es-
pecial dignity soon assumed a position

TURNPIKES, TOLL-GATES AND STAGE-COACH DAYS

151

beside the leader, and thus the pro-
cession advanced at the rate of about
twenty-three miles a day until its des-
tination was reached without the loss
of a single bird."

This incident reminds me of "rem-
iniscences" I have heard relating to
droves of sheep, hogs, and turkeys,
and occasionally a string of horses,
that used to come down the old
Cheshire turnpike before 1840.

Large droves of cattle went
through Surry, which was one of
the stopping-places at night. George
Pierce of Royalston, Mass., (said to
have been a nephew of President
Franklin Pierce) and others, in Sep-
tember and October of each fall for
over thirty-five years, bought from
400 to 700 head of Durham cattle
in Duxbury, Fayston and other
towns of Vermont and New Hamp-
shire. N. Joslin's farm in Waits-
field, Vt., was the starting point af-
ter the drove was collected. The
route was down through Warren,
Greenville, Hancock, Rochester,
Stockbridge, Barnard, Woodstock,
South Woodstock, West Windsor,
W T eathersfield, then over Cheshire
Bridge (a toll-bridge) into New
Hampshire, and down the old
Cheshire turnpike to Surry and
Keene, Swanzey and Richmond, and
on to the home of Mr. Pierce in
Royalston. The trip took about
two weeks, and was often a "whole
circus" for the watchers of the pass-
ing drove.

In 1819, a century ago, a path by
which the summit of Mount Wash-
ington could be reached was cut by
Ethan Crawford. In 1821 he opened
another path along the line after-
wards utilized by persons climbing
the mountain. Other foot and bri-
dle paths appeared, but it was not
till 1853 that a turnpike "arrived"
here. That year the Mount Wash-
ington Road Company was incor-
porated with turnpike privileges.
The route was surveyed, construc-

* Frederic J. Wood.

tion begun, and the road half com-
pleted, when financial difficulties
drove the company out of existence.
In 1859 the Mount Washington
Summit road came into existence,
bought up the old road, completed
it, and access by carriage to Mt.
Washington's summit was given in
1861. This carriage road is still in
operation, and tolls are collected
from persons travelling over it.

The Willey house, in the heart of
the Notch between the stupendous
mountain sides, stood beside the
Tenth New Hampshire Turnpike.
After the landslide which crushed
out the lives of the Willey family
who had fled in terror from the
building, left the house uninjured,
"Various household articles were
scattered around as they had been
dropped in the moment of flight, and
the family Bible lav open on the
table."

The Tenth New Hampshire turn-
pike was planned to connect Port-
land with Lake Champlain, but did
not wholly succeed. In 1826 many
miles of its road were washed away,
and later reconstructed.

Even a brief description of other
turnpikes — and they were not few
in number — in the mountain region
of our state might well by them-
selves provide material for a lengthy
article. Mr. Wood's account of
them, and his graphic description of
the wonderful .scenery which they
have opened up to all nature-loving
people, is exceedingly interesting.

The last turnpike charter granted
in New England by virtue of which
a turnpike was built or operated was
The Liberty Road. This was for
access to the top of Mount Cho-
corua, and it was granted in the year
1887 to James Liberty and some of
his neighbors to maintain a "bridle
path and carriage road from near
the dwelling house of Charles Du-
rell in said Tarn worth (where said
road is now located and construct-

152

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

ed) to the line between the towns of
said Tamworth and Albany, thence
to the top of Chocorua Mountain in
said town of Albany.''

This road is one of seven by
which Chocorua may be ascended.
It leaves the highway in the north-
central part of Tamworth, at the
Uurell farm, and near the "Nat Ber-
ry Bridge." The first part of the
way is a carriage road, at the ter-
mination of which is the Hialf Way
House where toll is collected. It
is a foot or bridle path from there
to the Peak House, which is some
little distance below the actual sum-
mit of the mountain. The Peak
House was swept down the moun-
tain side by a fierce storm in Sep-
tember, 1915, and a new building
has since been built. Mr. Liberty
secured his charter in 1889 ; the next
year, with some school-girl friends,
my brothers and sevenal other boys,
I went over this turnpike to Cho-
corua's summit. We were almost
the first persons to pay toll, and Mr.
Liberty and his accordion accom-
panied us part way up the mountain-
side. There was no Peak House
that year ; merely a six-foot stone
wall on three sides enclosing a
space just large enough to include
two tents, side by side. We reached
this location late in the afternoon,
made our bonfire, ate our supper,
sat on the rocks, and listened to
Mr. Liberty's tale of the building
of the road, etc. ; and he also enter-
tained us with selections on the ac-
cordion, much to our amusement
and chagrin — its music was "all-per-
vading" and we couldn't hear our-
selves even think.

At midnight the boys must need
get out the only lantern, and make
for the top of the mountain, "just
for the fun of it."

We girls sat on the stone wall
and watched the glimmer of the
lantern as it wound in and out
among the rocks and listened to

Mr. Liberty's description of the
steep rocks and perilous places they
would find and his oft repeated as-
sertion that they would be lost if
the lantern got broken.

The boys, of course, returned in
safety, and then we stowed our-
selves as best we could in the two
tents ; nine in the boys tent, and
eight in ours !

Just a board floor, and no pillow
nor head rest, and no covering ex-
cept the extra wraps we had brought
with us.

We were too excited and uncom-
fortable to sleep, but, finally, the
occupants of the other tent having
exhausted their stock of college,
camp songs and the like, we were
being gradually lulled to sleep by
the pleasantest of whistling almost
under their breath by those boys.
They were whistling in perfect uni-
son the tune of America, when sud-
denly Liberty burst in, and roared
out that they were not doing it
right, and he would show them how.
The accordion came into play once
more, and we had some music. There
was no further thought of sleep.
Before sunrise we were eating lunch
and hurrying for the summit to ar-
rive in time to see the sun rise. It
was glorious, and the beginning of
a "red letter" day for us. In the
memory of one of the girls it is also
scheduled as a "blue" day, for she
was the unfortunate one of the par-
ty to carry down the mountain turn-
pike, slung across her shoulder, a
bag filled with blueberries. At the
end of the trip the berries were a
pulp, and her clothes a "sight !"

There is much more that could be
written about the turnpikes of this
state, and I have not even men-
tioned those of the other New Eng-
land .states, and must refer the rea-
der to "The Turnpikes of New Eng-
land" for a most interesting account
of all these turnpikes ; for me there
must be a halt somewhere, and the

TURNPIKES, TOLL-GATES AND STAGE-COACH DAYS

153

Liberty road is a good stopping
place. It has memories, red, white,
and blue !

It is not easy to locate the toll-
gate buildings of the turnpike roads
in New Hampshire; many are
wholly unknown, and others will
soon be forgotten. I have recently
had the good fortune to see the old
sign which swung in the breeze on
the old Cheshire turnpike at the
building in northern Surry.

of the sign still in existence is three
feet four inches long and one foot two
and one-half inches wide, and is a
good pine board about one inch thick.
The wood has been eaten away by the
weather, leaving the letters plainly
standing up and are easily read. The
horizontal lines mark the middle of the
board.

It is a matter of regret that the
remainder of the sign-board has been
lost ; not many of the toll-gate signs
of this state are now in existence.

Toll-Gate Building, Cheshire Turnpike.

Two wheels drawn by one horse

.20

like su

Every additional horse

Each chariot, coach, stage waggon.

phae

.13

of hors

ton or chaise, with four wheels

Each cart

drawn by two horses,

.32

of burd

Every additional horse,

.13

Every

Every ten cattle, horses, mules, &c.

.13

Every ten

"The famous old toll-gate of the
Cheshire turnpike (in Surry) is now
marked by a few rocks and a sag in
the ground — nearly obliterated and fast
passing into oblivion. Here toll was
exacted from both the rich and poor
for nearly forty years. In those days
the gate was hung in a building which
extended over the highway. The
keeper's house and barn were on the
west side of the road, and a store,
shoe-shop and wheelwright shop were
opposite, on the east side. The part

The original box, made of birch
bark, in which were kept the earliest
tolls of the first toll-bridge across
the Connecticut river at Bellows
Falls, built by Colonel Enoch Hale
of Walpole, N. H., is still in the pos-
session of one of Colonel Hale's de-
scendants. In a recent number of
the Granite Monthly, Hon. George

* Surry Town History — in preparation.

154

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

B. Upham states that when the reg-
ular stage routes were first estab-
lished, the stages did not make a
practice of crossing this toll-bridge
on account of the expense of toll,
but went directly up the river from
Boston and Keene to Charlestown.
When passing the end of the toll-
bridge, the driver blew his horn and
any prospective passengers from
Bellows Falls must cross the bridge
on foot, taking their baggage over
in a wheelbarrow.

On the Lincoln Turnpike it is a
delightful ride from the Profile
House down the Pemigewasset val-
ley, passing Profile Lake, The Old
Man of the Mountain, The Basin,
The Pool, and at the end of a five-
mile ride one comes to a picturesque
opening in the stone wall, which is
the gateway, and place of collecting
toll for this turnpike.

The tollhouse at the foot of Mount
Washington on The Mount Wash-
ington Summit Road gives access
to a road which

** "for the first four miles winds
among a dense growth of forest trees,
and then passes through a ravine, and
over the eastern side of the mountain.
The grade is easy and the roadbed
excellent. Each turn discloses some
new prospect — a wide valley faintly
green, with a brook or a river flashing
through it ; a deep dell, with a swaying
sea of foliage ; an overhanging cliff
that seems to render impossible any
further ascent, or a wonderful array
of peaks."

A road that gives one of the most
beautiful rides of the many noted
White Mountain rides is a "may-
have-been" turnpike. This road
near the Glen House gives an un-
surpassed view of the Great Gulf
and the Presidential Range, and
further south Huntington and Tuck-
erman's ravines and the Alpine Gar-
den.

* "The sharp slopes and the moun-
tain outlines rising in startling profile.
About a mile west from the lower end
of the turnpike franchise a less known
feature is found. Poised in apparent
insecurity on a steep slope an enormous

boulder seems about to roll down the
hillside at the slightest touch. And
for miles the Ellis and Peabody rivers
show their charms at every turn."

The "Dollycops Road" was in this
section of the state, and the cellar
of the house where the Dollycops
family lived can still be seen near
the bridge over the Peabody river.
Tradition has it that the Dollycops
couple, husband and wife, lived to-
gether, but did not speak to each
other for twenty years.

Rates of toll seemed high to many
people, and there were various ex-
pedients adopted to avoid paying
them. I have read somewhere of
one winter that was severe enough
to freeze the ice on a river so that
it was safe for teams to cross, and
this was the custom, instead of us-
ing the toll bridge over the river.
The owner of the toll-gate was
"righteously" indignant, and built a
wall, blocking the road across the
ice, but this was torn down, and,
presumably, there were words said
by both parties.

Now, let us go back, in imagina-
tion, to the travellers over these
turnpike roads. We fancy that in
the early days of the turnpike they
must have been stern and sober men
intent upon the hard problem of
wrestling a living from the soil. Or
perhaps our fancy pictures men
young in years but old in the ex-
perience of teaming the necessary
freight over miles and miles of dus-
ty roads. We do not see much en-
joyment about it all nor hear the
sounds of laughter or merriment.

But when I mention stage-coach
days, a different scene presents it-
self before our eyes. A romantic
interest centers about the stage-
coaches, and we seem to see the
prancing horses and shining coach.
It was not till 1828 that a really
comfortable coach arrived, but long
before that the women and children,

** Harper's Monthly. August, 1877.
* Frederic J. Wood.

TURNPIKES, TOLL-GATES AND STAGE-COACH DAYS

155

X .
o

z m

o :

- .

156

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

]

as well as the other sex had become
accustomed to some kind of a ve-
hicle, and a journey was an affair
not only of importance but of
pleasure.

When Thomas Twining made a
journey from Baltimore to Phila-
delphia in 1795 the vehicle was a
long car with four benches,

* "three of these in the interior held
nine passengers, and a tenth passenger
was seated by the side of the driver

on the front bench The entrance

was in front, over the driver's bench.
Of course the three passengers on the
back seat were obliged to crawl across
all the other benches to get to their
places, there were no backs to the
benches — there was no space for lug-
gage, each person being expected to
stow his things as he could under his
seat or legs."

When the Concord coach was in-
troduced about 1828, success in the
design of a coach was nearly at-
tained ; little improvement has since
been made. These are the coaches
that have made riding comfortable,
and to the lover of horses, a journey
pleasurable and full of excitement.
In the hazy memories of childhood
I can remember having seen one of
these old Concord coaches which
an uncle of mine used to drive, and
which he kept for many years after
his stage-coach days were over.

He was not yet of age when he be-
gan taking contracts from the Gov-
ernment to carry the mails ; dur-
ing the thirty years which followed
he had over 60 contracts for a longer
or shorter period. Many of the
stage lines he owned were in the
vicinity of Keene, and he became
one of the best known stage drivers
in this state. The route from Hills-
boro and Keene was Hillsboro
through North Branch Antrim, on
to South Stoddard (then Stoddard
Box) on to Munsonville and East
Sullivan to Keene. The stage went
up one day and back the next. He
also had the route between Hills-
boro through Antrim to Benning-

* Frederic J. Wood.

ton. He owned the route between
Hillsboro through Washington to
Lempster ; a younger brother, my
uncle Enoch, was often the driver
on this route. He would leave
Hillsboro on the arrival of the train
from Concord about 4.30 P.M., and
return the next morning in time to
reach Hillsboro about 8 A. M.

During the Civil War days he
had on the road two stages at a
time, conveying those about to en-
list and the veterans between Hills-
boro and Keene ; few of those men
are now living.

Within the past week I have
heard from a man, eighty years old
on last Christmas Day, who remem-
bers the stage-coach days and my
uncle Noah Jackson very well. This
man worked in the stables in the
rear of the Eagle Hotel in Keene
where the stage put up. He told
of meeting Mr. Jackson one time af-
ter a big snow storm similar to the
one we have had this winter, and
the stage was not able to get
through for two or three days.

Uncle Noah was a finely propor-
tioned man, tall and erect; his white
hair and white beard which he had
as a young man, seemed in my child-
ish fancy to be accounted for only
by the wonderful and exciting ex-
periences he must have had as a
stage-coach driver.

The horseless carriage has taken
the place of the old time stage-
coach, but good roads are still nec-
essary. Will this generation see
both forgotten, and air-coaches the
usual mode of transportation? Per-
haps. May I be there to see — and
write about it !

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS. The full
page plates of the New Hampshire Turn-
pikes, illustrating .ihis article, are from
Major Wood's book and are used by the
courtesy of his publishers, The Marshall
Jones Company, Boston. The picture of
the famous Deadwood Coach is loaned the
Granite Monthly by the Abbott Downing
Company, Concord, who made the Con-
cord coaches and now manufacture the
Concord motor trucks. — Editor.

THE DARTMOUTH LITERARY OR
DEBATING SOCIETIES * m

B\ Asa Currier Til ton

*(1) The principal authorities used are
as follows : Baird, William R., Manual of
American College Fraternities. Ed. 8.
New York, 1915. Barnard, Henry, Educa-
tional Biography. Ed. 2. New York, 1861.
Belknap, Jeremy, History of New Hamp-
shire. Ed. 1. Philadelphia & Boston,
1784-1792. 3v. Life by his grand-
daughter. New York, 1847. Bond, Sam-
uel R., "A Dartmouth Reminiscence of
1855" in Dartmouth Alumni Magazine,
Jan., 1915, v. 7, p. 92-94. Brown, Samuel
G., Historical Discourse [Centen-
nial Celebration of Dartmouth College,
1869] Hanover, 1870. Same. Life of
Rufus Choate. Ed. 2. Boston, 1870. [Repr
of "Memoir" in Choate's Works with ad-
ditions.] Burroughs, Stephen, Memoirs.
Hanover, 1798. [Various later eds.]
Chamberlain, Mellen, Address at the Dedi-
cation of Wilson Hall [the College Lib-
rary, June, 1885.] [Boston? Priv. Pr.
1885?] Chase, Frederick, Historical Ad-
dress before the Phi Beta Kappa

Society of Dartmouth College at its Cen-
tennial Anniversary, June 29. 1887. Cam-
bridge, 1887. Chase, Frederick & John K.

Lord, Historx of Dartmouth College

Cambridge *& Concord, 1891-1913. 2v.
[V. 1 by Chase, ed by Lord. V. 2 by
Lord. Titles of volumes vary.] Clapp,
Clifford B., Speeches of Daniel Webster.
A Bibliographical Review. (Bibliographic-
al Society of America. Papers, v. 13, pt.
1.) Chicago, 1919. Colby, James F.,
Legal and Political Studies in Dartmouth
College, 1796-1896. Hanover, 1896. Cros-
by, Nathan, First Half-Century of Dart-
mouth College, being his Historical Col-
lections and Personal Reminiscences. Han-
over, 1876. Cross, David, "Dartmouth
and the Class of 1841" in Dartmouth
Alumni Magazine, Nov. 1908, v. 1, p. 44-52.
Currier, Amos N., "Dartmouth College
Fifty Years Ago" in Dartmouth Bi-Month-
ly., June, 1906, v. 1, p. 244-254. Curtis,
George T., Life of Daniel Webster. Ed.
3. New York. 1870. Dana, Judah, "The
School and College Life of Judah Dana,
[ed.] by James A. Spalding" in Dartmouth
Alumni Magazine, Feb., 1917, v. 9, p. 155-
166. [Part of a Ms Autobiography.]
"Daniel Webster as a Student" in The
Dartmouth, March, 1867, v. 1, p. 81-88.
Dartmouth College. General Catalogue

1769-1910 Hanover, 1910-1911.

[There are various earlier eds.] Same.

Proceedings of the Webster Centennial
Ed. by Ernest M. Hopkins. . . . [Han-
over 1902.] ["Mr. Webster's College
Life" by Charles F. Richardson, is p. 21-
54.] The Dartmouth Index, Oct., 1853;
Oct., 1854. Dexter, Edwin G., History of
Education in the United States. New
York, 1906. Gerould, James T., 'Biblio-
graphy of Dartmouth College" in N.

H. State Librarian Report, 1892-1894, p.
149-216. [Also pub. separately.] Hall,
Benjamin H., Collections of College Words
and Customs-. Cambridge, 1851. [Sev-
eral later eds.] Harvey, Peter, Reminis-
cences and Anecdotes of Daniel Webster.
Boston, 1877. Hill, William C, Dart-mouth
Traditions. Hanover, 1901. Kendall,

Amos., Autobiography ed. by William

Stickney. Boston & New York, 1872.
Kendrick, Ariel, Sketches of the Life and
'Times of Written b\ himself. Lud-
low, Vt., 1847. Quint, Wilder D., Story
of Dartmouth: Boston, 1914. Smith,
Baxter P., History of Dartmouth College.
Boston, 1878. Society of Social Friends &
Society of United Fraternity. Catalogues.
[These sometimes contain text as well as
lists of members and books.] Sparks,
Jared. Life of John Led yard in his
American Biography, n. s., v. 14. [Also
pub. separately.] Stauffer, Vernon, New
England and the Bavarian llluminati.
(Columbia Studies in History &c, v. 82,
no. 1.) New York, 1918. Webster,
Daniel, Writings and Speeches. . .National
Edition, [Ed. by J. W. Mclntyre.] Bos-
ton, 1903, 18 v. [Repr. of earlier eds.
with additions. His "Private Corres-
pondence," most important for his college
life, comprise v. 17, 18. His college and
other early orations are in v. 15.] Wor-
cester, John F. & Alpheus Crosby, Mem-
orial of the College Life of the Class of
1827. Hanover, 1853. Ed. 2, 1869.
[ Material collected by Worcester, ed. and
pub. by Crosby.]

Dartmouth — which is celebrating,
as these columns are being written,
one hundred and fifty years of na-
tional usefulness — began with a
past. Eleazer Wheelock was a man
who looked into the future and be-
yond the western frontier, then not
clear of the short rivers which

158

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

empty into the Atlantic. In locat-
ing his new college on the upper
Connecticut he placed it in the
midst of those New England
pioneers, who have done so much
to push our frontier westward to
the Pacific and have so profoundly
influenced, decade after decade, the
new communities which have been
founded back of its advancing front.
While his plan of educating the In-
dians, those stovit defenders of the
forest, failed of success, the history
of the college and the biographies .
of her sons are the story of the
realization of his purpose to bring
the continent under the dominion
of Christian religion, government,
and intellectual ideals.

His Indian school, at Lebanon,
Connecticut, took definite form as
Moor's Indian Charity School, in
1755. His relations with the New
Hampshire provincial government,
which ultimately led to the moving
of the School and the establishment
of the College at Hanover, began in
1761. His ability and untiring ef-
forts made him and his project
famous, in Great Britain as well as
America, before the College was
chartered (1769) and began its
work.

All colleges — if not all schools —
in this period provided some train-
ing in the argumentative presenta-
tion of assigned subjects, or ques-
tions. It is not strange, then, that
the Indian youth should have re-
ceived such training — certainly not
strange under so progressive a
teacher as Wheelock, who knew,
not only the methods of the col-
leges and schools, but also the
great native ability of the Indian as
an orator. A contemporary letter
informs us that the Indian pupils
appeared in disputations in English
on questions chosen for them, or by
themselves, from subjects in the
arts and sciences. But the number
of Indian boys at Hanover, small at

best, dwindled; and by 1785 none
were left. So we lack — what
would, doubtless, have come into
being, had they continued in suf-
ficent numbers — an Indian literary
and debating society.

The College was chartered in the
period when the basis was laid for
our War of Independence in the
establishment, or, at least the defi-
nition, of our political ideals. It
was a time of thinking, of writing,
of conversing, of preaching, and of
debating on public affairs and politi-
cal questions. The time when col-
lege men, true to their task of fit-
ting themselves for leadership form-
ed debating societies — as we find
them doing in the colleges then in
existence. The most famous col-
lege societies date from those years.

The constructive political and
social problems of the Thirteen
Colonies were inherited by the
pioneers, as they pressed westward
and organized new communities
and states ; and, everywhere, they
have exhibited the same genius for
political thought and discussion
that their Revolutionary forefathers
possessed. In their new colleges
literary societies were established,
which flourished and were a vital
element in student life after their
older prototypes had lost their
dominant influence, or had wholly
disappeared. Debate was by no
means the sole object of the
societies, nor the sole sphere of
their activity ; but it was the life-
giving element which made them
the all-embracing organization of
student life. The interchangeable
adjectives, used to describe them,
"debating" and "literary," are both
accurate — the latter is comprehen-
sive, the former emphatic.

Dartmouth was too new, too
weak in numbers, in the period of
national preparation to join her
older sisters in this movement;
though there were, doubtless, in

THE DARTMOUTH SOCIETIES

159

Hanover those informal discussions
and conversations in which students
of all lands and all times, have de-
lighted and from which they have
profited so greatly. Her progress
too — while she did not suffer so sev-
erely as did Harvard, Yale, and the
other colleges on the seaboard —
was retarded by the war. Yet she
gained ground and established her-
self firmly. Subject, as her stu-
dents were, to the full influence of
the Revolution and the frontier and
the local political excitement of the
Vermont controversy, they inevi-
tably followed the example of the
older institutions, at the earli-
est practicable moment, in es-
tablishing societies. The first
literary society ( was organized in
the year when the treaty of peace
was signed.

This was the Society of Social
Friends ("Socials''). It at once be-
gan the accumulation of a library —
the solid foundation and the pride
of every literary society. Ten
years later, in the first of a series
of attacks which were made with
the purpose of destroying the socie-
ties, its records were lost ; and its
early history survives only in tra-
dition. In 1786 a secession from
the Social Friends led to the forma-
tion of the second society, the
Society of United Fraternity
("Fraters"), which started with
nineteen members. These two
great societies continued so long as
there were literary societies at
Dartmouth. It is the typical, in
fact, the almost universal phenome-
non. In spite of attacks and of the
formation of select, and more or
less specialized societies, of ephe-
meral existence only, they went on
from year to year, dividing the
college — so long as the students
were interested in their objects —
into two rival, and sometimes bit-
terly hostile, camps. The reasons
given for the formation of the

smaller societies, which existed
from time to time, show that the
size of the great societies and the
conditions which often prevailed in
them were detrimental to the best
results and laid them open to criti-
cism. Nevertheless, they continu-
ed as the organized student body,
supplementing the very restricted
college curriculum and meagre lib-
rary and funishing the chief pleas-
ures of student life from their be-
ginning to the middle of the last
century. For us of today the
clearest vision of those days may
be obtained by recalling the athletic
contests of our school and college
days and the intense feelings which
were ours in fall and spring. The
spirit of youth demands the op-
portunity of matching its strength
with that of a rival — created, if
necessary, for that purpose. Now,
when athletics play so important a
part in st dent life and when im-
proved means of communication
have brought our cities and towns
so near together, this spirit turns
to athletic contests with other in-
stitutions ; then, when colleges
were isolated and when public
speaking and the giving of plays
were foremost in student interest,
the rivalry was between literary
societies in the same college. The
academies were, in those decades,
too small to support two with suc-
cess.

There was keen rivalry at Dart-
mouth in securing the larger and
the better membership, in size of
libraries, and in superiority in de-
bates, plays, and exhibitions. At
first members were elected from
any class, and even persons not con-
nected with the College were some-
times chosen ; but this was chang-
ed before long. In Dana's time the
societies elected members from the
freshman class — each might elect
up to half the class — at the close of
the college year. The students as-

160

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

sembled on the Campus on the day
and hour of the election, and the
members of each society invited
those whom they had elected to
join their respective societies. The
best Freshmen were usually chosen
by both societies, and each sent its
most popular and influential mem-
bers, to invite and urge them to
join its ranks. Some accepted at
once, as did Dana, who joined the
United Fraternity ; while others
withheld their decision for days, or
even for weeks. This ceremony
was called "fishing" and was cer-
tainly calculated to foment trouble
and disorder. (*2)

The struggle became so heated
that in 1790, they agreed on regula-
tions for campaigning for members
and united in administering their
libraries as a Federal Library.
Their interest in the great problem
of the nation, the co-ordination of
state and national government, may
have inspired the attempt. Three
years later, and again in 1796, the
agreement was revised ; but the
rivalry was too intense to be suc-
cessfully controlled by the students,
— even with the occasional interven-
tion of the faculty — and in 1799 the
pact was abrogated and the library
divided. The keenness of the con-
test is seen in the fact that within
a year each library was as large as
the Federal Library had been. The
rivalry over the Commencement
Anniversaries became so extreme
that in 1796 they were discontinued
for two years under the safeguard
of a provision for nine months
notice of intention to resume, and
in 1800 were unconditionally sus-
pended and not revived until 1811.

The original constitution of the
Social Friends, according to tradi-
tion, was written in code, as the
early society constitutions — and
sometimes the records — often were ;
and was very imperfect. There was
no provision for a secretary and

treasurer, no fixed time for meeting,
and the members presided in alpha-
betical order. Its 1803 constitution
is systematic and comprehensive ;
as is that, also, of the United Fra-
ternity, which is more detailed.
Both contained provisions which
enjoined friendship and morality,
and forbade anything which con-
flicted with good behavior or moral
conduct. The societies had badges
on which were engraved their secret
symbols, grips, and complicated
cipher codes for correspondence.
They gave diplomas to honorably
dismissed members. The badges
and diplomas were in use for over
fifty years. The motto of the
Socials was : Sol Sapicntiae Nunquam
Occidct; of the Fraternity: Amicitia
Sit Sempitemia. The constitutions
and orders of exercises were essen-
tially the same in the societies of
all the colleges, though there were
variations in minor provisions and
in nomenclature.

The ungoverned rivalry of the
societies was not the only disturb-
ing element which they brought in-
to college life. Repeatedly, during
the first decades of their existence,
they were threatened with over-
throw by rebellions which have
been characterized as "rowdyism
due to hostility to the societies."
This characterization is unjust
when isolated by application to one
college and unqualified. Literary
societies, the country over, through
the whole period of their active
existence, were subject to such out-
breaks. Sometimes they were due
to hostility between students of
different social, or economic stand-
ing. Notably so, when social divi-
sions have coincided with geo-
graphical in the regions from which
a college has drawn its students.
The great line of cleavage has been

(*2) Judah Dana was Class of 1795,
and became a well known and highly
respected lawyer in Maine.

THE DARTMOUTH SOCIETIES

161

between the older, more settled and
orderly, wealthier, better educated,
and more aristocratic coast regions
and the less settled and orderly,
poorer, less educated, and more
democratic frontier regions, where
the American principle that one man
is as good as another has been
strong, has been of inestimable
value in our national life, but has,
on the other hand, often gone to
extremes in its hatred of any pre-
tence to superiority in education or
other commendable attainments.
Sometimes they have been due to
the dislike of the serious, hard
working students by those who
cared only for pleasures, whether
good or bad. Sometimes to over-
zealous championing of the great
national parties by their student ad-
herents — this is marked on the
slavery question in colleges which
drew students from both the North
and the South. The play of these
general forces has, naturally, been
modified by local, college conditions
— sometimes accentuated by rivalry
and contests, sometimes softened
by unanimity of college feeling.
Youth takes its beliefs and loyal-
ties, and even its frivolities, very
seriously. Student bodies are al-
ways vehement ; and, if we find ex-
tremes among the radical assailants,
we also find lack of restraint among
the conservative defenders of the
societies.

We must, moreover, take account
of the presence in the colleges and
college societies of our early days
of the over-developed, or abnormal,
individuality — a type produced most
frequently by the conditions of a
frontier, or of rough, isolated, and
thinly populated regions. This
type of man is often lovable, ad-
mirable in many respects, energetic,
strong, fearless, sometimes of in-
tellectual and literary power ; yet
commonly eccentric, economically
useless, and independent to the point

of lawlessness or even criminality.
These traits are seen in some of
our explorers, pioneer leaders, and
public men ; they will live in liter-
ature in the writings of Henry
Thoreau.

Dartmouth, in her earlier days,
drew her students in large measure
from regions which tend to pro-
duce this type. Two marked cases
stand out in the books — John Led-
yard and Stephen Burroughs. Led-
yard, a native of Connecticut, en-
tered Dartmouth in 1772, at the age
of twenty-one, to fit himself for the
Indian mission field. His standing
as a scholar was passable ; but the
college routine and discipline were
distasteful to him. He fitted up a
stage with properties which he had
brought up the valley from Hart-
ford, and produced plays in which
he acted the leading parts. One
of these plays was Addison's Cato —
long a tavorite with our amateur
literary society actors. Much time
was devoted to his theatre and to
reading plays which he might better
have devoted to his college duties.
After four months at Hanover he
suddenly left and travelled on the
frontier and among the Indians.
On his return he gave up his plans
for becoming a missionary. An ad-
monition to give more attention to
his college work had only the result
of inspiring him to make a large
dug-out with the help of some
friends and sail away down river
and home. He studied theology ;
but soon gave that up also, and
went to sea. He was with Captain
Cook in his last voyage around the
World. After he returned he con-
tinued in the British navy, was sent
to the American coast in the course
of the Revolutionary War, and es-
caped to Long Island. In 1786-
1787 he made a remarkable journey
in Russia and Siberia which was
summarily terminated by the Rus-
sian government, before he had'com-

162

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

pleted his intended travels, through
expulsion from the country. He
was starting on a long African ex-
pedition, when he died in Egypt in
1789.

Stephen Burroughs (born in 1765)
was no less erratic and far more un-
restained than Ledyard. As a boy
he constantly indulged in wild es-
capades. At fourteen he enlisted
in the American army, but deserted
and entered Dartmouth in 1781.
He soon left, however, and went to
sea on a privateer. Later he was
a ship's physician, and then a school
teacher. At one time he passed
himself off as a minister, and oc-
cupied the pulpit of a Massachu-
setts Congregational church — using
sermons which he had stolen — until
he was detected and forced to flee.
Soon after this escapade he was ar-
rested for counterfeiting, convicted,
and imprisoned. He enlivened his
confinement by repeated attempts to
escape and by setting fire to the
jail. When he had served his term
he went to Canada and was the
leader of a band of counterfeiters
for many years. Ultimately he
settled down to an orderly life, be-
came a Roman Catholic, accumulat-
ed a library, and kept a successful
school. Throughout his life he was
given to deeds of kindness and
charity; and in the quiet evening
of his life he was liked by his pupils
and respected by the community in
which he lived. His Memoirs are a
classic in rogue literature, and have
been published in at least nine edi-
tions between 1798 and 1858. Led-
yard and Burroughs were extremes
in their type ; but this makes them
more valuable specimens, for the
sharp lines, the heavy lights and
shadows, make clear a picture —
otherwise blurred — of by-gone times
and social conditions.

Furthermore, in considering the
early attacks on the literary societies
we mjust remember that the period

from the Revolution to the year
1800, or after, was characterized by
a wide-spread fall from the high
moral and religious ideals of the
Puritans. In the colleges — as well
as outside — free-thought, infidelity,
low standards of conduct, prevail-
ed to a degree which saddened and
alarmed those who held fast to the
ideals of the fathers and who com-
batted the tendencies of the day
with all their strength. In the Class
of 1799 but one man acknowledged
himself a "professing Christian ;"
and Dartmouth was not different
from other colleges in prevalence of
unbelief. It was the time of
Thomas Paine and Shay's Rebellion.
In 1788 a Dartmouth debate was
on the question, whether the study
of French was more profitable than
that of Greek except the Testa-
ment — evidence of the early influ-
ence of French thought and, pro-
bably, of dissatisfaction with the
college curriculum, though this was
being broadened under the influence
of new ideas. Dartmouth was one
of the first colleges to teach law and
government, then classed under
moral philosophy. In 1782 John
Whelock was appointed Professor
of History : and among the college
text-books in 1792 were works by
Montesquieu and Burlemarqui —
both jurists and publicists, the
former French, the latter Swiss.

The conditions just referred to
are well known to readers of the
leading histories on the period ; and
are graphically described in a re-
cently published monograph on :
Xc-n' England and the Bavarian lllumi-
nati. This Order was founded in
Bavaria, in 1776, to better the educa-
tional system — which was wholly
dominated by the church — and to
foster the progress of liberal
thought. It was secret, and allied
itself with the Free-Masons.
Though its spread was rapid, its
life was short. But Europe was

THE DARTMOUTH SOCIETIES

163

seething with conflict between new
ideas and established systems ; and
its extent and influence were gross-
ly exaggerated by the fear of the
conservatives, some of whom at-
tributed the French Revolution in
its worst features to the activities
of the Illuminati. The famous
Massachusetts minister, Jedediah
Morse, believed in the truth of these
charges — they came to his attention
from reading European books on
the Order — and, also, that its ac-
tivities had been extended to Ameri-
ca. In a sermon, preached in 1798,
he warned the country of the danger
which, he believed, was threatening
it. His fear was groundless and
the agitation which his sermon
caused was needless ; but — as in
Europe — both were due to existing
social, political, and religious con-
ditions which had already aroused
apprehension. The truth was soon
known, and the excitement subsid-
ed. The episode does not concern
us : but the conditions which made
it possible do ; for — as we have
seen — they were one of the elements
which lay at the bottom of the dis-
turbances in the literary societies,
while these outbreaks, in turn,
illustrate the general conditions.

The people of America had lived
in the midst of wars almost con-
tinuously from the outbreak of the
French and Indian War to the close
of the Revolution — nearly three
decades. We can appreciate and
understand the disintegrating effects
of such an experience better today
than we could have six years ago.
Intemperance — which had always
prevailed — increased ; gambling and
other vices appeared. But these
evils were neither deep-seated nor
general in their growth ; and it is
a tribute to Puritanism that New
England passed through the wars
and the profound changes which
attended and followed them with
the self-restraint and self-control

that she did. The struggle for
religious toleration, which was in
progress, was making inroads on the
authority of the established religious
system. More liberal theological
dogmas were finding favor in the
minds of some ministers. The con-
servative ministers resisted these,
and all other tendencies which
promised to weaken the position of
the legally established church, sin-
cerely and with all their power.
Political questions took a prominent
place in public attention and inter-
est in the years which prepared the
way for the Revolution. This was
at the expense of interest in church
and religious matters. It was in
those years that the first literary so-
cieties were founded in the colleges.
Public affairs were even more in
men's minds at the close of the war.
The problems to be solved were
many and difficult ; and the con-
fusion and changes which the Revo-
lution brought in its train, in some
ways intensified the severity of the
task. Many men of foremost posi-
tion, especially in business, were
loyalists and had gone. Great lead-
ers of the new order had appeared ;
but the system of leadership down
into the towns was undeveloped
and untried except under abnormal
war conditions. There was no in-
herent feeling of compulsion to
obey — a force which is powerful,
even when hated. The ideals of the
Revolution — liberty and equality —
of themselves made many (especial-
ly men of the type of Ledyard and
Burroughs) more disinclined than
ever to submit to any leadership or
authority. Under the old regime
the stern church discipline had sup-
pressed the few pleasures that were
possible in a country where popula-
tion was scattered and wealth was
the blessing of but a few in the
larger seaports. Under their new-
found liberty the people demanded
and sought them. Some found

104

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

them in low and coarse forms.
Others bravely struggled for the
higher forms which economic con-
ditions made difficult of attainment.
The theatre rose in public favor,
though it was vigorously opposed.
Part of the opposition was directed
against evils connected with the
professional stage and was justifi-
able. This accounts for the differ-
ence in attitude toward the profes-
sional and the amateur stage. The
popularity of plays in the literary
societies was, in part, due to this
demand for relaxation. The idea of
equality was inimical to the Masonic
Order and it had difficulty in main-
taining its position — the parallel
with the debating societies is signifi-
cant.

Into this confused and struggling
social and intellectual mass burst
the influence of the French Revolu-
tion. At first, it awakened general
enthusiasm from its likeness to, and
connection with, our own Revolu-
tion ; later, its bloody excesses and
its atheism caused a revulsion of
feeling in the minds of many. It
became involved in politics, and
this added to the confusion. The
conservatives became more deter-
mined and the radicals in politics
and religion took fresh heart.
French thought, in the end, had a
deep influence, especially among
the students in the colleges, where
new ideas found readiest access and
welcome ; but it was vigorously
combatted and its harmful elements
finally eliminated.

With these general considerations
in mind we may view in more cor-
rect perspective the dissentions and
attacks which form so conspicuous
a feature of the history of the
societies down to 1803 and — as has
been noted — illustrate the condi-
tions in the country at large. Not
that there were not other features
in their life during these years —
sane pleasures, quiet, useful work,
and hence progress.

The first serious disturbance did
not occur in the literary societies,
but in Phi Beta Kappa in 1789 (the
year when the French Revolution
began), two years after the chapter
was organized. In 1793, 1799, and
1803, it was again assailed. In these
early years its purposes and activi-
ties were similar to those of the
literary societies ; but it was small
and select, and its meetings were
more dignified and serious. This
made it more deeply disliked, but
less open to rebellions.

In 1793 .the discord, which had
shown itself in the literary societies
from their foundation, developed in-
to a serious attack. This "Com-
bination" was composed of Juniors
and Seniors who were incensed be-
cause they had not been elected to
Phi Beta Kappa and such students
as sympathized with their views.
Their attempt was made soon after
the Phi Beta Kappa election. This
society was the immediate cause of
the insurrection ; but it could be
reached only indirectly, through an
attack on the great societies, which
were also disliked, though not so
intensely, and whose destruction
would make its position untenable.
More than half the students joined
the insurgents — a fact which proves
that the movement was due to
causes more deep-seated than mere
pique among a few disappointed as-
pirants for Phi Beta Kappa. Many
members of the literary societies,
including some of their foremost
men, were either openly or secret-
ly connected with the conspiracy.
When the old and aristocratic so-
cieties — for such they were consid-
ered to be — were out of the way,
"one Grand Liberal Society" was to
be established 'a-nd every student
was to be eligible to membership in
it. The title of the new society,
which is given by Dana and seems
to have been the popular college
name, and the pronouncement
against qualifications and restric-

THE DARTMOUTH SOCIETIES

165

tions for admission to membership
are facts whose significance is point-
ed out elsewhere in this paper.
The upper-classmen, according to
Dana, were preponderantly insur-
gent, while the under-classmen bore
the brunt of the defence. Perhaps
the former had been influenced by
the radical tendencies of the period
during their college years, and, as
leaders, wished to reform college in-
stitutions to conform to their ideals;
while the latter had, as yet, not been
so influenced, and also had more
veneration for the existing system.
But Dana certainly does not mini-
mize the part which his class, the
sophomore, played in the preserva-
tion of the societies.

The insurgents invaded the rooms
of the secretaries of the societies in
search of the books and papers in
their custody. Their plan was to
destroy all records and thus make it
difficult, if not impossible, for the
societies to preserve their organiza-
tion. They discovered only those
of the Social Friends. These they
destroyed. But the rebellion was
less powerful in this society than in
the United Fraternity, to which
Dana belonged ; and the conserva-
tives had less difficulty in preserv-
ing its existence. In the Fraternitv
all of the Sophomores and most of
the Freshmen remained faithful and
fought long and hard and with ulti-
mate success. There were many
meetings, some of which were
turbulent. At one of them the in-
surgents put through measures
which would have made it possible
for them to carry out their designs.
But the defenders brought in
enough graduate members of the
vicinage to elect sufficient new
members of known sentiments to
give them a majority and enable
them to repeal the obnoxious legis-
lation. The insurgents then with-
drew from the society and joined
"the Independent Society, as they

styled themselves, or Pot-Meal
Society, as we styled them." This
"Omnium Gatherum Society" sur-
vived some years. Phi Beta Kappa
had no internal dissentions ; and the
repulse of the violent attack left it
and the great societies more firmly
established and more powerful than
ever — a warning to "Disappointed,
Disaffected, and unprincipled as-
pirants."

An investigation of the affair by
a committee of the Social Friends,
in 1795, attributed the trouble —
quite correctly — to the general
spirit of revolution and innovation
which prevailed in the College. It
was abroad in the land. In 1799
the attack was renewed ; and again
in 1803, when the records of the
Social Friends were once more lost.
Evidently the attacks were well-or-
ganized ; for, in the revised consti-
tution of the Social Friends, the
pledge, or oath, was made more
stringent by the addition of a
promise not to join any organiza-
tion which was hostile to the Socie-
ty, nor to aid any attempt to abolish
it.

An account of the uprising of
1803 — the more interesting and
valuable because contemporary — is
given in a letter by Ezekiel Web-
ster, then a student, to his brother,
Daniel, who had graduated in 1801.
The conspiracy to destroy the
society (he writes) was very secret-
ly and carefully organized. In the
United Fraternity (to which the
Websters belonged) only one Fresh-
man, one Sophomore, and three
Juniors remained true to the society.
These succeeded in preventing the
passage of an amendment to the
constitution, for which a three-
fourths vote was required ; and also
prevented the revolters from ex-
pelling enough of the defenders to
give them the majority necessary to
carry out their purposes. They
would, he adds, be able to carry the

1(,(,

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

coming election. He says that the
conspiracy was managed "with the
secrecy of Jesuits;" and "This con-
spiracy, I believe, is unparallelled. .
If it has its parallel, it is in the con-
spiracy of the Pazzi against the
celebrated Lorenzo the Magnificent.
It is not like Catiline's, for Catiline
himself was a saint compared with
some of the fellows who plotted
this scheme." (*3)

This victory assured the existence
of the societies, and they had before
them a half-century of success and
influence. Dissatisfaction showed
itself from time to time ; but it
never threatened their life. The

(*3) It is difficult to decide whether
the conflicts were more violent in one
society than in the other. On, the whole —
making allowance for the fact that both
Dana and Webster, who have left the
fullest accounts, were members of the
Fraternity — the Social Friends seem to
have had more serious trouble. Did the
Fraternity draws its membership from the
more conservative, orderly, Federalist ele-
ment; while the Socials drew from the
more democratic, turbulent, Republican-
Democratic element? Such a difference
may have been the cause of the secession
which resulted in the organization of the
Fraternity. This differentiation is often
found between the societies in the col-
leges. The Websters were members of
the Fraternity ; Amos Kendall, who grad-
uated in 1811, was a Social; but he was
far from belonging with the turbulent
element. He says, moreover, that, in 1810,
three-fourths of the students were Fed-
eralist, and that the Socials numbered
two-thirds of the student body. The
relatively small membership of the Fra-
ternity, on the other hand, may indicate
that it was more select. It may have re-
mained small and conservative from
choice after losing its radical element in
1793; but its connection with the Inde-
pendent Confederacy in 1799 shoud be
noted in this connection. Or the differ-
ence in numbers may date from 1803.
Ezekiel Webster, in his letter, says that
he was the only student from Salisbury
who did not join the rebels. Salisbury
was opposed to the adoption of the Fed-
eral Constitution ; but the father of the
Websters favored it. (Walker, N. H.
Federal Convention.) Daniel Webster
was a member of a Federalist Club in
College; and in his day most of the
faculty and students were Federalists.

turbulent period in college, as in
national, life was closing. We
shall see another phase of its spirit
in society theatricals. The fight of
the societies for existence and main-
tenance of their principles played no
small part in the establishment of
a more orderly, restrained, and rev-
erent code of thought and conduct.

But the tumult did not prevent
the societies from doing thoroughly
successful work in supplementing
the college course in their very im-
portant field. No period of Dart-
mouth's history has been more
glorious than that of the decades
which closed the eighteenth century
and began the nineteenth. From
1790 to 1800 she gave diplomas to
363 students, while Harvard gave
them to 394 and Yale to 295. And
her rank was commensurate with
her numbers. The societies were
worthy partners of the College and
shared its prosperity as well as the
difficulties with which both faculty
and society authority had to con-
tend. Their activities in these years
are best illustrated by the college
and society life of Webster. (*4)

He became a member of the
Fraternity, 7 November, 1797. The
society was weak when he entered
it ; and his ability and activity dur-
ing his four years membership help-
ed greatly to strengthen it. After
holding various minor offices he
was elected Commencement Orator,
19 May, 1800, and President, 25
November of the same year. A
classmate says that, whenever the
class or society, had a difficult task
to perform, it was given to him.
His contributions went beyond
this, for he often volunteered to take
parts ; and usually wrote his own
declamations, though this was not

(*4) The entries in the United Fra-
ternity records which relate to him are
printed in : "Daniel Webster as a Stu-
dent." Those for his senior year, includ-
ing the copy of his Commencement Ora-
tion, are missing.

THE DARTMOUTH SOCIETIES

167

required. He was regarded as their
best man ; and "received almost un-
bounded flattery from his fellow-
members." (*5)

In 1799 he and Joseph W. Brack-
ett were the authors of the drama
which was given at the Commence-
ment Anniversary of the Society.
He also wrote poems, and contribut-
ed to The Dartmouth Gazette under
the pseudonym, "Icarus." Among
the debates in which he par-
ticipated was one on the question :
"Would it be good policy to treat
an individual of the French nation
with that respect we should one of
another?" and one on the question:
"Would it be just for the United
States to grant letters of mark &
Reprisal against the French Repub-
lic?" Here we see the prominence
of France in student thought from
a new angle ; it was the time of the
troubles following the XYZ episode.

It is on his formal orations, how-
ever, that his college and society
fame rests. In his freshman year
he delivered a eulogy on a deceas-
ed classmate. An oration in his
senior year was on "Ambition."
Better known is his eulogy on his
classmate, Simonds, which was
printed under the title : A Funeral
Oration, Occasioned by the Death of
Rphraim Simonds. . . .a member of the
Senior Class. . . .who died . . . .the \8th

of June, 1801 By Daniel Webster,

a Classmate of the Deceased. . . .Han-
over, M. Davis, 1801. He also de-
livered an Oration on Opinion at the
Anniversary of the Fraternity in
the same year. (*6)

(*5) The recollections of his con-
temporaries must be taken with the
reservations which always apply to state-
ments made long after the events tran-
spired — especially as Webster's later fame
would cast its glow backward to his
student days.

(*6) Printed in New York Herald, 16
August, 1853; thence repr. in The Dart-
mouth • Phoenix, March, 1857. ' Also
printed in his Writings & Speeches from a
copy in his own handwriting which varies
from the Herald edition.

In later years Webster wrote in
a deprecative tone of his college
orations ; but he bears self-witness
to the zeal with which he used his
college opportunities. To quote
from his brief Autobiographical
Sketch: "I was graduated in course,
August, 1801. Owing to some diffi-
culties, hacc non meminisse jurat, I
took no part in the commencement
exercises. I spoke an oration to
the Society of the United Fraterni-
ty which I suspect was a sufficient-
ly boyish performance. My college
life was not an idle one. Besides
the regular attendance on pre-
scribed duties and studies I read
something of English history and
English literature. Perhaps my
reading was too miscellaneous. I
even paid my board for a year by
superintending a little weekly news-
paper, and making selections for it
from books of literature and from
the contemporary publications. I
suppose I sometimes wrote a fool-
ish paragraph myself. While in
college,- I delivered two or three
occasional addresses, which were
published. I trust they are forgot-
ten ; they were in very bad taste.
1 had not then learned that all true
power in writing is in the idea, not
in the style, an error into which
the Ars rhetor ica, as it is usually
taught, may easily lead stronger
heads than mine."(*7)

Nevertheless, with all due allow-
ance for the sunset glow of later
recollection, the testimony is con-
clusive that his efforts made a deep
impression on his fellow students
and society brothers. One of them

(*7) The "difficulties which he dis-
likes to remember" arose from the failure
of the faculty to appoint him valedic-
torian. He was the foremost man and
the best orator in the class ; but was
neither first nor second in scholarship —
the usual basis of assigning commence-
ment parts. There was much excitement
over the matter, since the class desired
that he receive the appointment. He de-
clined to take a minor appointment.

168

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

has said that he "was remarkable
for his steady habits, his intense ap-
plication to study, and his punctual
attendance upon the prescribed ex-
ercises." Henry Hubbard, Con-
gressman, United States Senator,
and Governor of New Hampshire
testifies that Webster's college
mates were impressed by his ability
as a speaker and by his other en-
dowments — his breadth of view and
his forceful manner. He was, also,
regarded as a man who selected
books with great care and read
them with concentrated attention
and thought.

The opinion of that close student
of history and public affairs, Ex-
Governor McCall, is essentially that
of Webster himself: "The debating
society was an institution to which
Webster was devoted and from
which he derived great benefit. It
enabled him to overcome his timidi-
ty which had been so great at Exe-
ter that it was impossible for him
to recite his declamations before
the school, and he became in college
a ready and self-possessed debater.
I do not find it easy, however, to
detect under the flowers of his early
rhetoric the promise of that weighty
and concentrated style which after-
wards distinguished him. But his
college efforts were a necessary
part of his intellectual develop-
ment." (*8)

His really famous college oration
was that given before the citizens
of Hanover on the Fourth of July,
1800, his junior year. The selec-
tion of orator was made by the
faculty and townsmen — proof that
he was regarded as the best speaker
among the students, or, at least,
among the Federalist students.
This oration was printed under the
title: An Oration, Pronounced at
Hanover, New Hampshire, the 4th Day
of July, 1800; being the twenty-fourth
Anniversary of American Independence.
B\ Daniel Webster, Member of the

Junior Class, Dartmouth University.
Hanover ; Printed by Moses Davis,
1800. (*9) This oration marks the
beginning of his mission as the great
expounder of the Constitution and
the apostle of the immanence of
the Union in our government and
national life. The orations of his
early years to which he gave deep-
est thought were all on this theme —
that at Hanover in 1800, at Frye-
burg, Maine, in 1802 (while teach-
ing at the Academy), at Salisbury
in 1805, and at Concord in 1806.
His thoughts were, doubtless, early
turned to the subject by his father's
relations of the discussions on the
adoption of the Constitution.
Ebenezer Webster was a strong
supporter of the Constitution after
its adoption ; and it is probable that
his record in the Convention was
due to the anti-adoption sentiment
of his town committee ; but the
evidence is not conclusive.

The Fourth of July oration was
the outstanding and prophetic event
of Webster's college years. It
shows, in crude form, his political
creed and some of his later char-
acteristics as an orator. It outlined

(*9) A Dartmouth Fourth of July
oration by Samuel Worcester, Class of
1795, is printed in his Life, by S. M. Wor-
cester. Worcester was the founder of the
American Board of Foreign Missions. A
copy of the original edition of Webster's
oration recently sold in New York for
$205.

(*8) The story of Webster's timidity
at Exeter is commonly given undue weight.
He was there but a few months, at the
end of a school year, when only fourteen
years old. Timidity on the platform un-
der such circumstances is neither unusual,
nor strange. In Webster's case it was in-
creased by the fun that was made of his
rustic ways and poor clothes. (His Auto-
biography. Curtis, Webster.) The teach-
er who encouraged -him to persevere was
a fellow-pupil, the precocious Joseph Ste-
vens Buckminster--two years younger
than Webster, but advanced enough to
teach him elementary Latin — who became
one of the most brilliant leaders of the
Unitarian movement.

THE DARTMOUTH SOCIETIES

169

the Revolution, introduced some vated ; and its doctrine is sound-

Federalist doctrine, and extolled the
system of government which the
Constitution established. Its senti-
ments are honest, manly, and ele-

such is the judgement of a friendly
critic, Senator Lodge.

(To be continued)

APRIL - QUEST

By Harold Final

My heart went seeking April,

Down all her smiling ways

Of nights and days.

With arms of flowers, vaguely sweet,

She led me captive down the street —

And in the glory of her eyes,

I saw the skies.

Through meadow ways, we roamed

for days
And hand in hand, across the land —
We made of earth a wonderland.

Oh, there were blossoms in her hair,
Blossoms on her gown,
Scattered blossoms everywhere,
Up and down the town —
Laughter, like a surging sea,
Blew sprays of blossoms over me.

My heart went seeking April,
Upon a bluebird's wing;
Mad with the joy of living,
Mad with the joy of Spring —
And I, who only knew of pain,
Have turned to Life and faith again.

MAINE'S CENTURY OF STATEHOOD

By William A. Robinson

On March 15, one hundred years
ago, Maine was admitted into the
Union as the twenty-second state.
Politically the youngest of the New-
England group, she is, historically,
probably the oldest. Her begin-
nings touch the far oft", romantic
days of Champlain and De Monts,
the Elizabethan seamen sailed
along her coasts. In 1613 Samuel
Argall fought in Somes' Sound the
first engagement in the long strug-
gle which culminated in the surren-
der of New France a century and a
half later. Maine has been at once
old and young. With places of his-
toric interest antedating Plymouth
Rock, she is still the resort of the
lover of the wilderness, of the deer
hunter, and the fisherman.

The early settlements had a check-
ered history and in 1652 they were
brought under the authority of Mas-
sachusetts, an authority not legally
established until twenty-five years
later. The subsequent story was
the familiar process of frontier de-
velopment. A slowly lengthening
fringe of settlements pushed north
and east, up the river valleys into
the wilderness. The coast settle-
ments established ship building and
a profitable fishing industry, engag-
ed in illicit trade with the French,
or turned an honest dollar at priva-
teering in time of war. Indian raids
and be>rder warfare were picturesque
incidents in the somewhat prosaic
>t>>ry of clearing the forest, pulling
stumps, cutting brush in the swamps
and picking stones from the uplands.
Nation building is apt to be prosaic
or even sordid in detail, but inspiring
in the aggregate. Massachusetts
looked on the Maine settlements
with a certain disdain. Missionar-
ies enlarged on the shiftlessness of
the settlers, the drunkenness and im-

morality of the lumbermen and sail-
ors. Hut all the while the founda-
tions of a commonwealth were being
laid.

With the close of the Revolution,
population grew rapidly. Land was
cheap and settlers poured in from
the older and more crowded commu-
nities. Trouble with Massachusetts
developed. Kentucky, Tennessee,
and Vermont had shown that fron-
tier communities could not be long
kept subordinate to the older. Maine
was not contiguous to the parent
State, causes of friction were num-
erous, demand for self-government
became insistent. Maine like most
newly settled areas followed Jef-
ferson and the new Democracv.
Massachusetts was Federalist. The
breach steadily widened and the sep-
aration agreement was finally con-
cluded in 1819. The admission of
the new state was delayed by the
bitter controversy which finally pro-
duced the Missouri Compromise.
Maine and Missouri are associated
in this way although the latter state
was not admitted until 1821.

Statehood made little change in
the life of the community. Maine
lumbering was famous and her sons
carried its methods to the forests
of the West. Ship building flourish-
ed, and Maine clippers were world
renowned until supplanted by the
British built steamship. The abund-
ance of water power in the streams
pouring down from the lakes of the
interior plateau, led to the establish-
ment of prosperous manufactures.
The Aroostock . valley became the
greatest potato producing district
in America, an invaluable source of
food supply for the growing indus-
trial centers of southern New Eng-
land and Xew York. Accessibility
to these same centers of population

MAINE'S CENTURY OF STATEHOOD

171

has made Maine one of the great
play grounds of the nation. Her
wilderness charm has never de-
parted.

Statehood, however, did mean po-
litical maturity and from the begin-
ning, Maine was a power in national
affairs. Partisanship was intense
and the victors in state politics mov-
ed on into the larger area at Wash-
ington. Fessenden, Hamlin, Blaine,
Reed and Frye were only the lead-
ers in a large and distinguished
group. In other localities Maine
men were prominent in public af-
fairs. Sargent Prentiss was a power
in early Mississippi politics. John A.
Andrew became the great war gov-
ernor of Massachusetts. Melville
W. Fuller reached the chief justice-
ship of the United States after a
successful career at the Illinois bar.
Hugh McCulloch became the lead-
ing financier of Indiana, Comptroller
of the Currency and eventually

Secretary of the Treasury, a notable
figure in the long contest for sound
money.

Achievement was not confined to
politics. From Maine came Long-
fellow and Hawthorne into litera-
ture, Fordyce Barker into medicine,
Charles Carroll Everett and Samuel
Harris into theology, Oliver O.
Howard, Seth Williams, and Rufus
Ingalls into the Regular Army,
Madame Nordica into music. Gov-
ernor Chamberlain at the semi-cen-
tennial of 1870 pointed out the
steady drain from the state by em-
igration. All the rest of the coun-
try was "the West" for Maine.
There are few localities where her
children have not been an influence.
After all, that rather than Prohibi-
tion has been her chief contribution
to the nation, the best memorial to
the sturdy lumbermen, fishermen
and farmers who founded the com-
monwealth.

SPRING RAIN

By Marion F. Sawyer

It is the sobbing month of April ; tears

Are falling gently to the earth which draws

Them in with eagerness, so quietly

You scarce can hear it. Fragrance fills the air

From odors sweet of smelling buds, moist

Earth, and the bark of blackened trees. A note

Trills lyrically from branches of an elm —

A robin sings in ecstasy, "Cheer up!

Cheer up!" The rain falls ceaselessly and soft.

HON. JEREMIAH A. CLOUGH

By Henry II. Metcalf

Jeremiah Abner Clough, born in
Loudon, N. H., November 22, 1846,
died in Concord, January 3, 1920.

The Clough family, one of the
most numerous and prominent in
central New Hampshire, with con-
nections all over New England and

allotment of land in that year. He
was a house carpenter by occupa-
tion, was twice married, had seven
children, and died July 26, 1691.

Many of his descendants settled in
Canterbury and Loudon, among
whom was Capt. Jeremiah Clough,

Hon. Jeremiah A. Clough

the country at large, descended
from John Clough, who came to
America from London, England in
1635, locating first in Charlestown,
Mass., but soon removing to Water-
town, and a little later to Salisbury
in the same state, where he settled
before 1640, and received a second

who was a leading citizen of Can-
terbury during the Revolutionary
period, serving a's Chairman of the
Committee of Safety and as a dele-
gate in the Provincial Convention at
Exeter in May, 1775, along with the
Rev. Abiel Foster. He was a de-
scendant in the fourth generation

HON. JEREMIAH A. CLOUGH

173

from John Clough of Salisbury, and
the great great-grandfather of the
subject of this sketch whose father,
Abner Clough,. was a successful
farmer of Loudon.

Abner Clough, whose father and
grandfather were also named Ab-
ner, married Sarah Hazelton of
Canterbury. They had three chil-
dren; Lucy M., who died in youth;
Abial H., who died in 1891, and
Jeremiah A. Their home was on
a tine farm on Clough Hill,
in Loudon, about a mile from

at Pittsfield Academy, Mr. Clough
remained with his father on the
home farm, to whose management
and cultivation he devoted his time
and energy with abundant success,
soon coming to be regarded as one
of the most prosperous and enter-
prising farmers in Merrimack Coun-
ty. Mixed farming was pursued
for man)- years, but for some time
later milk production was made a
specialty. The production of maple
sugar was also carried on to a con-
siderable extent.

I ~1 Era*

Clough Homestead in Loudon

the center of the town. Here Jere-
miah A. Clough was reared to a life
of industry and thrift, such as has
always characterized the successful
New England farmer, in whose
class many of the name have been
found, a notable example being the
late Col. David M. Clough of Can-
terbury, long known as the "Corn
King of New Hampshire," although
some have gained distinction in
professional life, like the late Judge
Lucien B. Clough of Manchester,
one of whose daughters is the wife
of Sherman L. Whipple, the emi-
nent Boston lawyer.

Having secured a good English
education, in the district school and

Upon the death of his father in
1900, Mr. Clough came into full
possession of the property including
the home farm, with adjoining and
outlying lands amounting in all
to over 500 acres. He continued
the management of the same until
his death, but established his home
in Concord in 1901, having pur-
chased the substantial residence on
South State Street, formerly owned
by George H. Emery, placing a
foreman in direct charge of the
farm.

Politically Mr. Clough was a
steadfast and reliable Democrat,
and was prominent in the affairs of
the party in his town and county.

174

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

He served the town of Loudon
three years as a member of the
board of selectmen, two years as
town treasurer, also as town clerk
two years, and was its representa-
tive in the Legislature of 1897,
when he served on the Committee
on Agricultural College, and was a
member of the Merrimack County
Board of Commissioners for four
years. He was chosen representa-
tive again for 1907, when he was a
member of the Committee on Ways
and Means, and also on Labor. In
November, 1908, he was elected to
the State Senate from the 11th Dis-
trict, strongly Republican, though
it was, by a majority of 95 votes,
a fine demonstration of his great
personal popularity. In the Senate
of 1909, he was a member of the
important committees on Banks,
Finance, Public Improvements,
State Hospital, and the Joint Stand-
ing Committee on State House and
State House Yard. He also repre-
sented his town in the Constitution-
al Convention of 1902. While in
Loudon he attended the Free Will
Baptist church, of which his mother
was a member. In Concord he at-
tended the South Congregational
Church. While in Loudon he was
for some years a member of Sur-
prise Grange, P. of H. He was
also a member of the Wonolancet
Club of Concord.

Mr. Clough made many friends
through his genial manner and kind-
ly 'courtesy, to all of whom his
death came as a distinct personal

loss. He was an honest, upright,
public-spirited citizen, interested in
all matters pertaining to the public
good, and although .he -had passed
the allotted age of three score
years and ten, his departure will be
long and widely mourned.

He was united in marriage June
20, 1877 with Nellie M., daughter
of George and Almira (Sanborn)
Peverly of Canterbury. They had
no children but took into their
family and started on the way of
life, several young men. A niece
of Mrs. Clough, Miss Florence C.
James, has also made her home with
them since their residence in Con-
cord. One young man — Wilson E.
Hunt — who came to them when
fourteen years of age, in 1891, was
educated and cared for like an own
son. He was graduated from Kim-
ball Union Academy, studied two
years at Dartmouth Medical Col-
lege, and graduated from the Medi-
cal Department of Harvard Uni-
versity in 1901, locating after a
period of hospital work, in practice
in Maiden, Mass., where he has
since been successfully engaged,
except for a period of overseas hos-
pital service for the U. S. govern-
ment in the great war. He cherish-
es a deep regard for the benefactor,
to whose kindly aid he owes his
position and success in professional
life, while Mr. Clough in his last
days, took no little pride in the
good work which his beneficiary
was acomplishing in his chosen
field.

TRIBUTES TO TWO TEACHERS

The late Mrs. Hattie Collins Parker.
By Rev. S. H. McCottester

Mrs. Hattie C. Parker of Marl-
boro crossed the River to the other
Shore, December the 17th, 1919,
aged 53 years. Thus another rich-
ly laden soul has passed from the
mortal to immortal, freed from the
illness of the flesh to the blissful-
ness of heaven.

She was born in Herkimer, N. Y.,
among the hills and valleys of that
picturesque country. She was gift-
ed and naturally brilliant, loving
the flowers, picking them when a
mere child with delight to adorn
the home, the schoolroom, and the
church. She admired nice things
and was pleased to share them with
friends. As she went to school she
displayed precosity of mind and
soul. With all her might she
strove "to seek and know." She
ranked high in conduct and studies.
She was loved by her teachers and
schoolmates.

When she was fourteen years old
her family moved to Keene, N. H.,
where she revelled in new things,
making most possible out of school
advantages. Here she stood well
in her classes, soon becoming noted
for high rank in spelling, reading,
writing, geography, arithmetic and
grammar. As she advanced . into
higher branches she rapidly grew in
love of knowledge and wisdom.
Noble thoughts bubbled right out
of her mind and heart. Her san-
guine, nervous temperament push-
ed her right on in the pursuit of
learning the why and wherefore of
matters. She early came to pa-
tronize the public library, reading
the best of books, being fondest of
the Bible and the dictionary. She
loved poetry, art and science and

rapidly grew in general informa-
tion. When institutes were start-
ed in Cheshire County she took a
deep interest in them. She loved
children and took early to teaching,
feeling it must be her life vocation
and furthermore was pleased to
help her good father and mother in
supporting and educating three
promising brothers and herself, all
anxious to learn and out-grow
themselves, making the world wiser
and better for their living in it.

Mrs. Parker taught for nearly
thirty years, some twenty of them
in Troy. She had a wonder-
ful power to stimulate her pupils
with good thoughts and high aspir-
ations. She wished to have her
pupils ponder and cherish good
things, like the bravery of Abraham
or the great heartedness of Moses,
or the determination of Joan of
Arc, or the faithfulness of Mary, or
the practice of Dorcas in doing
good. She didn't do this to appear
religious but it came of itself, just
as water runs down hill. Her
tones, gestures and movements ex-
pressed in a pleasing way her de-
pendence upon God. She was con-
scious all the while of this, for she
well understood her entire de-
pendence upon God for every
thought or deed done ; that she
couldn't breath once without his
help. All this went on without any
pretention to piety ; so it was beau-
tiful in expression and influence.
Every teacher should be conscious
of the presence of God and feel de-
pendent upon his helpfulness. If
she feels dependent on herself, she
will be pretentious and quite certain
to be desirous to show off. At
least she will not feel the responsi-
bility resting upon her for the cor-
rect education of those under her

176

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

charge ; she is likely to do as little
work as possible and get as much
pay for it as she can. It Avas far
otherwise with Airs. Parker, really
right the opposite; she was liable
to overdo in school and out of it.

While in Troy she was happily
united in marriage to Mr. Wilfred
Parker and went to live in a most
sightly place, a mile from Troy vil-
lage, which presents some of the
most fascinating landscape pic-
tures. After this event, she kept
right on teaching. At length, as a
son and daughter came into her
home she rejoiced and praised God !
Now how she thought and planned
for the future, adding zest to her
teaching. She desired that both of
the promising children should have
a college education.

After long and successful service
in Troy she came to Marlboro to
teach. Apparently she was most
vigorous in body and mind and
taught for more than a year with
eminent success ; but an internal
disease was at work, cutting off the
threads of her physical body; in
spite of all physician, nurse and
husband and son could do, in a few
months she passed into the lustral
light, causing friends to lament,
saying. "She hath done what she
could" on earth and has gone with
great riches into the blessed Be-
yond to live and aid all dear ones
gone on before, and the dear ones
left behind. Such living is verily
worth living, beautiful in the radi-
ance of earth and glorified in the
effulgence of the Most High ! Her
last words and acts were full of
hope, peace, encouragement and
resignation. Her Christian faith
was triumphant, placing a seal of
Glory upon her life that had been
made perfect through suffering and
self-denial.

She was always anxious to keep
up with the times or somewhat
ahead of them ; accordingly, her

reading was extensive and reliable,
and she wrote many an essay and
prepared lectures on timely sub-
jects, reading them before insti-
tutes, home circles, temperance so-
cieties, on decoration days and
gatherings. She had a good voice
for public speaking, using chest
tones, backed by carrying force, so
she could be distinctly heard in
large auditoriums, or speaking out-
doors.

Mrs. Parker was deeply interest-
ed in the last session of our legis-
lature, so far, especially, as making
changes in our laws as to improve
our schools. She highly approved
of having laws made so that all the
children in the state would be under
the supervision of superintendents
and that the larger towns and cities
should give financial aid to the
smaller towns to lengthen out their
schools that all the schools might be
in session about the same number
of weeks during the year. This
she felt was putting in practice the
virtue of the stronger helping the
weaker. This she felt must be
done to have our schools truly
democratic and Christian.

She felt too that the teachers are
responsible to a large extent to
have their children properly classi-
fied and graded. This must be
done to have the children spend
their time profitably while in
school. So the teachers must do a
deal of thinking and working out of
school hours. The difference be-
tween a true artist and a spectator
is, the first knows beforehand what
he is to do, the second works with-
out any plan. The one has studied
beauty and pondered over it till he
can see the painting on the canvass
before he has touched the brush, or
if he be sculptor, he can see in the
rough block of marble the statue
before his hammer has struck the
chisel. So the teacher beforehand
should know what she is to do.

MEMORIAL OF TEACHERS

177

Mrs. Parker sought to know the
best educated men and women by
conversing with them, hearing them
lecture, or reading about them, so
she was familiar with Horace Mann,
U. P. Page, Hon. G. P. Marsh,
Mary Lyons, Winship and throngs
of others, for she was self-educated,
as all true teachers are, and as she
went before her classes she could
draw from a fund of knowledge to
illustrate and make plain the sub-
ject taught. She was strictly
honest in her dealings with others
and particularly in the schoolroom.
She was never given to race partial-
itv. She regarded all as children
of God and should be treated as
such ; accordingly, her Catholic chil-
dren were treated just as fairly as
the Protestant, the Italian as the
Finn, and the poor as the rich.

She took special pains to know
the parents of her pupils that both
parties might labor together for the
good of the taught. Her motto
semed to be "Nothing but the best."
It was her joy to teach and see her
pupils outgrow themselves. She
was quick and ready to impart
knowledge and she wanted her
pupils to do likewise. She was al-
ways a student herself, even up to
the very last; she was bound, "To
seek and know." She was a good
disciplinarian. She seldom failed
to reform and redeem the wayward.
Therefore, she not only sought to
make her children wiser, but better.
She always linked the present with
the future, time with eternity.
Many have been guided and made
better by her teaching.

"Ever and ever she shall stand
In the true history of the land,
A noble type of good.
Heroic womanhood."

Her funeral was on a bitter cold
December day in the Congregation-
alist chapel of Marlboro, of whose
church she was a faithful member,

attended by Rev. Dr. S. H. McCol-
lester assisted by Miss Mildred
Holtham, music teacher of Troy,
who beautifully sang, "Crossing the
Bar." A goodly number of rela-
tives and friends were present,
deeply lamenting the departure of
the Christian woman. The body
was borne to Troy and the relatives
rode in automobiles to the place
where they tenderly laid the re-
mains in the ParKer family lot of
the new cemeterv.

Sarah Fuller (Bickford) Hafey.
By Rcz>. Harry LcRoy Brickett.

Among the many notable person-
ages that New Hampshire has
given to the world, whose lives
have contributed in no small meas-
ure to the good of humanity,, and
whose personal touch set in motion
springs of influence that y>et are
giving forth mental and moral re-
freshment and power, was Sarah
Fuller (Bickford) Hafey. She was
born amid historic surroundings,
not far from the McNeils of revolu-
tionary fame, and the historic man-
sion with the bronze tablet in
front that marks the birthplace of
Franklin Pierce, the fourteenth
President of the United States.
Her parents, James D. and Eliza-
beth (Conn) Bickford, were of
sturdy New England stock, whose
home at the Upper Village, Hills-
boro, was known far and wide for
the hospitality and good cheer, the
friendship and welcome, extended
to all so fortunate as to be guests
beneath its roof. Three children,
one daughter and two sons, were
welcomed into this household. One
son, while a student at Harvard
University was drowned in the
Charles river; the other son, Frank
J., carries on the home farm which
his father bought and to which he
moved his family many years ago.
The daughter, the subject of this

178

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

memorial, early gave promise of a
useful and brilliant future. The
little red school house of earlier
days, where pupils were taught
(not crammed,) where the reason-
ing powers were developed, and
where those, who afterward became
great and eloquent in debate, re-
ceived first impressions that were
lasting, was where the daughter,
Sarah began her public education.
Then followed instruction in Wash-
ington and Francestown Acade-
mies, which like others in those
days were popular and ranked high
in scholarship, but now are replac-
ed largely by the modern High
School ; and, in addition, as a prac-
tical part of her education came a
course of study at a Business Col-
lege where mathematics and
penmanship systematically were
taught. At the age of sixteen she
herself taught with marked success
her first school. She was a natural
teacher, having the gift of impart-
ing to others that which she her-
self so well knew. Her services
were sought by such institutions as
Perkins Institution for the Blind,
Lasell Seminary, and in public
schools and private classes. It is
pleasant to hear from some of Bos-
ton's leading citizens who were un-
der her instruction, the testimony
borne to her ability and worth as a
teacher. She married Charles M.
Hafey, a lawyer in New York, and
the one child, a son, born to them,
died in infancy.

It was, perhaps, as a writer of
verse and as a writer of prose, that
she was best known. Her writings
were published in papers, periodi-
cals and magazines, and were wide-

ly read by a large circle of interest-
ed subscribers. For two terms she
was Engrossing Clerk at the State
House, Boston, for which position
she was well fitted ; her handwrit-
ing being as clear and regular as
print, and resembling in smoothness
and beauty steel engraving. She
was a frequent contributor to this
magazine, and any article from her
pen was a welcome contribution
that was read and enjoyed by its
large constituency of readers. It
was some years ago that Mrs. Hafey
returned to Hillsboro, and to the
home of her earlier years to enjoy
with her loved ones a well earned
and long needed rest. Her life
filled to the full with useful service
to the individual and the communi-
ty, had grown and mellowed,
responsive to every cry of human
need, and ready to lend a hand ; she
was the same helpful personage all
through her more than eighty years
of life. With the going of the
month of January, 1920, she, too,
obedient to the divine mandate,
went to that other and better home,
even an Heavenly. On Tues-
day, February 3, at 2 o'clock p. m.,
relatives and friends gathered at the
old home to pay the last tribute of
respect and love to her memory.
At her request, Rev. Harry L.
Brickett, pastor of the Elm Street
Congregational Church, South-
bridge, Mass., was the officiating
clergyman. She was laid to rest in
the beautiful cemetery between the
two villages, where sleep the honor-
ed and patriotic dead, in the family
lot, by the side of her loved ones
gone before, with the setting of the
sun.

NEW HAMPSHIRE'S MOST FRIENDLY TREES

By Rev. Roland D. Sawyer

The Oak

"A glorious tree is the brave old oak,
That has stood for a thousand years

Has stood and frowned

On the trees around
Like a king among his peers."

The oak has well been called the
king of the forest. It stands for
rugged strength — the "Mighty
Oak" men call it. An oak tree is
the embodiment of strength and
grandeur. Its limbs are strong
with the life long wrestle with the
winds. The spirit of strength, en-
durance, long-life that attaches to
the oak has been observed for
thousands of years ; the Romans
crowned their heroes with chaplets
of oak leaves, and the Druid priests
offered their sacrifices to the oak.
In Germany of the middle ages it
was said the oak was the special
tree of Thor, the God of thunder
and power. As we might expect in
a tree of such strength, the oak
shows individuality, and there is
more variety among the oak trees
than is found among other of the
tree families. Each tree has in-
dividuality, and looking at a hun-
dred oaks you will find all different
where the pines and other families
are so much alike.

It is said there are over 300 species
of oak tree — the white, red and
yellow oaks are the ones best known
in New Hampshire; as is also the
little scarlet or scrub oak, which
while having little beauty in a
single tree, yet they unite in giving
us the first blows of the golden foli-
age in the fall and retain their leaves
throughout the winter in spite of
storms and winds.

Probably of the trees known in
historv more are oaks than of anv

other — this is largely because of the
great length of life of the oak. Most
famous of these is the famous
"Charter Oak" of Hartford, where
Capt. Wads worth hid the charter
of the colony of Connecticut when
Major Andros demanded its sur-
render in 1686. Boston's "Liberty
Oak" planted when the colony was
four years old and destroyed in the
siege of Boston, was mourned for
years. Dedham has an oak which
was sought to be bought to make
timber for the frigate Constitution.
Billerica has its oak under which
Washington rested as he toured
New England, and Bedford has its
gigantic Winthrop Oak, which stood
on one corner of the farm of John
Winthrop in 1637.

When I was a lad yearly I saw
the great trunks of 70 to 90 feet
in length being drawn to Newbury-
port for ship timber ; and one load
once broke thru Chain-Bridge, kill-
ing cattle but the drivers saved
themselves by jumping. For the
first 250 years in New England
man's chief business was the des-
truction of the virgin forests; with
axe and torch he cut down the
monarchs of years and left the land
but a piece of "slashing," and how
many an oak withstood for 500
years the winds of New Hampshire
storms to fall by the axe of a New
Hampshire settler.

Down in Athens, Ga., once lived
a man who became so attached to
an oak that sheltered him that
when he died he made a will and
"in consideration of the love he bore
the oak, he conveyed to it, posses-
sion of itself, and of all land on 8
feet each side of the tree." And
there the proud old oak stands, no
longer owned bv man. Would that

180

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

some of the fathers in New Hamp-
shire had held similar regard for
some of the grand old oaks that
have fallen.

"Sing for the oak-tree, the monarch
of the wood.

Sing for the oak-tree, that groweth

green and good ;
That groweth broad and branching

within the forest shade,
That groweth now, and still shall

grow, when we are lowly laid."

EDITORIAL

New Hampshire towns, at their
annual March meetings, were libe-
ral, but not unwisely so, in the mat-
ter of appropriations. Memorials
for our brave representatives in the
World War continue to engage the
public interest, and at least one of
permanent artistic value is assured
by the decision of the town of Ex-
eter to spend $20,000 in executing
the design of her famous sculptor
son, Daniel C. French. The wel-
fare and wishes of the survivors of
the great conflict were given heed in
numerous instances by providing
quarters for the posts of their order,
the American Legion ; and where
this action was combined with the
establishment or support of a Com-
munity House the public benefit
was especially well served.
A gratifying degree of co-operation
between towns and state was in evi-
dence in action concerning the public
schools, the public health, highways,
forestry, libraries, etc. The usual
number of towns provided for Old
Home Day observances, and Harris-
ville, Stewartstown, Wolfeboro,
Chester, and possibly other places,
took action towards celebrating var-
ious anniversaries of their incorpo-
ration. The town of Dublin had its
new town history ready for inspec-
tion on town meeting day and in
other towns provision was made for
continuing or beginning such work.

Readers of articles contributed to
this number on New Hampshire
highways, past and present, will be
impressed with the important part
which roads have played, and con-
tinue to play in the history, develop-
ment, progress and political econ-
omy of this state. From the stage
coach and the turnpike to the auto-
mobile and the boulevard, the course
of events can be clearly traced.
There was a half century interreg-
num, during which attention center-
ed upon roads of steel for the iron
horse ; but now the public highway
is again first in importance and its
problems of construction and main-
tenance, complicated by the tre-
mendous increase in motor traffic,
come home to every citizen and tax
payer. A great deal of money has
been wasted upon New Hampshire
roads in the past. Even now we are
far from getting 100 cents in value
for every dollar expended. But con-
ditions are improving. Federal,
state and local plans are being link-
ed-up harmoniously and advantag-
eously. Our state highway depart-
ment, ably directed and tactfully
administered, is struggling valiantly
to master its difficult situation, and
in its work it has, to a constantly
increasing degree, the intelligent and
sympathetic support of local authori-
ties and the people in general
throughout New Hampshire.

BOOKS OF NEW HAMPSHIRE INTEREST

The Turnpikes of New England:

And Evolution of The Same
Through England, Virginia and
Maryland. Bv Frederic J. Wood.
Illustrated. Pp. 461. Cloth, $10.
Boston ; Marshall Jones Company.

Tradition is not fact. Nor should
it be accepted as a substitute.
When it comes to discovering
actual facts regarding early New
England days and ways, it is nec-
essary to search old records, and,
like Mr. Wood, "blow the dust from
each volume top as it is taken from
its long undisturbed resting place."

Everyone has read about the
pathless forests which our ancestors
had to open up, and there is a halo
of splendor about the old stage-
coach days, but an accurate knowl-
edge of what came between is lack-
ing. We have accepted tradition
hearsay without investigation ; the
actual facts as presented by Major
Wood are much more interesting.
He not only shows how all roads
lead to the Turnpike, but so thor-
oughly, and in a manner easily un-

derstood, describes the "ways and
means" of the turnpikes in the dif-
ferent New England States that we,
much to our surprise, find the ac-
count extremely interesting and not
as dry as the dust on those same
roads, which was quite what we ex-
pected.

An article in this number of the
Granite Monthly takes us over
some of the New Hampshire turn-
pikes. Naturally we feel that our
own turnpikes are a little more in-
teresting than those of other states ;
our roads in the mountain region
prepare the way for magnificent
views and wonderful scenery.
However the ancestors of most New
Hampshire families came from some
town in Massachusetts or Connecti-
cut, and we are just as interested
in the roads they travelled.

We most heartily congratulate
Mr. Wood on having done one of
those things that can't be done, and
we encore our congratulations for
the entertaining and satisfactory
way in which he has taken us over
the turnpikes of New England.

NEW HAMPSHIRE NECROLOGY

HENRY W. BLAIR

Henry W. Blair, former United States
Senator from New Hampshire, died in
Washington, D. C, March 14. He was
born in Campton, December 6, 1834, the
son of William Henry and Lois (Baker)
Blair, both of whom died in his early
youth, so that his boyhood was one of
hard work and his education limited to
the town schools and two terms at the
Plymouth Academy. By persevering ap-
plication he secured admittance to the
New Hampshire bar, and in 1859 was
elected solicitor of Grafton County. He
served in the Civil War as lieutenant
colonel of the 15th N. H. Vols., and was
twice wounded in the assault upon Port
Hudson. He was a member of the New
Hampshire House of Representatives in
1866 and of the state senate in 1867-8.
He served in the 44th and 45th Congresses
and then two terms, 1879-1891, in the
United States Senate. He was appointed
and confirmed as United States minister
to China, but was persona non grata to
the Chinese government because of his
attitude on Chinese immigration, and re-
signed the appointment. In 1892 he re-
turned to Congress for one term. For
the past quarter of a century he has
practiced law in Washington, giving much
time, also to literature and to activity as
a publicist. Senator Blair married Eliza
Ann Nelson of Plymouth, a woman of
great intellectual gifts, who died January
2, 1907. Their son, Henry P. Blair, is a
prominent attorney of Washington, D. C.

Senator Blair received the honorary de-
gree of Master of Arts from Dartmouth
College in 1873. He introduced into Con-
gress Dec. 27, 1876, the first legislation
seeking to prohibit the manufacture and
sale of alcoholic beverages. He was an
ardent champion of woman suffrage; was
the author of the bill establishing the
United States department of labor; sought
to secure federal aid to the states in
education ; and introduced and favored in
Congress many other pieces of important
and progressive legislation. He was the
author of many books, pamphlets and
magazine articles, of which the most im-
portant was a comprehensive volume or
"The Temperance Movement."

Concord, who died February 29. The
issue of this magazine for February, 1920,
contained one of his valuable historical
articles.

Mr. Pillsbury was born in Concord,
June 3, 1844, educated in the city schools,
and engaged in business pursuits there
throughout his life. In 1911 he represent-
ed his ward in the New Hampshire legis-
lature. For many years he was the
treasurer and one of the most active mem-
bers of the First Baptist Church, whose
history he had written for the Granite
Monthly. He was a member of the New
Hampshire Historical and Genealogical so-
cieties and greatly interested in the sub-
jects of their work. Mr. Pillsbury was
prominent in fraternal orders, having been
grand master of the exchequer of the
Knights of Pythias of the state; a past
patriarch of the local I. O. O. F. encamp-
ment, and a member of the Patrons of
Husbandry and Red Men.

Mr. Pillsbury is survived by a daughter,
Dorothy of Concord; two sons, Thomas of
Wilmington, Del., and Benjamin of Water-
town, Mass.; and a sister, Mrs. Orrin T.
Carter of Concord.

ANDREW KILLOREN
Andrew Killoren, who introduced in the
New Hampshire legislature of 1889 the
bill making Labor Day a legal holiday,
was born in Cincinnati, Ohio, August 17,
1853, but had lived for 64 years in Dover,
where he died February 19, having been
engaged in retail business there during
most of his life.

He was educated in the city schools and
for 18 years showed his interest in them
as a member of the board of education.
An ardent Democrat in politics, he was a
prominent member of the House of Rep-
resentatives of 1887, 1889 and 1891, and of
the State Senate of 1893. At each of
these sessions his name was connected
with important legislation on labor and
other lines. Mr. Killoren had served on
the water and health boards, as well as
the school board of Dover. He had been
state treasurer of the A. O. H. and at-
tended three national conventions of that
order.

FRANK J. PILLSBURY

A valued contributor to the Granite
Monthly who recently has passed
away, was Deacon Frank J. Pillsbury of

GEORGE S. MORRILL

George S. Morrill, distinguished civil
engineer, was born in Penacook, March
28, 1843, the son of Asa Hall and Naomi
(Chadwick) Morrill, and died there Feb-

NEW HAMPSHIRE NECROLOGY

183

ruary 9. He attended public and private
schools and at the age of 21 went to Cali-
fornia where he was engaged in survey-
ing and building. Returning to New Eng-
land, Air. Morrill took up the work of
railway surveying, and in 1870 began a
connection with the Old Colony Railroad
which continued throughout his active life.
From 1882 until 1895, when the road was
absorbed by the New Haven system, Mr.
Morrill was the Old Colony's chief en-

WALTER D. H. HILL

Walter David Hammons Hill, who died
at North Corway, March 12, was born in
Sandwich, Feb. 26, 1870, the son of David
Hammons and Mary (Moulton) Hill. He
was educated in the schools of his native
town and at Brewster Free Academy,
Wolfeboro, and studied law with the firm
of Niles & Carr, Lynn, Mass., and with
the Sprague Correspondence School. He

George S. Morrill

gineer and in that capacity had charge of
a large amount of important construction
work. He was a member of the Ameri-
can and Boston Societies of Civil En-
gineers. During his vacations and after
his retirement from active service, Mr.
Morrill travelled widely on this continent
and abroad. In November, 1867, he mar-
ried Miss Clara Moody, who died in
August, 1918.. Their two sons survive:
Asa H. Morrill of Portland, Me., con-
struction engineer of the Maine Central
Railroad, and Harley W. Morrill, agent
of the Ludlow, Mass., Associates.

was register of probate of Carroll county
from 1893 until 1901, and later for eight
years was county solicitor, prosecuting
several important cases. He was a Re-
publican in politics and had served his
town as moderator. He was a director
of the North Conway Loan and Banking
Company and a trustee of the Memorial
Hospital there. February 26, 1908, he
married Miss Lena Pitman, daughter of
the late Lycurgus Pitman. She survives
him, as does one sister, Mrs. Bertha
Drew of Freedom.

184

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

MRS. OCTAVIA C. QUINBY

Octavia. daughter of Benjamin J. and
M. Aborn (Batchelder) Coje, was born
at Lake Village and died in New York
City, March 9. She married Henry
Brewer Quinby of Lakeport, governor of
New Hampshire 1911-1912, by whom she
is survived, and by one son, Henry Cole
Quinby,' and one daughter, Mrs. Hugh N.
Camp, Jr., both of New York City. Mrs.
Quinby was a member of the Park Street
Church at Lakeport, of the New York
City Chapter of the Daughters of the
American Revolution, and of the New
York City Chapter of the National Society
of American Women. Mrs. Quinby was
a woman of great ability and strength of
character, devoted to good works and an
ardent advocate of important reforms
she rejoiced to see largely realized during
her lifetime.

JOHN C. PATTEE

John Converse Pattee, born in Brown-
ington, Vt, November 30, 1848, the son
of Rev. Moses and Clarissa (Robinson)
Pattee, died at his home in North Strat-
ford, February 9. He came to New
Hampshire 50 years ago, but previously
had represented the town of Bloomfield
in the Vermont legislature of 1870, of
which he was the youngest member. He
had also served in the New Hampshire

Legislature ; had been treasurer of Coos
county ; and had held all the offices in his
town. The Legislature of 1913 elected
him commissary general of the state, but
he declined to qualify for the office. Mr.
Pattee had been highly successful in the
mercantile business to which he had de-
voted his life. He was a 32nd degree
Mason, an Odd Fellow and Knight of
Pythias. He is survived by two children ;
Ethelyn M. and Neal D. Pattee.

BELA CHAPIN

Bela Chapin, oldest of Granite Monthly
contributors, died at his home in Clare-
mont, February 24. He was born in New-
port, February 19, 1829, the son of
Phineas and Lydia (Osgood) Chapin, and
graduated from Kimball Union Academy,
Meriden, in the class of 1853. He learned
the trade of a printer and for a time was
the owner of the Dartmouth Press at
Hanover. For 50 years, however, he had
lived upon the farm where he died. In
1883 he compiled and edited a compre-
hensive volume, "The Poets of New
Hampshire," which had a large sale. He
had contributed verse to the Granite
Monthly almost from its beginning, and in
the March, 1919, issue, appeared a poem
written by him on his 90th birthday. He
is survived by his widow, who was Miss
Sarah C. Melendy, his classmate at K.
U. A.

Herbert C. Hoover
The Best Man for President of the United States. See Page 215.

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

Vol. LII.

MAY, 1920

No. 5

THE FARM BUREAU

By George M. Put nan,
President of the New Hampshire State Farm Bureau Federation.

Agriculture has long been recog-
nized as the basic industry of our
Country. Without a prosperous
agriculture other industries cannot
enjoy' continued prosperity.

It is this fact that has led our
government, both state and nation-
al, for a long period of years, to ap-
propriate funds to assist in various
ways in agricultural development.

It was in 1904 that County
Agent work had its origin, in an
effort to prevent the threatened de-
struction of the cotton industry in
the south by the cotton boll weevil.
It was during this year that the
first federal demonstration agents
were appointed -on the state of
Texas. While their efforts were
devoted primarily to assisting plant-
ers to destroy or hold in check this
pest they also inaugurated a
movement to promote the growing
of substitute crops to take the place
of cotton on the devastated areas.

At first Federal agents were ap-
pointed to cover several counties,
but the demand for intensive work
led to the appointment of County
Agents in 1907 ; and in 1908 County
Agents became an integral part of
the demonstration plan of the De-
partment of Agriculture. In 1911,
four County Agents were appoint-
ed experimentally in the northern
states, the first being in Broome
County, New York. The office of
Farm Management at Washington,
the Binghampton Chamber of Com-
merce and the Delaware, Lacka-

wanna and Western Railroad joint-
ly financed the work. The follow-
ing year a small appropriation was
secured from Congress for intro-
ducing the work into the northern
states, and during the fiscal year
1912-1913, 115 agents were appoint-
ed.

The passage of the Smith-Lever,
or Co-operative Extension Act, by
Congress in 1914, made available an
appropriation for promoting exten-
sion work in Agriculture and Home
Economics through co-operation
between the United States Depart-
ment of Agriculture and the several
state agricultural colleges, thus
placing County Agent work on a
basis of permanent Federal and
State support. In New Hampshire
at the present time all counties of
the state are financially co-operat-
ing in support of the work.

This briefly is the origin of
County Agent work in the United
States. It is a new departure in
agricultural development and to be
of the greatest service to all the
people will require the best thought
of not only the representatives of
the extension service, but of the
farmers as well.

In the few years of County Agent
work here in the east, experience
has seemed to demonstrate the need
of an efficient organization of farm
people in every county who are
thoroughly in sympathy with the
work, who, with the County Agent
and the state extension service,

188

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

should study the agricultural con-
ditions of the county and adopt a
program of work adapted to its
needs. It is this organization of
farm people, and those interested
in the prohlems of the rural com-
munity, organized primarily to
serve as a medium through which
agricultural extension work of the
Department of Agriculture can he
made availahle to the farmer on
his farm, that we have come to
know as the Farm Bureau. The
first Farm Bureau organized in
New Hampshire was in Sullivan
County in 1913, and other counties
organized as follows : Cheshire in
1914; Belknap, Coos and Merrimack
in 1915; Grafton, Rockingham and
Hillshoro in 1916, and Strafford
and Carroll in 1917. The present
Farm Bureau membership of the
state is nearly seven thousand.
Some of the most important sub-
jects considered by the Farm Bu-
reaus in New Hampshire are soil
problems, including demonstrations
to determine the value of lime to
correct the acidity in the soil, mak-
ing possible the growing of more
clover and other legumes. This
work alone has resulted in the use
of more than 3,0C0 tons of ground
limestone in a singe year. The
economical use of fertilizers includ-
ing home mixing of chemicals and
the use, of acid phosphate as a
supplement to stable manure in
furnishing the needed phosphoric
acid has been shown. The growing
of better crops is another subject
that has been given careful atten-
tion, including variety tests of dif-
ferent kinds of seed and methods
for the control of insects and crop
diseases.

The fruit industry has been pro-
moted through better methods of
cultivation and pruning and the
protection of orchards against in-
sect pests.

The live stock kept on the farm

is, in most cases, the market through
which the farmer disposes of a
large part of the crops grown on
his farm. The price he receives
for his crop depends largely on the
quality of the live stock kept. The
Farm Bureau is trying to improve
this market by encouraging the
establishment of cow testing and
breeding associations.

Farmers have been encouraged to
assume a larger responsibility in the
distribution and marketing of the
products of their farm that they

George M. Putnam

may receive a reasonable compen-
sation for their labors and the con-
sumer may be relieved as far as
possible of unnecessary service
charges.

Farming as a business differs
from other lines of business, in that
the home is an essential part of the
enterprise, and in many counties
the Farm Bureau is co-operating
in the employment of a Home Dem-
onstration Agent whose duty it is
to assist the rural home makers in
solving the problems of the home.
The activities of this department

THE FARM BUREAU

189

include demonstrations in the use
of labor-saving devices, advice as to
the arrangement of the home with
a view to economy in labor, bring-
ing to the county specialists to ad-
vise in the making and remodeling
of clothing, first aid, and home care
of the sick, and especially the latest
scientific knowledge on food and
food values with a view to improv-
ing the health and future efficiency
of all our people, and many other
subjects of interest to the home.

The boys and girls of today will
be the men and women of tomor-
row. Realizing this, the Farm
Bureau, where its finances will per-
mit, is co-operating in the employ-
ment of a Boys' and Girls' Club
leader and the establishment of
definite projects of work, including
Garden Clubs, Corn and Potato
Clubs, Pig Clubs, Poultry Clubs,
Canning and Sewing Clubs, etc.,
for the purpose of interesting and
instructing the young people of the
rural communities in the problems
of the farm and home, that they
may be better prepared to assume
the duties and responsibilities of the
future.

New Hampshire has taken a
front rank in Farm Bureau work,
being one of the first states in the
union to complete the organization
of all its counties.

During the late war the Farm
Bureau, through its County Agent
service and Boys' and Girls' De-
partment, rendered valuable assist-
ance to the state emergency food
production committee ; and may
justly claim with others, a share
of credit for the wounderful record
accomplished, as may also the Home
Demonstration department for its
work in food conservation and the
use of substitutes.

Briefly these are some of the ac-
tivities of the County Farm Bureau.
Many other problems of a more
general nature may receive consid-

eration. Inasmuch as the County
Farm Bureau is partly supported
by public taxation, its program of
work should be broad enough to
include the problems of the com-
munity. In the words of a County
Agent in another state, the ideal
Farm Bureau should be "an or-
ganization of people interested in
rural affairs which has for its pur-
pose the development of a more
economic agriculture, the adoption
of better farm and home practices,
the establishment of community
ideals and the furtherance of all
efforts of the people, the state, and
the government, for the well being,
prosperity and happiness of the
rural people." With a better un-
derstanding of the Farm Bureau as
thus truly expressed, the criticism
sometimes heard that giving finan-
cial support to the work through
legislative appropriation is class
legislation must entirely disappear.
With the steady growth and in-
terest in Farm Bureau work it be-
came apparent to those who had
made a study of its possibilities, as
a medium for assisting in the de-
velopment of the agriculture of the
state, that inasmuch as many of the
problems of the several counties are
similar, a federation of interests
would be of value to consider with
the extension department of the
State College, matters of co-opera-
tive agreement between the College
and the County Farm Bureaus, in-
cluding the adoption of a state pro-
gram of work and other subjects in
which the several county organiza-
tions had a common interest. Ac-
cordingly, a meeting was called at
Concord in December, 1916, and the
New Hampshire State Farm Bu-
reau Federation was formed. Its
value to the Farm Bureau work has
been demonstrated and its field of
usefulness broadened until to quote
from its declaration of purposes, its
object is "not to displace or run

190

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

counter to any organization now
existing, but rather to develop,
strengthen and correlate the work
of the County Farm Bureaus of the
state, to encourage and promote co-
operation of all representative agri-
cultural organizations in every ef-
fort to improve facilities and condi-
tions for the economic and efficient
production, conservation, marketing,
transportation and distribution of
farm products, to further the study
and enactment of constructive agri-
cultural legislation, to advise with
representatives of the public agri-
cultural institutions co-operating
with Farm Bureaus in the determi-
nation of state wide policies and to
inform Farm Bureau members re-
garding all movements that affect
their interests."

This program covers a broad
field providing unlimited opportuni-
ty for service, to which the New
Hampshire Farm Bureau Federa-
tion pledges its best effort with due
regard for the welfare of all our
people.

The development of Farm Bureau
work in all parts of the country and
the formation of State Federations
of Farm Bureaus in many states,
have demonstrated the economic
value of organization, and its appli-
cation in a broader way seemed to
many to be desirable. Accordingly
a meeting of the representatives of
several state Federations was held
at Syracuse, N. Y., in February,
1919, to discuss the advisability of
forming a National Farm Bureau
Federation. At this meeting it was
decided to delay organization until
the following November, at Chicago.

The Chicago meeting proved to
be one of the most representative
gatherings of bona fide farmers ever
held in this country. At this meet-
ing a constitution and platform were
adopted and a temporary organiza-
tion effected and adjournment made
to March 3rd, 1920, at which time

the temporary organization was
made permanent.

No movement in agricultural
circles has attracted so much atten-
tion and favorable comment from
the press and public, as has the or-
ganization of the American Farm
Bureau Federation. It is distinctly
a farmers' organization. None but
actual bona fide farmers are eligible
to membership in it. Twenty-eight
states representing a membership
of more than a million farmers
were represented at the organiza-
tion. The objects as provided in
the constitution are "to correlate
and strengthen the state Farm Bu-
reaus and similar state organiza-
tions and to promote, protect, and
represent the business, economic,
social and educational interests of
the farmers of the nation and to de-
velop agriculture." The resolutions
adopted received wide and favor-
able comment from press and pub-
lic and ring of true Americanism.
Among other things they favor
higher individual efficiency, com-
pensation to be based on accom-
plishments of the day's work, rather
than the hours of labor, declare
strikes no longer justifiable, declare
the waste and extravagance of the
present days demand return to the
more humble and prudent practices
of the past, and pledge the farmers
of America to the largest possible
production consistent with good
husbandry, with a view of relieving
the world's dire necessities, and in-
vite the workers of all other in-
dustries to join in a spirit of service.

The program of work for this
year includes the establishment at
once, under the direction of trained
experts, of bureaus to take up the
following subjects : Transportation,
trade relations, .distribution, statis-
tics, a legislative bureau and a
bureau of co-operation. With the
organization of these several bu-
reaus the work of the American

THE FARM BUREAU

191

Farm Bureau Federation will be
fairly under way. The Farm
Bureau Federation is national in
scope and is unquestionably one of
the most powerful, single organiza-
tions in the world. Acting with the
Grange, the Farmers' Union and the
other national and sectional farm
organizations, the Federation and
its sympathetic allies form a group
that far out-shadow in membership
and authority, any other federated
group in the nation, or in the world.
The Federation is expected at once
to exert a dominant influence in
national affairs and in a reasonable
course of time to aid in the correc-
tion of many abuses from which
agriculture has suffered.

While the organized farmers are
powerful, they are not selfish.
Every word and act of the recent
Chicago meeting, as expressed by
voice and resolution, show a strong
national spirit and a desire to be
just and fair to all. In times of un-
rest and discontent, the farmer has
always been the main stay and
reliance of the government to bring
the country back to normal condi-
tions again. At this time organized
agriculture has a duty to perform,
not to the industry alone but to all
our people. The Farm Bureau Fed-
eration will not be found wanting.

A REVERY

By Alice D. O. Greenwood.

Low hang the clouds above the purple hills.

The setting sun, in glory streaming thru.
With gorgeous tints the past'ral landscape gilds,

And all its imperfection hides from view.
See, like a mother's tender hand it falls

With soft caressing touch on ruins gray.
Pressing with fervid lips the crumbling walls.

It glorifies mutation, and decay.

Lo, as I gaze, a change is wrought meanwhile,

Where, but a moment since, brown cornstalks stood,

There soldiers grim, in gorgeous rank and file.

Have sprung to arms this side the darksome wood.

That marks the sinuous river's onward flow.
Thru spreading fields of rich alluvial land.

There, close beside its confine, long ago.

We have been wont to see a homestead stand.

Its hearth-stone now has fallen to decay,

And where yon slender ash tree proudly towers,

There once the blazing yule-log lay

And in its light we whiled away the hours.
Oh, happy hours ! Oh, joyous youth !

When Hope her gold flecked pinions wore,
When life was love, and love was truth,

I sigh that ye return no more.

192 THE GRANITE MONTHLY

And sighing wonder if with mortal breath,

All sensuousness is o'er and done.
And must within the silent halls of death

Sleep on while centuries their cycles run.
Must friendship, hope, ambition, love, and faith,

With all their kindred blessings pass away?
Then is existence but a fleeing wraith,

The evanescent tenant of a day?

Ah, then, is man the plaything of an hour,

Hapless creation of a passing thought,
The gibe, the jest of omnipresent power,

A thing discarded that henceforth is naught?
Oh death, thou mystery of which we know no more

Than doth the worm on which we tread,
We come, we bide a moment and we go,

Go hence, and are called dead.

Oh thou inscrutable estate,

Occult, and dark, and weird and deep,

Luring alike the humble and the great.
Within thy cold dim silent halls of sleep.

What art thou? Wdierefore didst thou come?

And hence with all thy trophies, whither dost thou go?
Beneath thy potent spell the mother's lips are dumb,

And unresponsive to her offspring's woe.

The great obey the mandate of thy will.

The humble lay their burdens down for aye,

Thou, thou alone the miser's greed can still,
And thou alone the Shylock's hand can stay.

The clamoring herd grows weary, falls asleep,

Within thy grasp the fairest flesh is clod,
All sentient nature doth thy mandate keep,

Oh thou inscrutable, art thou not GOD ?

I gaze on all the myriad worlds that shine
Thru all the vast infinitude of space,
I note the seasons' advent and decline,

And Nature's wondrous loveliness and grace ;
And, gazing, wonder if the power that wrought

Such marvelous beauty as with passing breath,
Would bring His glorious handiwork to naught,

And echo on the query, What is death ?

THE "GREAT RIVER NAUMKEEK"

ONCE THE SOUTHERN BOUNDARY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

By George B. Upham.

In an article entitled "New
Hampshire Town Boundaries De-
termined by Mason's Curve," pub-
lished in the January Granite
Monthly, the description of the
territory granted by the Mason
Patent of 1629, was quoted as ex-
tending- "threescore miles" inland
from the mouths of the Merrimack
and Piscataqua Rivers. It was
there explained that a curve line
drawn at such distance from the
sea was to form the western bound-
ary of the Patent. It was further
stated that in 1751 Joseph Blan-
chard Jr., began his survey of this
curve on the Massachusetts bound-
ary line at the southwest corner of
Fitzwilliam which is, by scale, al-
most exactly sixty nautical miles
of 6,080 feet each from the mouth
of the Merrimack.

How was the starting point at
the southwest corner of Fitzwilliam
determined ? From what point on
the sea was the sixty miles inland
measured, and was there intention-
al use of some mile longer than the
statute mile? In the consideration
of these questions it should be
borne in mind that at the time
Blanchard surveyed the curve no
such township as Fitzwilliam, or
Monadnock No. 4, as it was first
called, existed. The tract had
probably been surveyed as a pre-
liminary to a charter, but was still
ungranted land. It should also be
remembered that Monadnock No. 1,
frequently called South Monadnock
and now Rindge, had been charter-

ed by the Mason Proprietors a
year or two previous to the survey
of the curve.

In determining the western limit
of the sixty miles Blanchard did not
measure from the sea, but as stated
in his deposition, "I began to
measure Westwardly on the Prov-
ince Line, at the South-West corn-
er of Rindge, the distance from the
Sea to that place being then ascertained.
I measured from thence about A]/ 2
miles ; then went Northwardly ac-
cording to the directions given me."
(N. H. State Papers, Vol. NNIX,
p. 381.) How had the distance
from the sea to the southwest corn-
er of Rindge been ascertained?*
In fact when one thinks of it, "the
sea" was a somewhat indefinite
place to measure from.

In an endeavor to ascertain
whence this measurement was made
the writer was led to inquire into
the location of the "Great River
Naumkeek," and in so doing to
learn that such river and a line
drawn from its "head sixty miles
west" was once the southern
boundary of a "part of ye Maine

land of New England"

"henceforth to be called by the
Name of Newhampshire."

In the Archives of England,
Colonial Entry Book, Vol. 59, p. 93,
appears "A Grant of Cape Anne in

Xew England to John Mason

Esqr." This grant was made by
the Council for New England (In
England commonly called the
Council of Plymouth), dated March

* The survey of the recently established Province Line made by George Mitchell and
iRichiird, Hazen, in the spring of 1741 did not determine this, for Mitchell's part of the
survey, from the sea to the celebrated Pine Tree on the north boundary of Draeut. was along
a many angled line approximately three miles north of the winding course of the Merrimack.

This map though dated
was not engraved until two
in thr- Memorial History of
Only three names given by
River Charles and Plimouth.

the data for its preparation.

of the plate, each described

pp. 52-56. That above is from the second state.

lies remain in their original place; viz Cape Ann, The

Cape Elizabeth, here placed at Cape Small Point, has

1(514, the year that Smith obtained
years later. It exists in ten states
Boston, Vol. I, PP
Prince
The name

on
the

sferred from the easterly to the westerly entrance of Casco Bay. The name Boston
the s"te of York Me., had no influence in naming the real Boston by men who came from
vicinity of that mediaeval town on the east coast of England.
Cape James is of course Cape Cod; Chevyot hills are the Blue Hills; Gary lis. the islands

in Son hTrbor' 4alb„tfs Bay is Salem Bay; Bastable. Gloucester; Smith's lies,, the Isles of

ShoaL The name Hull is placed near the present site of Portsmouth. It n or course

understood that the nan,, of towns represented nothing except the Prince- fancy.

navies is Cape Neddick; Snadown hill. Mount Agamenticus; Harmgton Bay,

River forth the Kennebec; Baity lis. Monhegan and Manana,

for the greater part of their stay; Pembrocks Bay is

of Mount Desert.

where
Penobscot Bay

to be
Point
Casco Bay, The
Smith's ships anchored
Lomonds are the hills

THE GREAT RIVER NAUMKEEK

195

9, 1621-2,* and described the
granted territory as beginning "at
the head of Next (ircat River to
the Southwards of said Cape
[Anne] which runns upwards into
the Country of the Main Land
westward and Supposed to be call-
ed Naumkeck." The Grant was
bounded on the north by "the Next

Great River Supposed to be

called Merimack." The territory
was to be named "Mariana." (N.
H. State Papers, Vol. XXIX, pp.
19, 20.) Nothing seems ever to
have come from this grant of
"Mariana" unless it be the discov-
ery (?) and mention of the "Great
River Naumkeek" as its southern
boundary, which same river formed
in part the southern boundary of a
later grant made by the Council
for New England to Mason on
April 22, 1635. In that grant this
boundary is described as "being
from ye middle part of Naumkeck
river & from thence to proceed
Eastwards along ye sea Coast to
Cape Anne & round about ye same

to passcattaway harbour" "&

alsoe from Naumkeck through ye
river thereof up into ye land west
Sixty miles ;" otherwise than the
extension south to the Naumkeck
this grant of territory, "henceforth
to be called by the Name of New-
hampshire," was substantially the
same as that described in the pre-
vious grant to Mason made in Nov-
ember 1629, and shown within the
curve line on the maps published in
the January number of this maga-
zine. (X. II. State Papers, Vol.
NX IN, pp. 63, 65.)

It now becomes of interest to in-
quire where the "Great River

Naumkeek" was. Nearly all that
was known of New England, with
any approach to accuracy when the
grant of Mariana was drafted in
1622, had been discovered by Cap-
tain John Smith of Pocahontas
fame, who gave it the name New
England. Leaving his two ships to
trade and fish, with their temporary
home port in the little harbor of
Monhegan Island, he sailed with
eight men in an open boat along
the shore from the Penobscot to
the elbow of Cape Cod. This was
in the early summer of 1614. The
only fairly accurate map or chart
of the New England Coast exist-
ing in 1622 was the one drawn by
Smith himself and dated 1614. The
name Naumkeek does not appear
on this map, nor do any other In-
dian names, for Captain Smith had
allowed "the high and mighty
Prince Charles," then a boy of four-
teen years and afterwards Charles
I, to play with his map and to
plaster it over with English names,
few of which have been retained.
The names Charles River and Cape
Ann are among these. Smith for-
tunately had the good sense to
leave us, in his book, a list of the
original Indian names placed op-
posite those bestowed by the heir
to the throne.

It had pleased the Prince's fancy
to place on the present site of Glou-
cester the name Bastable. Smith
tells us the Indian name was Naem-
keck.**

In his "Description of New Eng-
land," written while a prisoner on
a French frigate and published
in 1616, Smith calls Salem Bay
" \ Great Bay by Cape Anne."

* Prior to 1 7 r> 2 . when the calendar- was reformed, we see many double dates, such as
1621-2. This was because tin- civil yeaT did not then begin until March 25th. while the his-
torical year began January 1st. .^side from the eleven days which we had fallen behind in
the old and then abandoned calendar, the difference in dates was only in the early part of
the year, between January 1st and March 25th. For present consideration of these double
dates the first year-date given should be disregarded and the second date taken as the real
date, for such in fact it was.

** Smith in his various writings gives five different spellings of this name, using "Naem-
keck" most commonly. The first settlers spelled it Nehumkeck, also Naimkecke, which later
was changed to Xaumkeag. but in no form is it now attached to any topographical feature
near Salem.

196

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

3he Tlo, \h JlounJ- of the ftltf ' fi*M(ht &t«*iK>
Oceen on the East too trds the Jottth $m**t it* Weft

Rovince of Malsachuset

Crcwn tot/ie Inhalitanto tfitr

7 Oi

Colony of Connecticut

ifpankd 'Ay Me Cronrn
2J> ^ptii 1662

■>fy

Granted cu /At

Me> di/*nJic/r #r /%/?srn Sea or
South j. wrf o/A/ev J£nfJ**<(

Chatty o£

w Plymouth.''
Granted ' to /As
0c/!

'ceet* en

This is a part of a map described on the original as "A SMALL MAP of the SEA
COAST of NEW ENGLAND. Together with the Out Lines of Several of the Provinces lying
therein: 1738." Its particular interest lies in the quadrant of the Mason Curve and the print-
ing therewithin, also in the straight line drawn from slightly north of the mouth of the
Merrimack, and extending "from the Atlantic); Ocean on the East towards the South Sea on
the West," forming the north boundary of the province of Massachusetts Bay.

The whole of the cut off printed matter in the upper left hand corner of the original
map reads as follows: "All the Land Northwards of the Massachusetts Northern Boundary,
and lying on the Back of the Province of New Hampshire, and on the Back of the Province
of Main so fare as the British Dominion extends, belong to the Crown of Great Britian, and are
not yet granted away by the British Crown, and the French Settlements approach very near
on the back of the Province of Main."

All the land to the northeastward of New Hampshire, including 'all the southern parts of
Maine and New Brunswick, is marked as granted to the "Inhabitants of the Province of
Massachusetts Bay October 7, 1761"; all east of the Kennebec River ; .s with the following pro-
viso, "but not to be s -anted away by them without the Crowns Approbation."

THE GREAT RIVER NAUMKEEK

197

He gives a fairly recognizable des-
cription of it to anyone familiar
with its waters, but despite the
somewhat pyramidal appearance
and great apparent size of Halfway
Rock, Marblehead Rock, Gray's
and other Rocks when seen loom-
ing through a fog, it must be ad-
mitted that the description of them
as appearing "at a great height
above the water like the Pyramides
of Egypt" is somewhat exaggerat-
ed. Three centuries of the action
of frost and the great drive of the
breakers must, however, have re-
duced their size materially.

Smith does not appear to have
examined closely the mainland in
the vicinity of Salem. In fact the
omission on his chart of the definite
coast line there, and the statement
"A Country not discovered" print-
ed, instead of an Indian name in
the list opposite the name "Bris-
tow," which latter had been placed
on the map a little north of the
present site of Salem, indicate
pretty clearly that Smith had not
been close ashore in the inner part
of the bay.

In a somewhat vague and in-
definite way he mentions as some-
where in this vicinity two rivers
either of which might have been
taken as flowing into this "Great
Bay by Cape Anne," one reported to
him as "a faire River and at least
30 habitations." the other as "a
River that doth pierce many daies
journey the entrailes of that Coun-
try." The latter was probably the
Charles.

Since prior to 1622 we know of
no other mention than by Smith of
Naumkeck or a river in its vicinity,
we are led to believe that the geo-
grapher who then advised in the

drafting of the grant of "Mariana"
had in mind, or imagination, some
river named "Naumkeek" flowing
into the "Great Bay by Cape
Anne." This grant distinctly says
it was "the Next Great River to
the Soutlru'ards of the said Cape,"
so it could not have been the
Merrimack which is therein stated
to be to the Northwards of the Cape,
nor could it have been the "River
Charles" for that is plainly shown
and named on Smith's map.

In Chapter XI of his "Advertise-
ments For the unexperienced Plant-
ers of New England" published in
1631, Smith tells of the settlement
made by the English in 1629, in
"about 42 degrees and 38 minutes,
* at a place called by the natives
Naemkecke, by our Royall King
Charles, Bastable ; but now by the
planters, Salem." Thus we see
that the name Naemkecke was by
Smith himself shifted from Bas-
table, (Gloucester) to Salem, if he
really knew where the Salem settle-
ment was made. The name Naum-
keek or Naumkeag has ever since
been associated with Salem, and if
we are to have a river of that name
Salem is a better place for it than
Gloucester, for no river, not even a
brook, flows into Gloucester harbor,
while just north of Salem is a tidal
estuary which reaches about three
miles inland to Danversport, and is
navigable, when the tide favors, for
vessels of light draft up to that
place. Above Danversport it is
a mere fresh-water brook. Seen
from Salem Bav this estuary has
the appearance of the mouth of a
large river. Smith apparently had
never seen it but others may have,
for in the seven or eight years in-
tervening between Smith's voyage

• This is within a mile of the correct latitude of Gloucester which is about five miles,
or minutes, further north than the latitude of Salem. This might indicate that Smith thought
it was there that the Salem settlement was made, but with the crude cross-staff then in use
for taking the sun's altitude an errc r of five miles or more in latitude was not uncommon.
Smith, however, was not far out in the latitudes given on this chart. He very wisely did not
undertake to give the longitudes for without a chronometer he had no means of ascertaining
them. The relative distances east and west, obtained by his dead-reckoning, came suprising-
ly near to being correct.

■•• — :.ts

This map is Nw B and V. of the "Crown Collection'' coasisting of photographic re-

productions of unpublished maps and drawings found mostly in the British Museum. Only fifty
prints of those photographs were taken, only twenty-five sold. Otherwise than in this collec-
tion of photographs it is believed that this map has never heretofore -been published. The
librarian of the renown- - -:itute of Salem knows of no other publication. This is the

only known map showing New Hampshire as extending south of the Merrimack- Note the
word New south of that river. It is also the only known map on which the name Naumkeek
River appears in any of the various ways of spelling. The original map is drawn on parch-
ment. It* size is 3 ft. 9 in. x 2 ft. 3 in. Its date is about 16S0.

THE GREAT RIVER NAUMKEEK

199

and the date of the Mariana Chart-
er, 1622, numerous voyages, of dis-
covery, for fishing and the purchase
of furs, had been made along the
New England Coast.*

The only known map with the
name "Xaumkeck" or "Xaumkeek
River" or any similar spelling
thereon, is shown in Vol. V, Xos. 8
and 9, of the "Crown Collection."
containing photographic reproduc-
tions of old and unpublished manu-
script maps and drawings found
mostly in the British Museum. It
is the only known map showing
New Hampshire as extending
south of the Merrimack River.
This map. of date about 1680, is
printed herewith.

Except as quoted above the only
reference to the Xaumkeek as form-
ing the southern boundary of Xew
Hampshire, which the writer has
been able to find, is in a letter dated
October 10th. 1726, from Jeremiah
Dummer, then in London, to Josiah
YVillard, Secretary of the Province
of Massachusetts Bay. This letter
relates a conversation with Mr.
Henry Newman, Barrister of the
Middle Temple, who for a consider-
able period of the boundary con-
troversv was the Agent for the
Province of Xew Hampshire.
Dummer writes, "I ask't him what
the pretenc'ons of New Hampshire

are he said their Boundary

on the side of the late Colony of
the Massachset was the middle of
Merrymack River, which tho very
Extraordinary doctrine, was not soe
surprizeing, as to hear him say
soon after that the true antient

Boundary was Xahumkeag the In-
dian name for Salem, and this Se-
cret it seems he was let into by Mr.
Usher when he was in England
last." (X. H. State Papers, Vol.
XIX, pp. 203-4.)

Having ascertained with more or
less uncertainty where the "Great
River Xaumkeek" was, it may now
be asked what had that to do with
the location of the Mason Curve?

After four or five generations of
Mason heirs had been born into and
died out of this great land contro-
versy which was such an important
factor in Xew Hampshire history,
John Tufton Mason in 1746, then
sole heir, sold his New Hampshire
domain to twelve Proprietors, all
living in or near Portsmouth, for
£1500. (X. H. State Papers, Vol.
XXIX, p. 213.) Meantime, in 1740,
after more than a century of politi-
cal conflict, the southern boundary
of Xew Hampshire had been fixed
by the King and Council substan-
tially as we know it today. The
limits of the Mason Patent had
never been definitely determined.
The owners were naturally anxious
to have their newly acquired prop-
erty surveyed, and extended as far
as possible.**

The Proprietors were more or
less familiar with the various
Mason Grants. They were all men
of experience, well informed in
political and business affairs where-
ever the wide reaching commerce
of Xew England extended, and not
likely to let anything to which they
were fairly entitled escape them.
Thev were doubtess aware of their

* We have records of at least nineteen different visits of Europeans to the shores
of Xew England before the coming of the Pilgrims in 1620. and it is well known that many
other visits were made to our shores by fishermen, fur-traders and adventurers of which we
have no definite record. Further northeast, as early as 1527 when John Rut sailed into the

harbor of St. John's Newfoundland, he saw there, to his surprise, twelve French and two
Portugese fishing vessels.

•• TTie Proprietors had heard of some "fine Land" over in the Connecticut valley, and
wrote John Tomlinson, Agent in London, for advice about petitioning the Crown for an ex-
tension westward and northward to a further '"Curve Line Parallel to our Former of Twenty
miles deep or of Thirty or fourty Miles so as to meet Connecticut [River]." Tomlinson, a man

of great good sense, replied, "I think it would be the wrongest Step that Could be taken

first Make good & Establish Your right beyond Contriversy." i.e. against the holders of the
Allen title. (X. H. State Papers, Vol. XXIX. pp. 2S0-282.)

200

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

rigTit to have the "threescore miles"
inland measured as miles were un-
derstood in loi - when their Patent
was granted. They must have
known the length of the old road
mile in England for some of them
had travelled there. We may readi-
ly understand that they may have
been in some doubt about the place
on the sea from which the sixty
miles inland were to be measured,
but they needed no advice to appre-
ciate that the longer the mile the
larger their domain.

They discussed it and the survey
of the curve at their usual weekly
meeting place, Ann Slayton's
Tavern in Portsmouth, perhaps
over mugs of flip and long church-
warden pipes filled with Virginia
tobacco brought up the coast in one
of their own brigs. Daniel Pierce
was one of their number, and pro-
bably knew a little more about geo-
graphy and surveying than any of
the others, so they informally
agreed to leave it to Daniel. He
doubtless knew of the survey that
had been lately made, in March 1750,
by Johnson and Bridges, employed
by the Massachusetts grantees of
Rowley-Canada, now Rindge, in an
effort to protect their claims from
feizure by the Mason Proprietors.
This survey was not at all to the
Proprietors' liking, for the survey-
ors had reported that they had "run
a line from three miles North of
Black Rocks in Salisbury Sixty
miles Due West,* and find

that sixty Miles extends one mile
and a quarter into Canada Town-

ship," (Rindge) a much shorter dis-
tance from the sea than was pleas-
ing to the Proprietors. It therefore
behooved Daniel to find some more
satisfactory measurement. lb-

looked up the old grants, brushed
up his knowledge of geography, and
so came to know, or suspect, that
sixty miles from the "head of the
Naumkeek" would bring the curve
further west than would sixty miles
from the mouth of the Merrimack,
thus giving the Proprietors a larger
domain, hie therefore prepared a
map for Blanchard, which has been
lost, and in his instructions about
surveying the curve told him to "be-
gin on the Province line at the
Southwest Corner of the Township
called South Manadnach (Rindge)
& to measure upon the Province
line till it intersects a curve line
drawn from a point Sixty Miles west
from the head oi Naumkeek"**
We can imagine Daniel with solemn
countenance, without even the wink
of an eye, giving these in-
structions to Blanchard, and he was
reasonably safe in doing so for it
is very doubtlful whether anyone
knew where "the head of Naum-
keek" was.

Blanchard reported that he meas-
ured from the southwest corner of
Rindge about A l / 2 miles Westward-
ly on the Province Line, then went
Northwardly as directed. (N. H.
State Papers, Vol. XXIX, p. 381.)
As a matter of fact he measured
westwardly six statute miles and
there began to survey northwardly
on the curve. We know this be-

• Hail they really measured due west for the same distance from the place men-
tioned they would have found themselves in the southwest corner of what is now Peterboro.

•» (See N. H. State Papers, Vol. XXIX, p. 438.) The deed from John Tufton Mason to the
Proprietors made in 1746 conveyed only the tract comprised in the grant of 1629, in which
there was no mention of the Naumkeek. By the terms of that grant it seems reasonably clear
that the meisurement of the sixty miles to the west should have been from the mouth of
the Merrimack. Not long before it was arranged to have Blanchard survey the Curve the
Proprietors acquired for the moderate price of twenty shillings all the right, title and Interest
of John Tufton Mason to the land north of the Naumkeek and the line sixty miles west there-
from. (N. H. State Papers, Vol. XXTX, p. 274.) The small consideration paid and the fact
that the grant of this tract made by the Council for New England, on April 22, 1635, had
never been confirmed by the King, (See Narrative and Critical History of America, Vol. Ill,
p. 310). leads us to think that the Proprietors were buying not land but merely an excuse
to do their measuring from the "head of the Naumkeek" Instead of from the mouth of the
Merrimack.

THE GREAT RIVER NAUAIKEEK

201

cause the charter of Monadnock No.
4, now Fitzwilliam, granted only a
few months later, states the south-
ern boundary as "Beginning- at the
West Line of Mason's Patent So
Called Where that Crosses the
Dividing Line Between the Prov-
ince of the Massa Bay & the
Province of New Hamps & runs

from thence East by Said Line

six miles to the Southwest Corner
of South Monadnock."*

How are we to reconcile this with
Blanchard's statement that his
measure between the same points
was "about 4 l / 2 miles?" Not by al-
lowance for "swag" (sag of the
chain.) A mile and a half in four
and a half would be altogether too
much "swag," and then it is highly
probable that Blanchard himself

made both measurements. We can
account for it only by believing that
the 4}j were the "old miles." in
use in England when and long after
the Mason Patent was granted,
which would be very nearly equal
to six statute miles.

Thus strange and far fetched as
it may seem the present position of
a large number of town boundaries
and farm property lines in New
Hampshire appear to have been af-
fected by the visit of Capt. John
Smith to the New England coast in
1614, with the consequent laying off
of the Mason Curve from the head
of an insignificant tidal estuary near
Salem. These same town and farm
boundaries appear to have been still
further affected by the length of the
old English mile.

• (X. H. State Papers. Vol. XXVII, p. 260.) Stearns in the History of Rindge. much

superior to the average town history, says. "The Mason Proprietors conveniently fixed upon

the southwest corner of Fitzwilliam as the termination of the sixty miles from the sea, by

which, with an accomodating elasticity of the curved line, they successfully embraced the
eight Monadnock townships and others to the north of them," but the careful author makes no

attempt to trace how they managed it to fix upon that place as the termination of the
sixty miles.

Respecting' the location of the Mason Curve the following seems to some extent material.
For a year or two prior to the sur\ey of the curve the Blanchards, fathers and son, had
been very familiar with land in the vicinity of Rindge, Fitzwilliam and Richmond. They
had in all probability made the suneys preliminaiy to granting the charters for eacii of these
townships, all before the survey of the curve in October, 1751. The charter for Fitzwilliam,
originally Monadnock No. 4, was granted in January 1752, that for Richmond in February
1752. but the surveys were doubtless made some months previously, probably in the summer
or fall of 1751. Colonel Blanchard as agent for the Proprietors had issued and signed the
charters for Monadnock No. 4 (Fitzwilliam) and South Monadnock (Rindge). Both he and
his son were grantees of Richmond. They owned numerous lots of land in each of these
three townships. Colonel Blanchard owned the lot at the southwest corner of South Monad-
nock, so when his son began there, as directed by Daniel Pierce, to measure west on the
Province Line, he began at the corner of his father's lot as well as at the southwest corner
of that town. The Blanchards lived in Dunstable, now Nashua, only twenty-five or thirty miles
distant from these towns.

le town immediately west of Fitzwilliam and has its eastern boundary on
had been granted as Sylvester-Canada, to Capt. Joseph Sylvester and his men
1735 and surveyed by Josiah Willard in 1730. He had marked a hemlock
corner with the letters J. S. and it seems probable that Blanchard, Jr.
began the survey of the curve from this same tree. (N. H. State Papers, Vol. XXIV, pp. 272-
280; Vol. XXV, p. 460; Vol. XXVII, p. 260; Vol. XVIII, pp. 19S-204.)

Richmond is th<
the curve. It
by Massachusetts in
tree at the southeast

THE DARTMOUTH LITERARY OR
DEBATING SOCIETIES

/>' v . Isa Currier Tilton.

PAR

II.

Societies other than literary had
now begun to appear in the College.
The church was the earliest or-
ganization in the college communi-
ty. The first secular organization—
closely connected with the Church,
however — was musical. There are
indications of its existence at the
first Commencement in 1771 ; hut it
is not definitely mentioned until
1792, when it is called "The Musical
Society," or "The Choir." It had
its Anniversaries until 1802. A
movement spread over New Eng-
land, soon after 1800, for the im-
provement of church music and took
form in musical societies in the
towns and colleges. One of the
foremost of these, "The Handel
Society of Dartmouth College," was
established in 1807, superseding the
Musical Society, was active for
half a century, and finally ended in
1888.* It owned a library and a
collection of musical instruments :
and celebrated its Anniversaries at
Commencement. It joined with
similar societies in giving exhibi-
tions for the purpose of aiding the
reform — one was given at Concord
in 1810 and one at Amherst in 1811.
It did not escape the later attacks
on societies. These, after 1803,
were directed less against the two
great societies than against the
small and select literary organiza-
tions and societies of religious and
moral purpose.

The formation of a chapter of
Phi Beta Kappa, in 1787, was due
to the desire of the ablest and most
earnest Juniors and Seniors for a

(*10) Judge Cross, Class of 1841, calls
it The Handel and Haydn Musical Asso-
ciation.

literary society which would be
smaller, more select and serious,
and less subject to student politics
and disturbances than were the
great societies. Its debates were
conducted by two disputants who
prepared their arguments and two
who spoke extemporaneously. The
literary societies were tolerant
toward the chapter, when they
found that it did not attempt to
compete with them in having a
library and that it took members
from both without discrimination.
In early days it elected one-third of
the junior class at the end of the
college year. It exclusiveness

marked it for attack by the elements
that were hostile to societies.

Soon after 1800 there was a re-
action in all the colleges from the
irreligion and low standards of the
preceding decades. This manifest-
ed itself in the formation of moral,
religious, and mission study socie-
ties. At Dartmouth, in 1801, a Re-
ligious Society was established ; and
some years later, we find a Theo-
logical Society and a Society of Re-
ligiosi. These combined, in 1808.
into the Theological Society of later
years — the only one of the old socie-
ties which has lived on, under vari-
ous amalgamations and changes of
name, into the present century. A
Society of Inquiry was started, in
1821, for the study of missions — a
type which developed 'under the in-
fluence of the newly-awakened
interest in foreign missions. The
exercises of these societies were, at
first devotional ; but, later, they
added dissertations and debates ;
and had an oration, or a sermon, at

THE DARTMOUTH SOCIETIES

203

their Commencement Anniversar-
ies.

The conditions in the great socie-
ties which prompted the formation
of Phi Beta Kappa, resulted, from
time to time, in the establishment
of select local societies — less cum-
bersome and formal, and more in-
tent on improvement. In 1793 the
Independent Society, or Confeder-
acy, (the "Potmeal Society'") was
started — not as a select society,
however, hut as a "Grand Liberal
Society." It appears to have lost
its radical character ; and in 1799,
it joined with the United Fraternity
from which its leading members
probably came — in the face of
strong objection from the Social
Friends — and continued for several
years as the Dartmouth Literary
Adelphi with a standing which
enabled it to hold Anniversaries.
Between 1808 and 1812 there was a
small society, called Philoi Euphra-
dias ; and there may have been
others, at this period, of similar
character. (*11)

For the story of these years we
may profitably concentrate our at-
tention on the student life of an-
other of Dartmouth's noted gradu-
ates, Amos Kendall. Before doing
so, however, a reminder may be in
place not to forget these ephemeral
societies ; for we shall need to have
them in mind when we come to the
formation of fraternities and the
downfall of the great societies.

Kendall entered college in March,
1808, as a member of the Class of
1811; and in April he became a
member of Social Friends. The
narrative, in his Autobiography, of his
student life gives prominence to the
small societies, and pictures very
clearly their relation to the great
societies and the conditions therein
which gave rise to the select
groups. (*12)

His class had organizfed the
"Gumnasion Adelphon," a club of

about fifteen members, earl}- in its
freshman year and Kendall was in-
vited to join it. Its purpose was
mutual improvement and the pro-
motion of friendship. Members
were selected for their good morals
and earnest purpose ; and this made
it a power for good in the class.
Class consciousness and loyalty
were developing. The club was not
formally secret ; but it was agreed
that it should not be mentioned
(probably to avoid attack) and its
existence was unknown to out-
siders. There was no constitution,
and the members presided in turn
at the weekly meetings, which were
held in their respective rooms. The
exercises consisted of declamations
and compositions, which were criti-
cised by all, and discussions. It
successfully carried out its ideals ;
and Kendall looked back upon it as
his pleasantest and most profitable
student experience. In his sopho-
more year he became a member of
the Handel Society and was active
in its work. He was at the exhibi-
tion at Concord which was given by
this and similar societies and in-
cluded an oration by the Rev. Sam-
uel Worcester of Salem (Class of
1795).

(*11) The informal nature of these
societies and their frequent lack of a
name make it difficult; to differentiate be-
tween them in the references to their
existence and activity. Some, doubtless,
existed which have left no record, or even
tradition.

(*12) After graduating, he studied law:
and went to Kentucky in 1814, where he
practiced and was a journalist. He was
a Democrat and was influential in Jack-
son's administration and very active as a
newspaper writer. He was Fourth Audi-
tor of the Treasury and Postmaster Gen-
eral. In 1845 he became associated with
Samuel F. B. Morse in the promotion of
the telegraph. His energy and ability
went far in making the invention a com-
mercial success, and made him wealthy.
He lived in Washington for the remain-
der of his life and contributed generously
of his time and means to religious and
philanthropic enterprises.

204

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

This year was marked by attacks
on the temperance men in college.
They arose from an attempt of the
temperance men in Kendall's
class — he was one of them — to re-
form "Quarter Day." This was a
day cm which each class gave an
exhibition, following the announce-
ment by the faculty of "Appoint-
ments," or honors. The recipients
of the highest were compelled, by
custom, "to stand treat"; and the
practice caused much drunkenness
and disorder. The temperance men
succeeded in persuading the class
to abolish the custom by formal
vote ; but the disorderly element
succeeded in winning over enough
votes to make a repeal of the resolu-
tion inevitable. Thereupon some
of the temperance men signed a
pledge not "to treat." Kendall read
it in a class meeting and asked for
other signatures. This produced
such a storm that no one dared to
add his name. Eight of the high
honors went to the signers of the
pledge. An attempt was made to
stop the exhibition by creating a
disturbance ; and some students
were dismissed in consequence.
Kendall and his associates were
very unpopular for a considerable
time in consequence of their stand
against the abuse. In their senior
year, however, they had the satis-
faction of seeing the practice stop-
ped by the faculty.

Kendall was never backward in
championing causes in which he be-
lieved ; and a political controversy
increased the unpopularity which
his attitude on temperance had
brought upon him. It was propos-
ed to have a non-partisan Fourth of
July celebration in 1810. As three-
fourths of the students were Fed-
eralists an adherent of that party
was, quite properly, chosen orator.
Kendall, a Republican-Democrat,
was chosen poet. He felt, however,
that the orator was so pronounced

in his political attitude that the
celebration could but be a political
affair; and, consequently, he de-
clined to serve as poet. This set
the pot — already bubbling merrily
over the temperance question — to
boiling furiously. There was great
excitement and the turbulent ele-
ment went to extremes. The fac-
ulty — as Federalist as the stu-
dents — took sides with their party.
This brought the more moderate
men, like Kendall, into the fray;
and it was a considerable time be-
fore the ill-feeling, which the
episode aroused, was allayed.
These incidents are valuable illus-
trations ; for they show that intense
interest of the students in public
and political affairs which prompted
them to fit themselves for active
participation therein and gave vital-
ity to the debating societies. Ken-
dall felt that the unpopularity which
accrued from these conflicts weigh-
ed heavily against him ; but he says
that he regained his standing in
student opinion. All the honors
which were his due certainly came
to him. He was a Phi Beta Kappa,
and in his junior year, was selected
to deliver an oration before his
society, which was, as we have seen,
strongly Federalist. (*13)

In April of the same year (1810)
he was elected to Philoi Euphradias,
members of which were chosen
from the best men in the two great
societies. This was the year of the
agitation over the Fourth of July
celebration. Philoi faced the hos-
tility against which the small socie-
ties now had to contend. An at-
tempt was made in both the great
societies to pass laws to prohibit
members from joining on the
ground that it was harmful to them,

(*13) It must be borne in mind that
this narrative of Kendall's college ex-
periences is based .on his Autobiography,
and that it must be read as his recollec-
tions after an active political life.

THE DARTMOUTH SOCIETIES

205

and that a student could not be
faithful to both. In the Social
Friends the motion was strenuous-
ly resisted by the Philoi who were
members ; but it was passed. The
Philoi, including the President,
Kendall, and others, then asked
dismission. This brought matters
to a crisis, as it removed most of the
officers and leading members. The
President had left the room when
his dismission was not granted.
The law was repealed, and the
seceding members were asked to
return. The champions of higher
standards had again triumphed ; but
the Philoi had to face new attacks
and were subject to annoyances.
They wore their medals and rib-
bons — in accordance with the gen-
eral custom of the societies of that
day — and were roundly jeered for
their ostentation. (*14)

In 1809 the Theological Society —
still often called the Religiosi — the
Social Friends, the United Frater-
nity, Phi Beta Kappa, and the Han-
del Society, all celebrated their
Anniversaries within the two days
preceding Commencement Day.
This is a typical schedule ; in some
years other Anniversaries, as that
of Philoi, are to be added. The
congestion furnished every oppor-
tunity for rivalry to burst forth
into active conflict. Such an out-
break furnishes the closing episode
in Kendall's account of his college
career.

We have seen that the rivalry
between the United Fraternity and
the Social Friends over their An-
niversaries became so intense that
in 1796, the exercises were sus-
pended for two years, and that in
1800, they were definitely abolished.
They were revived in 1811, Ken-
dall's senior year. He was sure
that he would be chosen orator by
his Society, if he would accept this,
the highest honor within its gift ;
but he had literary ambitions in the

field of poetry and the drama, and
preferred to take second place
where he could try his pen. He
was unanimously elected poet. His
production was a long tragedy, en-
titled: Palafox; or, The Siege of
Saragossa. It was accepted by the
Society. A long tragedy was like-
wise written for the United Frater-
nity by Nathaniel Wright. Each
society desired to have its Anni-
versary on Tuesday, because Com-
mencement guests were then in
Hanover in full numbers. A battle
was the inevitable result in which
each society used every possible
historical, technical, and other argu-
ment in support of its right to that
day. The struggle became so heat-
ed that the faculty was on the point
of forbidding the presentation of
both tragedies. The societies then
tried various expedients for settling
the dispute. They named a joint
committee to decide which tragedy
was the better; but it divided by
societies and came to no decision.
The authors then submitted their
manuscripts to each other with a
like result. Kendall surmised that
Wright would rather have his play
given on Monday than not present-
ed at all and that he would, there-
fore, persuade his Society to accept
that day. He, consequently, had
the Social Friends declare that their
play would be given on Tuesday,
or omitted entirely. This aggres-
sive strategy won the day ;
Wright's tragedy was given on
Monday and Kendall's on Tuesday.
"On both evenings the College
edifice was illuminated, which made
a brilliant and enchanting appear-
ance. The tragedies were per-
formed before crowded houses
with much applause."

The composition of Palafox, the
author tells us, had been a labori-
ous task. It was long and had both

(*14) Philoi was sometimes called
the "Oratorical Society."

206

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

prologue and epilogue. The super-
vision of its production was equal-
ly arduous. Kendall had never
been in a theatre, and had only book
knowledge — and. doubtless, slight
at that — of stage methods. But he
selected actors and costumes, and
was stage manager. The per-
formance was a success, and his
play was considered superior to
that of his rival. His college
career ended in triumph. His
tragedy was praised ; and, in the
face of several prolonged absences
while teaching to earn money to
pay his college expenses, he grad-
uated at the head of his class. He
did not take his diploma, partly be-
cause he disliked the President of
the College, and partly because he
despised the pretence of the hollow
formality.

After graduation he revised his
play and introduced female char-
acters, which were not allowed in
college plays. On the advice of
friends he sent it to the manager of
a Boston theatre in the hope that
he might sell it and get money to
help him in his study of law. It
was not accepted, however. He
wrote another tragedy. The Fall of
Switzerland, and several poems ; but
could not sell any of them.

The resumption of Anniversary
Exhibitions had brought with it
a disturbing outbreak of society
rivalry which compelled the faculty
to limit the exercises. In 1799 the
societies abrogated the agreement
which was intended to keep their
membership equal and prevent
trouble from their ambition to ex-
cel in numbers; and during some
years the contest for members was
unregulated. Kendall says that
two-thirds of the students were
members of Social Friends. Soon
the faculty interfered here also ;
and in 1814. compelled the societies
to accept a system of alphabetical
assignment and election combined.

This was modified and made more
stringent ; but was evaded until in
1825, the assignment was made ab-
solute and new students were divid-
e 1 between the two societies by lot
with no choice but to accept their
fate. This system prevailed to the
end — even after the societies had
become mere administrative ma-
chines for supporting the libraries.

While the societies still had sev-
eral decades of useful, active exist-
ence before them, faculty control
marks the beginning of their de-
cline. Hie frequent disturbances.,
and the conditions which led to the
formation of small societies show
their weaknesses. From organic
student life they were slowly trans-
formed into mechanical instruments
of college government, as the Col-
lege took up functions which the
students had performed of them-
selves, for themselves, and by
themselves. At the same time
changes in national ideals and the
increasing complexity of life, with
its differentiation of tastes and pur-
suits, were undermining the old
educational aims of college and
literary society and were destroy-
ing the community of purpose and
interests which made it possible for
the whole student body to organize
in two great societies — rivals in the
pursuit of the same ends. This
should be borne in mind while we
tell the story of the years during
which they were still vigorous and
come to the years when they fade
away and disappear.

The printing press was brought
into play in advancing the fame of
the societies. They printed cata-
logues of their members and of
their libraries. The United Fra-
ternity published catalogues of
members in 1818 and 1840; and the
Social Friends in 1822, 1826, and
1839. Phi Beta Kappa, also issued
catalogues — the first in 1806. Later
when membership was perfunctory

THE DARTMOUTH SOCIETIKS

207

and practically nothing more than
a tax list for supporting the libra-
ries, they issued several editions of
Constitutions and By-Laws — the
Social Friends in 1858, 1861, and
1873; the United Fraternity in 1862
and 1873. To the catalogues the
enthusiastic society man went for
justification of his pride in his so-
ciety and for ammunition to use in
contests with its rival. Famous
alumni were exploited to the ut-
most. What combinations of fam-
ous graduates must have been made
to balance the name of Webster?
And in how many youthful minds
did this hero worship awaken am-
bitions which were the most potent
influences of their student days?

They also printed catalogues of
their libraries. The Social Friends
issued them in 1810, 1817, 1820,
1824, 1831, 1841 and 1857; the
United Fraternitv in 1812, 1815,
1820, 1824, 1835," 1840, and 1852.
The College Library catalogue of
1825 has forty-four octavo pages,
the United Fraternity catalogue of
1824 has forty-seven, and the Social
Friends catalogue of the same year,
forty-three. Each society strained
its resources to the utmost to have
more books than the other. The
College Library contained few
volumes that any student would
care to read, or refer to. The
libraries were, perhaps, the most
useful branch of society endeavor ;
and were, certainly, the most per-
manent. From the start they re-
ceived attention, not exceeded,
even, by that given to the Anniver-
saries ; and they were looked upon
with the same pride, and were used
for the same purposes, as were the
distinguished alumni.

One episode in the history of
these libraries has a very intimate
connection with the general history
of the societies and the College. It
occurred in connection with the
attempt of the State to change the

name of the College to "University"
and to alter tin- personnel of its
governing board by amending its
charter. The State intervened in a
College feud from political motives.
The controversy was ended in favor
of the College by the famous and
far-reaching decision of the United
States Supreme Court in the Dart-
mouth College Case. A case, noted,
also, because the Court, in its de-
cision followed so closely the rea-
soning of the brief and argument
of the counsel for the College. It
is one of Webster's great achieve-
ments in the interpretation of the
Constitution.

In 1817, after the Superior Court
of the State had upheld the law
which amended the charter of the
College, "the University faculty"
(there were two hostile institutions
attempting to occupy the same
buildings and do the same work)
seized the College Library of about
4,030 volumes. The societies needed
no argument to convince them that
their libraries were in danger of
meeting the same fate. They acted
with the promptness and energy
which we should expect them to
display in the defence of their most
cherished possessions. Committees
of Safety were chosen, and most
of the books were removed from
their rooms in the College Hall be-
fore the invading faculty attempted
to take control of them. The at-
tack was made and met with student
pugnacity. Rufus Choate was
Librarian of the Social Friends at
the time, and displayed the same
energy and resourcefulness in the
physical defence of his client's
property that he did later in the
more quiet and orderly intellectual
contests of the court room.

He hired a room in the house
where he lived, and had the mem-
bers of the Society take the books
to it under cover of night. Part of
them had been removed and the

208

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

rest packed in trunks for carriage,
when the University authorities
learned of the proceedings. The
University President ordered the
Inspector of Buildings to take pos-
session of the library rooms of both
societies. He collected a posse of
two professors, rive students, and
ten "townies ;" and went to the Hall
to carry out his orders. They at-
tempted to force the door of the
Social Friends, without success ;
and then cut a hole through which
they crawled into the room. The
noise brought the members of the
United Fraternity, who were hold-
ing a meeting on the floor below.
and other students to the scene,
armed with sticks of cord-wood
from a pile in the corridor. One
of them, Henry K. Oliver — best
known, as a composer, by his
Federal Street — rushed out, shouting
in his deep voice : "Turn out, Social
Friends, your library is broken
open." The College bell was, also,
rung. The alarm quickly brought
a crowd of enraged College stu-
dents to the defence of the libra-
ries. The University party were so
overwhelmingly outnumbered that
they discreetly surrendered : and,
thus, what would have been a dan-
gerous scrimmage was avoided.
They were imprisoned in a room in
the Hall until the books of both
societies had all been placed in
safety, and were then sent to their
homes. Choate and several others
were taken before a Republican-
Democratic justice of the peace and
held for trial before the Superior
Court at Haverhill on a charge of
riot. Their accusers were similar-
ly held by a Federalist justice. All
were at the county seat on the ap-
pointed day ; but the grand jury
found no bill against them and they
were discharged. The episode gave
Choate the opportunity of seeing
Richardson, Smith, Mason, and
other judges and lawyers whose

legal ability made the New Hamp-
shire bar of that day famous
throughout the United States.
Choate had the good fortune to be
able to congratulate the College on
its victory before the United States
Supreme Court in his valedictory
at his graduation. This oration
was long remembered by his class-
mates as a production worthy of
the brilliant and scholarly endow-
ments which he had already dis-
played in his college and society
speeches. (*15)

The colleges had now begun to
introduce the teaching of public
speaking — or oratory, as it was then
called — into their curriculum ; and
to replace the antiquated and per-
functory exercises, which had come
down from the past, with a system
which was better adapted to the
times. In 1806 John Quincy Adams
became the first Professor of
Rhetoric and Oratory at Harvard
on the Boylston Foundation. He
held the position until 1809, and de-
livered lectures which he published
in 1810. These had a country-wide
influence — though an influence
which was, in its ultimate results,
far from beneficial. Yale estab-
lished a professorship in 1817; and
Dartmouth followed in 1819, and
the next year added oratorical
prizes. The first professor, Rev.
Charles B. Haddock, was very pop-
ular ; and "Quarter Days" took on
new life. The College was assum-
ing a work which the students had
performed with striking success for
nearly half a century.

The innovation, however, stimu-
lated interest, for the time being,
in the societies, where the students
had a platform, venerable and his-
toric, for the practical application
of the principles which they were

(*15) Among the narratives of the
library episode the -account by Crosby
(Class of 1820) in his First Half-Century
is of especial weight.

THE DARTMOUTH SOCIETIES

209

taught. Small, select societies
again appear. They are always in
evidence in periods of extraordinary
interest in speaking and debating,
when the opportunities in the great
societies did not satisfy the demand
of the better students for earnest
effort and outspoken, but frank,
criticism. One small literary
society of high grade disappears as
a literary society — namely. Pni
Beta Kappa. In the twenties its
literary exercises met with decreas-
ing support, and efforts to revive
them failed. They finally ceased,
and the chapter became purely hon-
orary. Two new societies were
formed to afford better opportunity
for practice in extemporaneous
speaking. One was the Literary
Adelphi (Adelphian, or Alpha Del-
ta, Society), which began in 1821.
The other was the Phi Sigma (As-
sembly of Debaters), which was
started by the Class of 1827 and
federated with similar class socie-
ties. The example of Phi Beta
Kappa in using the initials of its
name, or motto, as its designation
had been, up to this time, rarely
followed. Their use in connection
with the small societies is not with-
out significance ; for the first Greek
letter fraternity was founded at
Union College in 1825 and the sec-
ond and third in 1827. At the start,
moreover, the fraternities had ex-
ercises quite like those of the liter-
ary societies, and this was not the
only point of resemblance. The
Adelphian and Phi Sigma were
abolished in 1829, because the fac-
ulty considered them inimical to
"the character of the ancient and
valuable and Rival Societies" and
harmful to the College on account
of the demands which they made
upon the students' time.

This objection bears a close re-
semblance to those which have been
made to the fraternities. The stu-
dents' week was then as full of

society meetings, which, each time,
required preparation on the part of
some members, as it would be now,
if the faculty permitted, of athletics,
or — in coeducational institutions —
of athletics and social functions.
On Monday came the Theological
Society, on Tuesday the United
Fraternity, on Wednesday the
Social Friends, on Thursday Phi
Beta Kappa, on Friday the Handel
Society, and on Saturday a religious
meeting conducted in the village by
students. The weekly meetings be-
gan much earlier, perhaps at the
very start of the great societies, and
continued until 1860. The addition
of the meetings of small societies
might well be viewed with disfavor
by the faculty.

In 1841. again, a small society
appears. It was called the Anti-
nomian and was restricted to
Seniors. A professor presided over
its meetings, at which a disserta-
tion, an extemporaneous debate,
and an oration were given. In
1843 it was merged in Gamma Sig-
ma, a similar organization. This
ended in 1845 — the last, apparently,
of the small societies, which had
been of so much value, and an in-
dication of that waning of interest
which would soon carry down the
great societies. The first fraternity
it may be observed, at Dartmouth
was chartered in 1842. Small so-
cieties, or clubs, of limited and
special appeal occur later, however.
Such was one. organized in 1854 by
Nelson Dingley. on the model of
the United States Senate for prac-
tice in parliamentary procedure
and debate. (*16)

In the twenties the libraries re-
ceived more than usual attention.
Not only were they increased in
size, but new features were added.
Members of the Social Friends in
the Class of 1827 started a Philo-

(*16) In 1920 there are twenty-two
fraternities at Dartmouth.

210

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

logical Library to aid and encourage
the study of the classics. It is an
early instance of the appearance of
diversification of interest among
the students to which reference has
already been made. The cost of the
classical books, when added to the
contributions demanded for the
general library of the Society, was
too heavy for its founders to bear;
and the project was taken over by
the Society. The United Frater-
nity opened a reading room, which
they called an "Athenaeum." This
was, surely, for newspapers and the
reviews, which were becoming a
necessary part of the reading of
educated people. The libraries
were also opened daily, instead of
twice a week, for borrowing and
returning books and most of each
day for reading and reference use.
The societies were, thus, develop-
ing reading and reference libraries
of the modern type out of the stor-
age warehouse type of the past to
which members might go to get
books to read, or use for reference,
in their rooms. The College Lib-
rary was still inaccessible, but this
involved no loss to the students.

The Society of Social Friends was
incorporated in 1826, and the
Society of United Fraternity in
1827. This was a procedure com-
monly followed by societies every-
where. In some instances the
motive of the college societies seems
to have arisen from the idea that
they could, by incorporating, free
themselves, in a measure, from
faculty control — a hope which was
doomed to disappointment. But
the more cogent reason was that
they felt that their libraries, which
they properly considered to be in
their hands as trustees, were too
valuable to be left to the care of
voluntary associations without
legal rights or responsibilities.

One other society — of late birth —
calls for mention. When the

(handler Scientific School was
opened, it was decided — in accord
with the narrow college ideals
which still survived — not to admit
the scientific students to the liter-
ary societies. The science men,
therefore, established the Philotech-
nic Society in 1853. It was incor-
porated in 1854; and, judging from
the growth of its library, was active
and successful.

The anti-masonic agitation, which
swept over the country in the
thirties, was directed against all
secret societies of whatever nature
or purpose. Its chief object of at-
tack in. the colleges was Phi Beta
Kappa, the single national academic
society, for the fraternity system
had not yet become national ; but
the literary societies also fell under
its ban. Some of the leaders of the
movement — notably John Quincy
Adams — were Phi Beta Kappas ;
and they compelled the chapters to
abolish the use of pledges and se-
crecy. This was done at Dart-
mouth ; and the literary societies
followed some years later. As the
two great societies were then divid-
ing the student body by lot and the
pledge of secrecy had come to be
lightly regarded, no fundamental
change was involved. Yet it was
a formal break with the traditions
of three-quarters of a century and
the destruction of a historic charac-
teristic which had existed from
their foundation, and could not fail
to contribute to their downfall.

By 1841 rivalry between the
societies — once so intense — had
lost its vigor, and their meetings
aroused only moderate enthusiasm.
In the fifties interest in public
speaking had decreased to such an
extent that it was impossible to en-
force the rules which penalized
failure to perform the required ex-
ercises. The requirement, though
continued to 1897, had lost all value.
Likewise interest in the meetings of

THE DARTMOUTH SOCIETIES

211

the societies had continued to wane.
Weekly meetings were nominally
held until 1860; but the impulse for
work and serious effort was gone.
Appointees did not prepare their
parts, the order of exercises was not
carried through, and the meetings
had no life except as they furnished
occasion for boisterous fun and dis-
order. Even as early as 1828, in
a lapse from seriousness, one sub-
ject of debate was : "Where does
the fire go, when it goes out?" The
election of officers had formerly
stirred the College with their con-
tests between the adherents for the
highly prized honors ; they now
awakened no enthusiasm and drew
attention only as the fraternities
sought advantage through them.
The last regular initiation was that
of the Freshmen of the Class of
1854. The ceremony had degener-
ated into an escapade in which the
Freshmen were the victims. They
were terrified with stories of the
ordeal which they must face, and
were roundly jeered when they
found that the ceremony consisted
of nothing more than rough horse-
play which contained no terrors
beyond making them the butts of
the laughter.

A member of the Class of 1856
(Amos N. Currier) has described
the status of the old societies in the
college life of this decade. They
had been supplanted in usefulness
(he writes) by the fraternities ;
though they still had importance
because of their libraries, as a field
for college politics, and as a train-
ing course in parliamentary prac-
tice. With the classes, they furn-
ished the divisions for the football
games in which all students had
participated. The fraternities had
taken their place as organic student
life. These were highly esteemed
and were very influential. They
continued the work of the literary
societies in a form modified to suit

the ideals of the time (just as the
lyceum continued that of the town
and city societies). Their weekly
exercises consisted of essays, ora-
tions, and formal conversations on
assigned subjects. The assign-
ments were, as a rule, well prepar-
ed ; and all formal parts were criti-
cised by the members who heard
them. The exercises were arrang-
ed to constitute a three year course
in history and literature in order to
supplement the deficiencies of the
college course. New members were
admitted at the end of freshman
year and were, thus, three years in
the fraternity. Their rooms were
simply furnished ; they had no con-
spicious social functions ; and, aside
from a tendency to clannishness,
they were a wholesome influence
in the social, intellectual, and liter-
ary life of the College. (*17)

In 1861 the meetings were chang-
ed from weekly to monthly, and
were devoted solely to business.
The immediate cause of the change
was, undoubtedly, the Civil War,
which called the students from the
classroom and the campus to the
tent and the battlefield — a call
which they answered then, as they
have in the years just closed, with
the highest patriotism and self-
sacrifice. At the close of the War
an attempt was made to re-animate
the societies ; but in vain. Meet-
ings, which could not be kept up,
even when they were held but once
a month, were resumed ; but soon
ceased and have never been revived.

The libraries and Anniversaries
remained. In 1874 the books were
put into the hands of the faculty
and, in 1879, of the trustees under
a plan for joint support and man-

(*17) The work of the literary socie-
ties and fraternities should be given
weight in every discussion of the relative
merits of the old, required college course
and the present elective system. So far
as the writer remembers, this has never
been done

212

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

agement of the libraries and Anni-
versaries. But the purely nominal
existence of the societies — students
often did not know to which they
had been assigned — rendered it im-
possible for them to carry out their
side of the agreement ; and, between
1879 and 1885, the libraries were
consolidated with the College
Library. They had become too in-
choate to dispose of their property
legally, and in 1903, an act of the
legislature was obtained, which
legalized any meeting of the socie-
ties called by a justice of the peace
for Grafton County and advertised
in three consecutive numbers of
The Dartmouth, allowed voting by
proxy, made a majority of votes
cast binding, and authorized the
societies to donate, or sell, and
transfer their property to the Col-
lege. Under this law the societies
formally transferred the libraries to
the College, leaving only the book-
plates in the volumes which had
been theirs to testify to the tradi-
tions of their former power.

In sketching the history of the
literary societies we have noted
various events and tendencies which
weakened them and sometimes
threatened them with destruction —
the hostility of some students ; the
impossibility of close friendship,
due to their size and the unrestrict-
ed admission of members, and the
resulting formation of select socie-
ties of congenial men ; the loss of
independence through faculty regu-
lation, which left them hardly more
than instruments of college admini-
stration ; the antimasonic agitation,
which robbed them of other ele-
ments of sovereignty. Yet they
worked on successfully under these
handicaps ; and then they disappear
utterly. That the end did not
come suddenly, we have seen ; but
the completeness of their disappear-

ances surprises us. Why did thev
survive so many attacks and dis-
sensions for three-quarters of a
century, and then disappear so ut-
terly? The Civil War hastened
their end, but was not the cause
of it. That is to be found in a
change of national ideals and intel-
lectual interests and methods, which
carried with it a corresponding
change in educational aims and pur-
poses. The societies flourished to
the middle of the nineteenth century
because the people were everywhere
deeply interested in public affairs
and in moral, theological, and re-
ligious subjects. They thought
upon them ; they discussed them,
informally and formally ; and they
listened with pleasure and apprecia-
tion to orations and sermons, and
honored the men who excelled in
delivering them. The students in
the colleges were, for the most part,
there to fit themselves for the pul-
pit, the bar, and public life — all,
professions where ability in public
speaking was essential to success.
Teaching, more often than not, was
but a temporary means of sup-
port. (*18)

This common national interest
was the fundamental basis on which
the societies rested through all the
years of their success, and the de-
fense which protected them against

(*18) The value which the earnest
members of the societies, large and small,
placed on their exercises is shown by
testimony, repeatedly given in this paper.
It is further illustrated by the fact that
they continued such exercises after gradu-
ation and during their professional pre-
paration. Judah Dana, after his gradua-
tion, taught a year in the Moor School
and then studied law in Hanover. Here
he joined a Debating Club which had been-
founded the year before by men of similar
tastes and purposes, and also went to the
meetings of his college society and took
part in them. Law students very com-
monly formed debating clubs ; and, like
Dana, when they . remained in their
academy, or college, towns, attended the
meetings of their societies.

THE DARTMOUTH SOCIETIES

213

attack and disintegration. They
disappeared because new interests
displaced the old ; and because stu-
dents, in consequence, were educa-
ting themselves, in increasing num-
bers, for careers which did not re-
quire ability in public speaking as
an essential of success. Not only
so ; but in the older professions
themselves oratory fell into dis-
favor, and was replaced by a simple,
but monotonous recital of facts —
the fruit of the new scientific meth-
ods in investigation and thought.
Men went to college to fit them-
selves for literary work, engineer-
ing, business, investigation in
science, history, and other fields.
The change is clearly portrayed in
the college curriculum — the diver-
sification of subjects and courses,
and the substitution of the elective
system for the one fixed course for
all. The interests of the students —
like those of the nation — were cor-
respondingly diversified ; and we
find congenial spirits grouping
themselves in organizations devoted
to those interests — science, history,
literatures, debating (as a special
interest among other special inter-
ests), sports, and theatricals. A
cursory examination of the index to
Tie Dartmouth Alumni Magazine,
1916-1917, yields the following
names of student organizations, ex-
cluding the fraternities and athle-
tics : Art Association, Camera Club,

Christian Association, Dramatic As-
sociation, Musical Clubs, and Out-
ing Club.

Furthermore, in the country as a
whole, the increasing complexity of
life with its inevitable result of
more pronounced differences in
individual wealth made it less and
less possible for the societies to
realize that companionship of their
members which was one of their
ideals. But it may be doubted
whether this was the case at
Dartmouth. The dissensions, due
to economic and social distinctions,
in earlier years of the societies and
their absence in later years seems
to reflect correctly college condi-
tions. "The promotion of friend-
ship," that is the social side of the
old societies — including the smaller
ones, like the one to which Kendall
belonged — were taken over by the
fraternities which are small, self-
selected groups. They were the
product of the changing conditions
which made the old society system
an anachronism and, as ever, de-
veloped a new system of organiza-
tion, adapted to the execution of
the ideals of the students who grew
up under their influence. The fra-
ternities did not destroy the literary
societies, nor did athletics. The
same forces which destroyed the
one, created the others.

(To be concluded)

NEW HAMPSHIRE'S MOST FRIENDLY TREES

Bv Rev. Roland J). Sawyer.

No. 3

The Apple-Tree

"The orchard rows are all a-hlush,
The meadows all aglow ;

On every hough a vivid flush,
A drift of petaled snow."

— Elaine Goodalc.

In March amid the snows and
hleak winds, with the earth drear
and bare, we thought of the ever-
greens that had been our steadfast
friends thru the long winter, and
especially of the Pine our foremost
friend among the trees.

In April as the earth showed
signs of renewal and the little green
leaves began to appear we thought
of the Oak, which sturdy and
strong was reviving with the earth.
But in May there is but one tree
that comes first, it's the beautiful
and useful apple-tree, which now
gives beauty to the whole country-
side.

When the wise farmer plants an
apple-tree, he plants beauty for a
hundred flowery springs, the com-
fort of friendly shade for a hundred
summers, and rich, health-giving
fruit for a hundred falls and win-
ters.

Where can man get so great re-
turn for his labor as in banking his
home with an orchard ; it will give
beauty, comfort and healthy food
to at least three generations.

Thoreau said of the apple-tree,
"It is harmless as a dove, beautiful
as a rose, valuable as flocks and
herds."

William Sharp tells us of the old
Breton farmer, who so loved and

appreciated the apple-trees, that in
May whenever he smelled the
apple-blossoms he reverently bow-
ed his head and crossed himself. I
think we residents of New Hamp-
shire ought to feel the same way.

The apple-tree was much appre-
ciated by the ancients and the writ-
ings of Homer, Herodotus, Theo-
phrastus, Pliny and Tacitus sing its
praises. When the Romans con-
quered the British Isles they gave
at least one great benefit to the
people ; they took with them into the
Isles the apple-tree ; there it re-
mained the joy of our peasant an-
cestors, to be brought by the Pil-
grim settlers to America. In the
wilderness where the fruits of the
gardener could not be grown the
settler planted the apple-tree.
They found in America a species
of small natural fruit, and also the
Virginia crab-apples, far better.
This caused our ancestors to plant
on this continent the better de-
veloped apple from England and
Europe, and so as old as is the set-
tlement here, so long has the apple-
tree been our friend. It is the
tree that combines utility with
beauty, and gives us the message
of service, usefulness in the world.
The classic tribute of America is
paid to the apple-tree in Thoreau's
splendid essay on "Wild Apples,"
which is a little book that every
resident of the country should own
and often read. John Burroughs
has also written finely of its beauty
and usefulness, and he says "When
the country-bred man no longer ap-
preciates this splendid tree he is no
longer fit for earth."

EDITORIAL

One year ago, the Granite Month-
ly published, as the frontispiece for
its issue of May, 1919, a portrait of
Herbert C. Hoover, United States
Food Administrator. In this num-
ber we reprint that picture, as the
portrait of the man whom we be-
lieve to be the best fitted, among
all our fellow citizens, for next presi-
dent of our nation.

It is unnecessary, at this time and
in this place, to lay emphasis upon
the elements of world chaos which
now threaten the very foundations
of civilization. The intelligent con-
stituency of this magazine is well
aware of the stress and strain to
which our own form of government
and our own institutions, political,
social and economic, will be sub-
jected during the next four years.

Under these conditions, national
and international, we believe that
patriotic duty and enlightened self-
interest unite in demanding of every
citizen of the United States such
expression of sentiment now and
such use of the ballot later as will
place at the head of our government
the man who can best administer
its affairs for our own well-being
and that of all mankind.

This man, in our opinion, is Her-
bert C. Hoover, the possessor of
wisdom won by world-wide experi-
ence, but first, foremost and always
a loyal citizen of the United States
of America.

He was born and educated in
California. His wonderfully suc-
cessful business career has been
largely on the other side of the
globe. He has no especial connec-
tion, of which we are aware, with
New Hampshire or New England.
Our view of him, therefore, lacks
any element of personal attachment
or individual interest.

It is based, we are free to admit,
and we think that basis is amply

substantial and sufficient, upon his
work as Food Administrator dur-
ing the recent war with Germany
and her allies.

We deem it no exaggeration to
say that by assuming that office and
discharging its duties in the way he
did Mr. Hoover fed the world and
saved the world. No such work of
constructive accomplishment and
efficient administration ever had
been performed before, by one man,
in the world's history.

And yet it is not improbable that
as President of the United States
for four vears from March 4, 1921,
an even greater opportunity would
open before Mr. Hoover and a more
solemn and compelling duty would
be laid upon him than those which
accompanied him into the office of
Food Administrator.

It is because we believe this
would be the case and because we
have every confidence in his ability
to meet this greater test that we
hope for his election as the next
chief executive of the nation. There
is a course, which, if followed will
lead this nation through the deadly
morass of social unrest and selfish
intrigue to firm ground, upon which
may abide our continued greatness,
prosperity and honor.

None but a worthy guide, who
holds his head erect and gazes for-
w ard with keen, yet kindly, eyes,
can lead the nation in that safe
course. We know of no other man
so well fitted to be that guide as
is Herbert Hoover. For that rea-
son we devote to him this page in
a non-political publication. It
seems to us a civic duty for all who
see in him, as we do, the hope of
America and the world, to make
such public expression of that senti-
ment as, in each individual case, is
possible.

EDITORIAL

Accompanying the article, the
"Great River Naumkeek," written
by Mr. George B. (Jpham, we pub-
lish a map of New Hampshire and
Massachusetts which has never
heretofore appeared in any printed
publication. The date is about
1680. It is unique in showing New
Hampshire extending south to the
latitude of Salem, Massachusetts,
indicating that the cartographer be-
lieved the grant of April 22, 1635,
to be still in force and effect. This
is the only known map showing
New Hampshire extending south of
the Merrimack. It is the only map
on which the name Naumkeek
River appears.

It is also unique in other respects,
viz : The inversion, so we must
hold it south uppermost in order to
read the greater part of the names.
The position of Nantucket and
Martha's ["Martins"] Vineyard,
which have broken loose from their
moorings and grounded east of
"Cape Codd." The quaint archi-

tecture of the sketches, indicating
that the draughtsman had formed
his conception of the buildings in
early New England settlements
from those of Chester, Shrewsbury
and other provincial English towns.
The Naumkeek River, in fact less
than four miles long, but shown ex-
tending inland as far as the Merri-
mack. The little waterway from
Gloucester to Annisquam, naviga-
ble only at high tide by small boats
of the lightest draft, shown wide
and presumably deep. Plum Island,
just south of the mouth of the
Merrimack, marked "Isle Mason,"
was doubtless so named in honor of
the active Captain John Mason, the
grantee of this domain, and the
same whose name is so intimately
connected with the early history of
New Hampshire. The original
drawing extends much further
down the coast of Maine.

We regard this map as a notable
historical find.

BY THE HELP OF THE HILLS

("I will look unto the hills, whence cometh my strength.")
By Harry IVcbb Farrington.

Into thy bosom, thou high Hampshire hills,
Wearied and worn with the war that I flee ;
Gladly I come, for thy quietness stills
The tense throbbing tumults that sent me to thee.

Capped with the chaste clouds, clear lakes at thy feet,
Girded with garments of green grass and tree ;
Sound is the slumber, and soothing the sleep,
Given to guests who go up unto thee.

Fare, fare thee well, thou faint forested forms,
Source and the symbol of strength unto me ;
Seeing thy sides, shroud with sunshine and storms,
Helped me to Him, who made heaven and thee.

BOOKS OF NEW HAMPSHIRE INTEREST

Winter Sports Verse: An An-
thology by Williams Haynes and
Joseph Leroy Harrison. Pp., 258.
Cloth, $1.50." New York: Duf-
field & Co.

New Hampshire, home par ex-
cellence of winter sports, should be
interested in the praise of those
sports by poets of all lands and
times from Shakespeare, Burns and
Wordsworth to Amy Lowell, James
Whitcomb Riley and the author
of "Jingle Bells." The present
well-made anthology gives due
prominence to the Granite State,
especially in the clever introduction
by Walter Prichard Eaton, one time
resident of Franconia, but of late
years swearing his allegiance to the
Berkshires.

He says : "When the Dartmouth
Outing Club is making one of its
long hikes, from cabin to cabin,
through the forests and over the
glittering, naked expanses of the
White Mountains, and when the
members reach the Moosilauke hut,
and are 'too near pipped to talk,'
you will note that they do not re-
sent the absence of Ysaye to play
them Bach ; they vastly prefer
'Ernie and his old harmonicaw.' I
like Dryden's Song for St. Cecilia's
Day, but I also like the nameless
Dartmouth student's song to Ernie
and his old harmonicaw. I like it
because it brings to my mind with
great vividness the carefree, sturdy,
laughing line of ski-clad boys, fol-
lowing the trail breaker through
the New Hampshire snows, per-
forming feats that require real
hardiness for the pure love of exer-
cise and of the vast freedom of the
mountains; and because, behind the
boys, even as they snuggle in their
shelters and pile the wood on the
fire, I glimpse the amethyst-tinted

crystal battlements of Moosilauke
or Washington, and above the wail
of Ernie's harmonicaw I hear the
sigh and surge of the wind come
down Jobildunc Ravine.

"It was this same Dartmouth
Outing Club which once undertook
to ascend Mount Washington in a
blizzard, or rather, four members
roped together, undertook the feat.'
The snow was so thick that none
of the four could see the others, nor
hear them either. At the Halfway
House the rear man braced his feet
and hauled the other three down to
him, communicating at close quar-
ters his decision to turn back. As
he was the heaviest member of the
party, his decision carried weight,
as it were. There are certain ele-
ments of balliadry here, surely,
though Ernie will have to desert
the 'harmonicaw' for some instru-
ment which leaves his lips unem-
ployed, if he is to be the club
troubadour !"

This is the "Ernie" poem to which
Mr. Eaton refers :

When we're crowdin' to the fireside up at
Cube or Moosilauke

And our pipes are draggin' slowly and
we're too near pipped to talk ;

When a vasty sense o' vittles takes pos-
session of us all.

When the shadows from the firelight are
creepin' up the wall,

And the time is fast approachin' when
we're billed to hit the hay —

Why, then Ernie starts to tunin' on his
old Harmonicay.

Oh, he ain't no Boston opera virtuoso,

Ernie ain't :
And his sense of classic technique, I should

say, is rather faint ;
While the range of his selections isn't

wide and isn't high,
And I shan't request his service at my

f un'ral when I die ;
But for callin' forth the muses to attend

the D. O. C.
I'll place my bets on Ernie and his old

Harmonikee.

218

THK GRANITE MONTI 1 1. V

First he starts us kind o' easy with a drag

at Old Black Joe;
Then he yearns for old Virginny where

the corn and taters grow.
When his quav'ring Miserere makes us

wish we, too, were dead,
Why, he shifts to something livelier and

makes us dance instead.
For "Jingle Bells," or "Dixie," or "Turkey

in the Straw" —
It's all the same to Ernie and his old

Harmonicaw.

O' course he sometimes mixes in a modern

tune or so,
That he picked up in the theatre or a

peerade long ago ;
But it's "Old familiar melodies" that D.

O. C. men like,
When they're lollin' by the fireside, dopin'

out tomorrow's hike.
And there's nothing eases up the aches

and chases care from me,
So much as hearin' Ernie on his old

Harmonikee.

When my last long hike is over, and I
reach the cabin door,

And wipe life's snow from off my skis,
and know my skiin's o'er ;

When I eat my last camp vittl'es by the
last fire's flickerin' light,

And make my bed contented in the dark-
ness of the night —

Eve but one lone prayer to offer when I
hit the final hay —

To be lulled to sleep by Ernie on his old
Harmonicay.

Best known of all New Hamp-
shire poems of the seasons is Rich-
ard Hovey's Hanover Winter Song:

Ho, a song by the fire !
(Pass the pipes, fill the bowl!)
Ho, a song by the fire !
— With a skoal !. . .

For the wolf wind is whining in the door-
ways.
And the snow drifts deep along the road,
And the ice-gnomes are marching from

their Norways,
And the great white cold walks abroad.
(Boo-oo-o! pass the bowl!)

For here by the fire

We defy frost and storm.

Ha, ha ! we are warm

And we have our hearts' desire ;

For here's four good fellows
And the beechwood and the bellows,
And the cup is at the lip

In the pledge of fellowship.
Skoal!

The Ilovcv of today at Hanover
is Franklin McDuffee '21, of Roch-
ester, and his poem, "On to Cube!"
included in this anthology, shows
that he deserves to be so regarded :

Listen to the wind, fellows ;
Will you let him taunt you so?
He shall never find, fellows,
That, however wild he blow,
W T e will meekly sit and shiver
Here before a smouldering fire.

See the swirling snow, fellows,
Hear it rattle on the pane ;
Blow it high or low, fellows,
It shall drift and swirl in vain;
We will never sit and shiver
Here before a smouldering fire.

Then wake up, boy, and take your skis,
And leave your mimic smouldering fire,
And the novel on your knees,
And your lazy little brier.
Fasten on your rawhide thongs,
And roll your blanket on your back, —
And it's out in the wind, and over the

drifts,
And into the woods where the soft-snow

sifts.
With a merry heart and a well-filled pack,
And a cider jug of jolly songs;
In spite of wind, in spite of snow,
To Cube, with a puff, and a hey-hi-ho !

Camp-fire, moonlight, crunching snow, —
Wake up, boy, and let us go !

Wake up, boy, and face the bite
Of the boisterous winter wind ;
Though your upper lip be white
With the hoar frost, and behind
Half your muffler whips and whisks.
You will feel your blood a-tingling,
And among the birches creaking
You will find what you are seeking,
Where the icicles fall jingling
And the light-foot rabbit frisks;
So it's on, in spite of wind and snow,
To Cube, with a puff, and hey-hi-ho !

Camp-fire, moonlight, crunching snow —
Lively, boy, and let us go !

IN MAY

By Frances Mary Pray.

O, who will come to the hills with me,

Away on the hills today,
For the sky is blue and the fields are green

With the fresh young green of May?

The leaves are growing, the wind blows cool,
The road stretches hard and brown.

And the birds are calling along the way,
And I long to leave the town.

So climb the steep winding way with me.
Thru woodland, by swollen brook,

By wayside fields where the dew still shines,
To a pasture's rocky nook.

And there we'll rest in the spring time sun

And dream of the days to be,
Of the hopes and fears for the future years

That the present cannot see.

So come with me to the hills, my love,

Away on the hills today,
For the spring is here and the budding year

With its fresh new days of Mav.

*%C:

An Old New England Doorway.

THE DOORWAY

By George Wilson Joinings.

Reflecting - , some time ago, at the
doorway of an ancient home, I was
suddenly overcome with both sad
and happy memories. What as-
sociations seem to cluster and linger
around it !

It is here that the visitor stood
in expectancy, awaiting its opening,
and wondering if the welcome
would be formal or cordial. It was
here the parting guest received his
last farewell and took away memo-
ries that would bring him back, or,
perhaps, never.

Four generations have crossed
the threshold of this ancestral home-
together with countless friends
who have long since passed to
"That bourne from whence no
traveller returns."

Did it ever occur to the reader
what a variety of scenes such a
doorway to an old house must
have witnessed since it was built ?
With many, at times, it is a fruit-
ful subject for thought.

A record of events as they trans-
pired would furnish a volume rich

in the history of human affections.
All that is most bright and beauti-
ful in existence, as well as the dark-
er shades, have in their turn been
found here.

Youth, ever interested, inquisi-
tive, and unsuspecting, has as-
sembled here, as well as vener-
able, beloved old age ; young and
old, the sedate and the gay, stran-
gers and friends have shared in the
cordial hospitality of this home,
after passing through this door-
way. Joy and sorrow^ have passed
also through this portal — but never
together.

The cordial smile and greeting of
a sincere -and hearty welcome and
the parting tears have followed each
other at this doorway. The bridal
wreath and that for the tomb have
been woven in quick succession ;
events the saddest as well as the
most joyful have come and gone ;
like the many deepening shadows
and the brilliant hues of sunlight
over the landscape.

THE TREES

By Harold Final.

The trees, they say, are lovers fair,
Who wear cool emeralds in their hair.

By night they keep a windless tryst
And robed in veils of amethyst,
They bow and flutter in the midst.

The trees, they say, are lovers fair.

NEW HAMPSHIRE NECROLOGY

COLONEL EDWARD WOODS.

Colonel Edward Woods, one of the old-
est members of the New Hampshire bar,
and prominent both in his profession and
in public affairs throughout his long life
died on Monday, April 5, at his home in
Rath, where he was born October 24,
1835, the son of the late Chief Justice
Andrew S. Woods. He was educated in

In politics Mr. Woods was a staunch
Democrat. In 187.3-4 he was a member
of the State House of Representatives;
in 1893 of the State Senate; and in 1918-
1920 of the Constitutional Convention.
In 1874 he was a member of the staff of
Governor James A. Weston with the
rank of colonel. His sterling qualities
were fully appreciated by his fellow citi-
zens as was shown by his election to fill

The late Colonel Edward Woods.

the public schools of his native town, at
Phillips Exeter Academy and at Dart-
mouth College, where he graduated in the
class of 1856. He studied law with his
distinguished father and was admitted to
practice at the New Hampshire bar in
1859. For three years he was a member
of the firm of Woods & Bingham at
Littleton ;then practiced with his father
until the latter's death ; and afterwards
alone until his retirement from the active
duties of his profession, some years since.

the various town offices, particularly that
of treasurer, which he held for many
years. He also had served as solicitor
of Grafton County. On April 2, 1863,
Colonel Woods married Mary Carleton
of Bath, who survives him. To them
were born four children ; Edward, who
died in infancy; Katherine E., wife of
Amos N. Blandin of Bath ; Thomas S.,
of Boston ; and Andrew, who died a few.
years ago. Colonel Woods was an ex-
tensive owner of real estate and had

NEW HAMPSHIRE NECROLOGY

223

various business interests outside of his
profession, having been the first president
of the Lisbon Savings Bank and Trust
Company. With the highest standards of
honor, integrity and justice, Mr. Woods
fully deserved the high place which he
held in the esteem and affection of all
who knew him.

EDWARD J. BURNHAM.

Edward J. Burnham, veteran newspaper
man, died at his home in Chichester, April
14. He was born July 6, 1853, in Epsom,
the grandson of a Revolutionary soldier.
He attended Bates College for a time, but
later learned the printer's trade, and
while employed in this capacity by Henry
H. Metcalf, at Dover, set all the type for
the first issue of the Granite Monthly,
that of April, 1877. In 1880 he entered
the employ of the Manchester Union and
there remained for more than 30 years,
until ill health forced his retirement, dur-
ing much of the time acting as leading
editorial writer of his paper. Mr. Burn-
ham was a student and writer of history,
a scientist of repute and an Esperanto
expert. He was one of the founders of
the Manchester Institute of Arts and
Sciences and took an active interest in
its affairs. He was a member of the Odd
Fellows and of the Grange, in which he
served as master and lecturer, and of the
Audubon Society. He had been chairman
of the State Board of Charities and Cor-
rection and a trustee of the Elliott Hos-
pital a Manchester. He is survived by
his widow and by four children, George
E. Burnham of Boson ; Mrs. Ursula Kew
of Hanover; Mrs. Bessie Marston of Kit-
tery, Me., and Edward H. Burnham of
North Chichester.

GENERAL EDMUND TETLEY.

General Edmund Tetlev was born in
Bradford. England, October 26, 1842, the
son of William and Mary Ann (Bray-
shaw) Tetlev. When he was 12 years of
age the family came to America and at 19
he enlisted in the United States Marine
Corps at Portsmouth and saw active ser-
vice in the Civil War. In 1873 he located
at Laconia and from 1878 to 1917 was
engaged successfully in business there as
a manufacturer of paper boxes. Soon
after he came to Laconia, Mr. Tetley en-
listed in the local company of the New
Hampshire National Guard and rose
through all ranks until mustered out
March 8, 1909, as brigadier general by
brevet. In the Spanish American War

he was major and lieutenant colonel of
the New Hampshire Regiment. In politics
General Tetley was a Republican and
held various offices, including sheriff of
Belknap county, membership in the legis-
lature of 1895, and in Laconia's first city
council, and two terms as mayor. He was
a member of the G. A. R., K. of P., I.
O. O. F. and the Masons, in which last
order he was especially prominent. The
Laconia Camp of the United Spanish War
Veterans was named in his honor. Gen-
eral Tetley ^married December 9, 1868,
Ella F. Merrill of Lowell, Mass., who sur-
vives him, with their two daughters, Mrs.
A. R. Philbrick, Montclair, N. J., and
Mrs. W. J. Haddock. Laconia, and three
sons, Rev. Edmund B. of Mapleton, Me.,
Guy and Charles of Laconia.

JOHN K. LAW.

John K. Law, sergeant-at-arms of the
New Hampshire House of Representa-
tives at several sessions of the legislature,
died at the Margaret Pillsbury Hospital
in Concord, March 22. He was born
August 12, 1835, at Franklin, his parents
being James Law and Rebecca Jane Holt.
He was educated in the public schools of
Lowell, and thereafter was engaged in cot-
ton mills and as an engine man on the Bos-
ton and Lowell railroad until 1859. when
he came to New Hampshire where he was
occupied in shoe manufacturing until 1862.
On August 12 of that year he enlisted in
Company B of the 11th New Hampshire
Volunteers, was promoted to Sergeant,
wounded at Fredericksburg, and discharged
lanuary 19, 1864. After the war Mr. Law
followed various mechanical occupations
until 1876, when he bought a large farm in
New London where as a farmer and auc-
tioneer he spent the rest of his active life.
He took an active part in town affairs, was
moderator for many years, a selectman, and
served as representative in the legislature.
He was a member of the G. A. R. and the
I. O. O. F.. a Mason, Knight Templar, and
Shriner. Mr. Law married Mehitabel Ring
of Deerfield in 1858. She died a few years
ago, after more than half a century of mar-
ried life. Two sons, John W. H. Law of
Concord, and Fred A. Law of New Britain,
Conn., survive.

HON. EDWARD E. GATES.

Edward E. Gates, one of the best known
citizens of Northern New Hampshire,
died at his home in Lisbon, March 11,
after a brief illness with pneumonia. He
was born in East St. Johnsbury, Vt.,

224

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

August 25, 1866, the son of Ezra B. and
Belinda (Tabor) Gates. In 1875 the
family removed to Littleton, where he re-
reived his education. In 1891 he located
in Lisbon and had since resided there,
being successfully engaged in the grist
mill and grain business, at first in partner-
ship with W. W. Oliver and later with
Fred J. Moore under the firm name of
Gates & Moore. To a remarkable extent

of Representatives and in 1913 to the
State Senate, from the old second district,
acting as chairman of the committee on
fisheries and game. At the state house,
as in all the associations of his life, his
kindness and sincerity won him many
friends. Mr. Gates was a 32nd degree
Mason and an encampment Odd Fellow,
having passed all the chairs in the latter
fraternity. His family religious affilia-

The late Hon. Edward E. Gates.

Mr. Gates possessed the esteem and con-
fidence of all within his wide circle of
acquaintance. This was strikingly shown
in his political success, both within and
without his own town. He was for many
years chairman of the school board, and
at the time of his death had just been re-
elected chairman of the board of select-
men, receiving the endorsement of both
parties although himself a Democrat. In
1911, he was elected to the State House

tions were with the Congregational church.
A very busy man, he never refused to give
of his time and resources for the benefit
of the community. The title, "good citi-
zen," never was more deserved than by
him. Mr. Gates married in 1894, Miss
Anna E. Bergin of Littleton, by whom
he is survived, with their three children ;
Ruth M., Chase E. and George E. ; and
by a sister, Mrs. Norton Lindsay, and a
brother, Tabor Gates, both of Woodsville.

STATEMENT OF OWNERSHIP 225

STATEMENT OF THE OWNER-
SHIP, MANAGEMENT, ETC.

Required by the Act of Congress of
August 24, 1912, of the Granite Month-
ly, published at Concord, New Hamp-
shire, for April 1, 1920.

STATE OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

County of Merrimack, ss.

Pefore me, a Justice of the Peace in
and for the State and County aforesaid,
personally appeared Harlan C. Pearson,
who, having been duly sworn according
to law, deposes and says that he is the
editor, publisher and sole owner of the
Granite Monthly and that there are no
bondholders, mortgagees or other security
holders owning or holding 1 per cent, or
more of total amount of bonds, mort-
gages or other securities.

Edward N. Pearson.

Subscribed and sworn to before me this
1st day of April, 1920.

My commission expires April 16, 1924.

THE KIMBALL STUDIO

CONCORD, N. H.
DISTINCTIVE PORTRAITURE

A COMPLETE DEPARTMENT FOR
EVERY BRANCH OF PHOTOGRAPHY.

JONES, McDUFFIE & STRATTON CORPORATION

(Incorporated in MaHHachusetts)

TAX FREE ( 8'> Cumulative Preferred Stock) To Yield at least 9%.
(10',; Participating Class A Stock)

Your attention is called to the & r /< Cumulative Preferred Stock and 107'
Participating Class A. Stock of Jones, McDufne & Stratton Corporation.
The important features concerning this unusual investment offering may
be summarized as follows : —

1. The business has been in continuous and profitable operation for 110 years.

2. The Company is the largest wholesale and retail china, crockery and glassware
establishment in the United States, and is well and favorably known throughout
the country.

3. Practically all of the Company's assets are liquid and the balance sheet shows
more than $158 per share of Net Quick Assets for each share of Preferred Stock.

4. An annual Sinking Fund of 3% of the total original issue of Preferred Stock
is provided to retire the Preferred Stock.

5. Net Earnings for the year 1919 after deducting the Federal Income Tax was
more than five times the Preferred Stock dividend requirements. For the same
period after deducting Federal Income Taxes, earnings applicable to Class A.
Stock were more than 3y 2 times the 10% dividend requirements.

6. Earnings at the present time are sufficient for an increased dividend beyond
10% on the Class A Stock, and we believe stockholders may expect increased
dividends on Class A Stock during the present yeai.

The management of Jones, McDufne & Stratton Corporation is in the hands of able
and experienced men, who are experts in the management of industrial and business
enterprises.

We advise the purchase of these securities because of the long and successful history
of the Company, the large amount of assets back of its stock, the continuous earnings
record and the very excellent prospects of greatly increased earnings, with a resultant
increase in dividend disbursements.

We offer these stocks tax free in Massachusetts, New Hampshire and Vermont to
yield at least 9% on the following basis : —

$100 Par Value (8% Cumulative Preferred Stock) For $200 and accrued.
$100 Par Value (Participating Class A Stock ) Dividend on the Pfd.

SEND FOR SPECIAL CIRCULAR

ALONZO ELLIOTT & COMPANY

INVESTMENT BANKERS,

ESTABLISHED 1896 .INCORPORATED 1909

20 AMHERST STREET MANCHESTER, N. H.

Telephone 952.

Photo by Kimball

The late Judge William B. Fellows

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

Vol. LII.

JUNE, 1920

No. 6

'THE SECOND BEST"

By Frances Parkinson Kcyes

Stretched at full length on the
sand, the sun of a mid September
afternoon shining full upon him, but
tempered by the brisk breeze blow-
ing up the Sound, Edward Middle-
ham lay with his hands behind his
head, his eyes half closed, a blessed
feeling of contentment permeating
his whole being. There were sev-
eral substantial reasons for his state
of mind — aside from the fact that
being very full of good food and
fresh air — it combination hard to
beat in the mind of the average
male — he was inclined to view his
condition in life from a favorable
angle ; but at this particular
moment he was not thinking of any
of these substantial reasons ; but
principally of the seemingly unim-
portant and carelessly spoken state-
ment, made by Airs. Carruthers
some hours earlier, that, provided
nothing more pleasureable or im-
portant presented itself to her, she
might join him on the beach be-
tween four and five.

It was twelve years — or was it
even more than that — since he had
first seen her. Then, as now, they
had been fellow guests at the house
of their common friends, the Percy
Drakes, meeting for the first time,
in that incubator of modern flirta-
tions, a week end house party.
She was a country cousin of Mrs.
Percy's, on her first long visit away
from home, younger than any of
the others, miserably shy at the
mere prospect of meeting so many
strangers, ill at ease in the unaccus-
tomed atmosphere of luxury, pain-

fully conscious that she did not
"fit in" — even a little shocked at
the women's cigarettes and low-cut
dresses and the men's frequent
cocktails, and the easy camaraderie
which existed between all the other
guests. Middleham was at that
time, an unimportant young man,
just out of college, with no record
of athletic glory behind him, and
no large fortune ahead of him. He
was, moreover, cmite unencumber-
ed, not even nominally attached to
Nancy Hutchinson, the reigning
belle of the occasion. Mrs. Percy
found him an easy prey.

"Do be nice to that poor child,
if you don't mind too much ! She's
so frightened it's positively painful,
and I can't do anything with her;
she has no idea how to dress or
dance, or talk, or — anything! Not
a man will look at her except out
of charity."

"And I struck you as being the
most charitable of the bunch !"

"Well, I thought you wouldn't
mind as much as some of the others,
and besides it would be a personal
favor to me."

"Oh, well, of course, Hester, if
you put it that way — " He laugh-
ed good-naturedly, and strolled off
to be victimized.

The first attempts were certainly
discouraging. Mrs. Drake had
hardly overstated her cousin's lack
of attractions, and Lucy Miller was
only seventeen, and had scarcely
been outside of Millertown, New
Hampshire, in her life. But she
was neither diffident nor stupid, and

228

Till'. (.K.W'I'I I'. MONTHLY

once having gained a little self con-
fidence, she made rapid strides in
the right direction. Middleham

was staying over till Tuesday, long-
er than most of the others, and
when he left she displayed a frank
regret which was very nattering.

"1 hate to have yon go, 1 suppose
yon won't he down again."

"( hi the contrary, Hester has
asked me to spend my vacation
here, a week, and that's only ten
days off — shall yon still foe here
then?"

"I think so."

"I'm very glad." There was no
question about it, he really meant
it. It was interesting to watch such
rapid development, lie sent her a
five pound box of candy and a
frivolous note as soon as he reached
town. Having done this, he in-
stantly regretted it. It would never
do to trifle with the poor little
thing's young affections; and not
being over old himself, he gave way
to some complacent reflections
about his over charitable, and
scrupulously platonic conduct, and
resolved to adhere closely to it dur-
ing the approaching vacation. He
was therefore somewhat piqued —
such is the inconsistency of man-
when Lucy neglected to write to
thank him for the candy for several
days, and completely ignored the
tone of his letter, both in her own
reply and upon his arrival at Meri-
den.

She seemed to have spent the in-
tervals very profitably ; even the
critical Hester confided to him that
she was encouraged.

"The Haven boys came in to call
Tuesday, and she really did very
well. Will you actually believe it,
they came again last night, and
George — the younger one you
know — asked her to go to the dance
at the Casino with him this even-
ing. She's been to Boston and
bought some new clothes — quite

pretty — and if she can only get the
hang of how to wear them, she'd
look very well. I suppose you
haven't noticed what wonderful
color she has, and what lovely hair-
it she could onlv do it up proper-
ly-"

"Well, 1 have," said Middleham.

So Lucy went off to her party
with George Haven, looking not
quite like the other girls, to be sure,
but very fresh and blooming for
all that ; and Edward, who came in
late with Hester and Percy, found
her enjoying herself very much,
with only one dance left for him,
and the next day he did not see
much of her, either, because she
went on a long sail with the Havens
and some friends of theirs whom he
did not know. Monday morning
he cornered her, and complained.

"I came down here on purpose to
spend my vacation with you," he
said in a grieved tone that was not
half so platonic as it might have
been.

Lucy opened her eyes very wide.
They were gray eyes, and they were
fairly large anyway, with long, soft
brown lashes that curled most en-
gagingly over her rosy cheeks.

"Why, no, you.didn't," she stated
quite frankly, "You had planned to
come anyway."

Edward decided that it would be
wiser to waive this question.

"I hope you'll go sailing with me
today," he remarked, still very
cordially for a careful young man.

"lust' us two?"

"Why, yes."

"1 think it's more fun
crowd, don't you?"

"No."

The monosyllable was intended
to carry a good deal of weight.
Lucy stood twisting her handker-
chief around her hands, looking
down at the piazza floor with evi-
dent interest. Then she smiled and
turned away.

with

THE SECOND HEST

229

"Aren't you coming?" asked Ed-
ward.

"No," said Lucy in her turn.

"Why not?"

"1 have some sewing 1 want to
do, and some letters to write and—

"Oh, well, of course, if you don't
want to — "

"1 don't," said Lucy quite calmly.

"If that's the way you feel about
it I won't hother you any more."

Even this dark threat proved in-
effectual ; and Monday, like Sunday
before it, was wasted; on Tuesday
Edward attached himself to Nancy
Hutchinson, who had returned,
with her usual suite. Lucy ap-
parently did not notice; and this,
though it appeared strange to Ed-
ward at first, seemed naturally less
strange in the light of the fact that
Nancy's suite was noticing Lucy
more than on the previous party.

Edward was piqued nay, more, he
was grieved ; here was a raw little
country girl, whose hair was un-
tidy and whose belt sagged and
whose petticoat showed; who had
heen educated at the High School
at Millertown, and gone to the Con-
gregational Church there every
Sunday, and wdiose ideal of a hall
was a' "hop" at the "Town Hall"
in her native village, and she had
heen just as shy and inexperienced
and uncultivated as such an up-
bringing would lead anyone to ex-
pect, and he had gone out of his
way to be nice to her — and now —
almost directly — she was acting as
if she were not under any obliga-
tions to him at all — to Edward Mid-
dleham, who was born on Beacon
Street and reared in the atmosphere
of culture and refinement !

It is probably not fair to blame
either Millertown, or Beacon Street
for what happened next. Accidents
have been known to occur in every
locality. Lucy and Edward went
out in the garden after supper and
sat down on a stone bench that was

there. There was a moon, and
stars, and nobody else around — in
fact, all the accessories for a suc-
cessful accident. So it happened,
and Edward discovered that Luc\ r 's
fresh cheek was even softer than it
looked, and experienced sensations
that filled him with great satisfac-
tion, for a minute. Then he found
that it would require considerable
ingenuity to restore peace, not to
say amicable relations.

"You nasty, fresh, hateful thing!
( ro back to the house this minute—

"But Lucy—"

"I don't care! Keep your hands
off me! No. 1 won't forgive you!
I think you are horrid — no, no, no!
I said no !"

"I'm no end sorry — "

"You are not! You'd do it again
if you had the chance ! ( Hi, 1 wish
I'd never come here at all!"

"Please don't say that, I think
the world of you — ."

"You do not. You are only teas-
ing me. And you imagine that be-
cause I came from the country you
can do any sort of an inexcusable
thing, and I won't mind. First you
make fun of me behind my back,
and then you look after me just to
oblige Hester, and then you expect
me to be grateful to you — 1 hated
that letter you wrote me! I hate,
loathe to have you touch me — Oh, I
just despise you anyway !" Lucy
stamped her foot and wept big,
wrathful tears of injury and rage;
then she fled to the house leaving
a very astonished young man behind
her.

It would take too long to follow
in Edward's footsteps as he walk-
ed — figuratively speaking — from the
Drake's garden that July night—
to the Miller's "parlor" some six
months later. Millertown. on a
cold, sleet}' December day, the bare
trees swaying in the bitter wind,
the streets almost impassable with
icy puddles, the gray, angry sky

230

THE GKANLI K MONTHLY

threatening snow at any moment,

was not a particularly cheerful and
inviting spot; and the room into
which the stout "hired" girl usher-
ed him, revealed nothing to raise
his spirits. There was a hlocked up
fireplace, with an air-tight stove in
front and a mantel adorned with
wax flowers above it, there was
horsehair furniture, and pillow of
"patchwork" plush. There- were
large crayon portraits — presumably
meant to resemble Mr. and Mrs.
Miller; there was a carpet, and over
it some bright rugs with startling
designs — wreaths of roses, and bark-
ing dogs, and sacred mottoes, not
of course all on the same rug, but
still all in the same room, and it
was frightfully chilly, and smelled
as if it had not been opened in
months. He sat on the shin}- sofa,
and waited and waited. Then he
waited a while longer, then the
"hired girl" came back with an arm-
ful of wood and said she would
light a lire; and then Mrs. Miller
came and greeted him very doubt-
fully, and he felt that the artist who
"did" the crayon portrait had been
lenient with her. She was just on
her way to a meeting of the Ladies
Aid, she said, and Mr. Miller was
off in the back part of the town
seeing a man about a horse he was
thinking of buying, but still he
wasn't sure — and —

"Isn't Lucy here?" asked Edward
Middleham at last, almost desper-
ately, considering his upbringing.

"Yes, she'll be down in a minute."

A minute! There was no doubt
about it, that girl kept him waiting
at least an hour — Now, twelve years
later, a little smile began to play
around Middleham's handsome
mouth as he thought of it ; but
then, it seemed very far from funny,
and when she finally appeared, she
looked very much more tidy and
stylish than the summer before, to
be sure, but very grave, too.

"Why haven't you answered any

of my letters," said Edward, burst-
ing into the middle of things with-
out a word of preamble.

"1 didn't know just what to say."
lie softened at once — Poor little
Lucy! poor little bewildered un-
taught child.

"Then you do believe that I'm
sorry I hurt your feelings, and that
1 never meant t< i ?"

"Yes, 1 believe that now."

"And you know that 1 like you a

lot?"

"Yes, 1 know that, too."

Lucy no longer twisted handker-
chiefs. 11 er hands were folded
quite calmly in her lap.

"And don't you like me?"

"Yes, I like you — pretty well,"
she said.

"Is there anyone else you like any
better?"

"My, yes — several people — mother
and father and — ."

Edward almost gave up in
despair. This girl needed every-
thing spelled right out to her, like
a child in kindergarten.

"I didn't mean that way. I meant
any man — "

"( >h, 1 knew what you meant, but
you interrupted me. 1 was going to
say, and Henry Carruthers. I am
at boarding school in New York
this winter. I'm home just now for
the Christmas vacation — but I am
going to marry him next fall."

It was impossible. Lie, Edward
Middleham, had came all the way
up from Boston in the dead of win-
ter to see this girl, and she inform-
ed him that she was already engag-
ed. He could scarcely believe his
ears. There was a long silence,
which embarrassed him very much,
and which did not seem to trouble
Lucy at all.

"Who," he asked at last, "is
1 tarry Carruthers?"

"Well," replied Lucy, "He's the
boy that lives next door. He's a
nice boy — that is, I think he is. If

THE SECOND BEST

231

ynu want to stay to supper, I'll ask
him over, too, and you can sec for
yourself. 1 1 is mother died this
spring, so he's awfully lonesome —
that's one reason why we're going
to be married instead of waiting un-
til we're a little older — he's only
twenty himself. His father's been
dead a long time. He's got plenty
of money, so we haven't got to
think of that — and he seems to be — -
sort of in a hurry." The rosy
cheeks grew suddenly pinker. She
paused a moment and then went on,
in a slightly different voice. "If
I'd known just how to say it. I
would have written to you — but
maybe, now you're here, I can tell
it to you. I did like you a whole
lot — at first. And you helped me,
ever and ever so much. I'm awful-
ly anxious to learn — all those things
you and Hester tried to teach me.
I'm going to, some day, too. I've
learned quite a good deal more this
winter already, I think. I'm going
to he — just like Hester, only more
so — do you know what I mean?
If you'd only kept on the way you
She came to a full stop.

'You mean you might have cared
the way I want you to?" he asked,
very gently, considering how
strangely raw he felt inside.

"Yes; hut you were making fun
of me, and you thought I was
cheap — oh, yes you did — and I'm
not, I'm not! I'm all the other
things you thought, but not that —
and Harry was right here, and he — "

Edward rose, holding out his
hand. "It's all right," he said, "I
understand. I've been a horrid ass.
1 m sorry.

"Are you going away?"

"Why, yes," he said, smiling a
little, "there really isn't very much
for me to stay for, considering —
er — Harry and
there?"

Then Lucy, with the fickleness of
woman, softened ; she could not, it

sought about for

began 1

everything, is

appeared, let him depart in this

fashion. She
words of comfort

"I'm sorry, too," she said, and it
was evident that she meant it — "1
do like you — after all — a whole
lot — I think — honestly — I like you
second best."

Edward smiled again. "Thank
you," he said, "but after all, second
best doesn't amount to much, does
it. I'm afraid that wouldn't ever
satisfy me. I wanted more than
that, you know."

And so he left her.

II.

It would be overstating the case
to say that Middleham was still a
bachelor at thirty-five because a
little country girl threw him over
for the "boy who lived next door."
But the incident, slight as it was at
least taught him two valuable
lessons. Successful as he became
in many directions as the years
went on, he never again over esti-
mated his own importance, and he
never again made the mistake of
taking for granted that an untrain-
ed mind was necessarily a stupid
or silly one — and it so chanced that
he saw or heard of Lucy Miller — or
Lucy Carruthers, as she had now
become, just frequently enough to
keep him in touch with her develop-
ment, and just infrequently enough
to make him wish that their paths
might cross more often.

Meantime, he had become a very
fair specimen of the type of Ameri-
can man who succeeds in business,
who uses his muscles enough to
keep physically fit and his brains
enough to make him an interesting
dinner companion ; doing nothing
very great and good, but nothing
very small and bad either — well-
bred, well educated, well-nourished,
and pleasant to look upon more
with the good looks that result
from these advantages than from

232

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

any actual physical beauty. Es-
sentially normal, too, with an even

and sunny temper, and no signs of
"nerves" —the stumbling block over
which many of his associates in-
gloriously tumbled. In short, he
was a good sort to have around.

Hester Drake was among the
many who always found him so;
and having urged him to come in
early one evening that she might
have "some chance to talk to him,"
before her other dinner guests ar-
rived, she entered her drawing-
room to find him standing with a
large framed photograph in his
hand, looking at it very intently.

"Have you had this long?" he
asked with his old abruptness.

"It just came. Lovely, isn't it?"

He nodded, without taking his
eyes off it— "How old's the kid?"
he asked at last.

"Six months — a beautiful boy.
You know Lucy persuaded Harry
to take her to Europe on their
wedding trip — and then to remain
a year. This little chap was born
in New York soon after thev srot
back, and they've stayed on there
since ; but they're going back to
Millertown in the spring. Harry's
pining for his native heath. Lucy's
planning quite extensive improve-
ments on the house, which she
writes ought to keep her busy and
interested there for the present."

"You haven't seen her?"

"No, but I've persuaded them all
to make me a visit before they go
to the country.

"I'll be in to dine," said Middle-
ham briefly ; then as an after-
thought — "What's the matter with
Harry that he can go wandering
around the earth like this — hasn't
he any business, and isn't he
enough — with her — with the kid-
to keep her 'busy and interested'
anywhere ?"

"Oh, I don't know," Hester gave
a little laugh, and taking the photo-

graph from him set it back on the
table. "I only saw him, very
casually of course, at the wedding.
Me seemed a good enough sort —
nothing extraordinary. lie was
very young, you know, just out of
some small college. I believe he
expects to farm — that's what his
father did. But he's fairly well-to-
do, for a country boy, and the re-
sult is that he probably won't work-
very hard at any thing. He'll have
lost the habit, anyway, after all
this idleness."

"Trips of the sort you describe,
and winters in New York are fair-
ly expensive, even for a 'well-to-
do' country boy."

"Well, the}' may have used capi-
tal. Lucy was bound to have her
'chance' as she called it; and he
was perfectly crazy over her —
that's one .'sure thing. What is
there about her that— -?"

"Purpose and sincerity and —
purity," said Edward Middleham
quietly, and he took up the picture
again, but even the photograph and
the information that he was able
to gather from Hester did not pre-
pare him for all that he saw when
he met Lucy face to face again.

Yes, the husband was common-
place — there could be no doubt of
that; and, even allowing for the
passion that lie must have felt, and
the admiration that he must still
feel for his wife, there was bound
to be so little congeniality between
them, soon, if not already, as to be
a serious drawback to their happi-
ness together. Lucy had always
possessed the sterling qualities in
which he was totally lacking, and
it was not strange that, at seven-
teen, she had failed to realize that
he would inevitably disappoint her
in his mere standards of actual
right and wrong, still less strange
that she could not have known that
she would so rapidly outstrip him
in all the more superficial require-

THE SECOND BEST

23:

ments and social graces. Still her
behavior as an affectionate wife, no
less than as a delightful individual,

left nothing to be desired, and her
devotion to her baby was so whole
heartedly joyous, that it was a
revelation to see them together.
While the Carruthers made their
visit at the Percy Drakes, Middle-
ham not only dined there. The
hours that he spent in sleeping, at
business and occupied by other
social engagements were mere step-
ping stones to the time when he
should be free to sit quietly beside
this starry-eyed, rosy-cheeked,
grave young mother, who seemed
so simple, lovely, successful and
serene. He had not the lack of
taste to attempt to make love to
her ; in fact, it may be quite truth-
fully said that he had not the slight-
est desire to do so. With all her
loveliness she possessed none of the
natural coquetry necessary for the
equipment of a married belle.

Then, suddenly, the visit was
over .and the Carruthers were gone •
Two summers later, motoring
through the White Mountains with
George Haven, Edward suggested
that they should call in Miller-
town. George made no objections,
rather the contrary. He, too, had
seen Lucy on that memorable visit.

"Do you remember what a queer
little kid she was?" he asked, as
they were speeding along over the
hilly but excellent roads of the
Granite state. "Scared to death,
and always with the look of being
half put together — hairpins falling
out and buttons coming off, and
all that? Gosh! I nearly fell
over on my face when she sailed
into Hester's drawing room in white
satin and tulle only three years
later, looking as if she'd never been
dressed by any one less than Worth
from her cradle up. I liked best
seeing her with the youngster
though — he was a bully kid. That

must be the house — great, isn't it?
Look at those piazzas — and the
view you get from 'em — she must
have done wonders. 1 wonder if
she'll have changed a lot again —
and what way, this time?"

They were destined to find out
very soon — and to leave Miller-
town more silently, and with sober-
er faces than they had approached.
The little boy had died only a month
before, so Lucy — dressed all in deep
black — told them herself, quite
calmly, and the six weeks' old baby
girl was sleeping, and was so fragile
that she did not dare run the risk
of taking them to see her in her
cradle, for fear of waking her; and
there was something in her voice
when she told them, in response to
their civil inquiry, that her husband
was not at home, that caused them
to feel no astonishment when they
overheard two strangers talking
about him at the little inn where
they stopped to eat their dinner.

"Harry Carruthers? a good farm-
er? Lad, he hasn't been sober
enough to walk straight, let alone
farm straight, for the last six
months. He had always had it in
him to go that way — but he hasn't
been downright bad at it till just
this last year. Trouble with him
is, he hasn't any pride — never did
have — or he'd have hung on to
decency like grim death for the
sake of that wife of his. Darned
hard on her, I call it. He had a
good property, too ; but between
her ambition, and his lack of it,
they must have made ducks and
drakes of it by now — she'll blame
herself for that too, more than she
ought to — she just naturally
couldn't seem to help wanting the
best of everything, and that don't
mean just money's best, either."

Middleham avoided George Hav-
en's eyes all that day; and sudden-
ly, in the dead of night, the fierce
desire to go to Lucy and crush her

234

I HE GRANITE MONTHLY

in his arms, and kiss the color back
mil) her white cheeks, and the dark
circles from under her eyes, to
take her away from the sickly baby
and the drunken husband, and the
dreary guest of poverty, already
knocking at her door, swept over
him like a surging lire, and made
him hot with shame that he should
have such thoughts, and still the
thoughts persisted, and gave him
no peace — all the old evil arguments
that made black look white — or at
least a delicate pearl gray — swept
through his mind, almost convinc-
ing him as it has convinced many —
and possibly better — men before
that the thing" he wanted to do was
the thing that was right to do.
Lucy would resist, of course. But
still, she was surely too weak, too
broken, too disillusioned and em-
bittered, to resist long. That he
would ruin the very qualities which
had made her so dear to him if he
succeeded did not of course occur
to him then ; he thought only of her
deliverance and his possession.

But when morning came, it
found him with his mind master
of itself once more, and face turn-
ed sternly towards the city.

Ill

That night was now mercifully
far behind him. In the years that
lay between he saw her from time-
to time, when she went to visit
Hester in Boston, or school friends
in New York; but she did this very
seldom, and even then the meetings
were only accidental and casual.
For by this time he realized that
the only safe and decent thing for
him to do was to avoid her. Each
time their paths crossed, his heart
was wrung afresh by the black
clothes that she never laid aside
after the little boy's death ; by her
increasing thinness and pallor; and
by the silence and reserve that had
supplanted her radiant poise, just

as that, in its turn, had supplanted
her awkwardness and shyness. She
never, in any way. referred to her
situation; but Hester did not fail
to comment on it.

"If it wasn't for the baby 1 think
she'd lose her reason —and of course
she just mustn't with that delicate
child to consider — so she doesn't
and leaving Marry doesn't even
seem to occur to her — though he's
given her causes enough, Heaven
knows! — more than one — she'll
stick it out if it kills her — and some
times 1 think it will kill her — if it
lasts long enough."

And so matters stood for a long
time, changing only to grow
gradually worse. Then, suddenly,
came the news that Harry had died,
under circumstances too disgrace-
ful to dwell upon ; that Lucy had
paid all her debts, sold the farm,
and with little Angela abruptly
left for Europe. The first distant
rumbling, threatening a great War,
brought her back again, after she
had been there a little over a year;
and apparently with great content-
ment, she fell in with Hester's sug-
gestion that she and Angela should
spend the summer with the Drakes
in Meriden, while she considered at
her leisure what she should do next.

So there, in time, Middleharri
came, too ;_ and having come once,
and been made welcome, he came
often; and now the summer was
almost gone, and he lav on the sand
waiting for her to join him for one
of those long, quiet talks, some-
times alone, sometimes with little
Ansrela beween them, that had be-
come almost a daily custom with
them.

"Hello! I'm a little late, I'm
afraid! but George delayed me.
Now he's taken Angela off for a
ride in his motor, and I'm quite at
your service for the next two
hours."

Middleham sprang to his feet.

THE SECOND BEST

235

She had come up so softly that he
had not heard her, and now stood
quite close beside him. all in crisp
white, her soft hair blowing in the
wind, her cheeks tanned and rosy.
How well she looked again, how
wholesome and content; alive in
every fibre of her being, how lovely
and desirable.

"George never did have any idea
of the value of punctuality/' he re-
marked duly, "but after all. I don't
blame him much. You look good
enough to eat — you remind me of
all kinds of pleasant, fragrant
things, someway — fields of clover.
and orchards with the apples all
ripe, and blue salt water in the
sunshine."

"How nice of yon!" she returned
gaily, sitting down on the sand and
tucking her feet underneath her, "I
never should have thought of com-
paring a woman to any of those
things — and they're all delicious."

"So." he said sitting down be-
side here, "are you — I don't know
any word that describes you so
well."

"I'm nearly thirty," she remark-
ed irrelevantly.

"Balzac's 'Femme de Trent
Ans?"

"That wasn't half as nice as your
other compliment. Balzac's Julie
was a — well, she was attractive, but
some way ."

"Oh, she didn't come up to you.
I know," retorted Middleham,
laughing, "Few do ."

"Did you want to come out here
just to talk to me in this silly way?"

Her tone was light enough, but
for some reason he grew instantly
grave.

"No, my dear," he said soberly,
"I wanted to speak to you of grave
things — things that I think matter
to us both — I've waited a good
while to do it." He paused, and as
she made no reply, "Twelve years,"
he added slowly. "Lucy, you know-
how much I care for you. Don't

you care for me — at least a little —
too?" And as he still received no
answer, "Surely it can't be hard for
you to answer — you must have
been expecting this to happen for
a long time."

"Oh, yes," she said, "I have, but
still it's hard to answer just the
same." The weariness in her voice,
in striking contrast to her happy
manner a quarter of an hour earlier
tilled him with quick alarm.

"What is the trouble? Why.
my darling, I wouldn't have hurt
you for the world. Is it too soon —
I thought?"

"( )h, no," she said, "it isn't too
soon — it's too late. I care for you —
not a little but a great, great deal-
in a way more than any one in the
world except Angela — but it's no.
use.

"There's some one else — again —
whom you're planning to marry?"

"No, it isn't that — I'd be glad —
this time to say yes — but I can't."

"My dear," he said, still more
gently, "you've never told me—
but I know you've suffered — that
you've undergone great grief and
shame. Don't make the mistake
of letting that cause you to be
afraid of marriage — to think un-
fairly of it."

"It isn't that either," she replied,
so low that he could hardly hear
the words, "it's because it wouldn't
be fair to you. Its a case of— sec-
ond best — for you again this time.
You told me before you wouldn't be
satisfied with that — and I won't
give it. to you."

"I shall be thankful for whatever
you will give me now. But I don't
understand ."

"I will tell you," she said.

For some minutes, she sat very
still, looking out at the water, her
lips trembling in spite of the great
self control which he knew she pos-
sessed. Then she faced him
squarely.

236

THE GRANITK MONTHLY

"When I had been married about
four years," she said. "1 fell in love,
deeply, violently, passionately in
love— and the man — loved me."

Middleham fell his throat grow
dry.

"1 was wretchedly unhappy at
home — you say you've never spoken
of it — well, 1 will today! 1 mar-
ried a weak, ignorant, vicious boy.
He was attractive and he was rich,
and he was eager to marry me when
1 felt that the people whose opinion
I valued, looked down on me. I
was ambitious to attain all those
little, little things — all that veneer,
which looked like solid mahogany
to me then, and he could give it to
me and longed to. So I let him.
He broke my heart, if you like to
put it that way — he certainly de-
graded my body and smirched my
soul ; and it was when things were
at their very worst — when the
money was nearly gone, and my
little boy had died, and I had come
to the realization that my own false
ideas had brought me to this pass,
that 1 had no one but myself to
blame, it was then that 1 met the
other man."

"1 met him in New York — i had
seraped together the money, in the
face of violent opposition from my
husband to take Angela to see a
doctor there, a great specialist. I
went to stay with an old school
friend. It happened at her house."

"1 loved him from the first
moment I ever saw him ; I never
shall get over loving him- as long
as I live — and he loved me, too, as
I said before — but — he didn't love
me enough."

"Enough for what?" asked Mid-
dleham, stupidly, speaking with
difficulty through that dry throat of
his.

"Oh," she said bitterly, "he loved
me enough for what you are imagin-
ing. He loved me enough to want
to buv me from mv husband — and

he was rich enough to do that, for
he had a great deal of money. He
urged me to — to divorce Harry and
leave him to — drink himself to
death alone — and 1 could have kept
Angela. There wouldn't have been
any trouble about that, for Harry
had been unfaithful and — and cruel,
too. Those things usually come,
with the other. That's why its
worse than anything else, because
it drags so many other horrors in
its train. But I wouldn't go. You
see, i had made my own bed, and
I had to lie in it. 1 had to. I
couldn't leave him, no matter how-
bad he was. 1 couldn't. Do you
understand?"

"Yes," said Middleham hoarsely.
"1 understand — most women could,
but you couldn't. So this man
wanted to have you marry him
after a divorce, but when you
w < mldn't — what then ?"

"He suggested that I should stay
with my husband and— — ." The
bright head sank, and then came
bravely up again — "And oh, 1
wanted to! You shan't think me
one bit better than I really was—
Just seeing him, and looking into
his eyes was Heaven, and when he
touched my hand! But I couldn't.
I couldn't do that either. Of
course, you know that."

"Of course, 1 know that."

"So then, he thought 1 didn't
love him. He didn't believe me.
He was angry and harsh, and he
went away. He didn't love me
enough to trust me, and wait for
me, even to the end of his life, if it
had been necessary. That's the
way I loved him. lie didn't even
love me enough to keep decent for
me, and now that I'm free I can't
marry him — he isn't fit for me to
marry. I'd have to go through all
that — that mire of Hell a second
time. I've just got back to — to
feeling like a human being again
after all these frightful years, and

THE SECOND BEST

23/

Angela would see the very things
that her father's death saved her
from. He says now it was my
fault that he went down hill. I
don't know, perhaps it is, but I
don't believe so — anyway I could
have been good for him. But even
if I knew it were, I'd have to do the
same thing right over again. Of
course I realize that he's made of
very different clay from Harry, and
that I understand so much and — and
want him so that it wouldn't be
quite the same. It would be worse
because I love him so much. I'd
let myself be cut into little pieces
for him gladly. I often lie awake
all night thinking what bliss it
would be to belong to him, but I
won't marry him."

"Lucy," Middleham found that
his own voice was breaking.
"Don't you know how safe Angela
would be with me? Don't you
know that I love you so that in
time I can make you even forget
that this ever happened? Don't
you know that you've come through
sorrow and suffering and sacrifice
to be one of the noblest women that
ever lived? My dear, I don't de-
serve you — but won't you come to
me just the same? Don't let this
spectre of the second best come be-

tween us again. It was a mistake
that we allowed it to before. We
mustn't repeat that mistake — Dear
Lucy, can't you sec?" .

"I've thought of all you've said,"
she answered dull}', "hundreds of
times. And its partly true, large-
ly true perhaps. But it doesn't
matter. I can't marry you. I
can't go to him ; but I'm his, all that
part of me — in my mind — just the
same. It would be a — a sacrilege
to forget that for one single
moment."

"By-and-by my dear, I hope you
may feel differently."

"I never shall," she said. "Dear
friend, don't give the pain of speak-
ing of all this again ; and now, let
me go back to the house."

Twice, looking fully at her, real-
izing as never before how vitally
precious she was to him. Middle-
ham opened his lips to speak, and
each time something in the steady
eyes looking into his checked him.

For a full moment they faced
each other, both white with deter-
mination ; then silently he bowed
his head, and raising it an instant
later, still silently, he stood and
watched her out of sight as she
walked slowly away across the
sand.

WAITING

By Ruth Bassett Eddy.

You are away from me and all the world

Has huddled into dark. The very air
That laughingly and buoyantly unfurled

Its four glad wings into the trembling day
Has hushed its pulsing breath, and all the rare

Sweet songs of things have stilled their minstrelsy
The loneliness around me grows apace—

I want to hear vour voice and see your face !

METAMORPHOSIS

By L. S. Morrison

Now have come the spring days,

The joy-in-every thing days,
The life-without-a-sting days.

That mean so much to me.
Gone again are cold days,

The I-am-growing-old days,
The everything-is-told days,

The years have seemed to be.

Here again are tap days,

The time-to-gather-sap days.
The do-not-care-a-rap days,

That fill me full of glee.
Gone again are sad days,

The all-the-world-is-bad days.
The everyone-is-mad da\s.

That winter seemed to me.

Here are wander-out days,

The tramping-all-about days,
The catch-the-largest-trout days,

That bring my youth to me.
Past are all the dark days.

The dogs-do-bite-and-bark days.
The sorrow-leaves-its-mark days.

We never more shall see.

"THE WHITE MOUNTAIN MYSTERY"

By John Ki»il>cill Chase,
Author of "The Bridge of Fire," "The Angel of Death," etc.

reel warrior continued: "I

The first light of a clear morn-
ing in June illuminated Franconia
Notch, one of the most picturesque
places among the matchless White
Mountains of New Hampshire.
Under the strange, stone Profile,
near the lovely, little lake, a young
Indian slept in front of a smoulder-
ing fire.

A catamount crept toward this
sleeping warrior. The fierce ani-
mal crouched to spring.

The loud report of a heavy
musket awoke all the slumbering
echoes of these mighty mountains.
With a fearful scream, the wound-
ed catamount sprang into the air,
fell upon the young Indian and
writhed in the agonies of death.

The red warrior rose swiftly- He
looked for the foe who had arous-
ed him.

He saw the catamount, bleeding
and quivering in the last agonies
of death. A short distance away,
he saw a young Paleface, reloading
a Queen Anne musket. His active
mind, trained in the exciting inci-
dents of a rough mountain life,
comprehended the situation swiftly.

The red warrior strode toward
the young Paleface. In his head
dress five eagle feathers, the sign
of a chief, waved slightly in the
balmy zephyrs of this beautiful
morning. He extended his right
hand, in the English way, and said,
with Indian brevity, in fairly good
English :

"I thank my white brother. He
has saved my life."

The young Paleface clasped the
young Indian's hand warmly and
replied, with a pleasant voice that
inspired confidence :

"I only did my duty, Chief. You
would have done as much for me."

With no display of vanity, the

glance, in
little sus-
the Saga-

am Red

Eagle, the Sagamore of the Pe-
quaket Indians. We will be White
Brother and Red Brother."

"I am plain John Washington,"
replied the young Paleface, with a
pleasant laugh. "I like your looks
Chief. Yes, we will be Red Broth-
er and White Brother."

These young men could not fore-
see the strange events that would
come from this unique friendship.
Historical facts are sometimes
stranger than fiction.

With a searching
which curiosity and a
picion were blended,
more inquired : "Why did my white
brother walk all alone in the dark
night through the great woods on
the land of the Pequakets?"

"It's a fair question, Red Broth-
er," answered Washington, with
his pleasant laugh. "I expected it.
I am visiting my uncle, Captain
Jonathan Chase, at Franconia. Do
you know my cousin, Alary Chase?''

"Yes, I do know the White Lily
of the settlement," replied the Saga-
more. "She is the fairest flower
that blooms on these mountains."

Swift and sharp as the flash of
the lightning was Washington's
glance at his red brother. The
crafty Sagamore did not appear to
observe this significant glance.

In a voice as pleasant as before,
Washington continued : "Yester-
day, after dinner, Mary went to the
south field to pick strawberries.
She did not return. Aunt Sarah
went to get her. But Mary had
disappeared. In great alarm, my
aunt hurried back to the farm-
house. She blew the horn so loud
and long that uncle and I came
from the corn field on a run. We
ran to the south field. The signs

240

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

showed that a large bear had stood
erect on his hind legs, taken Mary
in his fore paws and carried her
into the woods."

"Did the hear harm White Lily?"
asked the Sagamore, with what
seemed like the solicitude of a
lover.

"1 do not know," replied Wash-
ington, thoughtfully. "We found
no blood, no signs of a struggle,
though Alary is an athletic girl,
with the courage of a lion."

"Do you think that White Lily
consented to go?" asked the Saga-
more.

"There are some things I do not
know," answered Washington.

"Did the bear, who stood on his
hind legs and carried a woman in
his fore paws, walk with his feet
turned out like a Paleface?" was
the next question of the Sagamore.

"No, he did not walk with his
feet turned out, like a white man,"
replied Washington.

"Did he walk with his feet turn-
ed in, like an Indian?" asked the
Sagamore.

"No, he did not walk with his
feet turned in, like an Indian," re-
plied Washington.

"Did it walk with its feet straight,
like a bear?" asked the Sagamore.

"Yes, it did walk with its feet
straight, like a bear," replied Wash-
ington.

"Bears are so fond of straw-
berries, they will leave anything
else to eat them," said the Saga-
more. "Did this bear eat the
strawberries ?"

"The bear did not eat any of the
strawberries," replied Washington.

"It's a queer bear," said the Saga-
more.

"I'm puzzled," remarked Wash-
ington.

"Did you follow the trail?" ask-
ed the Sagamore.

"Uncle Jonathan and I followed
the trail as fast as we could," re-

plied Washington. "We thought
we could soon catch the bear,
hampered with the weight of a
woman. But the tracks did not
grow fresher."

"How far did you follow the
trail?" asked the Sagamore.

"The trail went as straight as the
Might of a bee straight toward the
Indian village of Pequaket," replied
Washington. "Uncle Jonathan
thought it would not be safe for so
small a party to go too far. So he
returned to the settlement for more
men. He planned for me to follow
the trail until dark. In the morn-
ing, I would meet the rescue party
at Stone Face and guide them to
the trail."

"Did you follow the trail until
dark?" inquired the Sagamore.

"I lost the trail," answered Wash-
ington. "The trail was broken
suddenly, in a very strange way."

"I thought you would lose the
trail," said the Sagamore. "No one
has ever followed the trail of this
bear very far."

It was clear the Sagamore knew
more about this affair than he had
told. Washington thought the
time had come to ask for his aid.

"Red Brother, I am in great
trouble about Mary," said Wash-
ington, in a very earnest voice.
"Will you aid me, as I aided you?"

"I will aid you gladly, all I can,"
answered the Sagamore, in a voice
that seemed very sincere. "I could
form no plan until I knew the facts.
I do not think the white men can
find White Lily. They can not
find the broken trail. We will go
to Pequaket. With my best war-
riors we will search the woods and
the mountains for White Lily."

"I thank you, Red Brother," said
Washington. "You know these
woods and mountains better than I
do. Our white friends may help
too."

"White Brother, I will talk to

THE WHITE MOUNTAIN MYSTERY

241

straight

said

tongue,
very grave

you with a

the Sagamore, in a

voice. "I will tell you what I have

hidden from my own people. On

these mountains, there is something

strange and fearful. White

to what I say.

not been carried
She has not been

any white person
or Indian, in the skin of a bear."
"1 do not understand what you

Brother, listen
White Lily has
away by a bear,
carried away b\

mean." said Washington, in great
surprise.

CHAPTER 11.

BROKEN TRAILS

"White Lily was carried away bv
the Evil Spirit," continued the
Sagamore, in a very grave voice.
"The Evil Spirit often takes the
form of a bear."

Washington understood the sup-
erstitious character of the Indian

[John Kimball Chase, the author of the
serial story. "The White Mountain
Mystery," whose publication we begin in
this number of The Granite Monthly, was
born in Wolfeboro 63 years ago, a mem-
ber of a prominent New Hampshire
family. For several years he has been
totally blind and what he accomplishes in
spite of that handicap is remarkable. He
writes his stories on a typewriter which
has strings attached to certain keys in
such a way that by the sense of touch
he turns out much better "copy" ihan
many of us who are blessed with entire
vision. In this way he has produced
manuscripts which have been accepted for
publication by The Country Gentleman,
Harper's Monthly, The New England
Magazine, and other periodicals in addi-
tion to The Granite Monthly. It is his

custom to write one page of manuscript
on his typewriter every morning and to
spend the rest of the day in sawing wood
and in other helpful occupations, and in
thinking out the next day's "stent" of his
story. While he was writing "The White
Mountain Mystery," Mr. Chase sawed and
split five cords of wood. The accompany-
ing illustration, showing the author adding
to what he thinks is one of the largest
wood piles ever "worked up" by a blind
man, was printed in The Country Gentle-
man last year in connection with the
article, "A Blind Man on a Farm," and
is here reproduced by the courtesy of that
publication. "The White Mountain
Mystery" is to be printed in The Granite
Monthly exactly as it came from Mr.
Chase's typewriter. — Editor]

242

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

race. He did not believe in this
Evil Spirit. However, from the
Sagamore's great knowledge of
these mountains, he might get in-
formation that would guide him to
the missing girl.

"hoes this Evil Spirit carry away
man)' white girls?" asked Washing-
ton.

"It never carried away a Pale-
face girl before," replied the Saga-
more.

"Does it hurt the white people?"
asked Washington.

"This is the first time the Evil
Spirit has touched a Paleface," an-
swered the Sagamore.
. "This may not be the Evil Spirit,
but it may be a cunning man in the
skin of a bear," suggested Wash-
ington, with a pleasant 'laugh that
softened the implied doubt of his
comrade's good judgement.

"The bear did not walk with its
feet turned out like a Paleface or
turned in like an Indian," reminded
the Sagamore.

"Men of the same race do not
always walk in just the same way,"
suggested Washington. "In the
south, where 1 live, there is a race,
neither white nor red, wdio walk
with their feet straight."

"I have never seen this race," said
the Sagamore. "They do not come
here."

"I'm here," laughed Washington.
"Where I have come, they may
come."

"Do you always lose the trail of
a bear?" asked the Sagamore, with
a twinkle in his ewes.

"I did lose this trail," laughed
Washington. "But it was almost
sunset, when the shadows were
long and dark. In a better light,
1 may find it."

"No one can find it," said the
Sagamore. "I have followed the
same trail many times and lost it.
My best warriors have failed."

"Does this Evil Spirit carry away

Indian girls?" inquired Washing-
ton.

"1 have never known of such a
:ase," answered the Sagamore.

"Does it harm the red men?" ask-
ed Washington.

"rhe Evil Spirit kills my war-
riors and puts his mark on their
foreheads," replied the Sagamore,
with deep emotion.

Washington gave a start of sur-
prise. .After a moment's thought,
he inquired: "What is this mark-
that the Evil Spirit puts on the fore-
heads of your dead warriors?"

"I will show you," answered the
Sagamore.

fhe red brother and the white
brother stood on the shore of the
lake. The red brother bent over
and made a mark in the moist sand.

Washington gave another start.
Then he said, thoughtfully : -'This
is the sign of the Cross. It is the
sign of our religion, the sign of the
white man's God."

"Why does the Evil Spirit put
the sign of the white man's God on
the foreheads of my dead warriors?"
inquired the Sagamore, with a
searching look at his companion.

"Men are sometimes greatly
wronged," suggested Washington.
"'I hey may try to avenge these
wrongs."

"I have wronged no man,"
answered the Sagamore, in an earn-
est voice that seemed sincere. "I
have buried the hatchet. I am at
peace with the red man and the
white man."

"Red Brother, we will capture
this Evil Spirit," suggested Wash-
ington. "Then We may under-
stand."

"We cannot capture this Evil
Spirit," said the Sagamore, in a dis-
couraged voice. "You cannot cut
him with the sharpest knife. You
cannot shoot him with the best
gun."

Washington gave a start of sur-

THE WHITE MOUNTAIN MYSTERY

243

prise, for the third time. He began
to understand what the Sagamore
meant, when he said: "On these
mountains, there is something
strange and fearful." His cousin,
Mary Chase, had been carried away
by this mysterious and fearful
being.

"Why did you say the sharpest
knife cannot cut this bear or the
best gun shoot him?" inquired
Washington.

"White Brother, I will talk to you
with a straight tongue," replied the
Sagamore, repeating the words he
had used a short time before. "I
will tell you what I have not told
my own people. A few days ago,
with one (if my warriors, I went
on the mountain, to hunt deer. I
hid in the bushes, with my gun.
My warrior went to scare up the
deer and to drive them where I
could shoot them. I heard a strange
cry. It was not the war cry of
white man or red man. I saw a
large bear, on his hind legs, with a
knife in his fore paw, run swiftly
toward my warrior, Red Serpent.
Red Serpent was one of the strong-
est and best warriors in my tribe.
He fought the bear like a brave
man, knife to knife. With this
sharp knife, I saw him strike the
bear many times, with all the force
and fury of a strong man who tights
for his life. The bear and the war-
rior moved and turned so swiftly
that I did not dare to shoot, for
fear of hitting my warrior. Before
1 could reach them, the furious
right was over. My warrior laid
on the ground dead, with the mark
of the bear on his forehead. I bal-
anced the barrel of my gun on the
low branch of a tree. I aimed at
the heart of the bear with great care
and tired. When my bullet hit the
heart of the bear, he laughed with
joy. Then he came after me, with
his knife. If I had not been the
swiftest runner in my tribe, my

body would now moulder on the
mountain, with the mark of the
bear on my forehead."

"This is the strangest storv I
ever heard," said Washington,

thoughtfullv

I cannot doubt its

truth. My heart is greatly troubl-
ed about Mary. We must capture
this bear as quickly as we can."

The Sagamore did not answer.
He raised his arm and pointed with
his hand.

Washington saw a woman. She
came toward them on a swift run.
She seemed greatly excited.

"It is Aunt Sarah," said Wash-
ington. "What has happened?"

When Mrs. Chase saw Washing-
ton, she extended her arms toward
him and cried out: "My Johnny,
Oh, mv Johnny." Then she swoon-
ed.

The young men ran to help her.
The Sagamore brought water from
the lake. Washington bathed her
face and wrists.

When she revived, Mrs. Chase
said: "I went to the spring for a
pail of water. As I came back, I
saw a big wolf come from the
house. The wolf walked on his
hind legs and carried our baby in
his fore paws. I screamed with
all my might, dropped my pail and
run after the big wolf. But I could
not catch him. He ran into the
woods."

"I followed, but I lost the trail.
I knew Jonathan was going to meet
you at Stone Face this morning, so
I came here."

With his usual prompt decision,
Washington said : "Aunt Sarah, you
must stay here. Tell Uncle Jona-
than to go on after Mary. The
Sagamore and I will get the baby.
Goodbye."

With a comforting clasp of his
strong hand, Washington parted
from his doubly bereaved aunt,
linen he and his red brother ran
toward the Chase home.

244

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

"This is a strange affair," said
Washington.

"It is the Evil Spirit," suggested
the Sagamore. "Sometimes the
Evil Spirit takes the form of a bear,
sometimes it takes the form of a
wolf."

"It will be a mighty bad day for
the Evil Spirit when I get hold of
him," gritted Washington, as he
set his teeth together hard and ran
faster.

From the Chase house, the trail
of the wolf was plain. They fol-
lowed it into the woods, on a run.

In all America there were no
better trailers than this strong man
from the north and this strong man
from the south. Cunning beyond
description, was the man who could
hide his trail from them.

On the trail the first look is the
clearest. This first look shows the
grass and moss bent, crushed or
broken, by the feet, the leaves turn-
ed over, brushed from their natural
position or broken at the stem, the
twigs bent, pushed from their place
or broken, the thousand and one
other little details that become more
indistinct on a longer inspection.
In favorable places or in the dew,
this first look may even show the
impression of the foot.

One of the world's best trailers
once said to me : "The secret of
good trailing is in the first look.
The best trailer is the swiftest."

"The abductor must be badly
handicapped, with the skin of the
big wolf and the weight of the big
baby," suggested Washington, in
an encouraging voice. "We shall
surely catch him very soon. Then
something will happen."

"It is the Evil Spirit," groaned
the superstitious Sagamore. We
shall lose this trail, as so many
others have lost it."

"This trail is so fresh we cannot
lose it," laughed Washington. "If
we do lose it, I will admit we have

followed a supernatural being. Can
a spirit carry a big baby or a heavy
woman ?"

"The Evil Spirit has killed my
warriors," answered the Sagamore.

They followed the trail of the
wolf to a meadow. A freshet had
covered this meadow with white
sand. A recent shower had wash-
ed all tracks from this sand.

( )n a run, they followed the trail
of the wolf to the middle of this
meadow. In this moist sand, the
impression of every footstep was as
distinct as in warm wax.

At the middle of this meadow-
was the end of the trail of the
mysterious wolf.

In great amazement the trailers
looked in every direction. There
were no places where the wolf
could hide, no stones or other things
to break his trail.

Had this mysterious abductor
lured his pursuers to this meadow
to show them how easily he could
elude their best endeavors? What
had become of the wolf and the
baby.

"This is the strangest experience
of my life," said Washington.

"This is the Evil Spirit," said
the Sagamore.

The strong man from the north
and the strong man from the south
stood on the white sand, bewilder-
ed, at the end of the broken trail.

CHAPTER HI
PARADISE

Mary Chase, "the fairest flower
that bloomed on these mountains,"
picked strawberries in the south
field. She heard a slight sound,
like a soft step at her side. Alary
looked up at a huge bear, standing
on its hind legs and towering above
her. She swooned.

Mary Chase recovered slowly.
She was lying' on a comfortable
couch. Her mind was confused.
Was she in the den of the bear?

TIIK WHITE MOUNTAIN' MYSTERY

245

Marx's mind cleared. She rose
to a sitting position on the couch.
She looked around.

Mary was in the finest room she
had ever seen. The furniture was
beautiful and artistic. Through
tin- open windows, she saw a love-
ly garden with vegetables, berries,
fruits and flowers. Beyond this
garden she saw a panorama of the
grandest mountain scenery in the
world. Was this Heaven?

No, she could not be in the realm
of unchanging felicity. She saw
the same mountain peaks she had
seen all her life. Mary had never
heard of so lovely a home among
these mountains. Where was she?

In an alcove a woman with a
pleasant face, sat and sewed. She
laid down her work, came out and
spoke to Maiw in a very kind voice.

"I am glad you have recovered,"
she said. "I will inform Mr. Wind-
sor.

A moment later, a man came into
the room. The pioneer girl thought
he was the finest man she had ever
met.

This man was tall, with a form
like a Greek God. The supple
grace of his movements was the
poetry of motion. His refined fea-
tures were as clear as if chisel-
eel by a sculptor. His large, dark
eyes were luminous with the glow
of a gifted mind.

"I am glad you have recovered,
my dear" he said, in a very kind
voice. "You are entirely free from
any harm."

Mary blushed. To her mind.
the tones of this man's voice were
like the rhythm of a beautiful song.
In a voice that showed her em-
barassment, she inquired : "Where
am I?"

"You are in Paradise, my dear,"
replied Mr. Windsor with a very
pleasant laugh. "Paradise is the
name of my farm. I gave it this
odd name, partly because it is a

pleasant place and partly because
the name of my home in England
is Paradise Hall."

"Mow did I come to Paradise?"
inquired Mary with another blush.

"1 brought you here in my arms,
my dear," answered .Mr. Windsor,
in a tone that made Mary blush
again. "As I passed through the
forest 1 saw a bear, with a woman
in its fore paws. 1 frightened the
bear, so it dropped the woman and
fled. Then I brought you here, for
medical treatment as quickly as 1
could."

Mr. Windsor understood the
bashful embarassment of the pio-
neer girl. With thoughtful tact he
led her - conversation to pleasant
topics. The time passed so pleas-
antly they were surprised when the
woman called them to supper.

"Please pardon my bad man-
ners," said Mr. Windsor with
pleasant badinage. "Miss Mary
Chase, kindly allow me to introduce
you to Mrs. Jennie J. Jones, my
good and faithful housekeeper.
Her husband, James G. Jones, is
my gardener, a most trustworthy
assistant."

"Please pardon my bad manners,"
said Mrs. Jones. "Miss Mary
Chase, kindly allow me to introduce
you to Mr. William Plantagenet
Windsor, the pleasant owner of the
pleasantest place among the White
Mountains."

Mr. Windsor conducted Mary to
the dining room. The table was
covered with a linen cloth of spot-
less purity. It was set with dishes
of semi transparent china, artistical-
ly decorated with paintings of
flowers and fruit in natural colors.

The menu was snow white bis-
cuits, golden butter, luscious straw-
berries with maple sugar and
cream, cakes and cookies, delicious
cherry pie, tea. This was the first
time the pioneer maiden saw white
biscuits, cultivated strawberries and

246

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

English cherries. The meal was
enlivened with tactful conversation
and pleasant badinage.

After this collation, Mr. Wind-
sor conducted Alary to a cosy seat
on the front piazza. He took a seat
near her.

This piazza was long and wide.
There were ornamental lattices in
several places on the front and
sides. Climbing vines had been
trained on these. From the green
foliage, came the the first bright
blooms of the year.

In front of the piazza were large
beds of roses, now at their brightest
and best. Among these and be-
yond them were the vivid hues of
many other June flowers.

Then came the vegetable garden,
with the colors and forms arranged
in pleasing effects. Among these
growing vegetables were patches of
berries and groups of fruit trees.

Beyond this garden were fields of
corn, grains and grass. In a green
pasture was a small herd of cattle
and a flock of sheep and lambs.
Then came a circle of variegated
woodland.

From her position, Mary had a
fine view of the great, grand
mountains. Bathed in the rich
hues of the setting sun, the forest
primeval swept in sublime grandeur
over peak and dale.

The mild zephyrs of June
brought to them the sweet fra-
grance of roses and other blooms.

A short distance away near a
great oak, a thousand years old, a
copious spring of very pure water
gushed from the ground with
refreshing coolness. The water
gathered in a lovely pool under the
old oak and then went trickling and
tinkling over the stones to help
water the beautiful gardens of
Paradise.

"I think this is the pleasantest
place 1 was ever in," exclaimed
Mary, with the enthusiasm of youth.

Mr. Windsor laughed in a way
that showed her exclamation had
greatly pleased him. Then he
answered :

"I have done my level best to
make Paradise the pleasantest place
among the White Mountains."

After a pleasant conversation,
Mr. Windsor said with a tender
glance: "I am very sorry to say,
Mary, I must leave you for a short
time. 1 have a business matter 1
cannot postpone. Will you kindly
consent to stay here until 1 return?
Then 1 will guide you to your
home."

"1 will wait for you, gladly,"
answered Mary, with a vivid blush.
"I should be perfectly contented in
this pleasant place if I did not fear
my folks would worry about me."

"I will inform your parents of
the facts," replied Mr. Windsor.
"I may persuade them to visit
paradise."

A few minutes later Mary saw
Mr. Windsor go through the garden
into the woods. As she watched
his graceful movements, she felt
the warm glow of true love.

In the forenoon of the next day,
Mary helped Mrs. Jones about the
housework. After the dinner work
had been cleared away, Mrs. Jones
said :

"Mr. Windsor instructed me to
show you about the farm. We will
begin now. By the way, I usually
call him the master and you may
call me Jennie, if you wish to."

When they were in the garden,
Jennie continued, "This farm is on
the almost flat top of a minor moun-
tain. Idie soil is rich and deep and
has been improved by judicious cul-
tivation. The Master is a wonder-
ful farmer, as you will see. The
farm is entirely surrounded by a
forest of great, trees, mostly pine
and spruce. These great evergreen
trees shelter the crops from bleak
mountain winds and conceal the

THE WHITE MOUNTAIN MYSTERY

247

farm from the eyes of hunters and
Indians. From the foot of this
mountain it looks like an unbroken
forest to the summit. By judi-
cious training, the under growth
has become impenetrable. As
game animals cannot penetrate it.
there is nothing to tempt anyone to
cut a way to the top.''

"There must be a road through
this forest to the farm," suggested
the pioneer girl.

"The only path to this farm is
the bed of the brook that has its
source in the spring by the old
oak," replied Jennie, with a laugh.
"When you walk in running water.
you leave no trail that man or beast
can trace, you know."

"There must be trails to the
brook," said Mary.

"The Master is careful to make
no path or trail near the brook,"
answered Jennie. "In several con-
venient places he has hidden two
rolls of strong, stiff cloth. He
spreads out one of these, walks
over it and spreads out the other.
In this way he covers his trail for
any distance. In some places he
uses two skins. He frequently
changes these hiding places."

"It is the best way to break a
trail I ever heard of," said the
pioneer maiden, thoughtfully. "Rut
he cannot use' cloths and skins
in some places."

"The Master has other ingenious
contrivances," replied Jennie. "His
mind is so quick and inventive no
Endian can trail him very far. 1
will show you some wonders when
we get to the workshops."

"Why does William fear the
Indians?" inquired Mary, blushing.
because she had used his given
name for the first time. "Are we
not at peace with them?."

"We are at peace with the Pe-
quakets and their Sagamore is in
love with some of us." replied
Jennie, with a look that made Mary

blush again. "But the St. Francis
Indians, from farther north, come
here often to take white captives
to sell to the French for slaves.
The Master may understand these
matters better than we do. The
White Lily might bring a big price.
The Master said your bear was
human. I think he shot him."

"Can the Indians see this place
from the other mountains?" asked
Mary, partly to turn the conversa-
tion from too personal topics.

"The higher mountains are too
far away for the eye to separate
the cultivated part from the many
fruit and evergreen trees that are
scattered over the gardens, fields
and pastures," answered Jennie.
"The buildings are on a slight ele-
vation, the crest of the mountain.
They are sheltered and concealed
with tall pines. They are also
painted the same color as the ewer-
greens and almost covered with
vines. Xo where else on this earth
will you find any other farm just
like this hidden heme on the top
of one of the White Mountains.
Now my dear, you must rest until
supper," concluded the housekeep-
er, kindly. "Tomorrow. 1 will
show you the growing crops and
the Master's wonderful inventions
in the workshops. The Master is
rich. He was a duke, or something
of the sort, in England. I think
he came here to work on his inven-
tions. His mind is too much en-
grossed with these inventions. He
has strange dreams in the night
about going among the Indians in
the skins of beasts, doing fearful
deeds and escaping by feats that
seem beyond the craft of man.
Such dreams are not good for his
mind. I think your visit may
divert his mind and prove a great
benefit to him."

The kind hearted, housekeeper
conducted Mary to a comfortable
seat under a singing pine, gave her

248

Till-". CR.W'ITK MONTHLY

an interesting book and filled her
lap with delicious little rakes and
large luscious strawberries. For
some time .Mary read her book and
minched her cakes and berries.

From shrubs and trees the sum-
mer birds sang, drowsily. The
summer zephyrs moved slowly
down and up, as if nodding to sleep •
The summer dowers bowed their
fair heads and slept in the sleeping
sunshine.

Fair Mary's head, with its rich,
golden hair, like summer sunshine,
began to nod with the rest. Her
large blue eyes closed slowly, like
bright morning glories in the sum-

mer sun. The book slipped from
her lily white hand.

With a powerful effort, Mary
aroused herself, picked Up her book
and tried to read. She soon nodded
again. Sweet Alary, White Lily,
slept with the other Mowers.

A slight touch on her head awoke
her. She heard a slight sound, like
a soft step at her side. Mary look-
ed up at a huge bear, standing on
its hind legs and towering above
her. She swooned.

The bear lifted her up very ten-
derly and carried her into the
woods that she had been told were
impenetrable.

(To be continued)

THE WATERS SPEAK

By Walter B. Wolfe.

diis evening the

river whispered
To the great stone pier shrouded in shadows
Of oncoming night, the secrets of the ages :
This evening, as the ripples washed on the strand
.And murmured to the grey stone their song.
The ineffable refrain of lost aeons
Surging to the sea —
And the fragrance of fresh lilacs
By the river hank, was borne past me
By the cool wind of evening
Fluting in mellow overtones

A prelude to the solemn chanting of the waves —
And I, lying in the cool lush grass
Along the riverside

Heard the waves, and felt the wind of evening
About me, and the fragrance of fresh lilacs,
And 1 knew the song and the murmuring of the waves
That whispered to the great stone pier —
And the harmony of the scented night wind —
I felt the urge, I knew the burden of the symphony.
The refrain of lost aeons winding to Eternity—
"Light, more Light!"

THE DARTMOUTH LITERARY OR

DEBATING SOCIETIES

By . Isa C urrier Tilton.
CONCLUDED

The Commencement Anniver-
saries have come into the narrative
of the preceding columns as they
stood out prominently, from time
to time, in the general history of
the societies. They deserve sup-
plementary treatment as an insti-
tution, that is as exhibitions. An
exhibition was a public function at
which the members of a society —
academic, or other — exhibited their
proficiency in declamation, oratory,
debate, the drama, music, before
their friends and neighbors. If
orations, essays, plays, poems, and
songs were original they exhibited
ability in composition, as well as in
presentation, and raised the exhibi-
tion to a higher level. An exhibi-
tion might consist of one, or more,
or all, of the parts listed. An ora-
tion was usually original; but the
term was sometimes applied to the
declamation of a selection from one
of the great orators. A dialogue,
drama, or play, was often selected;
but it was sometimes written for
the occasion ; and in the colleges —
as we have seen — the best students
were as ambitious to write and
manage plays as to write and de-
liver orations. Songs, or odes, were
frequently composed to be sung to
popular tunes — pre-eminently Axild
Lang Syne. The exhibition sprang
from the national predilection for
those literary forms which require
vocal expression to impress them on
the mind and heart, in distinction
from those which appeal from the
printed page through their thought
and sentiment. This national trait
has been commented upon by the
present writer in the July, 1919,

number of the Monthly, p. 314, and
does not require further attention
here. This was, also, it is needless
to repeat, the basis of the existence
of the literary societies. Their regu-
lar meetings were secret practice
meetings; in their public exhibi-
tions, the greatest of which at Dart-
mouth were the Commencement
Anniversaries, the}* showed their
friends what they could do and ac-
customed themselves to appear be-
fore larger audiences; and in
all they were preparing to make
their influence felt among their fel-
low citizens when, in active life,
they should raise their voices — in
the pulpit, at the bar, in the legisla-
ture, in Congress, or before public
assemblies — in the expression of
their opinions and principles on the
great questions which might be
foremost in importance to the na-
tion.

College Commencements form-
erly were — and in some institutions
still are — exhibitions. The parts
at the first Dartmouth Commence-
ment (1771), which was held out
of doors, were: Salutatory Oration,
in English, on The Virtues. An-
them. Clyosophic Oration in Latin.
Disputation: An Vera Cognitio Dei
Litee Naturae Acquiri Potest? Vale-
dictory Oration in Latin. Anthem,
composed and set to music by the
candidates for a degree. It is also
said that there was an Oration by
one of the Indians and a Poem.
The Rev. Jeremy Belknap, whose
History of New Hampshire is one of
the classics of American historical
literature, attended the Commence-
ment of 1774, and has left on record

250

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

the program to which he listened.
It occupied both Forenoon and after-
noon, and was as follows: Prayer by
the President. English ('ration.
Syllogistic Disputation on the
Question: Amicitia I 'era non est
absque Amove Divinal Cliosophic
Oration. Anthem: The Voice of my
Beloved Sounds. Forensic Dispute
on the Question: Whether Christ
Died for all Men. Anthem: Lift
up your Heads. Ye Gates. Din-
ner. Latin Oration: The State of
Society. English Oration: The
Imitative Arts. Conferring of De-
grees. Then "two bachelors spoke
a dialogue of Lord Lyttleton's, be-
tween Apicius and Darteneuf, upon
good eating and drinking." They
did well (he writes): but the Mer-
cury, who comes in at the end, did
poorly. The President and audi-
ence laughed heartily. Anthem.
Prayer.

The Commencements in the old
days combined the refined pleasures
of a literary assembly with the
popular attractions of a country
fair. The inhabitants of the sur-
rounding towns poured into Han-
over until every bouse was crowded
with guests. Some persons had a
record of attendance on fifty con-
secutive Commencements. Trad-
ers, peddlers, jugglers, and show-
men had their booth in the open
places. Beer, cider, and liquors
were sold; and, by evening, the
crowds were often disorderlv. A
resident of Hanover wrote the fol-
lowing account of the Commence-
of 1845 in his Diary. The literary
features (he says) were less im-
pressive than in the preceding years;
but great crowds came because of
the unusual outside attractions.
These included "a Boston Brass
Band, Ole Bull, the famous violin-
ist, and four Albineos. or white
negroes." There was everything
(be mourns) to draw attention away
fn-in tin- great concerns of eternity

and the duties of charity; so that
even clergymen could not resist
paying lift}' cents to bear the violin-
ist. But we may note, again, the
close touch between the College and
the common people — which exists
today in state institutions, but has.
unfortunately, disappeared in the
larger endowed colleges and uni-
versities. Similar features of the
Commencement at the Xew Hamp-
ton Institution are mentioned in the
July, 1919, number of the Monthly.
p. 316.

It is in connection with the music
at Commencement — as we have
seen — that the first traces of a stu-
dent organization appear. The pro-
grams varied with the passage of
time ; but the one given by Belknap
shows their length and characteris-
tics. It may be compared with the
Lancaster Academy program of
1844, printed in the July, 1919, num-
ber of the Monthly, p. 316. We
should also recall the "Quarter Day"
exhibitions, which were the cause
of so great commotion in Kendall's
tune. At the sophomore "Quarter
Day" in June, 1793, there were
three orations — Latin, Creek, and
Philosophical — and a number of
dialogues, one of which was written
and presented by Judah Dana and
Samuel Worcester.

The societies sometimes varied
the program of their regular meet-
ings with orations, addresses to
new members, farewell addresses,
moot courts, plays, and rehearsals
for their exhibitions, lint their am-
bitions and energies were concen-
trated on their Anniversaries, when
they were allowed to celebrate
them. The loss of the records of
the Social Friends makes it impossi-
ble to tell when their Anniversaries
began. The}' were held, however,
on the Monday before Commence-
ment, while those of the United
Fraternity came on Tuesday. In
tbi' struggle for the possession of

THE DARTMOUTH SOCIETIES

251

Tuesday, in 1811, the Fraternity

based their claim on right by pos-
sesson, while the Socials based
theirs on right by prescription.
Practice in forensic disputation was
bearing its fruits. The Fraternity
Anniversaries began in 1787, and
Phi Beta Kappa" in 1788. When
those of the smaller societies were
added, after 1800, they filled— with
the Commencement exercises —
three days so full of disputations,
orations, and plays that the appetite
of our forebears for this form of
entertainment and instruction, great
as it was, must have been satiated.

In 1787 the Fraternity had an ora-
tion and a tragic dialogue ; the next
year a dialogue with ten parts and
an epilogue and an oration ; and, in
1790, an original drama, the French
Revolution. (*19)

In 1792 the Socials had an oration
and a comedy. Reference has al-
ready been made to the drama, pre-
sented by the Fraternity in 1799,
of which Webster was one of the
authors. Dana writes that it was
customary for the United Fraternity
to have an oration before the Society
on the da}* before Commencement
and to exhibit, in the evening, "an
original Dialogue, or Tragedy, or
Comedy." In his senior year (1795)
he and Samuel F. Dickinson were
chosen to write the dialogues. The
principal one, a tragedy, The Fall of
Poland, was largely Dana's work ;
and he played the leading part. The
audience, which filled the College
Church to overflowing, was highly
pleased with the performance, and
he proud of his success. The pro-
logue and epilogue were by Josiah
Dunham. (*20)

The exhibitions — with all their
excellent features — and particular-
ly the plays were, however, a field
where the low standards of the
period following the Revolution, to
which reference has already been
made, had 'every opportunity of dis-

playing themselves. This side of
them has been well described by
Elder Ariel Kendrick, who was
born in 1772, spent his boyhood in
Hanover, where he attended the
Moor School, and became a Bap-
tist minister. He is not an unpre-
judiced witness; but his statements
are amply substantiated by other
evidence. He writes: "The stage,
at that time, exhibited scenes
wounding to Christian piety, and to
which modest}- was indignant."
Quarrels were enacted with crude
and disgusting realism. A perform-
er would sometimes play the part
of the unlearned minister and, at
the same time, parody his sermons
and satirize the Bible. Some of
the parts were so objectionable that
the\- occasioned a College law, in
1791, to the effect: "that all drama-
tic exhibitions, either of a comic or
a tragic nature, and spirituous
liquors, or representations thereof,
be wholly excluded from the stage ;
and that no profane or obscene ex-
pression, or representation, or fe-
male habit, be introduced in any
exhibition on the stage: on penalty
of fine, not exceeding five shillings,
or admonition." If this rule was
intended to forbid all plays, it was
either modified or leniently enforc-
ed ; for plays were acted in the

(*19) This play, "Exhibited in the
United Fraternity at Dartmouth^' Kvas
published at New Bedford, Mass., in
1793. Perley I. Reed. Realistic Presenta-
tation of American Character, p. 147. It
should be clearly understood that the
citation of Anniversaries for certain years
is merely illustrative of general character-
istics, and does not imply that they were,
or were not, held in other years, nor that
the parts were invariable. The political
and historical trend of the themes of the
dramas is seen in the title of this as of
others which are cited elsewhere.

(*20) Dunham graduated in 1789 and
for the next fifteen years was famous,
locally, as a scholar, wit, satirist, poet,
and orator. He delivered a great num-
ber of political, patriotic and other ora-
tions.

252

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

years immediately following. But
the law, doubtless, aimed only to
punish participants in plays which
contained objectionable features.
We have evidence that it was in
effect in 1811 from Kendall's in-
clusion of female characters in the
revision of his play for the Boston
stage. From the year 1829 we
hear, again, of objection to the
student theatre; hut this was due,
rather to the disturbances which it
occasioned, than to the plays them-
selves.

The conditions which are illus-
trated by this coarseness in the ex-
hibitions and by the disturbances
in the societies are still sometimes
attributed, unreservedly, to French
influence. But we should remem-
ber — what has already been em-
phasized — that we had just passed
through a Revolution ourselves.
When an established social order is
destroyed, or its power temporarily
suspended, or — as in newly settled
regions — has not become firmly
grounded, confusion is inevitable,
and extremes in thought and con-
duct — the bad as well as the good —
develope. French influence was
harmful in many respects, and it
was beneficial in others; but the
same is true of conditions in the
United States.

A digression here will aid us in
keeping a correct perspective of the
history of the societies in the period
with which we are dealing. It is to
tell of the pioneer work of two
Dartmouth men, Caleb Bingham
and David Everett, in the publica-
tion of school text books. Everett
graduated in 1795. lie is best
known as the author of :
"You'd scarce expect one of my age
To speak in public on the stage."
which he wrote while teaching
school. The lines take on new
meaning:, when read in this, their
proper setting. He became a news-
paper man, and also wrote several

hooks, including a tragedy which
was published at Boston in 18(10.
llis contributions to text hooks will
he referred to directly. Bingham
graduated in 1782. Me taught a
year in the Moor School and then
established a school for girls in
Boston, where he also kept a hook-
Store.

When our national life began,
text books — an absolute necessity
in the development of a school sys-
tem — were utterly lacking Bing-
ham and Noah Webster were rival
pioneers in their production. An
earlier Dartmouth text book pioneer
was Abel Curtis (Class of 1776),
who wrote: A Compcnd of English
Grammar — Printed at Dresden
(Dartmouth College) by J. P. & A.
Spooner, 1779. Bingham may have
patterned on his work. Bingham's
and Webster's readers and spellers
penetrated everywhere ; there was
probably not a town in .the United
States where their books — especially
Webster's — were not used. Bing-
ham had two readers: The American
Preceptor and the Columbian Orator,
Designed for a Second Part to the
American Preceptor. Sixty-four edi-
tions (640,000 copies) o"f the Pre-
ceptor were printed ; and twenty-
three editions (190,000 copies) of
the Orator. Not only are the num-
bers impressive of themselves, even
in these days of large editions, but
each copy was used by far more
pupils than is the case today. It
passed from eldest to youngest in
the large families of that time ; and
then, perhaps, to the next genera-
tion, or to another family. It is
needless to tell this to anyone who
has seen a soiled and tattered copy
with its end-papers and fly-leaves
covered with the quaint signatures
and the "His Book," or "Her Book"
of its successive possessors. Dia-
logues were the distinguishing feat-
ure of both of Bingham's books.
It is not known who wrote those in

THK DARTMOUTH SOCIETIES

253

the Preceptor; Everett was the au-
thor of those in the Orato". As the
first edition appeared in 1797, he
must have written them in college,
cr soon after he graduated, when
his knowledge of the needs of the
schools and literary societies was
fresh from experience.

Webster's and Bingham's readers
and speakers were the first of those
compilations of short selections
from literature — poems, scenes from
plays, essays, orations, and occas-
ionally original pieces — which form-
erly occupied so prominent a place
among American text books. Bing-
ham's were more popular than Web-
ster's and held the field for a quarter
of a century. They were not of so
high a literary standard as their
competitors, but the}- appealed more
strongly to the popular taste — in-
evitably, for they sprang more
directly from the people. Not only
were these books used in the schools,
the literary societies, everywhere,
went to them for their declamations
and dramas. They stand side by
side with the literary societies in
origin and influence ; and are but
another phase of the work which
the college societies fitted their
members to do among the people.
From them our parents and grand-
parents and great grandparents,
who did not go to college, obtained
their only insight into secular litera-
ture. Their influence was deep ;
if their users had but a few-
extracts at their command, they
did come to know those few so
thoroughly that they never forgot
them. The readers and speakers
are second only to the Bible in their
influence upon the language of the
people of America.* (21)

The popular interest in the drama
furnished the basis for a national
dramatic literature. That great
dramatists did not appear, while the
corresponding interest in oratorv
did produce great orators, is due to

the existence, or development of cer-
tain national conditions and charac-
teristics, and the .absence of certain
others. To deal with this problem
is beyond our present purpose.

To return to the exhibitions. Phi
Beta Kappa regularly had an ora-
tion at its Anniversary ; and the Re-
ligious Society had one in 1804.
'1 lie oratorship was the highest
honor which a society could bestow-
on one of its members ; and the in-
tense rivalry for public approval
between the societies ensured the
choice of the one who was consid-
ered the best by a majority of his
fellows. The office, usually and
naturally, went to a Senior. Web-
ster — as has been stated — was ora-
tor in his senior year; and Kimball
declined to be, because of his pre-
ference for second place, that of
poet. The trouble, caused by the
revival of the Commencement An-
niversaries in 1811, prompted the
faculty to interfere and restrict the
celebrations to an oration each on
Tuesday. These were given by
Seniors until 1832; then by invited
speakers until 1837, when the socie-
ties combined their celebrations and
invited the speaker together. In
the attempt to revive the societies
after the Civil War, a society ex-
hibition was arranged for the fall,
and a junior exhibition for the
spring ; the former ended in 1870,
the latter in 1877. In 1872 the two
societies and Phi Beta Kappa ar-
ranged a three year schedule of An-
niversaries, which were, in reality,
managed by the faculty; and this
plan continued until 1902, when the
Adversaries ceased.

(*21) Bingham's Grammar first appear-
ed in 1785, his Speller in 1792, and his Pre-
ceptor in 1794. Webster's Speller had the
most phenomenal career of any of these
early text-books — in fact of all text-books,
if not of all books after the Bible, in Eng-
lish. It was first published in 1783. and
did not meet with serious competition until
after 1870. It is estimated that eighly
million copies were sold up to 1880.

254

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

The close touch which the college
societies maintained with the people,
and the wide spread and dee]) in-
fluence which they exerted, are
shown by various facts and inci-
dents, scattered throughout this
paper. They are further illustrated
in 1 >ana's narrative. Like many
students, throughout the prosper-
ous decades of the great societies,
lie taught school to help pay his
way through college. Vacations
were arranged with the view of
making this as easy as possible. In
his junior year he was a teacher in
the Moor School, or Hanover
Academy, as it was then sometimes
called. There were fifty boys and
twenty girls in the school; and they
were preparing with great enthus-
iasm, for an exhibition at which
.Addison's Cato was to be the princi-
pal attraction. Two days before the
date of the exhibition the boy who
had the part of "Cato" became dis-
gruntled and refused to play. No
substitute could be found ; and
I )ana, to save the exhibition from
failure, agreed to read the lines. He
had no intention, however, of mere-
ly reading them; spent most of the
night in memorizing and practicing;
and played the part to the great de-
light of his scholars. His popu-
larity and influence were, doubtless,
increased in the same measure as
are those of a teacher today when
he puts on his old football uniform
and goes onto the field to help de-
velop a strong eleven.

The next year he taught at Or-
ford. New Hampshire. It was a
large school with many grown-up
pupils. Boys and girls, in those
days and long after, were not
ashamed to attend the common
schools after they were of college
age; and thus, by using the leisure
of the winter season, to compen-
sate for the short terms and meagre
opportunities which were offered
them. A college man who taught

usually had pupils older than him-
self. Dana's school wished to have
an exhibition; and he was pleased
with the idea, "for (he writes) 1
was very fond of theatrical dis-
plays.'' No dramas could be found
which were suited to the ages and
capacities of the pupils. He had
written (he says) "my sophomore
dialogue with my friend, Worces-
ter." and also some blank verse;
and, with this experience, he under-
took to write a play for the exhibi-
tion. His effort was sucessful, and
was praised both in the town and
at college. Student teachers were
everywhere doing this society exten-
sion work.

The change from orations by
students to orations by speakers of
national reputation in the thirties
coincided with a transformation
which was taking place in the lite-
rary societies which existed outside
the colleges and academies. They
became part of the lyceum system,
which had started in the preceding
decade. Often the change was in
name only, and the old order of ex-
ercises remained. The ideal of the
Lyceum, however, was the educa-
tion of its members by mutual ef-
fort in gaining information in
science, literature, and other sub-
jects of intellectual interest, as well
as in public affairs. Papers and
lectures by members took the place
of declamations, plays, and debates.
The old societies sometimes adopt-
ed this ideal and modified their ex-
ercises accordingly. From papers
by members to lectures by scholars
and public men, the step was logical
and easy. As an institution for
self-education the Lyceum was
scarcely more than a survival; as a
system of local organizations, cov-
ering the whole northern portion
of the country from the Atlantic to
the frontier, for providing addresses
and lecture courses it was an insti-
tution of great power and influence.

THE DARTMOUTH SOCIETIES

255

Our foremost scholars, literary men.
and publicists toured the country,
year after year, during the three
decades preceding' the Civil War in
its service, and the anti-slavery
leaders used it with telling- effect.
The Lyceum is best known — and
justly so — by this phase of its ac-
tivity. When the Dartmouth socie-
ties began to invite distinguished
men to address them and the col-
lege community at their Anniver-
saries, they were following a change
in national ideals ; and the same is
true of the college authorities in
their expansion of the curriculum.
To be sure, this change in ideals
would ultimately destroy the socie-
ties; but the anniversary oration is
the one feature of their later days
which is worthy of their earlier
achievements. It is fitting, as well
as instructive, to end this account of
the exhibitions with the mention of
some of the orators and their mes-
sages.* (22) In 1809, Webster de-
livered an address before Phi Beta
Kappa on The State of our Literature.
* (IS) He was a Lyceum lecturer;
but did not attain fame on this
platform. We are told by a hearer
that his lectures did not show his
power as an orator ; because he con-
fined himself to the statement of
facts, unrelieved by wit or humor—
a style unsuited to the youthful
and pleasure-seeking audiences of
the Lyceum. This is an over-severe
criticism. His Lecture before the
Society for the Diffusion of Use-
ful Knowledge at Boston in Novem-
ber, 1836, introductory to a course
of lectures in science and literature,
is a well-informed and thoughtful
account of the underlying forces
which produced the Lyceum.

In 1838, Emerson delivered the
address "before the Literary Socie-
ties." It was on Literary Lthics,
and was published at Boston. In
1843, Rev. Andrew P. Peabody de-
livered the address "before the

United Literary Societies," and it
was printed. The same year Henry
F. Brownson delivered an address
before the Gamma Sigma Society
on The Scholar's Mission, and it was
published at Boston. The action
of the United Literary Societies, in
1853, on the selection of a speaker
for the Anniversary is amusing.
They voted to invite lion. Henry S.
Foote of Mississippi, as Commence-
ment Orator, with lion. John J.
Crittenden of Kentucky, as substi-
tute; and Park Benjamin of New
York, as Poet, with Oliver Wendell
Holmes of Boston, as substitute.

In 1855 Wendell Phillips deliver-
ed the address on The Duties of
I , oughtful Men in a Republic. In this
he portrayed the politicians, the
pulpit, and the pr-ess as faithless;
and the scholars as too servile. The
scholars, he said, must come down
to the people. He referred, of
course, to the arousing of the people
on the slavery question. Alas! he
was several decades behind the
time when the members of the
societies were intent on fitting
themselves for such missions; but
many who had fitted themselves in
those earlier days, were, like him,
exerting a powerful influence from
the platform throughout the North.

The story of Phillips' visit to
I artm uth, as told by Samuel R.
Bond, cha'rman of the committee
of Ce societies to secure an orator.
is both interesting and instructive.
He invited a number of well known
speakers, all of whom declined.
Then, "in despair," he invited
Phillips, who promptly accepted the
opportunity of addressing the Col-
lege. When this was known Bond
was summoned to the house of

(*22) Information concerning these
addresses, and often the addresses them-
selves will be found in the biographies
and works of the men who delivered them.

(*23) So far as this address was
written, it was written on the road from
Boscawen to Hanover.

256

THE CKANITE MONTJIIA

['resident Nathan Lord, where the
faculty was sitting. Here he was

met l>y Professor Edwin I). San-
horn, who asked if the report con-
cerning Phillips was true. The
Chairman answered that the invita-
tion had been extended and accept-
ed The Professor then remarked
that the President's consent had not
been obtained. The Chairman ask-
ed if this had ever been required.
To this the Professor replied that
perhaps it had not; but that tin-
President had the right of veto,
would not consent to having the ad-
dress delivered, and that it had been
arranged to have Professor Samuel
G. Brown address the alumni at the
same time and place (the College
Church). The Chairman, becoming
somewhat excited, replied: '"Mr.
Phillips has been invited, has ac-
cepted the invitation, and is going
to speak." The Professor answer-
ed: "But we hold the key to the
Church." This angered the Chair-
man ; and, jumping up, he retorted :
"But you haven't the key to the
Common ; and we will have Mr.
Phillips speak there at the same
time that Professor Brown address-
es the alumni, and see which will
draw the large audience." (Sure-
ly a spark of the old society fire
still lived). This determined atti-
tude made its impression on Pro-
fessor Sanborn ; he said he hoped
there would be no trouble, and ask-
ed the Chairman to wait until he
reported to the faculty. After a
brief absence he returned and said
that Professor Brown had declined
to speak under the circumstances,
and that the arrangements for the
Anniversary might proceed. Presi-
dent Lord was an anti-slavery man
until about 1847, when — in the con-
servative reaction on the subject —
he became a firm believer in slavery
and the doctrines of Calhoun. Lie
preached sermons to the students
in which he held that the Bible

showed slavery to be a divine in
stitution. Anti-slavery leaders, like
Phillips, were utterly obnoxious to
him.

Although the President and facul-
ty submitted to Phillips' coming,
they were decidedly cold toward
him during his stay in Hanover.
It had been the custom for some
professor to entertain the Anni-
versary Orator at bis home; but no
such radical as Phillips had been
chosen before, and it was certain
that a request to entertain him
would be refused. The town would
be crowded, as always at Com-
mencement. The Chairman, there-
fore, went to Professor Edmund R.
Peaslee, whom he knew well, and
laid the case before him. Professor
Peaslee said that he disagreed with
Phillips' views as decidedly as any
of the faculty; but that it would be
a disgrace to Dartmouth if so fine
a gentleman as Mr. Phillips were
ignored, or treated discourteously;'
and that he would entertain him,
himself, if his Ik, use were not full.
He cheerfully assisted in finding
suitable accomodations. The facul-
ty extended no courtesies, how-
ever, and the Chairman had the
privilege of associating with him
during the whole of the two days
he was in Hanover. When the An-
niversary exercises were ended, Air.
Phillips was left alone on the plat-
form while the procession formed
to march to the alumni dinner. The
Chairman took him to the hotel,
where the dinner was served ; and
had Professor, later United States
Senator, James W. Patterson take
him in. When the customary hon-
orarium was offered him, Mr.
Phillips refused to take it, saying:
"I regard the spontaneous invita-
tion of the students of Dartmouth
College, whose conservatism I know-
so well, to come and address them
as the highest honor I have ever re-
ceived."

THE DARTMOUTH SOCIETIES

257

Finally — to end our list — George
William Curtis delivered an oration,
in 1857, "before the Literary Socie-
ties" on Patriotism. In this he pic-
tured slavery as triumphant, and
sought to encourage the growing
determination of the North to end
its power. (Sentiment had swung
back from the conservative re-
action.) This oration well illustra-
tes how men like Pihllips and Cur-
tis influenced the country through
such addresses. It was delivered
at Union College on 20 July, at
Dartmouth on 29 July, at the West-
held (Mass.) Normal School on 31
July, and at Brown University on
o September; and was printed in the
New York Tribune of 4 September
and the Anti-Slavery Standard of 12
September.

In sketching the history of the
societies some of the outstanding
events in the history of their libra-
ries have been related. We have
seen that they began with the be-
ginning of the societies

that they
were one of the battle-grounds of
society rivalry, that they were the
sole resource of the students for
reading and study, that the socie-
ties exerted themselves to the ut-
most to enlarge them, that they
printed catalogues, that they im-
proved their service and added new
features, and that they were finally
turned over to the College and be-
came legally, what they had always
been, in fact, a part of the College
Library. The}- were the element
in the activity of the societies which
made for permanence and respon-
sibility — as the possession of pro-
perty always does. Their value
and influence at Dartmouth and — if
we include those in all the colleges,
for their history is everywhere es-
sentially the same — the part which
they have played in the develop-
ment of the present incomparable

library system of the United States
require that they be considered
further and by themselves, as have
been the exhibitions.

The College Library is a negli-
gible institution in college life dur-
ing all the years of the active exist-
ence of the society libraries. Little
need be said of it ; but this little
may well be disposed of before tak-
ing up the society libraries.

At the start the College charged
the students for books which they
borrowed from the Library accord-
ing to a fixed schedule. In 1793
this system was abolished and all
students were compelled to con-
tribute equally to its support
through a charge on their term bills.
An amusing story relating to this
tax comes down to us from Web-
ster's days. A college friend of his,
Stephen' Grant (Class of 1800)
found the usual library charge on
his term bill. Like most of the
students he had never borrowed a
book ; but, unlike them, he did not
pay the tax without a protest — and
a protest of a very original sort.
His objection on the ground that
he had not used the Library was
met by President Wheelock with
the declaration that the item was
entered on the term bills of all
students, that the Library had been
opened regularly, and that he might
have useu it, Had he so desired.
Grant uid not complain further and
paid his bill ; but he did not let the
matter drop. He sold cake, beer,
and such like at his room to help
pay his way through College. At
the close of the term following his
interview with the President, he
sent the head of the College a bill
for refreshments. The President
protested that he had purchased
none. Grant, in turn, replied that
it was generally known that his
room was open for their sale, and
that it was the fault of any College
officer if he had not availed himself

258

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

of the privilege of buying'. We are
not told whether the President paid
the bill ; but we know that the libra-
ry tax continued.

The first Catalogue of the Col-
lege Library was printed in 1810 —
the first of the Social Friends in
the same year, and the first of the
United Fraternity in 1812. It then
had about 2,900 volumes. In 1817,
when it was seized by the Univer-
sity Faculty, it had about 4,000.
The interest in the society libraries
in the twenties, which led to their
expansion and to innovations which
increased their usefulness, did not
react on the College Library. It
had but few books of value, and
was opened to the students but
once in two weeks. In 1828 the
general assessment was replaced by
the earlier system of charging for
books that were borrowed. The
rates — which remained until 1855 —
were ten cents for a folio volume,
eight for a quarto, six for an octavo,
and four a duodecimo. There were
so few calls that it was opened but
one hour per week, instead of two
as it had been for some years.
The general library practice of that
day was to fix the length of time
during which a volume might be
retained on the same basis — that
of size ; but this, and the number
of volumes allowed at one time,
usually varied also with the rank
of the borrower from Freshman to
Senior and Professor. The Library
was in the same moribund state in
the forties and in the sixties. The
historian of the Class of 1863 tells
us that, in his day, there was a
College Library, but that a student
saw it only once during his college
course — at the graduation recep-
tion — and that it was locked up
the rest of the time to the detri-
men of no one.

In 1864 the authorities felt that
it was necessary to allow freer use
of the Library in order to encourage

studious habits. Their reforming
zeal went so far that the Library
was opened one hour a day for six
days in the week. In 1865 the Col-
lege started a reading room for
newspapers and periodicals; and
part of the expense was levied on
the students. But in 1869, this was
put under the charge of the socie-
ties — the United Fraternity, as we
have seen, had such a reading room
in the twenties. The College Libra-
ry continued to be of little use to the
students down to the time when the
society libraries were consolidated
with it. To be sure, it was open
six hours in the week, while they
were open but three. But the
students did not have access to the
shelves, the catalogue was incom-
plete, the room was not heated in
winter, and — what is more conse-
quential — the society libraries con-
tained, in spite of losses, duplica-
tion, and indiscriminate accumula-
tion, the books which were most
profitable for study and most enter-
taining for reading. The relative
status of the College and society
libraries during the century of their
independent existence has been suc-
cinctly stated by one of the College
historians : "The library of the Col-
lege was so far eclipsed by them
that for many years, down even to
our own day, it was wholly neglect-
ed." This is no reflection on Dart-
mouth ; for the statement holds
true for nearly all — if not all — of
our colleges.

Attention has already been call-
ed to the fact that the Social Friends
started a library as soon as they
were organized. The same is true
of the United Fraternity. Its con-
stitution provided that each mem-
ber should contribute twelve shill-
ings for the library — a considerable
sum for the student of that time.
In the second year of its existence,
the library numbered thirty-four
volumes of books and twenty-three

THE DARTMOUTH SOCIETIES

259

of magazines. The agreement,
which the disturbances, arising from
the intensity of their rivalry, com-
pelled the societies to make in 1790,
included — as we have seen — the
union of their libraries as a Federal
Library. This was opened one
hour a week. A Senior might take
out two books, and any underclass-
man one, for two weeks. The
fine for not returning a book was
a sixpence per week. Each society
contributed to its support accord-
ing to the number of its members ;
and all used the books in common.
This plan was followed for nine
years ; but the feeling between the
societies was so intense that a re-
turn to the old, dual system was
inevitable. However, as feeling be-
came less intense with the passing
years, the societies extended the
courtesies of their libraries to each
other more or less freely.

Each library was more than
doubled in numbers within two
years of the dissolution of the Fed-
eral Library. The taxes for the
support of the libraries were heavy
during all of the earlier years.
Their rules were strict. Members
who desired access to the shelves
were admitted only under special
regulations and only two or three
at a time. Nevertheless they sufrer-
ed heavily both from damage and
losses. Phi Beta Kappa avoided
the enmity of the great societies in
its first years, in part, because it
did not attempt to have a library.
In 1798, however, it did establish a
library of natural history and
chemistry. This, probably, did not
infringe on the field of the society
libraries ; but, even if it did, there
was no chance for trouble, for the
attempt was unsuccessful and was
abandoned after four years. The
chapter, also, tried to publish a
periodical ; but their ambition was
again doomed to disappointment.

The Musical Society, or Choir,
which — as we have seen — was the

earliest college organization, had a
library, or, at least, a collection of
song and hymn books. It could
not exist without them. When the
Handel Society was formed, in 1807,
it began a library. Like the Choir
it must have song and hymn books ;
and, in addition, the scores for the
anthems and oratorios which it pro-
duced in fulfillment of its purpose
to create a national taste for good
music and to replace the current
church music- — a crude imitation of
the fugue — with the more simple
and impressive forms which the
church had once used. Professor
John Hubbard (His connection with
the Demosthenian Society at the
New Ipswich Academy was referred
to in the July, 1919, number of the
Monthly, p. 313), who was active in
the establishment of the Handel
Society, is said to have had the best
musical library, at that time, in
America. Most of this came into
the possession of the Society in
1810. The Society also purchased
musical instruments. Unfortunate-
ly the library — which would be of
great interest and historical value
today — was dispersed and lost.

When the first catalogues of the
College and society libraries were
published in 1810-1812, the former
numbered about 2,900 volumes and
the latter about 1,000 each. It is
necessary throughout this account
of the libraries to take book statis-
tics with decided reservations. The
process of arriving at totals was the
simple one of adding accessions
to the last totals without any de-
ductions for the heavy losses which
accrued from the start. The totals,
therefore, always exceeded the num-
ber of books actually on the shelves.
Nor did the societies discriminate
between useful and useless books ;
anything in the form of a book was
accepted and counted. There was,
also, much duplication between the
two libraries.

In the twenties — as already stat-

260

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

ed — -there was an increase of inter-
est among tin- members of the socie-
ties in enlarging and improving
their libraries. In 1X25 they made
use of rooms in Dartmouth Hall,
which were allotted to them by the
College, to expand their library
facilities — the United Fraternity by
opening a reading room, the Social
Friends by starting a Philological
Library. The general libraries re-
ceived their share of the new en-
thusiasm. They were opened daily
instead of three times a week, as
they had been. The two society
libraries numbered, it is stated,
about 6,000 volumes at this time.
The Philological Library originated
with the Socials of the Class of
1827, one of whom was Alpheus
Crosby, the noted classical scholar.
Its supporters undertook to buy the
standard critical books cm Latin
and Greek. The attempt increased
interest in the study of the classics ;
but the heavy expense prevented
the continuance of the undertaking
by its founders, and it was taken
over by the Society and merged in
its library. If we but remind our-
selves of the paramount position of
the classics in the college curriculum
of that day, we may see in this
society experiment a striking illus-
tration of the supineness of the
College authorities toward the pro-
vision of books to aid the students
in their work. The incorporation
of the societies followed this library
renaissance. The authors of the
Memorial of the Class of 1827 bear
witness — as the old graduates so
frequently do — to the value of the
society collections. The members
(they tell us) took great pride in
them, gave liberally of their meagre
incomes to support them, and went
to them for the books which they
wished for reading or study. To
quote: [the societies] "through
their literary exercises and their
valuable libraries have been of such

inestimable service to the College
generally, and to successive genera-
tions of students. If, from any
cause, the old order of affection has
declined, it is well worth great ef-
fort for its revival." The writers
were discriminating scholars of
sound judgement.

The 183d Catalogue of the United
Fraternity gives the number of
volumes in the library as 4,908. It
was still opened daily; and books
could be kept out for two weeks. A
Freshman or Sophomore could take
two, a Junior three, and a Senior
four. In earlier days members
were not allowed to take books out
of town during vacations. This
was changed in 1824, under the in-
fluence of the progressive tenden-
cies which prevailed, by a rule which
permitted members to take books
with them in numbers which varied
with the length of the vacation.
Later they were allowed to take
them while absent to teach school ;
but such absence would normally
be in vacation. These books were
read by others than the borrower —
another instance of the influence of
the societies among the people. It
would appear that the practice re-
sulted in considerable damage to
the books ; for a complaint is enter-
ed on the records of the United
Fraternity for 15 May, 1832, to the
effect that they "were thumbed by
every old farmer and snuff-taking
maiden till the contents (if any re-
mained) were rendered as brown
as the ingredients of her box." Or
is this an example of literary society
humor !

A member of the Class of 1831
confirms the testimony which has
been quoted from the preceding
college generation, to the value of
the literary societies and their libra-
ries. They exerted (he says) a
very marked influence in college.
A young man usually has a period
in which he "craves books." Give

THE DARTMOUTH SOCIETIES

261

him a good library, let him roam in
it as he wishes, read, assist in the
selection and purchase of books,
"any you have done the best thing
you can do towards cultivating his
taste for letters, and stimulating a
spirit which he will carry with him

through life All this, and more,

these societies, with their excellent
libraries, have done for the many
hundreds who have belonged to
them. Among the general influ-
ences of the College....! hardly
know of one to be placed before
them." A like, but more circum-
stantial, tribute — to be quoted at
length later — comes from the Class
of 1844.

The societies had some trust funds
whose income went to the increas-
ing of the libraries; but the chief
source of accessions, at this period,
lay in the custom of a gift by the
graduating class. Sometimes —

perhaps regularly — the class raised
funds in its sophomore year and
purchased books which it held for
its own use until graduation and
then presented to the society. A-
round 1840 the value of the books.
given by a class to its society, vari-
ed from one hundred to five hun-
dred dollars. For both societies
the average would be doubled.
This system ensured a steady flow
of the books which the members of
successive classes wished to read
early enough in their college course
to leave ample time to enjoy them.
It also gave them personal interest
in their selection.

In October. 1853, the Social
Friends had, according to their
statistics, 6,836 volumes ; and the
United Fraternity, 6,954. A year
Inter the numbers were 7,213 and
7,115, respectively. In 1854, the
year after its foundation, the Philo-
technic Society had three hundred
volumes, which had increased to
1.200 in 1874. In this decade— the
fifties — the societies began to take

more systematic measures to pre-
vent losses, which had long been
heavy and had been omitted in mak-
ing up their totals. Society rivalry,
rather than ignorance and indolence,
are probably at the bottom of this
inaccuracy. Up to 1830 the United
Fraternity had met with the greater
losses; and a committee was then
chosen to bring the library to the
level of that of the Social Friends.
But the latter had, also, suffered
so severely that a committee was
named, in 1832, to find means of
protecting their collections. In
1850 they lost about one hundred
and fifty volumes. It was propos-
ed to put glass doors on the cases ;
but the plan Anally adopted was to
place the library at one end of the
room with a counter in front to
prevent unauthorized access. The
same year the United Fraternity
put wire doors on their cases ; and
the Socials followed, in 1854, at a
cost of four hundred dollars — a
considerable sum for such a society.
This plan was successful and was
continued until the libraries were
completely merged in the College
Library. One society member was
expelled from his society for steal-
ing books, .and from College for
the same offence in the College
Library. The societies had, in some
instances, expelled members for
stealing books and published their
names. In addition to the introduc-
tion of mechanical protection the
societies began to take an annual
inventory and to place the libra-
rians under bonds. But the pay was
too small and the labor of the office
too heavy to make it possible to
find librarians who were willing
thus to guarantee the societies
against losses.

Not so very many years ago some
of our most progressive librarians
aroused great interest in the library
world by introducting the "open
shelf" system. That is they placed

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

the best and must used hooks where
borrowers could go to the shelves,
browse around at will, and select
books to take home to read. Before

long discussions arose over the wis-
dom of the system. Many books
were stolen. Did the advantage to
the readers counterbalance the loss
to the library? How could the
books be safe-guarded? Was the
system a school of dishonesty? Had
the shades of the fathers been call-
ed up from the old literal') - societies,
they would have shown a familiari-
ty with the whole subject that
would have startled their progres-
sive and "up-to-date" descendants.
The societies had run into debt to
support their libraries; and they
had become so decrepit that they
could not properly administer them.
A change was necessary and inevi-
table. In 1874, they put the ad-
ministration of their libraries into
the hands of the faculty ; and, in
1879, into the hands of the trustees.
The College was to choose and pay
a librarian and assistants, pay the
expenses of the Anniversaries, and
grant the Social Friends and the
United Fraternity one hundred and
fifty dollars a year, each, for buying
books. The Philotechnic Society
was to receive a proportionate
amount. The funds were to be
raised by a library fee, levied on all
students alike. The books to be
purchased were selected by a com-
mittee in each society. The Col-
lege, also, agreed to maintain a
reading room for newspapers and
periodicals. The libraries were kept
in their old rooms until 1879. Their
transfer to the College Library then
began, and was completed in 1885.
The society book-plates were care-
fully retained. The College Library
received 18,700 volumes from the
two great societies and 3,500 from
other organizations and assumed
the library responsibilities which the
students had so long, and on the
whole, so well borne on their own

shoulders. Hut the societies had
already come to the point where
their existence was less than nomi-
nal. They held no regular meet-
ings, and many students did not
know to which they had been as-
signed, ddie book committees
neglected their duties. There were
many duplicates and man}- books
which were not considered worth
preservation. These could not be
disposed of, legally. It was neces-
sary, therefore, to end the legal
existence of the societies and trans-
fer the title to their property to the
College. This was done under the
Act of 1903.

Before the days when library ad-
ministration became a trained pro-
fession, with its own schools and
technical literature, men and women
who took charge of libraries had no
preparation except such chance
knowledge as they might have gain-
ed through contact, in some way,
with books. Often they began
their duties without even such ex-
perience. Among the men who
founded the profession and carried
it through its infancy were some
who had been members of college
literary societies, and had there ob-
tained such knowledge as they had
of libraries and library management.
A biographical census would pro-
bably show them to have been the
leaders in the new movement.
Names might be mentioned of some
who were librarians of society
libraries and there began their life
work.

One of the society men who be-
came well known in the library
world was Mellen Chamberlain
(Class of 1844), a member of the
Social Friends — a historian of re-
pute and Librarian of the Boston
Public Library. He has left us his
recollections of the society libraries
and his estimate' of their value. The
judgement of so competent a critic-
is worthy to be quoted in full :

"Among the privileges of my col-

THE DARTMOUTH SOCIETIES

263

lege days I gratefully remember
the libraries, which were ample for
our purposes. We could not, in-
deed, have verified Gibbon's authori-
ties, nor have explored any subject
exhaustively in original sources.
But the books we needed were to
be found either in the society libra-
ries, the college library, or that of
the Northern Academy [of Arts

and Sciences | On the same

terms [payment of fees] the college
library was open to us. But 1
fancy the accomplished librarian
found his duties neither arduous
nor largely remunerative.

"In the Society libraries, however,
were famous browsing pastures
stretching away from the heathery
Grampians to the honeyed Hymet-
tus. Free even to license, the privi-
lege was seldom abused, and is of
such value that it should be accord-
ed, when practicable, even at the
risk of some inconvenience. Of
like value was that other privilege
of carrying away to our homes, or
to the rural districts where we
taught school, a trunkful of litera-
ture for the long winter evenings.
To this day 1 hear the stage driver's
good natured, but highly objurga-
tory, epithets lavished on those
book-laden trunks, as he hoisted
them to the rack; and the no less
significant exclamations of the youth
who, at the end of the route, assist-
ed their progress to the school
master's chamber. After a half
century of such usage no one could
reasonably expect to find many of
those identical volumes on the
shelves. Those who read them are
gone. The past itself is gone, but
its memories and its influences en-
dure. I wish to pay a tribute of
respect to those peripatetic volumes.
They did a useful work. They en-
tered into the rural life of northern
New England and aroused new
thoughts and new purposes. They
stimulated a desire for a broader
education in some whose names

would not otherwise have honored
our rolls; and in others who wan-
dered from their native hills and
became pioneers of civilization by
the Great Lakes and beyond the
Mississippi. Those were days of
toil and privation, of spare and
homely diet, of coarse and scanty
raiment; but they cover no incon-
siderable portion of that period
which measures the intellectual
movement of our New England
society. We gratefully remember
the good they brought us, but can-
not wish their return.

"At the time of which I speak,
the libraries of the United Fraterni-
ty and of the Social Friends aggre-
gated about fifteen thousand
volumes. As I recall these collec-
tions, they 'fairly represent the
tastes, judgements, and needs of
those to whom they were mainly
indebted for their existence. Each
class, divided equally between the
two societies, made a donation to
their respective libraries in its
Sophomore year. That is, in that
year they raised the funds with
which they purchased books.
These books were held for special
class use until near graduation, and
then were given to the society
libraries. In my own class I was
one of the committee of the Socials
for that business. Two of us were
selected to go to the great city, in
the summer vacation, and make
purchases; and, from memoranda
made at the time, I know that the
hours spent in making our selec-
tions from the bewildering riches
of Little & Brown's shelves were
considered a 'hard day's work.'
Few titles of our purchases I now
remember: but, in history we rang-
ed from the Chronicles of Frois-
sart and Monstrelet to the Memoirs
of Yidocq ; and I hope that my as-
sociate, who still lives, read the
former with as much avidity as I
devoured the latter."

IN WEAKNESS STRENGTH

By E. 11. Cheney.

When I am weak! Then am I strong!
I can but, then, for weakness long;

The weakness that begetteth strength.
And niaketh truly strung at length.

Strong in the- strength that God supplies,
We cannot fail of Paradise.

The newborn baby rules the home ;
At its command we go and come.

It utters ne'er a word, 'tis true;
Its very silence makes us do
All that a newborn baby needs ;
And all the household gladly heeds.

Where baby bids how swift we run;
Indeed we count it only fun ;

Keep doing — doing; make no fuss:
That's what our Maker does for us !

lie, ere we ask — our Living Head.
Gives us, each day, our daily bread.

Ere yet we breathe our daily prayer
'Tis answered! Such our Father's care.

Each time a newborn babe we aid
We prove we're in His image made.

Were this world full of strength like this
'T would be indeed a world of bliss.

NEW HAMPSHIRE'S MOST FRIENDLY TREES

By Rev. Roland P. Sawyer

No. 4

The Elm

In June we think first of all of
the majestic elm, the friendly
wayside tree of the average
farm home, the friendly shade tree
of so many a street in the villages
and cities. Where can we find so
inviting a spot as some stately farm
house, with the broad lawn now
carpeted with the deep rich green
grass, and over it the wide, shelter-
ing branches of a great old elm
that has watched over several gen-
erations of the inhabitants of that
home. More scenes of love and
domestic happiness in New Eng-
land are associated with the elm
than with any other tree. To us
natives of New England, many an
elm is sacred. Many a weary
traveller has returned to the old
home to rest beneath the wide pro-
tecting arms of the old-home-elm
and watch the nest of the haneinsr
birds seventv feet above, building:
just where they did when he was
a boy perhaps sixty years before.

There was a real art in the build-
ing of the ancestors when they
planted the elm to shelter the great
square home beneath its branches ;
the scene it makes is rarelv beauti-
ful.

Early in April the elm puts forth
its clusters (if red life and by the
first day in June it has reached the
height of its beauty of foliage.

So many insects have fastened
themselves upon our elms that this
beauty of foliage is the first to go,
unless we guard against their de-
pradations.

The elm always speaks to me of
hospitality, it is so inviting, and is
so closely associated with the home
life of New Hampshire.

Again the very form of the tree
is hospitable. It is shaped like a
great protecting umbrella, its wide-
ly spreading branches casting a
shade of many feet. Some of our
oldest trees are the elms, and it is
certain that our most noted trees
are elms. Washington took com-
mand of the continental troops be-
neath the elm at Cambridge ; Bos-
ton Common has some noted elms
which date from colonial days;
Hartford has its Liberty Elm,
where the colonists met and refus-
ed to surrender to Gov. Andros the
colony charter; Ware, Mass., has
its Lafayette elm, beneath which
the great Frenchman rested while
touring the country ; and Philadel-
phia, has its Treaty elm, beneath
which Penn made his famous treaty
with the indians.

LOSS

Bx Harold Final.

The sea is sleeping in the rain,
The land is sleeping in the sun ;

But oh, no rest nor peace for me,
In either rain or sun.

Only a ceaseless overtone,

Beating and throbbing in my brain ;
The years will not bring rest to me —

Unless you come again.

EDITORIAL

The almost absolute interdepen-
dence of all the units in our modern
social structure has been illustrated
in a very striking manner in New
England this spring by the contro-
versy over "daylght saving." Set-
ting the clocks ahead an hour in
order to take advantage of the
earlier rising and later setting of
the sun seemed to work well during
the war for increased food produc-
tion and in other ways, hut when it
was proposed to continue the cus-
tom this summer, vigorous and ap-
parently well grounded protests
came from so many quarters that
the adoption of daylight sav-
ing by the nation, or, the.
next most practicable step, by
the people of one time zone, was
impossible. Rut the great state of
New York adopted it and so, in
turn did the state of Massachusetts.
These two acts made it seem neces-
sary to the officials of the Boston
and Maine system that they should
accomodate their train service to
the changed conditions ; which they
did by retaining standard time, but
starting almost all their trains one
hour earlier. New Hampshire, al-
most entirely dependent upon the
Boston and Maine for railroad ser-
vice, found itself thus committed
to daylight saving willy-nilly and
several cities and large towns pass-
ed local ordinances setting ahead
their clocks, while others refused to
do this. The result was great con-
fusion, which still exists to a some-
what abated degree. As the result
of complaint to the public service
commission by agricultural inter-
ests and school authorities, the rail-
road restored a few trains to their
former time, but these changes did
not tit into the new schedule with
entire success, and the whole situa-

tion is annoying. But the signifi-
cant fact, showing how closely we
are all bound together in the life of
today, is that an act of the New
York Assembly can force a New
Hampshire farmer to rise an hour
earlier in the morning. In view <>f
this directness of contact, a course
of action becomes desirable, and,
in the end, inevitable, which Gov-
ernor John II. Bartlett, in comment
upon the daylight saving situation,
phrased well, as follows: "What
New Hampshire and the world need
most is earnest and unselfish effort
to restore good feeling among our
people, and every proposal, how-
ever meritorious in theory, which
tends to stir up strife, is ill advis-
ed." The Golden Rule seems to
have gone out of fashion, these
days, but it must come into its own
again before the present troubled
waters can be made smooth. Sel-
fishness, starting with the indivi-
dual and displayed on a large scale
by classes and sections, can end in
nothing but discord and strife.
The righteous man is told by his
conscience that it is his duty to
think of his neighbors as of himself.
The wise man, righteous or un-
righteous, knows that if he does
this his peace and prosperity will
be enhanced. As of the man by
himself so of the association into
which he is gathered. It must con-
sider other associations, other
bodies of men, in its every act, in
order to achieve with true success
the ends at which it aims. Church
organizations, political parties, farm
bureaus, labor unions, associations
of manufacturers, all have equally
powerful reasons for taking home
this thought today, in New Hamp-
shire, and everywhere else.

BOOKS OF NEW HAMPSHIRE INTEREST

Ships Across the Ska. By Ralph
I). Paine. Illustrated. Pp. 347
Cloth, $1.90. • Boston: Houghton
Mifflin Company.

Few writers of today in any lan-
guage equal Mr. Ralph I). Paine of
Durham, New Hampshire, in inti-
mate, accurate knowledge of the sea
and those who go down it in ships;
knowledge, moreover, which he is
able to transmit to us through the
printed page in a way that is always
interesting, whether its medium be
history, narrative or fiction. The
Chronicles of America, a 50 volume
series from the Yale University
Press, includes in its issues for
1920, Mr. Paine's account of "The
Fight for the Sea." A year ago we
were reviewing in The Granite
Monthly his splendid piece of war
correspondence contained in the
book, "The Fighting Fleets." And
now we have just finished enjoying
"Ships Across the Sea," a volume
of short stories dealing with the
naval activities of our nation in the
Great War, full of the strenuous
life, vivid m coloring, thrilling in
action, leaving us stirred to the
depths with pride at the heroic
achievements of our sailor men.
While "Ships across the Sea" is
fiction, it is so based upon what the
author himself saw and heard and
learned about, over across, in the
war years, that its verity is equal
to that of the most matter of fact
1< g ever kept and the impression it
makes upon the reader is absolute-
ly truthful. It is a good book for
supplanting pessimism and pacifism
with proper pride and patriotism.

Cambridge, .Mass., of Mrs. Eleanor
Hodgman Porter, native of Little-
ton, Xew Hampshire, lends sad in-
terest to this last of her published
works. In it she returns to the
form of story telling in which she
has been the most successful of
recent writers and Mary Marie,
"the sunbeam girl," is as pleasant-
lv interesting a character as her
famous predecessor, Pollyanna, "the
glad girl." Mary Marie has differ-
ent troubles and problems from
those above which Pollyanna rose
triumphant, but they are just as
real and come just as near home in
the hearts of a million readers.
The key to the story is in the title,
for "Father calls me Mary. Mother
calls me Marie. Everybody else
calls me Mary Marie." You can
see the difference between father
and mother and understand their
separation. How that separation
affected the daughter and how
Mary Marie brought them together
again, in the end, with happiness
for herself and them, forms the
substance of the story. Mrs. Por-
ter's host of admirers will like it
immensely and will be glad that
her last book was one in which
her personality and her theory of
life have such happy expression.

Mary Marie. By Eleanor H. Por-
ter. Illustrated'. Pp. 296. Cloth,
$1.90. Boston: Houghton Mifflin
Company.

The recent death, at her home in

Fireweed. Bv loslvn Grav. Pp.
331. Cloth, $1.75. York: Chas.
Scribner's Sons.

Divorce furnishes the motive for
another novel of the month by a
Xew Hampshire writer, "Fire-
weed," by Miss Joslyn Gray of
Hinsdale. Miss Gray has written
several very successful books for
girls and in this, her first novel, she
shows herself equally capable of
interesting more mature readers.
This she does more by cleverness
of characterization than by intrica-

268

THE GR WITh MONTHLY

cy oi plot, though the development
(>t the story is managed in an un-
hackneyed way. It starts with
Mrs. Erica Manners, idle, selfish
and frivolous, unsuccessfully con-
testing a divorce suit in which the
case against her is handled by Caleb
Cotton, a lawyer from the West, a
Lincoln like figure who dominates
the hook and in whose depiction
Miss Gray is at her best. Then
the scene changes to Europe and
to the cast ot characters is added
the membership oi a typical Ameri-
can "excursion" party, delineated
in a manner so true to life that one
suspects the author of having
transferred some personal experi-
ences to the printed page. The
tour is ended by the breaking out
of the war. and Miss Gray gives a
vivid picture of the plight in which
Americans abroad found them-
selves. But the world at war
brought peace to the hearts of the
principal characters in the story and
in their lives a new chapter began,
typified by the lire weed, "whose
romantic, rose-amethyst blossoms,
appearing suddenly after midsum-
mer and the first harvest, have cov-
ered the charred ruins of desolate
homesteads and glowed above the
blackened prairies."

gold on the Isle o' Dreams, where
death and disappointment came to
some, and lite and love to others.
It is a lively tale ot adventure un-
der strange skies and very readable.

Isle <>' Dreams. By Frederick
Ferdinand Moore. Frontispiece.
Pp. 234. Cloth. SI. 50. New
York; Doubleday, Page & Co.

( Uher American tourists, much
farther from home than Miss Gray's
and making up a very different
party, we meet in "Isle o 5 Dreams,"
the latest story of the Far East
from the prolific pen of Frederick
Ferdinand Moore, once of Enfield,
Xew Hampshire, but since then of
Manilla, and all cities and ports be-
tween. His intimate knowledge of
tin- people and places about the
China seas are revealed once more
in this tale about gold that was not

Tin: First Valley. By Mary
Farley Sanborn. Pp. 232. Cloth,
$1.75. Boston: The Four Seas
C ompany.

It is the longest journey of all
which one takes with Mrs. Alary
Farley Sanborn, native of Manches-
ter, Xew Hampshire, in her latest
novel, "The First Valley." Tina,
the heroine, has passed the "fog
wall" and dwells in "the first
valley," with Odo, the poet fool,
and the Spade Man. garden philoso-
pher. We all of us take thought,
in one way or another, of the life
beyond the grave. It is one of the
results of the great war that the de-
sire and the search for some knowl-
edge, some proof, of that life, is
more intense today than for many
years. That longing, seeking ex-
pression, has resulted in many
hooks of varying merit. This of
Mrs. Sanborn's is beautiful in its
simplicity, comforting in its creed.
honefnl in its essence.

Peter Kindred. By Robert Na-
than. Pp. 362. Cloth $2. New-
York: Duffield & Co.

Mrs. Sanborn's gentle phlosophy
would not have been sufficient for
Peter Kindred when they brought
him the news that his child was
dead and he cried, "1 will go and
find God." "I'>nt," continues Mr.
Nathan, "all men go to find Him,
the armies of their faith thunder-
ing before them ; on every field
their faith is challenged and con-
fused, and on every field they search
with outflung .arms to come to
grips with Clod." This story of
such a search is a very promising
first novel, with new types of
characters cleverlv drawn and the

ROOKS OF NEW HAMPSHIRE IXTHkKS'l

269

striving of youth to find itself de-
picted with power and understand-
ing. The hirth control issue is ob-
truded rather unnecessarily into the
latter part of the narrative, which
docs not, in fact, measure up in
achievement to the earlier chapters
of life at Harvard and Radcliffe.
The New Hampshire connection of
the hook comes in the fact that the
hero fits for college at Phillips Exe-
ter Academy, to which he devotes
a score of appreciative pages.

"The town, in autumn," he writes.
"rambling in a slight valley, among
forest^, is as lovely a spot as in all
New England. It is on the fron-
tier of the north, and lies beneath a
deeper sky than even Boston, in a
clearer air. Fires of gathered
brown leaves tang through Octo-
ber; the air grows colder and
brighter, and vital with sunlight,
like some delicate and potent vin-
tage."

THOUGHTS

By Mary H. Wheeler.

What are your thoughts, Love? You sit there demure
Playing the wool about long needle tips.

Not of your work was that thought I am sure

That brought the half smile to your opening lips.

Thoughts are like birds that go flitting at will

Into the future and over the past.
Flocks of them follow, all breathlessly still,

One leading thought and they go very fast.

Thoughts are like ships that go out on the seas,
Argosies, brigantines, schooners in fleets

Shaping their course to a hint of a breeze,
Scudding and racing with wind in their sheets.

What are your thoughts. Love? That smile is so dear
My heart is longing its secret to know.

Whisper it softly, Love, close to my ear.
What is the thought that is pleasing you so?

NEW HAMPSHIRE NECROLOGY

JUDGE WILLIAM B. FELLOWS

William Bainbridge Fellows, one of
New Hampshire's best known public men,
was born in Sandwich, July 5, 1858, the
son of Colonel Enoch Q. and Mary E.
(Quimby) Fellows, and died at his home
in Tilton Sunday, May 2. He graduated
from Tilton Seminary in the class of
1876, and from Dartmouth College in the
class of 1880. At Hanover he was a
member of the Delta Kappa Epsilon fra-
ternity. Following his college course, he
studied law with the late Hon. E. A.
Ilibbard of Laconia and was admitted to
the New Hampshire bar in September,
1883. In 1885 he removed from Ashland
to Tilton and was a useful and public-
spirited citizen of the latter town until
his death. Entering public life as ser-
geant-at-arms of the New Hampshire
State Senate at the session of 1881, he was
subsequently private secretary to United
States Senators Austin F. Pike and Person
C. Cheney, and during this service was
clerk of the Senate Committee on Claims.
Mr. Fellows was solicitor of Belknap
county 1889 to 1891 and 1893 to 1897, and
gained the title by which he generally was
addressed from service as probate judge
of the same county from 1895 to 1909.
From 1901 to 1908 he was secretary of the
state board of equalization, and in the
latter year was a member of the special
state tax commission. He held the office
of state auditor, 1909 to 1911, and in 1911
assumed the position of member and
secretary of the New Hampshire tax
commission which he held at the time of
his death. With his accustomed industry,
application and thoroughness. Judge
Fellows had made such a study of the
subject of taxation in both its general and
local applications as to become a recog-
nized authority upon all its aspects, and
by his death the state sustains a severe
loss in this department of its govern-
mental administration. He was a dele-
gate from the town of Tilton to the
constitutional conventions of 1902 and
1912, and in the latter body introduced
and championed several important reso-
lutions dealing with matters of taxation,
ludge Fellows was treasurer of the town
of Tilton in 1902 and 1906, and at the
time of his death had been a trustee of
Tilton Seminary since 1896, of the Tilton
and Northfield Library Association since
1887, and of the Hall Memorial Library
Building since 1901. One of the best read
men in public life, a keen and cultured
critic of literature, he saw the possibili-

ties for good in our free public library
system and did much to realize them in
his own sphere of influence. The history
and biography of New Hampshire were
subjects in which he took much interest,
and the Granite Monthly long had found
in him a helpful friend and supporter.
Judge Fellows married November 1, 1881,
Ida Grace Scribner of Ashland, who died
in 1908. Their two sons are John H.
Fellows of New Britain, Ct., and Paul R.
Fellows of Evanston, 111. August 24,
1909. he married Miss Clara Douglas
Merriman, then preceptress of Tilton
Seminary, by whom he is survived. The
attendance at the funeral services of
Judge Fellows, held in the Congregation-
al church at Tilton on Thursday, May 6.
testified to the affection and esteem with
which he was widely regarded. By order
of Governor John H. Bartlett. the state
house at Concord w r as closed during the
hours of the funeral, which was attended
by as many as possible of the heads of
state departments. Sincerely devoted to
the best interests of his native state.
Judge Fellows was privileged to render
her long and valuable service. A good
friend, keen observer, and witty conver-
sationalist, his death brought a painful
shock of personal loss to the wide circle
of those who had known, appreciated and
loved him.

CHARLES A. WALKER

Charles Alvah Walker who died Sunday,
April 11th, at his home, Brookline, Mass.,
was born in Loudon, October 13, 1848. the
son of Dr. Charles H. Walker and Julia
P. Morse. He moved to Chelsea Mass.,
in 1859 and was a graduate from the
Chelsea High School. He developed a
talent for both wood and steel engraving
and the latter became his profession for
many years. From engraving Mr. Walker
gradually turned his attention towards
painting and his works in water color and
oils were regularly exhibited throughout
the country until about ten years ago.
He was interested in art affairs at the
Boston Art Club, wdiere he was vice-
president for two years. Mr. Walker
was responsible for bringing to public at-
tention and perfecting the monotype pro-
cess of individual reproductive art and
exhibits of the same were held in Boston.
New York and London, where they attract-
ed wide interest. For the past fifteen
years he has been a collector and dealer

NECROLOGY

271

in works of art by the master painters
and was responsible for the collections of
several prominent men. He is survived
by his wife, who was Mary Elizabeth Mit-
chell of Campton ; one daughter. Mrs.
Horace P. Wood of Brookline. and a son,
M. Leon Walker of Boston.

sistant clerk of the New Hampshire
House of Representatives. While serv-
ing as secretary to Congressman Sullo-
way's successor. Hon. Sherman E. Bur-
roughts, Mr. Topping's health gave way
and he has been incapacitated for work
for some time. Death came to him on
Thursday, May 20.

WILLIAM H. TOPPING

William Harold Topping, prominent in
New Hampshire journalism and politics
for 30 years, was born in Waverly, N.
Y., November 26, 1865, the son of Mr. and
Mrs. Henry Topping, and learned the
printer's trade in the office of the Waver-
ly Advocate. Later he was connected
with the Bayonne, N. J., Herald as re-
porter, and in 1890 came to New Hamp-
shire for employment on the Hillsborough
Messenger. He was connected with the
New Hampshire Republican, of Nashua,
during its short life, and afterwards for
many years worked on the Manchester
Union and Mirror, becoming known as
one of the brightest and most entertaining
writers in the state, his legislative corres-
pondence being particularly famous.
Through his newspaper work he became
interested in politics and was secretary to
Congressman Cyrus A. Sulloway during
most of that gentleman's long service at
Washington. In 1899 and 1901 he was as-

MRS. ELEANOR H. PORTER

Mrs. Eleanor Hodgman Porter, the
most popular author of New Hampshire
nativity, died at her home in Cambridge,
Mass., May 21. She was born in Little-
ton, December 19, 1868, the daughter of
Francis Fletcher and Llella (Woolson)
Hodgman, and was educated in the public
schools, by private teachers and at the
New England Conservatory of Music.
May 3, 1892, she married John Lyman
Porter of Corinth, Vt., who survives her.
Mrs. Porter was for some years a choir
and concert singer and teacher of music,
but in 1901 turned her attention to writ-
ing. She was the author of a dozen
novels and several hundred short stories.
"Cross Currents" was her first book;
"Pollyanna," her most famous; and "Mary
Marie." her most recently published ; al-
though "Sister Sue" was complete at her
death and will be published in the fall.

PUBLISHER'S NOTES

I he beautiful illustration accom-
panying the article on doorways by
Mr. George W. Jennings in the
May Granite Monthly, was a picture

dl the entrance to the home of Mr.
Jennings' great-grandfather at Dur-
ham, New Hampshire. General
John Sullivan was the friend and
neighbor of Mr. Jennings' ancestor
in this historic town and they built
homes there at the same time, in
1785. The May number of The
House Beautiful (Boston) contain-
ed an illustrated article by Mr.
Jennings on oriental vases, which
was most interesting.

Mrs. Frances Parkinson Keyes,
whose return to our pages this
month, will be welcomed by every
reader of The Granite Monthly, is
one of the editorial staff of The
Penwoman. of which the first num-
ber was issued at Washington, D.
C., last month ,and which will be
published quarterly by the League
of American Penwomen. To the

initial issue Mrs. Keyes contribut-
ed a book review and sympathetic
character sketch, "Our Doctor."
In spite of the social and other de-
mands upon her in Washington, as
the wife of the Junior United States
Senator from New Hampshire,
Mrs. Keyes contrives to make time
for her writing and has published
recently in the D. A. R. Magazine,
an historical article about one of
the homes of her ancestor, "Master"
Parkinson, and in the Atlantic an
essay, "On the Fence," as to suff-
rage, which has caused much com-
ment and discussion.

For the July number of The
Granite Monthly, Mr. George B.
Upham has prepared an article, "A
Barrier against the Indians," which
is a valuable addition to his series
of historical papers and which will
be illustrated by a reproduction of
one of his "finds" in the way of
maps, this one from a London
magazine of 1757.

ANARCHISM

By Albert Annctt.

Rats undermined the wall.
And while men slept

The floods that basined in the hills, smiled at the day,
Crept in by stealth and tore their bounds away:
And onward swept

Where busy towns in tranquil beauty kept
The peace ; and with the power of many w r aters pent
Homes were engulfed and hills in twain were rent.
Steeple and tower

Fell toppling down, and in a breath
\\ hen happiness had dwelt, were devastation, woe and

death.
And these few words were written of the fall:
While watchman slept
Rats undermined the wall.

The late David D. Taylor.

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

Vol. LII.

JULY, 1920.

No. 7

DAVID D. TAYLOR

By H. H. Metcalf.

The good old town of Sanbornton,
in the early days of the last century,
ranked as the third town in the
state, in point of population, Lon-
donderry and Gilmanton only ex-
ceeding it in that respect. The
town has always been noted for the
beauty of its scenery, the excellence
of its agriculture, and the sturdy
character and marked intelligence
of its people.

Among the leading families of
the town for several generations
have been the Taylors, descendants
of Nathan Taylor, born in the town
of Stratham in 1696, who settled in
Sanbornton, late in life in 1773 with
his son, Jonathan, at which time
there were only about forty families
in town. The descendants of
Jonathan were numerous, and their
families large, and the name became
prominent in the history of the
town.

More men named Taylor have
represented Sanbornton in the State
Legislature than of any other name,
and two have sat in the State Sen-
ate, one of wdiom also served in
the Governor's Council and as a
presidential elector. This latter
was Nathan Taylor 2nd, a son of
Jonathan 1st, who was prominent
in the state militia, serving as divi-
sion inspector with the rank of
brigade major, and who command-
ed what was known as the "Ring-
bone Company," composed of most-
ly Revolutionary soldiers, of whom
he was one, having served at Ticon-
deroga, where he was badly wound-
ed in an Indian ambush, while com-
manding a scouting party, and in
several later campaigns. Another

Taylor — Chase, son of Nathan 1st —
also did valiant service in the
Revolution, commanding a com-
pany raised by himself, from San-
bornton and neighboring towns.
With this, he arrived at Benning-
ton the evening before the battle,
took a conspicuous part in that im-
portant engagement and was
wounded in the battle.

Jonathan S. Taylor, a descendant
in the fourth generation from
Nathan 1st, and a son of Jonathan
3rd, who also served in the Revolu-
tion and the war of 1812, was an
intelligent and successful farmer,
who enjoyed the confidence and re-
spect of his townsmen, and twice
represented them in the legislature.
He married Sarah Rogers and
had several daughters and one son,
the latter being the youngest of the
family, with whose life it is the
purpose of this sketch, primarily, to
deal.

David Daniel Taylor was born
in Sanbornton, October 20, 1849.
His middle name was given in
honor of an uncle, Daniel Taylor of
the wholesale firm of Taylor and
Waldron, crockery dealers, Broad
and Milk Streets, Boston, who was
also an extensive ship owner, and
prominent in the business affairs of
the city. While attending the dis-
trict school and the academies at
New Hampton and Tilton, in his
youth, he was employed more or
less, on his father's farm, and took
no little interest in agriculture,
particularly in stock raising, being
especially fond of horses. In 1869,
at the age of twenty years, he left
home, came to Concord and entered

276

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

t lie employ of IN orris and Crockett,
wholesale and retail Lakers and
confectioners, in connection with
whici. business he continued
through life, lie commenced with
a determination to make himself
useful to his employers; devoted
himself thoroughly to the business;
mastered all its details, and came to
be relied upon by the firm for bis
sound judgment and accurate
knowledge. Upon the death of
George W. Crockett, the junior
member, in 1886, he became a mem-
ber of the firm, although the busi-
ness- continued under the old name.
After the death of Mr. Norris the
business was incorporated as the
Norris Baking Company, Mr. Tay-
lor being the principal stockholder
and becoming treasurer and mana-
ger, in which position he continued
until his death on Monday night,
May 17, 1920, after a long and pain-
ful illness, in which he bore his
suffering with heroic fortitude to the
end.

As has been said, Mr. Taylor was
interested in agriculture in youth,
and so continued for many years,
looking after the old home farm in
Sanbornton, for some time after his
father's decease, where he raised
some fine stock, this being a diver-
sion from the cares of business life
in Concord. It was this youthful
interest that led him in later life to
engage for a time in sheep raising
in Wyoming, as a member and
president of the Pass Creek Ranch
Company of that state, in which he
was associated with the late Dr. E.
H. Foster of Concord. His sound
judgment in business affairs led to
his election as a director of the
First National Bank of Concord,
which position he held for nearly a
score of years before his death, and
to his election, also, as President of
the Union Trust Company, former-
ly the Union Guaranty Savings
Bank.

In politics Mr. Taylor was an un-
compromising Democrat, standing
by the principles of Jefferson and
Jackson, "without variableness or
shadow of turning." Me was a
Democrat from conviction, and re-
mained true to his party, whether
in victory or defeat, through devo-
tion to its principles whose triumph
he believed to be essential to the
welfare of the people. He never
sought office, and often avoided it,
refusing to become a candidate for
various positions which he might
have attained had he allowed the
use of his name. At one time — in
1890 — when he was assured that
his candidacy would materially
strengthen his party's ticket in
the county, he reluctantly consent-
ed to run for the office of County
Commissioner, and was elected
along with two other Democrats,
one of whom was his long time
friend and, later, near neighbor,
Hon. Jeremiah A. Clough, whose
death preceded his by about a year.
To this office he was re-elected,
serving four vears in all, from 1891
to 1895.

Again, in 1900, he yielded to earn-
est persuasion, and was named as a
candidate for Representative from
Ward Six, normally Republican by
about ICO majority, but which gave
him a majority of 41 votes. Enter-
ing the legislature of 1901, he was
assigned by Speaker Cyrus H.
Eittle to service on the Judiciary
Committee — the most important in
the House — of which A. T. Batchel-
der of Keene was chairman, and
several other equally able lawyers
were members. This assignment
was made partly because of the
dearth of Democratic lawyers in the
House membership, but none the
less because of the sound judgment
and recognized, ability of Mr. Tay-
lor himself. It may be noted that
two other laymen, the late William
F. Whitcher of Haverhill and Fred-

DAVID D. TAYLOR

277

eriek E. Small of Rochester were
members of this committee, and it
is safe to say that the three laymen
had as much influence in shaping
the work of the committee, as any
three of the eminent lawyers in the
body.

Mr. Taylor was frequently urged
to accept a nomination for Mayor
and for State Senator, the feeling
being that he could readily be elect-
ed to either office, despite the decid-
ed Republican majority; but he al-
ways firmly declined, not from fear
of defeat, but rather, as he some-
times said, from fear of election,
and his decided aversion to publici-
ty. He has served, however, for
many years, since 1898, as a member
of the Board of U. S. Jury Commis-
sioners for New Hampshire.

No man in Concord or in Merri-
mack County had a better knowl-
edge of men, or a sounder judgment
in matters political and his counsel
and advice were more generally
sought by his party, in his ward
and city than that of any other ; yet
his modest, unassuming manner,
gave no token of his real influence.
For many years, up to the time of
his death, he was a member of the
Democratic State Committee, and
in that capacity, quietly but ef-

fectively, served the interests of his
party.

Fraternally Mr. Taylor was
affiliated with the I. O. O. F., being
a member of White Mountain lodge,
and Penacook Encampment of
Concord. Though not a church
member, he was, as long as health
permitted, a regular attendant upon
and supporter of the services of the
South Congregational Church.

June 13, 1878, Mr. Taylor was
united in marriage with Minnetta
F. Cheney of Concord, who died
March 12, 1901. Their son and only
child. Dr. Fred B. Taylor, born
November 16, 1881, a graduate of
Tufts Medical College, class of
19C9, survives. He. was the physi-
cian at the New Hampshire State
Prison under the administration of
Governor Felker, 1913-15.

Quiet, unassuming, reserved and
unostentative though he was, avoid-
ing publicity and the "limelight,"
few men have exercised a stronger
or better influence in the communi-
ty in which they have lived than
did David Daniel Taylor in the city
of Concord, whose people sincerely
regret his departure and will long
cherish the memory of his modest
worth and kindly, helpful spirit.

YE BUMBLEBEE

By Albert Annett.

Behold ye bigge, bolde Bumblebee !

How grande he rumbles by !
He seems to jar ye atmosphere,

To hyde ye clovers try ;
And everything is filled with feare

Suche majestie to see ;
Creation seems to stand in awe

Of ye bigge Bumblebee.

THE DAGUERREOTYPE PERIOD

By George Wilson Jennings.

The daguerreotype age is an in-
teresting subject of study at all
times, not only to those who delight
in the antique, but to every person
who is fortunate enough to possess
one or more of these unique pictures
of his ancestors. Each picture por-
trays simplicity, and quiet dress,
we'll made, and of the most sub-
stantial material that could be pro-
cured. Those who had their
pictures taken never donned their

est types in this art. Here we also
illustrate what was called in the
early days a "group picture," and
which represents a New England
beau of 1835 with two lassies who
resided in Boston, Mass.

The finest portrait the writer has
ever seen, adorns the living room of
a colonial home in Durham, New
Hampshire. This portrait was cop-
ied from a daguerreotype taken of
this New England woman in 1835.

best attire. They wished to as-
sume a natural pose and not to be
seemingly "sitting" for a picture.

One picture here represented is
of a girl of twenty whose face bears
an expression which resembles a
Madonna. This picture was taken
by Brady in the early forties, when
he was located at the corner of
Broadway and Fulton Street, New
York City. This has been consider-
ed his best work and has been cop-
ied by many artists as one of the fin-.

In attire severely plain, the picture
shows the sheen of the silken gown,
a 'kerchief folded about the neck,
with a lace cap crowning a wealth
of raven hair. This painting one
could never forget. Today that
serene and thoughtful face looks
down from the picture on her great
grandchildren, the heirloom being
prized as one of the most treasured
possessions in their family.

The severe and studious face here
shown is tha,t of Ezekiel Webster,

THE DAGUERREOTYPE PERIOD

279

280

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

(brother nf Daniel Webster), a por-
trait of him which has never before
been published. It was during a
sojourn of Mr. Webster's in France
in 1837 that he had this picture tak-
en by Daguerre. Years later it was
presented to the writer's maternal
great grandparent, a friend of Mr.
Webster's.

Frenchman, who gave to the world
the result of these researches, and
today we have come to consider
Daguerre as the real father of
photography. Hence the name
daguerreotype. This process was
perfected in the year 1830, after
many years of experimenting, and
held sway in England, France and

More than a century has passed
since the first experiment that
amounted to any value was made
in trying to reproduce the image of
an object, mechanically, by means
of ray light. The most serious ob-
jections to it were the cost of the
plates, which was excessive, and the
impracticability of multiplying the
reproductions, owing to the opacity
of the plates. It was Daguerre, a

America for more than sixteen
years.

This remarkable work of art, the
daguerreotype, is thus a link be-
tween the past and the present and
brings to us a glimpse into days of
long ago, which were days of con-
tentment and where, the traditional
"simple life" was lived in tran-
quility and in the true meanng of
happiness.

THE WHITE MOUNTAIN MYSTERY

Bv John Kimball Chase-

CHAPTER IV.
HADES

At the close of the second chap-
ter, Washington and the Sagamore
stood on the white sand at the end
of the broken trail. Washington's
keen eyes inspected the white sand.
He discovered a little mark in the
sand about half way to the brook.
This brook was too far away for any
man to reach it by a jump from
where the trail ended.

Washington went to this brook.
He walked down the stream and
the banks closely. He found no
clue.

He turned and went up the brook.
Finally he held up a pole, with an
exclamation of triumph.

"I have found it," he said.

It was clear the Sagamore did
not understand the pole.

"I forgot that vaulting is not an
Indian accomplishment," said
Washington, with a laugh. "I will
show my red bruther."

Washington was a skilled athlete.
He stood at the end of the broken
trail, placed the end of the pole in
the sand by the side of the mark
and vaulted, or swung himself by
the aid of the pole, easily into the
brook.

"It is a new way to break a trail,"
he said with a laugh. "But you
see it can be done easily."

"How did he do it with a baby
in his arms?" asked the still puzzled
Sagamore.

"He unbuttoned the head of the
wolf's skin and tipped it back," re-
plied Washington. "This made a
soft, warm pocket for the baby and
left his hands free."

"We are not following an In-
dian," said the Sagamore.

"A white man took the baby,"
said Washington.

Washington stood on a stone in
the middle of the brook and said :
"Up stream or down stream, which
way did the wolf man go?"

Without hesitation, the Saga-
more answered : "The wolf man is
very cunning. He placed the pole
up the stream and said : 'They will
say I tried to fool them and go
down stream after me. So I will
go up stream.' We will go up
stream too."

"Good," said Washington.

They went up the brook cpiite a
distance. They inspected the banks
carefully. They saw no trace of
the wolf man. Had thev taken the
wrong direction ?

They went on up the brook, into
a strange, picturesque pass, or can-
yon. '1 his is now called the Flume.

"This is a cpieer place," said the
Sagamore. "The Evil Spirit lurks
in the dark places among i.he great
rocks."

"It is very uncanny," said Wash-
ington. "I do not understand why
the wolf man came into this weird
pass with the baby."

A few minutes later, Washing-
ton said : "There's a path. But it
does not look like the trail of the
wolf man."

"The path was made by ; .a>iPale-
face," said the Sagamore-.

"There are no wolf tracks on it;
It is a path from a Paleface camp
to the brook, for water. , We have
lost the trail ,of the wolf man again."

The young- men followed the mys-
terious path until they came in sight
of a strange .habitation. -,jru -Qne ; of
the most desolate ^places !U in^ the
world.

"This is surely the home of the
Evil Spirit," said the Sagamore,
with a superstitious shudder.

A rude hut of logs, the hurried
work of a few hours, had been built

282

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

at the base of a singular cliff. The
upper part of this great rock project-
ed over the log house and sheltered
it from mountain storms and blasts.

In some prehistoric epoch, a tre-
mendous convulsion of nature had
riven the heart of this great moun-
tain and opened it to the inspection
of man. This great wound was jag-
ged and torn. In some places the
rough rocks were twisted into fan-
tastic forms, as if still writhing in
the great agony of that tremendous
convulsion.

The bottom and sides were ragged
and torn rock, in the mourning color
of dust and ashes. In a few places
on the bottom, a scant soil had gath-
ered and produced dust colored
mosses and funeral ferns. In the
scattering hollows of the crags were
stunted black birches, mourning
pines and weeping willows.

These dwarfed trees were bent,
twisted and gnarled into unnatural
and distorted shapes by the mighty
blasts and storms of the fierce White
mountain winters.

Over dust and ash colored rocks,
the mourning waters dripped, trick-
led and flowed, as dark as the river
of Death. These waters gurgled,
groaned and murmured, like the
ghosts of murdered men.

The human mind cannot picture
a more desolate scene. In the apt
words of the Bible, it was "The very
abomination of desolation."

What human being could have
made a home in this hades of deso-
lation? What unutterable crime had
driven him from kindred and friends
into a situation more helpless and
dreadful than any scene in Dante's
Inferno?

With the silence of cloud shadows,
Washington and the Sagamore glid-
ed along the path to this strange
habitation. They peered into this
house of mystery.

They saw a man whose appear-
ance was so peculiar that it sent a

chill to the marrow of their bones.
This man held the abducted baby in
his arms.

Had Washington and the Saga-
more trailed the Evil Spirit of the
White mountains to his strange
habitation in the desolate heart of
the Flume?

CHAPTER V.
MURDER OR MIRACLE?

Washington touched the Saga-
more's arm and whispered, "Follow
me." He led the way to a large
bowlder. They sat down on a stone
behind it.

"We need not be very careful,"
said Washington. "This man is a
fool.

"He will not hurt the baby. He
is the most innocent and harmless
man in the world.

"I want to tell you about him.
You must know his story before we
make our next move.

"This man is Joseph C Smith.
He came from England. His father
was gardener for the Duke of York.

"Joseph married a maiden above
him in social rank. This caused so
much trouble that he emigrated.

"Mr. and Mrs. Smith came to
Franconia. He bought a small farm-

"This young couple loved each
other very much. 'God is Love.'
Love is happiness.

"They were very happy. They
worl.ed together, in the held and in
the house. They prospered.

"The prattle and laughter of
merry children was heard in the
beautiful gardens around their hap-
py home."

"One night the buildings burned.
Some of the settlers saw the glare
and hurried to the scene.

"They found the bodies of the
mother and five children. The fath-
er's skull was broken badly, but he
was not dead.

"They carried the father to Uncle

THE WHITE MOUNTAIN MYSTERY

283

Johnathan's house and buried the six
bodies.

"In the morning, they followed
the trail of the Indians, from the
ruins toward the north for several
miles. They were St. Francis In-
dians.

"Smith recovered. He had no
memory of the past. His reason
was gone entirely.

"At the request of other settlers.
Uncle Johnathan took charge of
Smith's farm and provided for him.

"One day Smith slipped away.
Uncle Johnathan tracked him to the
Flume and led him back, kindly.

"Smith went to the same place in
the Flume several times. Then the
settlers built this hut for him. He
will not stay any where else.

"Mary has helped him more than
any other person. Her faithful care
saved his life. She carried food to
him and made clothes for him.

"It touched my heart, to see this
beautiful gifted girl carry a heavy
basket of cooked food through the
dangerous wilderness to this unfor-
tunate man. When I am here, I go
with her and help her all I can."

"I have carefully examined the old
wound on Smith's head. A strong
blow with a tomahawk has broken
the skull and driven a piece of bone
into the brain.

"I have known other cases like
this. To instance, John Munro, one
of our neighbors, in Virginia, had a
similar wound. His reason was re-
stored by an operation.

"I have grave doubts in Smith's
case whether an operation would be
advisable at present. If his reason
should be restored, he would remem-
ber the fearful fate of the wife and
children he loved so much. His sor-
row might be greater than he could
bear. It might wake him from quiet
sleep and place him in the worst tor-
tures of Hades. Was there ever
such a dilemma?"

The Sagamore listened to this
strange story with great interest.

After a period of deep thought he
said : •

"When father was Sagamore, a
Paleface came to our village. He
told father, there was a visitor at
Smith's farm with money enough to
make all our tribe rich.

"Father disguised some of his
worst warriors as St. Francis In-
dians. They made a long trail tow-
ards the north.

"Father did not mean to hurt the
white folks. He only meant to take
the big money. But things did not
go right and he could not control the
bad warriors."

"Red Brother, you are honest,"
said Washington. "I think more
highly of you for this frank confes-
sion. You are not to blame for
what your father did."

"Did Smith steal the baby?" asked
the Sagamore, changing the subject.

"No", replied W'ashington. "This
slow, groping imbecile is very dif-
ferent from the strong, swift, crafty
wolf man. He must have found the
baby in the forest.

"It is no use to ask him about it.
It is very hard to make him under-
stand anything. He can not talk
in a connected way.

"He has great affection for Mary.
But it is not the love of a normal
mind. It it more like the affection
of an animal for a person who has
been very kind.

"I will try to use this affection to
induce him to carry the baby home.
Now we will go into the hut."

They entered the strange habita-
tion in the heart of the desolate
Flume. There were two rooms,
with comfortable furniture. The
comfort and cleanness showed
Mary's kind care.

A strange looking man sat in a
rocking chair and held a sleeping ba-
by in his arms very tenderly. He
rocked slowly, with a soothing
sound. He did not hear the mocas-
ined feet of his visitors.

Washington touched the man's

284

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

shoulder. He looked up slowly.
There was no intelligence or recog-
nition in his dull, inane eyes.

Washington touched his shoulder
again and said in a slow, distinct
voice : "The baby is Mary's brother.
Alary cries for her brother. Take
the baby home. Then Alary will
laugh with joy."

Washington repeated these words
twice. The imbecile was indeed
very slow to comprehend. Then,
by a great effort, he replied, with
one word, "Alary."

Strange and startling were the
tones of his voice. He was like a
sleeping person, who, by a power-
ful effort, speaks with an unnatural
voice.

The Sagamore felt a thrill of
superstitious horror. His mind
was filled with thoughts of the fear-
ful murders at the Smith farm.
To his excited mind, it seemed as
though a dead man had spoken.

The Sagamore remembered what
Washington had told him, that
Smith's condition was like a dead
mind in a living body.

The imbecile rose to a standing
position, so slowly and carefully
that he did not wake the sleeping
baby. He moved slowly toward
the door, dragging his feet, as if
his mind did not have the power to
control his limbs.

"It would take him a long time
to grope his way to the Chase
farm," said Washington, to the
Sagamore. "So I will go ahead.
He will follow me. You may fol-
low him and see that everything is
all right."

They reached the Chase farm-
house, without any noteworthy in-
cident. The imbecile laid the
baby in its cradle as tenderly as a
loving mother.

The safe return of the baby gave
Mrs. Chase great joy. She thank-
ed and praised the imbecile and
gave him the best food in the farm-
house.

While Smith ate, Washington
touched the Sagamore's arm and
led the way from the In. use. When
they were out of hearing he explain-
ed :"

"I caught a look in Smith's eyes
that startled me. I remembered
what Alary had told me, that he
was often absent. I want to watch
■him."

They took a position behind
bushes at the edge of the woods.
From this concealed position, they
could watch the farmhouse and its
surroundings.

Presently, the imbecile farmer
shambled slowly from the house.
He groped in a slow uncertain way,
like a man in a thick fog.

The writer has been in the same
condition. I felt my brain move,
turn, writhe inside of my head.
All things around me moved, turn-
ed, changed into bewildering chaos.

As Washington watched this
most unfortunate imbecile, his kind
heart overflowed with deep pity.
"Oh my God, what shall I do':' lie
exclaimed. "Shall I free this long
imprisoned mind ?"

The imbecile shambled into a
dell. When he was at the bottom,
they could not see him.

A moment or two later, a strang-
er came from this dell. His move-
ments indicated great strength and
activity. His face expressed stern
determination. In his right hand,
he held a sharp knife.

He strode toward the forest,
swiftly.

Involuntarily the young watchers
shrank into the bushes; The
stranger's glowing eyes seemed to
penetrate the thickets, to read the
secrets of the woods.

When the stranger had passed.
Washington said, thoughtfully:
"That was a fearful man. He made
me think of these words in the
Bible; 'Behold, he goeth forth in
his strength to avenge the blood of
the innocent.' "

THE WHITE MOUNTAIN MYSTERY

2X5

"We have seen the Evil Spirit,

without any disguise," said the
Sagamore, with a shudder. "In the
dell, we shall find Smith's body,
with the fearful death mark on his
forehead."

They ran to the dell. They did
not find Smith's body.

"The Evil Spirit has hidden the
body," said the Sagamore.

"We will follow the Evil Spirit,"
said Washington.

"We can not follow him," replied
the Sagamore. "We shall lose the
trail, as we have lost it so many
times before."

Presently, they did lose the trail.

"The avenger's trail went straight
toward the Flume," said Washing-
ton. "We will go there."

They hurried to the strange habi-
tation in the heart of the desolate
Flume. They found nothing sus-
picious.

When they came out, Washing-
ton stood still and said: "I think I
can smell a very faint odor of burn-
ing charcoal."

"I think I saw a faint smoke come
over the top of the cliff," replied
the Sagamore.

Washington looked at the over-
banging and inaccessible cliff and
suggested : "There may be hunters
on the other side."

"There is no other side," replied
the Sagamore.

These young men stood on the
tbreshold of the mystery of the
mountains. They had seen the kev
that would open the wonderful
door. But they did not know it.
The time to disclose had not yet
come.

The writer is a very old man.
With every added year, I see more
clearly that the hidden hand of God
controls the destines of men. The
greatest armies of the world, the
grandest powers of men disinte-
gate and, like the baseless fabric of
a summer's dream, leave naught
but memory.

In bis good time, the heart of this
great mountain shall be opened
and all its strange secrets shall be-
come as clear as the noon day sun.

CHAPTER VI:

"WHITE BROTHER AND RED
BROTHER AND BLACK BROTHER"

In the bright morning of another
day, Washington and the Sagamore
strode swiftly through the great
green woods. They were on their
way to the Indian village of Pe-
quaket, now Conway.

As they walked, the Sagamore
said : "White Brother, I will tell you
about our Black Medicine Alan.
He has great influence with our
tribe. He may cause a change in
our plans."

Washington looked at his red
brother in a surprised way. But
he did not speak his thoughts.

Who was this Black Medicine
Alan? Why was he more powerful
than the Sagamore ? How had he
become the real ruler of the White
Mountain Indians?

"In the reign of my /father, a
black man came to our village,"
continued the Sagamore. "I never
saw an}' other man like him. He
was not white like a Paleface, or
red like an Indian, but black like
the sky in a storm. He did not
have hair on his head, but be had
wool like the black sheep of the
Palefaces."

"Perhaps be was painted and dis-
guised," suggested Washington.

"My father was wise," replied the
Sagamore. "He looked at the trail
of the black man. He did not walk
with his feet turned out like a
Paleface, or turned in like an In-
dian, but with his feet straight.
He was not like any other man."

"Where I live, there are many
people with black skins and woolv
hair," said Washington. "Tiny
walk with their feet straight. We
call them negroes."

286

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

"This Black Medicine Man is the
only negro I have ever seen," said
the Sagamore. "I do remember
now that I learned about negroes
at the Paleface school. Hut 1 did
not learn that negroes had black
wool on their heads and walked
with their feet straight."

"I reckon they forgot to put that
in the geography," laughed Wash-
ington.

"The negro told my father that
the Great Spirit had sent him to
teach his chosen people, the Pe-
quakets," continued the Sagamore.
"He said he would teach us how
to become wiser than the Palefaces,
how to become more powerful than
the Palefaces, how to drive the
Palefaces from our land forever.

"But my father hesitated. He
was old. He did not want a war
with the Palefaces.

"While my father hesitated, our
old Medicine Man interfered. He
had ibeen <pur Medicine Man for
many years. He was wise and
good. He did his best to teach us
the right way.

"The old Medicine Man declared
that the negro talked with a crook-
ed tongue, that the Evil Spirit had
sent him to lure us into a death
trap and that we should burn this
false guide at the stake, with sacred
fire, to drive away the Evil Spirit.

"The negro laughed. He said the
Great Spirit had not only sent him
to us, but had also given him great
power over other men.

"In the holy name of the Great
Spirit, the negro commanded my
father to summons the Grand Coun-
cil of all the warriors of the White
Mountain tribes. He declared that
the old Medicine Man and himself,
as the new Medicine Man, should
appear before the Grand Council and
smoke the peace pipe of obedience
to the will of the Great Spirit.
When they had smoked, the Great
Spirit would announce his will to
the Grand Council."

"This was a bold and a most
unique scheme," said Washington,
with great interest. "What was the
result ?"

"The Grand Council assembled,"
replied the Sagamore.

"The red Medicine Man and the
black Medicine Man appeared be-
fore the Grand Council and smoked
the peace pipe of obedience to the
will of the Great Spirit.

"As they smoked, the invisible
hand of the Great Spirit descended
upon the red Medicine Man and
forced him down flat on the ground.
He became insane. He ran round
on all fours, like a dog, barking and
snapping at the terrified warriors.

"Then he ran into the woods,
yelping like a scared dog. We have
not seen him since."

"This is the most extraordinary
incident I ever heard of," exclaimed
Washington. "In it I catch a
glimpse of the hidden hand of God.
All may yet be well."

The Sagamore did not understand
the last two sentences. But he con-
tinued: "The Great Spirit had an-
nounced his will clearly. The negro
became the Medicine Man of the Pe-
quakets.

"As my father grew older, his
mind became more and more like the
mind of a child. I was away, in a
Paleface school, at Ossipee.

"I was called back by the death of
my father. I soon discovered that
the black Medicine Man had acquir-
ed great influence over the warriors
of the White Mountain tribes.

"He has used me well, so far. He
has not openly opposed my plans.
But I feel strongly that he, not I,
is the real master of the White
Mountain tribes. I had gone out
alone into the forest to consider my
peculiar situation, when you first
saw me and saved my life."

"Red Brother, I thank you for
this frank statement of your affairs,"
said Washington. "I now under-
these matters clearly and I know

THE WHITE MOUNTAIN MYSTERY

287

just what to do. I have a premoni-
tion that the Hidden Hand may lead
us on to something still more start-
ling.

In due course, the}' arrived at Pe-
quaket. At this time, Pequaket was
the most powerful Indian village in
New England.

In the usual way, the Sagamore
called a council of his red warriors.
In the usual way, they gravely seat-
ed themselves in a circle around the
sacred council fire.

The Sagamore took his usual posi-
ition inside of this circle of red war-
rors. He sat on the large trunk of a
fallen oak, with his back toward the
sacred fire. Washington sat on the
same trunk, at the left side of the
Sagamore.

There was a period of impressive
silence. This period prepared the
minds of the members of this Indian
council to consider more clearly the
important affairs that might be pre-
sented.

At the end of this period, the
Sagamore took a large pipe from his
belt. He filled the large bowl with
prepared tobacco and lighted it with
a live coal from the sacred council
fire.

In a slow, impressive manner, the
Sagamore drew three whiffs of the
fragrant tobacco smoke through the
long, straight stem. Then he passed
the pipe to the warrior who was
next to him in rank.

This warrior drew three whiffs in
the same slow, impressive manner.
Then he passed the pipe to the next
warrior. So the pipe passed on
slowly until every member of this
grave council had smoked, as a
symbol of peace and good will.

During this impressive ceremony,
the black Medicine Man appeared.
He sat down on the trunk of the
oak at the right side of the Saga-
more. He thus placed himself as
next in rank to the Sagamore. He
had timed his arrival so craftily

that he did not smoke the pipe of
peace and good will.

This preliminary smoke was fol-
lowed by another impressive period
of silence. Then the Sagamore and
Washington arose and stood before
the Grand Council.

The Sagamore introduced Wash-
ington, with a few well chosen
words. He told the council how
Washington had saved the life of
their Sagamore and had become his
friend and his brother.

The Sagamore and Washington
resumed their seats. After a period
of respectful silence, the black
Medicine Man arose and addressed
the council. He said, in substance:

"As Medicine Man of the Pe-
quakets and second in tribal rank,
I heartily welcome my white
brother. We will form a holy
brotherhood. We will be white
brother and red brother and black
brother. To cement more closely the
sacred bonds of this holy brother-
hood, we will smoke together the
peace pipe of implicit obedience to
the holy will of the Great Spirit."

The black Medicine Man resumed
his seat at the right side of the
Sagamore on the trunk of the fallen
oak that the lightning of heaven had
blasted.

When the Sagamore heard the
fateful words of the Black Medicine
Man's last sentence, he started
fr< m his seat. But Washington
touched his arm and whispered :

"Let him carry out his plan.
The hidden hand of God is at work
to right many wrongs."

The "Black Brother" drew three
small pipes from his girdle. These
pipes were exactly alike.

In a slow, impressive manner, he
filled the bowls of these pipes from
the tobacco pouch at his girdle.

Washington's eyes glowed like
burnished steel. His face was like
a mask.

The black brother arose. In the

2SX

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

same slow, impressive manner, he
handed one of these pipes to the
Sagamore, another to Washington
and retained the third.

The three members of this most
unique brotherhood went, in a slow,
impressive manner, to the sacred
council fire and bent over it to light
their pipes. At this moment, a
strong voice shouted, from the thick
bushes, a short distance away :

"The Pequaket warriors are dogs
and sons of dogs. The warriors of
Saint Francis spit on these dogs."

For generations there had been
bitter and bloody feuds between the
Indians of the White Mountains and
those farther north. Almost every
acre of the great forests of pine and
spruce north of these mountains had
been the scene of merciless and
bloody encounters. This region
was literally the dark and bloody
ground of New England.

Evidently, the warriors of St.
Francis, one of the nearest of these
northern tribes, had come into the
very heart of the great Indian vil-
lage of Pequaket. They had shout-
ed the most insulting taunts at the
Grand Council of the White Moun-
tain tribes. This was the greatest
insult in all Indian history.

In the twinkling of an eye, the
slow, impressive Indian council was
transformed into wildest pandemon-
nm. The excited warriors shouted
back all the bad, mad words they
trollable rage. They danced and
shouted and screamed with uncon-
trolable rage. They shook and
waved their fearful weapons of
death until" all the air was filled with
a wild storm of whirling tomahawks
and waving, gleaming knives.

Yelling with all their might, "as
though every fiend from Heaven
that fell was pealing the banner cry
of Hell," they bounded into the
bushes upon the insulting warriors
of St. Francis.

The pandemonium ceased. There
was a silence, like the awesome

silence of the dead. The red war-
riors stood still in their tracks in
speechless amazement. Their fear-
ful weapons of death were as fixed
and motionless as though their arms
had been turned to stone.

There were no St. Francis In-
dians in those bushes. There were
no indications whatever that any
Indians had been in those bushes.

The Sagamore was the first to
break this awesome silence. "The
Evil Spirit has deceived the mighty
warriors of Pequaket," he cried,
"we will go back to our places in
the Grand Council. We will open
our hearts to the Great Spirit, so
he can come in and drive away the
Evil One."

Slowly the mighty warriors of Pe-
quaket went back to their places,
like men in a dream. This strange
affair was beyond their ken. Their
nerves were not in a good condition
for a greater sensation.

When the strong voice shouted
from the bushes, the Sagamore and
the black Medicine Man dropped
their pipes. They were among the
first who bounded into the bushes.

Washington had quietly resumed
his seat on the log, pipe in hand.
He was a white man and these sav-
age Indian feuds did not excite him.

The Sagamore and the black
Medicine Man returned. They
picked up their fallen pipes.
Washington joined them. The
three brothers lighted their pipes at
the sacred council fire.

They resumed their seats on the
trunk of the fallen oak. With
slow, impressive whiffs, they smok-
ed before the Grand Council and
before the Great Spirit.

The large, dark eyes of the black
Medicine Man glowed like living
coals of fire, as he closely watched
the face of Washington. But
Washington's countenance was as
calm and unchanging as the great
stone Profile, the God of a prehis-
toric people, who has kept faithful

THE WHITE MOUNTAIN MYSTERY

289

watch and ward over these mighty
mountains for so many centuries.

An expression of indescribable
terror appeared on the face of the
black Medicine Man. He tried to
rise to his feet. '"But the invisible
hand of the Great Spirit descended
upon him and forced him down
slowly.''

The strong man made the most
powerful and painful efforts to rise,
to resist. But the invisible hand
forced him steadily lower and lower
until he laid on the ground, writh-

ing

and groveling

like a worm in

the dust.

Under this awesome strain, his
mind gave way. He became insane.
1 fe ran round on all fours like a dog,
barking and snapping at the mem-
bers of the council.

In this deranged mind there may
have been a dim consciousness that
Washington was, in some way, the

cause (jf these woes. Growling
fearfully, foaming at the mouth like
a mad dog, the human dog bounded
straight for Washington's throat.

Washington leaped swiftly to one
side. With a movement as swift
as the flash of the lightning, his
right hand tore the negro wig from
the head of the black Medicine Man.

On this exposed head, there was
the peculiar scar of a fearful wound.
Washington had examined this
fearful wound too carefully to make
any mistake.

The powerful black Medicine
Man of the Pequaket Indians, the
real master of the great White
Mountain tribes, was the poor, piti-
ful imbecile, Joseph C. Smith, the
unfortunate farmer, who lived in the
strange habitation in the heart of
the desolate Flume. Truly, fact is
stranger than fiction.

DIRGE

B\ Harold Vinal

For you the long, grey road,
Under the quiet sky ;

For me, the thronging street,
Until I die.

For you undaunted years,
With soul at rest;

For me, the tumult
Of an aching breast.

THE LATE JAMES SCHOULER, L.L. D.

By Ellen M. Mason.

Dr. James Schouler died at Me-
morial Hosptal, North Conway, on
Friday afternoon the sixteenth of
April. He had come up from Bos-
ton on the 31st of March and was
present at the Easter service in
Christ Church rectory chapel — the
Rev. F. C. Cowper of Sanbornville,
clergyman for the day. Dr. Schou-
ler was 81 years old on the 20th of
March and for a long time had been
sensible of failing strength, some-
times saying that his hold on life
was "of the slightest." It is pleas-
ant to think that his last Easter
Sunday was passed here in the
mountain home he has loved so
long, and that he said his last pray-
ers of christian fellowship in the
place that has been dear to him for
nearly a half century.

Dr. Schouler was perhaps the
most eminent member of an emi-
nent Massachusetts family ; William
Schouler, Adjutant General of
Massachusetts during the Civil
War, was his father, and the late
Admiral John Schouler was his
brother, the Rev. William Schouler
of Baltimore, being also a brother.
Mrs. N. G. Allen of Cambridge, the
mother of Glover M. Allen, the
naturalist, is a sister.

It was at first intended that
James Schouler should serve in
public life. He was graduated from
Harvard in 1859 and subsequently
admitted to the bar, but his hear-
ing was destroyed during his ser-
vice in the Civil War — in which he
served with the rank of colonel —
ruining his bright prospects of a
diplomatic career, and he turned to
authorship ; to authorship, in the
main, though he was appointed
lecturer in the Boston University
Law School and in the National
Law School, Washington, D. C. He

was also lecturer on American Con-
stitutional History, in John Hop-
kins University. He was a dis-
tinguished scholar in the law, and
encyclopedias mention several of his
works, as standard law books. But
it was in the held of history that
James Schouler reaped his greatest
literary harvest; of Schouler's His-
tory of The United States, in seven
volumes, George Bancroft said it
was the best history of the Ameri-
can people, extant.

But it is Dr. Schouler's life at
Intervale for many years, that is of
interest to his neighbors and fellow
citizens. Nearly fifty years ago he
built his beautiful little house at the
side of the westward sloping field,
bordered and grouped with hand-
some trees, the first house of those
comprising the summer colony —
excepting the Bigelow mansion
which was built years before others
made summer homes in the neigh-
borhood.

"Kilbarchan," James Schouler
sometimes called his pretty place, in
loyal memory of the place in Scot-
land, where his father was born, and
at his lovely home Dr. Schouler
and lovely Emily Fuller Schouler,
his wife, lived happy united lives.
Mrs. Schouler died more than a
score of years ago, and her husband
cherished her in loving recollection
to the last day of his earthly life.

To Dr. Schouler there were two
darling institutions here, to which
he gave continual thought, and took
unceasing pains for their welfare —
Christ Church parish, and the North
Conway Public Library.

Senior warden of Christ Church
for many years, he has been the
largest contributor to its support,
and has managed the affairs of the
parish; Mrs. Schouler and he pre-

THE LATE JAMES SCHOULER, L.L. D.

291

sented the fine pipe organ to Christ
Church. Unfailing in attendance at
Sunday morning services there, and
at Grace Chapel in the afternoon,
he was an example for others. He
was a lav-reader and often used to
take charge of the service at Grace
Chapel ; the writer recalls a course
of talks he gave there, not so very
long ago, on the petitions of The
Lord's Prayer; his interpretations
seemed reasonable and were con-
soling and memorable. He was a
humble, simple hearted Christian
who remained steadfast in religious
thought, to the faith of his boyhood.

He presented the North Conway
Public Library Association with the
Library lot, and paid for the con-
struction of the main building of
which he said at its presentation, "I
have given this building as a memo-
ral of my wife, Emily Fuller
Schouler."

He was generous in paying for
the support of the library through
all the long day of small things b<. -
fore the bountiful George S. Walk-
er bequest became available. It
was not only money that Dr.
Schouler gave, but for more than a
quarter of a century— always after
the forming of the Library Associa-
tion in 1887, it was his habit to work
most summer afternoons in plan-
ning and bettering the working ar-
rangements of the library ; the most
intense heat nor the most pouring
rain could not keep him from the
rather long walk, nor fulfilling work
planned for the library. If we
needed to get up a "benefit" for the
library — in the old days when the
"Library Concert" was the great
event of the August "height of the
season," Dr. Schouler used to
work as hard as anyone for its suc-
cess and sell tickets with the best.
He was chosen the first member of
the board of, library directors in
1887, and in 1900 became president
of the Library Association, on the
resignation of the first president,

the late Mr. Nathan W. Pease, serv-
ing as president until 1917 when
he was succeeded by Mrs. Helen
B. Merriman.

Thinking of the days of the be-
ginnings of the Public Library, re-
calls a witticism of Dr. Schouler's,
too characteristic not to be set
down here. In those days Miss
Hannah Seavey owned a small cir-
culating library whose books had a
wide circulation ; the grocery places
were not then what they are now in
the matter of carrying "a full as-
sortment," and to help out — in a
two-sided way — Miss Seavey sold
yeast cakes at her library ; but it
might often happen that she would
be "all sold out" and there would
be sour disappointment added to
unleavened bread. Dr. Schouler
had been of the disappointed ones.
Well, Miss Seavey felt aggrieved
that a public library was to be es-
tablished, when here was hers—
dividing the patronage and halving
the profits ! so, as her sentiments
were well known, it was thought
best to offer to buy her books for
the new public library. The Rev.
Perry Chandler (at that time pastor
of the North Conway Methodist
church ) and the present writer were
chosen a committee to effect the
sale, if possible, with Miss Seavey.
But she met our proposition with
an injured sorrowfulness, and
solemnly declined to even consider
it; when we reported that we could
do nothing, Dr. Schouler said she
showed she had the spirit of the
unconquerable though downtrod-
den, and her slogan would be "res-
urgam !" - And it might be added
that so it was, and Miss Seavey
never let out fewer books because of
the new library.

Dr. Schouler's absolute depend-
ableness made him precious to his
friends. When he said he would do
a thing, to a friend's mind that thing
was already done. He was af-
fectionate, eager to do a friend a

292

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

sen ice, punctual to a minute to en-
gagements. He has been often sad
these last years, frequently saying
that the sudden deaths of so many
of those dear to him, made him
sorrowful. But nevertheless he
was of brave cheer even those last
days at Intervale — when he was
staying at kind Mrs. Chesney's un-
til there came suitable weather for
him to go to live in his own house —
planning for the welfare of Christ
Church, for the coming summer.

Lest what has been written might
seem too laudatory it would better
be said that our dear Dr. Schouler
was exceedingly fond of having his
own way ; but then we all knew
that he thought ten times more
about the relative desirableness or
objectionableness of debatable ways
of doing things, than any of the
rest of us, and consequently that he
would have better judgment. And
this nearly always proved true ; so
if he were a tyrant, he was a good
tyrant. After all, paternalism has
its excellences !

When James Schouler first came
to live here, he was a remarkably
handsome man ; his head and face,
especially of striking beauty, like
those of a poet.

The future becomes the present,
and the words of a resolution passed
at the annual Public Library meet-
ing — on the occasion of accepting
Dr. Schouler's gift of the "simple
stone building" — in June, 1912,
come irresistibly to remembrance :
* * * * "For many years, through
his active work and unwearying in-
terest in establishing the perma-
nence of this institution, he has
proved his good will toward the
people of this region. By his latest
beneficence he has endowed future
dwellers in this valley, as well as
those who are his contemporaries."

"As the years come and go, he
must be remembered here with the
honor due one whose life and work
are a benefit and blessing to the
place upon which he confers honor
by living in it."

SHADOWS

By Amy J. Dolloff

The shadows lengthen on the sun-kissed meadow —

The day goes by.
Softly the brook intones a tender requiem —

For night is nigh.
Tall grasses gently wave their plumes in mourning —

The darkness creeps.
From damp wood-depths a weird thrush-note is wafted-

A tired world sleeps.

The shadows lengthen on life's radiant highway —

The swift hours flee.
To burdened ones the welcome call is given —

"Time ends for thee."
Loved ones encircle as the night shades deepen^

Bright glows the West.
Welcoming songs float from the heavenly home-land

The wearv rest.

THE OLDEST ORGAN IN THE UNITED STATES

fix Charles Nevers Holmes.

The oldest church organ in the
United States — indeed, the oldest
church organ in America — is still in
existence. Not only is it in existence
but it is still used on some occasions.
Of course its music is not as pro-
nounced and grand as that of a
modern church organ, but, never-
theless, its voice is sweet and agree-
able, although somewhat feeble.
How interesting and delightful it
would be to hear this old time organ
playing softly and simply that in-
spiring hymn of Oliver Holden's,
"Coronation," —

All hail the power of Jesus' name !

Let angels prostrate fall ;
Bring forth the royal diadem.

And crown him Lord of all.

This oldest church organ in the
United States has had three homes
during its musical lifetime, in Bos-
ton, Newburyport, and Portsmouth,
N. H. It was imported into Boston
from England by a certain Thomas
Brattle, one of the founders of the
old Brattle Street Church in that
town, a gentleman of wealth and
influence. Mr. Brattle was a man
of highest character, greatly respect-
ed, the chief objection to him among
his brother ' Congregationalists
being that he was too liberal in re-
ligious matters. He was a sincere
lover of music, so much so that,
around the year 1711, he imported
from London the famous organ,
known as the "Brattle Organ." Mr.
Brattle did not live very long to
enjoy his new organ, for he died two
years later, and he had bequeathed
this organ to the Brattle Street
'Church. A clause in his will, re-
ferring to it, reads as follows: "I
give, dedicate and devote my organ
to the praise and glory of God in
the said Brattle Street Church, if

they shall accept thereof, and with-
in a year after my decease procure
a sober person who can play skill-
fully thereon with a loud noise;
otherwise to the Church of Eng-
land (King's Chapel) in this town,
on the same terms and conditions,
and on their non-acceptance or dis-
continuance to use it as above, un-
to the college (Harvard), and in
their non-acceptance to my nephew,
William Brattle."

Now, organs were not popular in
New England, particularly the idea
of using them in divine service.
Indeed, the famous minister, Dr.
Cotton Mather, doubted very
strongly, "Whether such music may
be lawfully introduced in the wor-
ship of God in the churches of the
New Testament." He w r ent even
as far as to say, "If we admit in-
strumental music jn the worship of
God, how can we resist the imposi-
tion of all the instruments used
among the ancient Jews? Yea,
dancing as well as playing and
several other Judaic actions." And
Dr. Samuel Sewall, a milder Puri-
tanical type than Dr. Mather, wrote
respecting the use of the organ in
churches, "The next Sabbath day
after the Coronation I heard a ser-
vice at St. Mary's. I am a lover of
music to a fault, vet I was uneasy
there ; and the justling out of the In-
stitution of Singing Psalms, by the
boisterous Organ, is that which can
never be justified before the great
Master of Religious Ceremonies."

Considering this general un-
popularity of the organ in New
England, it was hardly to be ex-
pected that the members of the
Brattle Street Church would accept
Mr. Brattle's bequest. According-
ly, they voted, with "all possible
respect to the memory of our de-

294

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

ceased friend and benefactor," that
they did not think it was proper to
use this organ in the public wor-
ship of God. However, with the
passing of time, the future mem-
bers of that church changed their
opinion about, the use of an organ
in divine services, for in 1790 they
ordered an organ built in London.
Nevertheless, this change of opinion
was not unanimous, one of the
leading members of the Brattle
Street Church offering not only to
reimburse the church for the organ's
purchase but also to contribute a
sum of money to the poor, pro-
vided the "unhallowed instrument"
were thrown into Boston Harbor.

However, King's Chapel was not
as prejudiced against this musical
bequest as was the Brattle Street
Church, and the members of the
former church wrote in their
records that "At a meeting of the
Gentlemen of the Church this 3rd
day of August, 1713, Referring to
the organs given by Thomas Brat-
tle, Esq., De'as'd", Voted, that the
organs be accepted by the church."
But, although the Brattle Organ
was thus accepted by the members
of King's Chapel, such was the un-
popularity of organ worship in Bos-
ton that the instrument* remained
seven months on the Chapel's porch
before it was taken into the church.
And when the organ was set up
within the Chapel, this action was
bitterly denounced by Dr. Mather
and other influential citizens in the
town of Boston.

The first organist to play upon
the Brattle Organ in King's Chapel
was a certain Mr. Price, but the
members of the Chapel were am-
bitious .enough to send to England
for a more skilled musician. As a
result, an agreement was drawn up
with Edward Instone of London.
A part of this agreement reads as
follows : "That the said Edward
shall and will bv or before the 25th

day of October next issuing, wind
and weather permitting, be in Bos-
ton in North America aforesaid and
being there shall and will at all
proper and usual times of Divine
service officiate as organist of the
said chappel for and during the
space of three years certain, to be
computed from the day that the
said Edward Instone shall arrive at
Boston aforesaid. In considera-
tion of which voyage so to be per-
formed by the said Edward Instone.
he, the said Jno. Redknap (who en-
gaged the organist) hath this day
paid unto ye said Edward Instone
the sum of £10 of lawful money of
Great Britain." It was also agreed
by the wardens and vestrymen of
King's Chapel to "pay or cause to
be paid unto the said Edward In-
stone the sum of £7 10s. per Quar-
ter immediately after each Quarter
day, current money, for every
Quarter of a year that the said Ed-
ward Instone shall officiate as or-
ganist in ye Chappel."

This second organist to play up-
on the Brattle Organ in King's
Chapel embarked from London for
Boston in 1714, and reached Bos-
ton in safety, with a collection of
not only sacred but also secular
music. It is very evident that Mr.
Instone was most satisfactory to
the attendants at King's Chapel,
for its members, at the termination
of his three years' contract, re-
engaged him at the same salary, £7
10s. per quarter. However, as time
passed, the worshipers at the
Chapel became discontented with
their first organ, and imported an-
other one from England, for which
they paid £500. Accordingly, in
1756, they sold the Brattle Organ
to St. Paul's Church in Newbury-
port, Massachusetts, where it re-
mained until the year 1836. In
that year it was removed to St.
John's Chapel in Portsmouth, N.
H., having been purchased by Dr.

THE OLDEST ORGAN IN THE UNITED STATES

295

Burroughs for $400. And in St.
John's Chapel the Brattle Organ is
today, still in active musical service
despite its venerable age.

Its appearance is unique and at-
tractive. It has a height of about
eight feet, a width of five feet, and
a depth of about three feet. Its
sides are panelled, and in front
there are seventeen gilded wooden
pipes, eleven being in the center
and three pipes upon either side.
Its keyboard trimmings are made
of rosewood, and the wind chest,
slides, valves, and top boards are
of English oak. The organ pos-
sesses six registers : sesquialter
bass, dulciana, fifteenth 'bash, fif-
teen treble, stopped diapason and
principal. Above the organ, upon
the wall, there are inscribed the
familiar and appropriate words:
"Sing praises to our God."

Such are the appearance and his-

tory of the oldest church organ in
the United States — in America. It
has already dwelt in New England
for more than two centuries, and
there can be little doubt, unless fire
or other disaster overtakes it, that
it will dwell in the United States
for centuries to come. And what
changes have taken place since its
arrival here, during the reign of
Queen Anne of England ! The
Brattle Organ was brought to
America about the time that Isaac
Watts was writing some of his
grandest hymns, and its sweet and
agreeable music had been heard in
America when Charles Wesley
wrote "Jesus, lover of my soul,"
Toplady, "Rock of Ages," Newton,
"Safely through another week,"
Edmeston, "Saviour, breathe an
evening blessing," Newman, "Lead,
Kindly Light," and Lyte, "Abide
with me."

THE UNSPOKEN PRAYER

By Ruth Bassctt Eddy

Within the sacred stillness of the church,

Oh, God, I came to Thee
To offer up my prayer on bended knees,
Feeling Thy heart was near to take me in.
But on my lips the whispered words grew still ;
A strange, sweet peace from out the silence came,
As if Thy hands were resting on my head
In benediction for the blessing sought.

There was no need to pray.
And I came forth into the world again
Bearing the light before me like a torch
That Thou hadst set aflame within my soul

Thro' that unspoken prayer.

NEW HAMPSHIRE'S MOST FRIENDLY TREES

By Rev. Roland IK Sawyer.

NO. 5.
The Willow.

Residents of New Hampshire can
in July think most longingly of but
one tree as standing pre-eminent
above all our tree friends — it is the
graceful willow. The willow is the
tree of romance, poetry, songs and
love ; the grace it personifies is that
of constancy.

It grows by the lakes, streams,
brooks, spreading its long shoots in
friendly shade over the {waters
keeping them cool in the hot July
day, and inviting us for a swim, a
restful hour, or the joys of fishing.

The old Latin poets, and the
Greek as well, and the later English
writers make frequent mention of
the willow in their lays.

As a boy I loved to go up to the
brook and play in the water under
the willows and how many a New
Hampshire lad has had the same
experience; it is the most attractive
place in the world on a hot July da}*,
to get out there on the stream's
bank, or to wade in the cool waters
beneath.

Beneath the friendly willow I as
a little boy chased the turtles and
frogs, caught the polly-wogs and
fish.

No tree brings before us the whole
picture of rural beauty and joy on
a warm summer day as does the
willow; small wonder that writers
of fiction make it the favorite place
of retreat for youthful lovers.

The move of the wind thru the
willows always has a soft sound,
delicate and appealing. From its
branches we hear the plaintive cry of
the cat-bird, the plaintive note of
the phoebe, or the sweet chirp of
the summer yellow bird.

Many a man shut in the hot stuffy
office on the hot days in July turns

in thought to the willows by the
bank of some favorite swimming
hole back there in his boyhood and
sighs for another visit. Two years
ago when 1 was spending my sum-
mer days in the Constitutional Con-
vention at Boston, I each day stop-
ped beneath the willows along the
road over the Great Meadows as we
came from Exeter, and hitching the
pony I threw off my heated gar-
ments and plunged into Great
Brook with a scream of delight; a
brief swim and 1 climbed the bank,
refreshed, cooled, and ready to en-
joy the hours till bed-time. Pant-
ing with heat and dust on a hot
July day one will find the shade of
the willow by a stream of water the
best spot this side of heaven — : yes,
I doubt if heaven can be any better
place.

Both the Weeping-Willow and
the common yellow willow were
originally brought to America from
the sunny slopes of Europe I un-
derstand, and I doubt if Europe ever
gave us a greater gift. From the
first gathering of the pussy willows
in spring, early fishing with the
willow pole, making of whistles
from its stock, the willow is a great
friend of the New Hampshire boy,
but in the vacation month of July
it is a friend to young and old.

The willow stump is so tenacious
of life that the tree tells of the virtue
of constancy — it never fails us, is
always our friend; even when men
want to kill it the tree returns good
for evil and persistently lifts a brave
head and shows a forgiving spirit.
The old Hebrew poet speaks of his
retreat for religious meditation be-
neath the willow, and its splendid
shade on a cool, fresn bank, invites
one to the highest mood of thought
and ideal.

EDITORIAL

improving the quality ol the live-
stock in their section and have done
more than their share for hetter
roads and other improvements.

We believe that the summer
home, summer hotel and summer
tourist business in New Hampshire
has a great future and one whose
development will be profitable for
the state, not only financially, but
in other ways. While there is no
way to prove it mathematically, we
believe that the liberal policy of the
legislature and state government as
to good roads has been a decided
benefit to the commonwealth from
a direct money stand-point, as well
as in various indirect ways. We
believe that the all-year resident
who votes in town meeting for
highway and other appropriations
which the summer folks need and
ask for. does not in the end harm
his pocketbook in the least thereby.

In fact we are firm in the belief
that all that is needed to solve the
problem of the summer folks, if any
such problem exists, is to bring
about a better understanding be-
tween the all year residents and
those who come among us for vaca-
tion time alone. The object on our
part should be to make them
consider their New Hampshire
farms and cottages as their real
homes. The object on their
part should be to make us welcome
their coming and regret their de-
parture. The common object of
both should be to make New Hamp-
shire a better state in which to live,
whether for one month or twelve.
There are among our summer folks
many men and women who can
accomplish a great deal to that end
and who thus constitute a resource
of the state but little drawn upon
thus far.

The summer folks are with us
again and we are glad to see them.
They present an economic problem,
it is true, but they also present the
state of New Hampshire with sev-
eral million dollars a -year, for
value received, and it seems that
we ought to be able to solve the
problem in order to continue and
increase this convenient amount of
circulating cash.

The problem involved is the ex-
tent to which these summer folks
of ours are responsible for the de-
population of our rural districts,
the decrease in cultivated land and
in livestock, and the consequent
scarcity of farm products. The
counts against them on this ground
are two : That they buy good farms
and make them into summer estates
occupied for only a few months
each year, and, if carried on at all
as agricultural enterprises subject
to the evils of absentee ownership ;
and, second, that the temporary
display in the country of city won
prosperity causes envy, jealousy
and dissatisfaction among the year-
round farm people and in the end
sends them city-ward themselves.

We never have been deeply im-
pressed with the seriousness of
these complaints against our sum-
mer people. A large majority of
their country homes, chosen for
scenic rather than utilitarian pur-
poses, occupy land of little value
for agricultural purposes and add
tremendously to the valuation of
towns that otherwise would have
comparatively little taxable pro-
perty. And in not a few cases
where good farms have passed into
the hands of wealthy city men. the
latter not only have kept up the
productivity of the land, but have
increased it, have led the way in

BOOKS OF NEW HAMPSHIRE INTEREST

The Real Diary of the Worst
Farmer. By Henry A. Shute.
Illustrated. ' Pp. 277. Cloth,
$1.75. Boston. Houghton, Mifflin
Company.

The genial humor of Judge Henry
A. Shute of Exeter is at its hest in
his latest book, "The Real Diary of
the Worst Farmer," the title capi-
talizing the fame of the Judge's im-
mortal "Real Diary of a Real Boy"
and continuing the form and spirit
of that classic very successfully.
There is nothing esoteric about
Judge Shute's humor. Its ap-
peal is universal. At the same
time he is no disciple of Rabelais.
Any one of his books can be read
aloud with safety in the family
circle, provided a reader can be
found who is himself sufficently
chuckle and laughter proof. The
adventures of an amateur agri-
culturist already have provided the
author with material for one book
of good fun, "Farming It," and the
present "diary" continues to work
the same vein of humor with con-
tinued success. Those of us who
live in the same latitude with the
Judge and under approximately the

same conditions think that we have
the best appreciation of the pictures
which he draws, but it is not neces-
sary to have sifted ashes, made a
garden or chased a pig to get good
cheer from his descriptions of these
and other homely activities in semi-
rural New Hampshire.

Sailor Gire. By Frederick F.
Moore Pp. 378. Cloth, $1.75.
New York. D. Appleton and Co.

Mr. Moore tells, apparently with
the greatest of ease, story after
story of life in the China Seas, all
different, but every one filled to the
brim with adventure. It is a color-
ful country to which he seems to
have acquired the fiction rights,
over there around the globe, and he
makes the most of its possibilities
for thrills. "Sailor Girl" is the story
of a young heiress who goes from
San Francisco over to Manilla to
find out for herself why the line of
Pacific steamers which she owns is
not paying better. Pirates and
pearls figure largely in the answer
which she finally gets and her ad-
ventures end, as all good stories
should, with a kiss.

PERFECTION

By Fred Myron Colby

1 heard the song of a singer,

As he held a crowd entranced ;
And the music of his measures

The joy of my life enhanced.
But in the heart of the singer

Was a sweeter song unsung ;
A song no mortal can meter,

It gladdens an angel's tongue.

I saw a wonderful painting

That a famous artist wrought —
A dream, a marvelous vision,

Which gladdened my inmost thought.
But well I knew that the painter

Had dreamed in his hours of ease
Of visions of fairer beauty

Than any his brush could seize.

I inhaled a rose's perfume.

It wooed me with Circean wiles —
The glamour of Eden's beauty

And odors from spicv isles.
But the sweetest rose that ever

Enchanted our breath and eyes
Blooms never in earthly gardens,

'Tis the growth of Paradise.

I won the praise of my fellows,

And my heart was lifted high ;
It was sweet to know, after toiling.

That the world had not passed me by.
But the joys of earth are briefer

Than the sunset's dving gleam,
And only the sweet Hereafter

Shall bring to us what we dream.

NEW HAMPSHIRE NECROLOGY

^^ud<yucy\ yptf<^x

Frederick Myron Colby, one of the most
popular and prolific authors of both prose
and poetry in the literary history of New
Hampshire, died at his home in Warner,
May 19.

He was born in, the town which was
his life long home, December 9, 1848, the
son of Levi O. and Mary (Durrell) Colby;
in the eighth generation from Anthony
Colby, who came from Norfolk County,

NECROLOGY

301

England, with Rev. John Winthrop's
colony in 1630.

He was educated at the Warner High
School and at Colby Academy, New Lon-
don, and in Concord, and in young man-
hood was a successful teacher. His
natural inclination soon led him into the
field of literary work, but he never lost
his interest in education, and for a num-
ber of years served on the Warner board
of education.

He also was superintendent of the local
high school, 1910-15, and was a trustee of
the Pillsbury Free Library at the time of
his death and for many years previous.
Other offices which he held at various
times were those of town treasurer and
postmaster.

The winter of 1875-6 Mr. Colby spent
in Washington as correspondent from the
national capital for a number of papers,
and the interest in politics then engender-
ed never left him. He had been a mem-
ber of the Democratic state committee for
30 years and usually was the delegate
from his town to the state convention of
the party. Repeatedly he was the Demo-
cratic nominee for various offices from
those of the town to that of Member of
Congress, which latter honor was given
him in 1908.

Mr. Colby's business, which he carried
on successfully until within a year, was
that of undertaker and embalmer, and for
three years he was secretary of the New
Hampshire Embalmers' Association.

During his later years he transacted a
large amount of probate and other legal
business for his fellow townsmen and was
so efficient in these matters as to do away
with the need for an attorney in Warner.

But the greater amount of Mr. Colby's
time, from youth to his last sickness, was
devoted, with both pleasure and profit,
to literature. His first published work, a
story "The Pioneers of New Kentucky,"
was issued by R. M. DeWitt of New
York in 1872, and for almost half a
century, now, his pen and typewriter have
been continuously busy with works of
fiction, of history and of biography ; with
beautiful poetry in all the verse forms;
with delightfully sympathetic studies of
nature and the out of doors.

The list of his published works is a long
one, while his contributions to the periodi-
cal and newspaper press are beyond num-
ber. Since the first year of the Granite
Monthly's existence, 1878, he has been its
one most frequent contributor, the table
of contents of every volume containing
his name several times.

In many instances Mr. Colby's verses
are eloquently expressive of his deeper
nature, as in these lines on "Success" :

Success will come to him who toils
And thinks, and cares not for the fame
He wins. The homage of an. hour
Is vain ; not so a worthy name.

Then let us courage take, anew
Gird up our loins for battle strife;
On what we have to do, content
If we but win immortal life.

His religious belief can be seen in the
closing paragraph of a beautiful tribute
which he made not long ago to the memory
of his friend, Charles Eaton of Eaton
Grange, Sutton : "My friend, perchance
in the flowery meads beyond the deeply
flowing river, among the amaranths and
asphodels that bloom perennially in that
calm retreat, we shall meet again, clasp
hands and renew the joys of that friend-
ship which now seems sundered by what
men call Death."

On December 25, 1882, Mr. Colby mar-
ried H. Maria George of Warner, who
died March 29, 1910. On June 29, 1915,
he married Ella S. Palmer of Warner,
who survives him as does one brother,
George A. of Los Angeles, Cal., and one
sister, Mrs. Mary L. Sandwick of Mon-
tana.

Mr Colby was a man of dignified, yet
charming personality, a kindly, helpful
gentleman who numbered his friends among
all classes and was as loyal to the humblest
?s to the highest. His collection of 4,000
books was a working library, not one for
show, and by its assiduous use he had
made himself a well educated man and
a master of English.

COLONEL SIMON R. MARSTON.

Colonel Simon R. Marston, born in
Portsmouth, February 24, 1832, died there
May 5. He graduated from Dartmouth in
the class of 1855 and became an engineer.
At the outbreak of the Civil War he en-
tered the ranks of Company G, Tenth New
Hampshire Volunteers, and became its
first lieutenant. April 3, 1863, he was
made major, adjutant and paymaster and
at the end of the war was breveted
lieutenant colonel. In November, 1864,
he safely conveyed $600,000 from St.
Louis to Santa Fe., N. M., and it was
there that he was discharged from the
service and practised his profession until
1880, when he returned to Portsmouth.
He was a member of the G. A. R. post in
that city. A daughter, Miss Marion Mar-
ston, survives him.

ON A LINE IN EMERSON'S NOTE-BOOK

By Fanny Rutmells Poole

O rare sweet Spirit of our Northern clime.
Philosopher of our New England breeding,

Not merely product of the elder time !
Many for Riches to their Gods are pleading ;

Many who vex high Heav'n for meed of Fame,
Honors of Power and Place, with striving hollow ;

But list ! — a clarion call, a prayer of flame,
A pledge of all desirable things to follow, —
Give us health and today !

This is the word for Peace : in music's breath
Pass it along unto your groping neighbor.

With his, who cried, smitten by gory death,
"Boys, the command is Forward!". . . .Where's the labor

Doth not demand full health of bodv and mind?
Now is the Golden Age for which we're sighing.

Yearn not for time or chance. Go forth to find.
Brother, this message ! — glory, wealth, defying, —
Give us health and todav !

Hon. Arthur P. Morrill

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

Vol. LII.

AUGUST, 1920

No. 8

HON. ARTHUR P. MORRILL

By George W. Parker

In no office should the essential-
ly rugged characteristics of New
Hampshire be more impersonated
than in the governorship — at once
the highest in the gift of the people
and the one which to the ouside
world represents the dignity and
grandeur of the State.

The multiform activities which
the Governor is called upon to per-
form and the complexity of pro-
blems presented by modern activi-
ties for solution make it a post of
great responsibility. As human in-
terests become more widely diver-
sified, the natural functions of a
State multiply and necessitate num-
erous instruments by means of
which the will of the people may
find expression.

To preside over the destinies of
the state, one should possess a
thorough knowledge of state af-
fairs, a sympathetic understanding
of the people — their aspirations,
problems, limitations — sanity of
judgment and tact in dealing with
men of diverse temperaments.

Perhaps no candidate for the of-
fice of Governor has appealed to
the electorate who combined in his
person these prime essentials as
does Arthur P. Morrill of Concord.
Of scholarly tastes and training, a
lawyer by profession, a business
man by experience, and a public of-
ficial who has impressed all parties
with his fairness and executive
ability, he possesses the requisites
of successful leadership. He is a
man in the prime of life, convers-
ant with modern day problems and

needs ; in sympathy with the new
age and sufficiently conservative to
appreciate the best in the old order.
His ability as a parliamentarian,
his tact and fairness as presiding
officer, his unfailing courtesy and
fairness to all parties are attested by
every member of the New Hamp-
shire House of Representatives of
1917-1918 and of the Senate of
1919-20.

While Mr. Morrill will appeal
strongly to the younger element of
the state, he possesses the confidence
of the older men as well and his
popularity is shown in the unani-
mity of his election as Speaker of
the House of Representatives and
later as President of the State Sen-
ate.

The Governors who are most
successful are usually those who
have previously had experience in
the Legislature. First hand know-
ledge of state affairs and intimate
acquaintance with the details of
legislation promote efficiency and
lessen the probability of friction be-
tween the Governor and the Legis-
lature. Many a strained relation
might have been avoided if the
chief executive had known from
personal experience the psychology
of the House and Senate. That
the Concord candidate would main-
tain the most friendly relations and
work in harmony with the State
Legislature is abundantly attested
by the fact that through personal
experience, he is familiar with the
entire situation.

Of the work of the New Hamp-

306

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

shire Legislature of 1917, James W.
Tucker in an article in the Granite
Monthly says "In the House, the
deliberations were ably presided
over by Arthur P. Morrill of Con-
cord, one of the youngest speakers
who ever graced the rostrum and
than whom there has never been
one more popular, efficient or fair.
***Probably more work was accom-
plished with less time wasted in
oratory and debate than at any pre-
vious session. Harmony appeared
to be the keynote and the legisla-
tive machine ran smoothly, because
partisanship was, for the most part,
conspicuous by its absence." Dur-
ing this session much needful war-
time legislation was passed, includ-
ing the authorization of a million
dollar bond issue, the re-organiza-
tion of the National Guard, bills
providing state pay for New Hamp-
shire soldiers in service and aid for
dependents and acts to conserve
New Hampshire's agricultural and
other resources.

At this time also were enacted
the famous Lewis prohibition
measure, the 54-hour labor law, the
factory inspection law, the weights
and measures bill, various better-
ment measures, the "blue sky" law
to safeguard investments and steps
to preserve the water power and
other resources of the State.

Mr. Morrill's career is one of
consistent progress and achieve-
ment. He was born in Concord,
March 15, 1876. His parents were
Obadiah Morrill and Lilla W. Put-
nam of Worcester, Mass. His edu-
cation was secured in the public
schools of Concord, at Phillips
Academy, Andover, Yale Universi-
ty and Harvard Law School. He
was admitted to the bar in 1900,
and became a member of the law
firm of Sargent, Niles and Morrill,
the other members being the late
Hon. Harry G. Sargent and Hon.
Edward C. Niles.

In 1904, on the death of Col.
Charles C. Danforth, he became a
member of the insurance firm of
Morrill and Danforth, of which he
is now sole owner, lie is president
cjf the State Dwelling-House Insur-
ance Company, Director of the
First National Hank of Concord,
Trustee of the Loan and Trust
Savings Lank of Concord, Trustee
of the Orphans' Home at Concord.

Politically, he has long been in-
terested in working for the Repub-
lican party, serving for many years
as a member of the Executive Com-
mittee for Ward 5 and as president
of the Ward 5 Republican Club.
In 1915, when the Merrimack
County Republican Club was or-
ganized he was made its chairman,
which office he still holds. He has
been a member of the Executive
Committee of the Republican State
Committee since 1915, taking active
part in the state campaigns, both in
speaking and in the work at the
headquarters. He was a member
of the Constitutional Convention in
1912, member of the Legislature in
1915 serving on the judiciary com-
mittee, and during the last two
weeks of the session, temporary
speaker. In the memorable session
of the Legislature of 1917 he was
elected Speaker of the House with-
out opposition. In this capacity he
made so enviable a record that in
1919 he was elected Senator by his
district, and so well were his talents
recognized that he was made presi-
dent of the state senate without op-
position.

In the fraternal orders he is a
Mason, being affiliated with Blaz-
ing Star Lodge, No. 11, A. F. and
A. M., a member of White Moun-
tain Lodge, I. O. O. F., a member
of Capital Grange, a member of the
Wonolancet, Beaver Meadow Golf,
Snowshoe, and Canoe Clubs, all
of Concord, and the Calumet Club
of Manchester.

HON. ARTHUR P. MORRILL

307

He is a member of St. Paul's
Episcopal Church of Concord and a
member of the New Hampshire
Historical Society.

In 1901 he was united in marriage
with Florence E. Prescott of Win-
chester, Mass., daughter of the late

Daniel C. Prescott, formerly general
superintendent of the Concord and
Montreal railroad. This union has
been blessed with three children,
Catherine, born in 1902, deceased in
1908; Elizabeth, born in 1903, and
Virginia, born in 1905.

OLD HOME WEEK

By James T. Weston.

The west wind sings a bright and merry song
The pine tree murmurs' a plaintive lay
And mem'rv brines a' silent throng

To grace our festal day

Out of the light of the West.
From the sweet Sand of Rest,
They come, the fairest and best.

Those who have gone before

Seem with us here once more

Their joy and hope and sympathy to pour.

O Spirit, linger here a while

Where the waves sparkle and the lilies smile

Scenes of the past again we see

And hold communion sweet with Thee.

A "BARRIER AGAINST THE INDIANS"

By George B. Upham.

It seems a far cry from fighting
nearly two centuries ago in the
richly metalliferous mountains of
Silesia to Indian warfare along the
frontier settlements of New Hamp-
shire, yet the two are found to have
been started by the same train.

Early in 1740 by perfidy almost
unprecedented and robbery on a
gigantic scale Frederick the Great
stole from Maria Theresa, the
young Empress of Austria, her
Province of Silesia. In doing so
he greatly strengthened the Prus-
sian autocracy which by constant
military training and successive
predatory wars grew greater and
stronger down to its fall on Armis-
tice Day, November 11th, 1918.

"The selfish rapacity of the King
of Prussia," says Macaulay, "gave

the signal to his neighbors

The evils produced by this wicked-
ness were felt in lands where the
name of Prussia was unknown ;
and, in order that he might rob a
neighbor whom he had promised to
defend, black men fought on the
coast of Coromandel, red men scalp-
ed each other by the great lakes of
North America," and, it might have
been added, peaceful settlers were
murdered while planting their corn
and gathering their hay in the
meadows and forest clearings of
Western New Hampshire.

This great world disturbance
known in Europe as The War of
the Austrian Succession, in Ameri-
ca as King George's War, lagged
somewhat in crossing the Atlantic
not troubling the English Colonies
in America until the spring of 1744.

In the eighteen years elapsed
since the termination of Father
Rale's War New England had en-

joyed what in those troublous times
was a long interval of peace. Dur-
ing these years stories, oft repeat-
ed in the flickering light of every
New England fireside, of the Sack
of Deerfield, the attacks on Haver-
hill, Northampton, Brookfield and
dozens of other massacres, had
caused the terrors of Indian war-
fare to sink deep into the memories
of the New England people, and,
on the outbreak of renewed hostili-
ties, led to impetuous demands that
all possible precautions be taken
against the repetition of such bar-
barities.

The enthusiasm of the Indians
in their attacks, always descending
from Canada, was greatly diminish-
ed if their approach was discovered.
Forewarned the settlers were
enabled to withdraw further south,
or by concentrating to put up a
defensive fight little relished by the
Indians. The first demand of the
settlers was therefore for active
scouting on the northern frontier.

"A New and Accurate Map of
the Present War in North Ameri-
ca," published in London in May,
1757, shows a dotted line extend-
ing straight from the Connecticut
River at a point a little north of
"Stephens F," that is, the fort at
Number Four, now Charlestown,
to a northern branch of the Con-
toocook River, evidently intended
for the Warner River although as
shown its general course is much
too southerly. The dotted line
runs a little south of "Sunope
Pond" and is described on the map
as a "Barrier Against the Indians."

What was this barrier? It is
manifestly impossible that it could
have been a stockade or any sort

A BARRIER AGAINST THE INDIANS

309

The above is a part of a map described, within an ornamental scroll, as "A New and
Accurate Map of the present War in North America." It was found, with an urticle on the
Indians and the War, in the Universal Magazine, [London], for May, 17f>7 t The original,
drawn and engraved "on a large scale and finely coloured," includes the latitude from Boston
to Quebec, the longitude from "Mt. -Desert Isle" to "Ft. Oswego" on Lake <>nt;iri...

"Stephen's P." which is the fort at Number Four, later Charlestown, N. H.. is placed
relatively much too far south. It should have been at the west end of the dotted line marked
''Barrier Against the Indians," with Black River marly opposite.

The mythical "Cohasser Fort," perhaps the hoped for "Cytidall" of Captain Symes, (See
Granite Monthly for February) is shown on the west side of the Connecticut River, opposite
the present Haverhill. The dotted parallelogram may be intended to indicate the land ex-
pected to be granted to Symes and his associates.

310

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

of physical barrier, for, if such, its
existence would have been record-
ed in many ways besides on this
old map. Any one learned in New
Hampshire history would doubtless
say that the dotted line and "Bar-
rier" were intended to indicate the
northern line or tier of towns grant-
ed by the Province of Massac-
husetts Bay twenty-two years be-
fore ; and unless some more accept-
able explanation can be offered that
of the tier of towns must # prevail.

The Northernmost towns for
which charters had been granted by
Massachusetts in 1735-6 were, from
west to east, using the present
names as follows ; Charlestown,
Acworth, Lempster, Washington,
Bradford, and Warner. Boscawen
had been previously chartered by
Massachusetts as Contoocook in
1732. (Note 1) Not one of these
towns, excepting those on the Con-
necticut and Merrimack Rivers, had
been settled or occupied for any
length of time prior to 1756, the
date when the latest information
for the drawing of our map was
probably obtained. Much further
south, with very few exceptions, all
the western New Hampshire settle-
ments back from these rivers, down
to the Massachusetts line, had been
abandoned on the outbreak of King
George's War, afterwards generally
called the "Old French and Indian
War."

It can therefore hardly be claimed
that a tier of these towns, uninhabit-
ed and existing only on paper in the
files of Colonial records, could prop-
erly be called a "Barrier Against the
Indians."

If it can be shown that for ten or
twelve years prior to the preparation
of this map scouting parties repeat-
edly ranged the woods over this

ground, that would furnish a more

satisfactory explanation of the "Bar-
rier" indicated by the dotted line.

Aside from inherent probability of
the fact, documentary and circum-
stantial evidence exists tending
strongly to show that scouting par-
ties worked along this line between
the fort at Number Four on the
Connecticut and that at Contoocook
on the Merrimack as early as 1744,
and at intervals for twelve or more
years thereafter.

These were the most northerly
forts in New Hampshire which then
extended west to Lake Champlain.
With the exception of Fort Hum-
mer, now Brattleboro, Vt., they
were the only forts of consequence
north of the Massachusetts line.

The fort at Number Four was
maintained and garrisoned by Mas-
sachusetts for her protection and at
her own cost. Though the Massa-
chusetts-New Hampshire boundary
line had been fixed in 1740 substan-
tially as it is today, New Hampshire
long refused to bear any part of this
expense. Massachusetts also felt
obliged to assist in garrisoning the
fort at Contoocook.

In studying the history of western
New Hampshire prior to about 1757
search must be made in the Massa-
chusetts Colonial Archives for much
of the documentary material. A
hope that unpublished documents in
those Archives might shed some
light on the "Barrier Against the
Indians" was not wholly disap-
pointed.

Among unpublished manuscripts
of Military Recqrds, faded and yel-
low, under date of 1744, was found
the following :-

"In answer to the Petition of Wm.
Syms & others for the Protection
of their Western Frontiers and the

[Note 1.] These towns were not named in the Massachusetts -grants, hut designated
merely by numbers. Acworth was No. 3; Lempster, No. 9; Washington, No. 8; Bradford, No. 2;
and Warner, No. 1. Contoocook, now Boscawen, on the Merrimack, was the only town in this
tier then dignified by a name. This township and its fort near the Merrimack should not
be confused with the present village and railroad station now called Contoocook for that is in
Hopkinton, and several miles distant from the township originally named Contoocook.

A BARRIER AGAINST THE INDIANS

311

Distressed Petitioners and Inhabi-
tants over the Line. It is proposed
yt one Scout (Note 2) Issue from
No. 4 on ye East Side of Connecti-
cut River to Scout Eastwardly to
the Northernmost Branches of the
Coontoocook River — Another to
proceed Eastwardly from ye Ashue-
lots to the Southernmost branches
of the Contoocook, these Designed
to Protect the Towns Below ye
Line between Merrimack and
Connecticut Rivers." (See Vol. 72,
No. 703, MSS. Military Records of
the Province of Massachusetts

1 his Petition and Proposal bore
fruit in certain "Votes About the
Defense of the Frontier." In one
of these which has been preserved,
passed on Sunday, October 13, 1744,

it was "Voted that in as

much as it may be necessary that
some marching Scout or Scouts be
employed in the Winter for a sea-
sonable discovery of the enemy that
may be approaching the said West-
ern Parts or other His Majesty's
subjects in that neighborhood that
are neglected in this time of danger,
and beg protection of this Govern-
ment, That Twelve men out of each
of the hve Snow Shooe Companies
in said Western Parts (Note 3)
amounting to Sixty in the whole, be
detached and sent out under a
Captain commissioned for that pur-
pose, to scout and range the Woods
for four months next coming ; Their
marches to be from Contoocook on
Merrimack River, and to extend
Westward in such a manner and by
such parties as the Captain-General
shall judge most for the protection
of said Frontiers" (See Acts & Re-
solves of the Province of Massa-
chusetts Bay Vol. 13, p. 395).

On June 19, 1745 the Massa-

The word 'scout' is here

chusetts Great and General Court
voted that twenty-five men be post-
ed at Number Four and fifteen at
Contoocook "to be constantly em-
ployed in Scouting and guarding
those Settlements that are North-
ward of the Line as lately run."
(See Idem p. 473). Later, and
down to 1757, numerous votes of
the Government of Massachusetts
provided for the enlistment, sub-
sistence and payment of men for
guarding and scouting from these
same places on the frontier of its
less opulent and perhaps less will-
ing neighbor on the north.

that New Hampshire contribut-
ed materially toward scouting west
of the Merrimack in the early years
of King George's War is shown by
an official report that between May
25, 1744 and Aug. 24, 1745 "there
lias been in his Majesty's Service
kept out on the West Side of Merri-
mack river men to the amount of
6046 Days" which would account
for thirteen or fourteen men if
kept out continuously between
those dates. (N. H. State Papers,
Vol. XVIII p. 224).

We find numerous votes of the
New Hampshire House of Repre-
sentatives during the war provid-
ing for men to be "kept out Schout-
ing on the West side of Merry-
mack River," and "from Merry-
mack to Connecticut Rivers." In a
leiter from Col. Joseph Blanchard
to Gov. Wentworth he reports hav-
ing sent a scouting party "to search
ye Branches of Contoocook river
(the most likely places to discover
if any of the Indian Scout has
tarrv'd)." (N. 11. State Papers,
Vol. VI, p. 311).

No reports or journals have been
found describing definitely the
routes scouted over. But is it

as commonly

the past, used to designate a

[Note 2.]
scouting party.

[Note 3.] The "Western Parts" were probably the forts and block-houses on the
Connecticut and in western Massachusetts. Except Fort Dummer there were none in the

territory now Vermont. Those along the coast of Maine and near New Hampshire's eastern
border were then commonly referred to as the "Eastern Parts."

312

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

strange that men coming in worn
and hungry from long marches
chose to eat and sleep rather than
to write a record of where they
had been? "Every one knew"
where they had been. How much
has been lost to history by this
same thought, "everyone knows"
and how little is retained, even for
the second and third generation,
that is not written down.

That an imperative necessity
existed for constant scouting be-
tween the forts at Number Four
and Contoocook is shown by the
petition to the Council made by
sixty-two inhabitants of Rumford
and Penacook on July 13, 1747, rep-
resenting "That such is our situa-
tion that as ye rivers Hudson &
Connecticut lie most exposed to
Incursions from Crovvn Point, so
ours is ye next, and the experience
of this whole war has Taught us
that whenever any Smart attack
has been made upon any of ye Set-
tlements on Connecticut River the
Enemy have never failed of send-
ing a considerable Number to visit
our River." (N. II. State Papers,
Vol. IX, p. 131).

The correctness of these repre-
sentations may be verified by ex-
amining' the number of instances in
which attacks on Number Four
were followed within a few days by
attacks in the vicinity of Rumford.
The easy and natural approach for
the Indians to "visit" that vicinity,
after attacking Number Four, was
by passing just south of Sunapee
Lake and over the hills through
Sutton and Warner or down the
valley of Warner River, that is,
over the same route which it is
believed was frequently traversed
by scouting" parties sent out from
Contoocook and Number Four.

Aware that they might encounter
such scouting parties the Indians
sometimes departed from this
route as they did with eight prison-

ers taken at llopkinton on April
22, 1746, a few days after an at-
tack on Number Four, when after
going eight or ten miles up Warner
River they diverged, going east and
north of Sunapee Lake. (History
of llopkinton, p. 30).

Among the men enlisted for
scouting in King Ceorge's War,
and with headquarters at Contoo-
cook, was the later renowned rang-
er, Robert Rogers. With Indian
tights frequent at Number Four and
things quiet, comparatively, at
Contoocook we may well believe
that Rogers marched over the trail
just south of Sunapee Lake, to
Number Four in some of his
scouting expeditions to the west-
ward.

it appears that towards the
end of King George's War the
Province of New Hampshire had
become greatly exasperated by the
continuance of Indian massacres
on its frontier, for on June 2, 1748
the House voted £250 "for each
Indian killed & scalp produced to
ye Governor & Council in Evidence
of his her being so killed". .. .and
£255 "for each Indian captivated
& bro't alive to ye Governor &
Council." Thus it appears that a
live Indian was valued at only two
per cent more than the scalp of a
dead one. (See N. II. State Papers,
Vol. V, p. 587).

A nominal peace was patched up
in Europe by the Treaty of Aix la
Chapelle in October 1748, but was
not known and proclaimed in
America until about six months
later.

With not infrequent attacks by
the Indians the tires of war smould-
ered for six years when the spark
that again set the world aflame
came tins time from America, tired
near a place called Great Meadows
in Western Pennsylvania, and at
the command of a handsome youth
of twenty-two named Washington.

A BARRIER AGAINST THE INDIANS

313

In the minds of thoughtful men
there could have been little ex-
pectation of a permanent peace
while an ambitious, Jesuitical, and
militaristic French government in
Canada claimed most of the conti-
nent west of a narrow fringe along
the Atlantic seaboard ; and in peace
or war spurred its Indian allies to
attack the English colonists settled
on that fringe. This early Ameri-
can conflict, like a much later one,
was irrepressible.

The state of mind of these
colonists is fairly comparable to
that of the people of France today.
As trie French have been repeatedly
subject to the unprovoked attacks
of their Teutonic neighbors on the
east, so the English colonists in
America had repeatedly, without
provocation, been attacked by the
French and their Indian allies on
the north. With the English it was
not a cpiestion of a barrier at the
St. Lawrence, which might corres-
pond to one at the Rhine, but of
doing a thorough enough job to
sweep their enemies off the Conti-
nent. (Note 4.) In this enterprise
the sparsely settled Province of New
Hampshire rendered efficient aid,
furnishing more men in proportion
to its inhabitants than any other
province. (See Potter's Militarv
History of N. H., p. 258). The in-
quiry herein made must, however,
be confined to the simple happen-
ings between the forts at Contoo-

[Note 4.] Of this vast continent of which the French once possessed by far the greater
part, it is almost pathetic to remember that they now hold only two small outlying islands,
St. Pierre and Miquelon.

The comparison between the situation of the allies in France, prior to unity of command
under Foch, and that of the English Colonists in America, in 1757, is strikngly parallelled by the
following quotation. It is from the article in the Universal Magazine of -May. 1757. accompany-
ing the map a part of which is reproduced herewith.

"We have a subtle, enterprising enemy to contend with; an enemy rapacious, martial,
and bloody; committing murders rather than waging war. Though the French colony does not,
perhaps, contain 30,000 men capable of bearing arms, yet these are all under the despotic
command and sole direction of their Governor-general; and experience teaches us, that, in
spite of our navy, they may be annually reinforced. The strength of our colonies, on the other

hand, is divided; and the concurrence of all necessary both for supplies of men and money

Military measures demand secrecy and dispatch; but. while the colonies remain divided, and
nothing can be transacted without their universal assent, it is impossible to maintain bhe
one, or proceed with the other. Without a general constitution for warlike operations, we
can neither plan nor execute. We have a common interest, and must have a Common Council,
one Head and one purse. The French service is not exposed to these embarrassments; and
hence they project without discovery, and we scarce collect their designs, till we are
attacked and defeated."

[Note 5.] See next page.

cook and Number Four.

That a fairly good trail existed
between these places at least as
early as the summer of 1754 may
be gathered from the fact that Cap-
tain Peter Powers, who in that year
went from Rumford to the Cowass
(Haverhill & Newbury) Intervales
via Baker's River, sent four of his
men who were disabled "by reason
of sprains in the ankles and weak-
ness "of body," sixty miles down the
Connecticut in a canoe to return to
Rumford from Charlestown, Num-
ber Four. (See Powers Coos Coun-
try, p. 25). The distance from the
latter place to Rumford was nearly
as far as direct from Cowass, but
by the direct route there was no
well-worn trail.

Late in July 1755 Col. Joseph
Blanchard Of Dunstable sent this
regiment of five hundred men from
the fort near the Merrimack, then
recently built at Bakerstown, now
within the limits of Franklin,
"directly to Charlestown," Number
Four, (Note 5) and thence via Fort
Dummer to Albany to join General
William Johnson's command. With
Blanchard's men as captain was
Robert Rogers, as lieutenant, John
Stark, both as yet unknown to
fame. Two months later a part of
these men rendered effective ser-
vice in turning defeat into victory
over Baron Dieskau at Lake
George. (N. H. State Papers, Vol.
XVIII, p. 432).

314

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

No report or diary has yet been
found describing the route itaken
by this regiment between Bakers-
town and Number Four, but a little
study of a contour map (Note 6)
leads to the confident belief that it
was just south of Sunapee Lake,
between it and the mountain of the
same name, and thence over the
hills of what are now Goshen, Unity
and Acworth, where thirteen or
fourteen years later the first road
from the Connecticut to the Merri-
mack was built across western New
Hampshire. (Note 7) This route is
substantially that indicated by the
dotted line.

Had Rlanchard's men gone by
the valley of the Contoocook River
they could much more easily have
continued southwest direct to Fort
Dummer, thus traversing" one side
of a nearly equilateral triangle in-
stead of two sides as they would
have done had they gone up the
valley of the Contoocook, then
northwest to Number Four, thence
down the Connecticut to Fort Dum-
mer. Such a route would be far
from marching "directly to Charles-

town" as they were ordered to do.
Even at the present day no east and
west road exists nearer than eleven
miles, as the crow flies, south of the
road which passes the southern
shore of Sunapee Lake, and no fair-
ly passable cross roads exist near-
er than eighteen miles to the south-
ward. The great bulk of Sunapee
and Lempster Mountains bar the
way. Excepting the road skirting
Sunapee Lake, Holland's Map pre-
pared in 1774, shows no continuous
road from the Merrimack to the
Connecticut between the valley of
Baker's River and Keene. Dur-
ing the "Seven Years War" several
other regiments marched across
western New Hampshire to Number
F'our, some of them doubtless by
this same trail.

A recital of the provisions made
and orders given for scouting over
this territory during the earlier
years of the "Seven Years War,"
which was the last of the French
and Indian Wars, would be merely
a repetition of such as have been
referred to in "King George's War."
As before, the settlers were alter-

[Note 5. J In a letter written by Col. Joseph Blanohard to Governor Wentworth, probably
from some place in the Merrimack valley, dated July 25, 1755, Col. Blanchard says of his
command : "On Monday morning they in two divisions, two companies at a time began the
march. Tuesday afternoc n the last t ot off with orders to march directly tt> Charleetown, and
from thence to Fort Dummer, where I intend to meet them the fore part of next week."
See N. H. State Papers, Vol. VI, p. 416.

Potters' Military History of N. H. pp. 143, 144, without mentioning the source of informa-
tion, says: 'Col. Blanchard's regiment was ordered by Gov. Wentworth to rendez-
vous at the fort in Stevcnstown. subsequently Salisbury and in that part
of the town next the Merrimack. now constituting a part of Franklin. This fort
had been 1 uilt [probably about 1 7 "■ ] as a defence against the Indians. and wae
afterwards known as the 'Salisbury Fort.' It was located on the well known farm of Daniel
Webster. [Holland's Map shows there the "Ruins of Salisbury F." ] So little was known at
that time of the geography of the country, that the 'Coos Meadows' on the Connecticut, above
Lancaster, were supposed to be en the direct route from the 'Salisbury Fort' to Crown Point.
Supposing that there was to be opportunity for the passage of the troops, some if , not most of
the way by water, by means of the Merrimack, Connecticut and other waters, the regiment in
rendezvous was kept busily at work building batteaux for the transportation of the
troops and stores, whilst Capt. Robert Rogers was sent forward to the 'Coos Meadows' with
his company to build a fort there, for the occupation of the regiment, and for resort in case
of disaster. Capt. Rogers executed his commission, and built a fort at the junction of the
Ammonoosuc with the Connecticut, on the south side of the former river. This was called
Fort Wentworth. [Holland's Map shows "Fort Wentworth" in Northumberland, south of the
mouth of the Upper Ammonoosuc] After Rogers return, and the regiment had spent some six
weeks in building batteaux that could not be used for want of water, Wentworth discovered
his error, and ordered the regiment to proceed across the Province to 'Number Four' and
then to Crown Point by way of Albany. The fort upon the Ammonoosuc should have been
called 'Fort lolly,' instead of Wentworth, as the fort, as well as the batteaux, never was
of any use."

[Note 6.1 See Contour Maps with Hitchcock's Geology of New Hampshire, and "New
Hampshire, Sunapee Quadrangle" of the I'. S. (leological Survey.

[Note 7.] An attempt will be made in a later paper to justify this statement and to trace
this first road, from Boscawen to Charltstown, Number Four.

A BARRIER AGAINST THE INDIANS

315

nately protected and abandoned,
the Indians quickly taking advan-
tage of the latter state of affairs.

Winter scouting parties in both
wars probably used the frozen
surface of Warner, Sugar and Con-
necticut Rivers, for the Sugar joins
the Connecticut only ten miles
above Number Four. We find in
the records numerous appropria-
tions for snow-shoes and "maugh-
gazins."

We may imagine the scouts
climbing the nearby hill-tops morn-
ing and evening to "view for
smoaks." stopping to replenish
their larder with fish at Sunapee
Lake, and, notwithstanding the
danger, occasionally yielding to the
temptation to take a shot at a deer,
making their camp in the thickest
of the pine and hemlock forests
where their own campfires would
be least likely to be detected by the
Indians. They may have had a
well established line of posts with
lookout places, shelters from the

blizzards and caches for supplies.
They knew their business thorough-
ly, these New Hampshire .scouts
and woodsmen, otherwise they
never would have been selected to
match their wits against the In-
dians, and to perform the arduous
and dangerous undertakings re-
quired of them by Robert Rogers
and John Stark in the last French
and Indian War. Many of them
doubtless had their first scouting
experience along this Indian trail
between the Merrimack and Con-
necticut Rivers, where we now ride
swiftly in motor cars, or read the
latest cable dispatches in our morn-
ing paper on the train.

it may be the "Barrier Against
the Indians" on this old map was to
mark a tier of nameless, uninhabit-
ed towns, but we believe the real
barrier lay in the presence of these
intrepid men who later did so much
to make North America an English
speaking continent actuated by An-
glo Saxon ideals.

CALM AT SEA

By Walter B. Wolfe

Storms with all their thunderous clangor

Can not move my heart
As the quiet of the ocean

Soothes its aching smart.

Only this, the silent ocean

Can awaken in my ears
That celestial beauty ringing

In the harmony of spheres.

And at night so dee]) its silence
So unmoved and calm its face

That the soul perceives the echo
Of its dreams in vibrant space.

As my heart with awe is silent
That which lips may never yield

Glorious secret of our being
In the ocean stands revealed.

THE STORY OF COLONEL THOMAS JOHNSON

Hv Frances Parkinson Keyes.

PART 1.

(The writing of this sketch would
have been absolutely impossible
without the information derived,
besides that obtained from family
papers from 'The History of Coos
County" by the Rev. Grant Powers
published in 1842. and from "The
History of Newbury Vermont," by
F. P. "Wells, published in 1Q02.
Wherever I have quoted either of
these histories word for word, I
have of course used quotation
marks. Rut I also wish to ac-
knowledge my general indebtedness
to them.

1 also wish to state what I have
tried to infer in the story — that
Thomas Johnson and Jacob Bay-
ley were by no means the only two
men who were 'responsible for the
settlement of Newbury, or for the
distinction which it attained dur-
ing, and immediately after, the
American Revolution. But the in-
troduction of too many names into
a comparatively short narrative
naturally causes confusion through
superfluity of detail, and I have
therefore avoided it as far as possi-
ble in this sketch, which is, of
course, largely personal in charac-
ter, and docs not for one moment
pretend, or aim, to give a complete
chronicle of all that Newbury as a
town, achieved in its early days.—
Author's note.)

In the fall of 1760 .four officers
who had served in Goff's regiment
during the French and Indian Wars
returned, after the surrender of
Montreal, to Massachusetts through
the Connecticut Valley. It was at
that time entirely unsettled, except
by Indians. But they were so im-
pressed by the beauty and fertility

of the country that before they
reached their old homes in New-
bury and Haverhill, Massachusetts,
they had determined to apply to
Governor Wentworth of New
Hampshire for charters to two
towns in Coos County, one. cm
either side of the Connecticut River,
which, after the custom of the
early settlers they proposed to name
for the villages from which they
came.

Two of these officers, Jacob Bay-
ley and John Hazen, had distin-
guished themselves in many ways
during the late war, and were con-
sequently highly regarded by the
Colonial Government; and there
were also personal reasons why
Governor Wentworth was glad to
oblige them, as both had important
family connections, and some
wealth. And consequently on May
18th ( also given as March 18th)
1763, the charters of "Newbury and
Haverhill in Coos Count) - "* was
granted to them and about seventy
associates, among them a young
man who, in the interval between
their discovery of the beautiful Ox-
bow Region — so called from the
form of the turns that the river
takes at that point — and the grant-
ing of the Charters, had gone with
them when they returned tempo-
rarily to draft their first rough plans
for settlement, and whose name
was Thomas Johnson.

Jacob Bayley was at this time
thirty-eight years old, a man of
wide experience and established
position, and Thomas Johnson was
barely twenty, having been born in

*After the division of Vermont from
New Hampshire, Ntwbury lay in the
former State, Haverhill in t lie latter; but
tin's was not, of course until after the
Revolution. The word Coos is pronounc-
ed in two syllables.

COL. THOMAS JOHNSON

317

Haverhill, Massachusetts, in 1742.
But from the earliest records that
we have of the founding of New-
bury, the two seem to have been
fast friends. The Johnsons, for a
long time, had been prominent in
Massachusetts. The first member
of the family, William, came from
England in 1634, and "was admitted
freeman of the Massachusetts Col-
ony" in that year.

John, the father of Thomas, held
several positions of importance in
Haverhill, Massachusetts, and later
became one of the first settlers of
Hampstead, New Hampshire.
There is a family tradition that
Prudence Noyes, the wife of Jacob
Bayley, whom he married when he
was only seventeen, was Thomas
Johnson's half-sister, and this, of
course, would easily account for the
intimacy between the two men ;
but there is no authentic record of
such a relationship. She was possi-
bly his cousin, and she was certain-
ly his neighbor, for the Noyes and
Johnson families had both lived in
Haverhill for generations. At all
events, Thomas entered with the
enthusiasm and energy that were
to last him all his life — and some-
times to get him into serious
trouble — into his friend's plans ; and
with the fondness for accurate de-
tail which was also to last, he
records that in the summer of 1762
they "cut ninety tons of excellent
hay on the meadow of the little ( )x-
bow." Through the winter of 1762
he lived in Haverhill, boarding, with
Captain Hazen, "in the family of
Uriah Morse;" but the following
spring he crossed the river, and es-
tablished himself near Jacob Bay-
ley, who, having meanwhile gone
back to Hampstead to collect his
family and household goods, leav-
ing Johnson "sitting on the lid" as
Roosevelt said of Taft, had now re-
turned to Newbury to remain.

Unlike most pioneers, Johnson

was not a poor man. The parental
blessing with which he started on
his career had consisted- of some-
thing more substantial than a few-
kind words, and his patrimony in-
creased in his own hands. There
is no detailed record of his life
during his first thirteen years in
Newbury, only brief references to
his steadily growing influence and
prosperity ; he became a merchant
and an innkeeper as well as a farm-
er. He Outgrew, in more senses
than one, the first rude shelter that
he had made for a home, and ac-
cordingly determined to build him-
self a suitable residence, and, when
it was finished, to open it with a
housewarming that should reflect
the hospitable spirit of its owner.
The house was built, and the house-
warming held. And, when the
festivities of the evening were at
their height, there came, up the
quiet valley, a rider in desperate
haste, bearing the news of the bat-
tle of Lexington and Concord.

Through Coos County lay the
direct route from Massachusetts to
Canada. Rumors of impending
trouble had, of course, before this
reached the peaceful place, commit-
tees of Safety and Correspondence
had been formed, and every man re-
quired to state his feeling on the
issues of the day. Hut it all seem-
ed, as trouble is so apt to do until
it is actually at our doors, so com-
fortably far away ! Now it stared
Coos County in the face, not only
on account of its strategic position,
but because of the number of In-
dians thereabouts, whose disposi-
tions towards treachery was well
known, and whose friendliness was
always doubtful. President Whee-
lock of Dartmouth College, at Han-
over, thirty miles south of New-
bury, sums up the perilous situa-
tion in which that part of the coun-
try found itself in a letter written
that spring to Governor Trumbull.

318

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

"Your honor well understands," he
says, "what a feeble and defenseless
state these frontier towns are in,
how near to the Canadians and
what an easy prey we may be to a
northern army of savages, etc., as
we are threatened with. We hear
of preparations making for an in-
vasion, and that some of the war-
riors among the Indians were in
high spirits to engage on the one
side or the other in the present
controversy ; and if they be not se-
cured in our interest, they will
likely join on the other side."

But Coos County was blessed in
the number of men among its set-
lers who had seen service in the
French and Indian Wars. John
Hazen had died, but Jacob Bayley,
though now past middle age, was
still alive. In June he was chosen
to attend the New York provincial
Congress, but felt that the alarm-
ing reports from Canada, and the
unprotected state of the valley,
made it unwise for him to go. He
accordingly wrote a letter to the
Congress, and despatched it by
Colonel Harvey of Barnet, explain-
ing his non attendance, and also
volunteering to raise a company of
between two and three hundred
men for the defense of the frontier;
and, a little later, he was appointed
brigadier-general of the militia in
all the river-valley towns. There
were forty or fifty other men in
Newbury and Haverhill who had
had experience in fighting, but most
of these, also, were no longer
young. And, accordingly, in May,
when a company of militia was
formed in Newbury, Thomas John-
son was chosen for its Captain, with
Simeon Stevens as Lieutenant, and
Joseph Chamberlain as "ensign."

This was the -beginning of a mili-
tary career surpassed — or equal-
led — in greatness only by that of
Jacob Bayley of all the men who
fought in the North Country.

There were only fifty-one men in
the little company, and they served
at first for periods of from six to
twenty days, acting as guards or
scouts, as necessity required. They
were supposed to receive two shil-
lings a day for their services, but
it was eleven years before they
were paid at all. In the company
were several Indians, secured for
it by Jacob Bayley — not the least of
the great things he did for New-
bury, since, as has already been
pointed out, their goodwill was ex-
tremely important to possess at
this time. He had always been
kind to these first inhabitants, and
had a good deal of influence with
them. And, on June 23, 1775, he
prepared the following statement,
which was addressed to the In-
dians of the North Country.

"Newbury, Coos, June 23, 1775.

The present war is between only
the King and a part of the Lords,
and America. The Lords -say all
Americans shall become slaves or
servants to them, shall plow no
more than they say, eat nor drink
nor war nor hunt only by their
leave, shall not kill deer, moose,
beaver, or any other thing but by
their consent. Americans say they
will, and that the King, by the
Lords advice, has sent Redcoats to
kill us, if we will not be subject to
what they say. And we have thirty
thousand men, with guns great and
small, to fight in our defense: we
only want to live as we have lived,
heretofore. We do not want to
fight if they will let us alone.

You are as much threatened as
we are, they want you to kill us,
and then they will kill you, if you
do not serve them. Dreadful wick-
ed men they be ; they do not think
there is any God that will punish
them bye and bye. If you have a
mind to join us, I will go with any
number you shall bring to our
army, and you shall each have a

COL. THOMAS JOHNSON

319

good coat, blanket, etc., and forty
shillings a month, let the time be
longer or shorter. If you will go
to Canada and gather what intelli-
gence you can, and bring it to me.
at any place you shall set, I will
meet you myself, and pay you well.
Further, if you are in any way of
aid to the regulars, you and all
those tribes shall have protection
here, as we will fight for you in
your own country if wanted; but
if you, or the French, or any other
Indians fight against us, we know
your country and will lie trouble-
some to vou. You know how we
could fight, last war. But I know
you will be friendly, and you may
depend upon us. We will pawn
all we have for the most strict ob-
servance of any agreement with
you. We are all now heathen, and
we will be so with you, and we
must all meet before God in a little
time.

Jacob Bayley."

This address, though it is not
known where it was delivered, or
how it reached all the persons to
whom it was intended to appeal,
had the desired effect. The In-
dians, perhaps the most greatly-
feared factor in the war in Coos
County, gave, after all. very little
trouble, and ''Old John," a notori-
ously cruel Indian who was much
dreaded, became one of the Colony's
staunchest friends. He received a
Captain's commission, organized a
company of Indians himself, and
marched with the Yankees against
Burgoyne. One of his sons, Pi-
Al-Soosup, however, fought, not in
his father's company, but in
Thomas Johnson's, and, in spite of
his ferocious upbringing, was badly
terrified during his first battle, at
Fort Independence. He had never
heard a cannon before, and the
roar from the fort, and on the lake,
frightened him so that he clung to

Johnson's side, almost stupefied.
At last, as there were no casualties
near hint, he became somewhat re-
assured. "Is this the way you al-
ways fight?" he asked timidly.
"Yes, yes," said Johnson impatient-
ly, "fire, fire !" The Indian fired,
and was at once not only reassur-
ed, but pleased. "I say," he ex-
claimed, "this is great fun!" and
fired again.

In 1776 General Washington's
increasing desire to find a shorter
route to Canada than, up to that
time, he had discovered, led him
to confer with Jacob Bayley, then
with the army before Boston, and
Bayley promptly recommended
Thomas Johnson as the man, in his
opinion, best fitted to undertake
such a task, and Johnson was
selected. "He was" — to quote the
"History of Newbury" — "to take
two or three men and an Indian
guide, and mark a road by blazed
trees to St. John, and wdien the first
troops reached that place he was to
return, and make report of the
time, and points of compass. He
took with him Frye Bayley, Abial
and Silas Chamberlain, and John
McLean. They left Newbury on
March 26th, 1776, the advance
guard following several hours be-
hind. Johnson's Journal says that
they 'lodged that night with the
last inhabitant' probably in Peach-
am. They marched on snowshoes,
the snow melting and the rivers
breaking up, and they had to wade
through the streams which they
reached. On Sunday the party
reached Mr. Metcalf's on the Missis-
quoi, whence Frye Bayley returned
to report progress. On Fri-
day they reached St. John's, about
one hundred miles from Newbury.
The expenses of the party amount-
ed to about twenty pounds, which
was paid in 1786 as appears in a
certificate in Montpelier. It was
found that troops could be sent by

320

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

Coos about ten days quicker than
by way of Lake Champlain, and
along the path which had thus been
marked out, several regiments
passed to Canada on snowshoes."

Thus was the short road to Can-
ada found — and used. Unpaid, un-
sheltered, fording half frozen
streams, tramping a hundred miles
through unexplored forests on

as aide to General Lincoln. After
the surrender, he was commission-
ed lieutenant colonel, and placed in
charge of one hundred prisoners.
He marched them back into the
country, where they would not be
exposed to a recapture, and where
also, — as he remarked with his
usual shrewdness — they "would not
diminish the rations of our men at

Thomas Johnson's House at Newbury, Vt.
Built by him in 1775.

snowshoes — this was the kind of
service that love of country, as
Thomas Johnson and his compani-
ions understood it, demanded — and
received.

In 1777 Captain Thomas John-
son marched, with an independent
company of men to Ticonderoga,
and acted, in the ensuing campaign,

the fort." When his duties in re-
gard to them had been thoroughly
discharged, he returned to his home
apparently expecting at least a
temporary respite from his activi-
ties. But he was promptly sent as
a delegate to the Cornish Conven-
tion, in 1778, and, after that, by far
the worst of his troubles were still

COL. THOMAS JOHNSON

321

ahead of him. A price had been
set, both upon his head, and upon
Bayley's by the British, and his ex-
treme prosperity, which had in-
creased all through the war, had
brought about, for the first time,
strained relations between himself
and General Jacob, who, on the con-
trary, had suffered reverses of for-
tune. The hardships of pioneering,
the dangers of warfare, had served
only to bring them more closely
together than their boyhood friend-
ship had done ; now the elegance in
which the younger man lived, raised
a barrier between them. A trifling
dispute between him and one of the
General's sons was magnified into
an actual quarrel. The breach
widened, and influenced others.
Johnson, almost over-night, found
himself surrounded by enemies in-
stead of friends.

Enemies are often made through
jealousy, and there seems to be no
question that most of the men of
the surrounding country were jeal-
ous of Thomas Johnson. He had
been promoted, very rapidly, above
nearly all of them in military rank ;
his house was the finest in . the
town — the first tall clock that was
brought to Newbury — a beautiful
timepiece with a shining brass
face — the first harpsichord, a libra-
ry of three hundred books — all
these treasures, which his neigh-
bors lacked, adorned it. He was
acquiring vast tracts of land.
Worse than all this, he had mar-
ried, in 1775, Abigail Carleton, the
rich, lovely, and aristocratic daugh-
ter of Dudley Carleton of West
Newbury. Abigail traced her
descent direct from Sir Godfrey de
Carleton, who went to England
with William the Conqueror, and
settled in Cumberland, where the
old manor house stands — and stands
in possession of the Carleton family
to this day ; and among her ances-
tors, besides various ladies of title,

was a Queen of England ! All this,
however, was distant, and might
possibly have been overlooked, if
she had not also been related, not
nearly so distantly, to Sir Guy
Carleton, the Governor-General of
Canada ! No more severe charge
could, in those days, be brought
against a man than the charge of
Toryism. None, in the face of
Johnson's service and character,
could seem, in his case more ridicu-
lous — more wicked — to us now.
But it began to be rumored about-
that he was in secret communica-
tion with Canada, and though, to do
him justice, General Bayley utterly
refused either to listen to, or to
countenance, these rumors, they
spread like wild-fire. And when, in
1781, Johnson went to Peacham,
where he had contracted to build
a gristmill, to take the mill-stones,
lodging meantime with Deacon
Jonathan Elkins, and, while there,
was captured and carried off to
Canada, it was reported that the en-
tire manoeuvre had been prearrang-
ed, and that he was only too glad
to fo\ Something' verv like a riot
took place in Newbury, for # it im-
mediately occurred to a number of
alarmists that Johnson's captors
were the advance guard of an in-
vading army, and the tidings were
spread in every possible direction,
as far south as Hanover. The first
officer to bring them to Newbury
was a Captain Webb, one of John-
son's worst-wishers. Abigail John-
son had taken advantage of her hus-
band's absence to visit her sister,
Mrs. Wallace ; and, with his men,
Webb took possession of the John-
son mansion, battering down the
doors when Ebenezer Whitaker,
the faithful "hired man" refused to
give up the keys to the invaders.
The cellar was, of course, well-
stocked with various kinds of
liquor, as was the cellar of every
well-to-do man of that period ; and

322

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

this excellent stock was in imminent
danger of being suddenly and un-
ceremoniously exhausted when
Captain Jeremiah Ilutchins arriv-
ed from Haverhill, with a company
of men, and peremptorily restored
order.

Thomas Johnson, meanwhile, was
on his way to Canada ; and his own
journal, which is fortunately pre-
served, tells clearly and well exact-
ly what was happening to him.
"That is the kind of thing" an ex-
ceptionally well-educated man said
to me not long ago when I showed
him the faded volume, "that I've al-
ways wanted to know and never
been able to find out — what they —
the Colonists — thought about
things themselves ! What time
they got up in the morning, and
what they had for dinner, and how
far they could travel in a day, and
all that sort of thing! Of course
I've studied history, but this isn't
history — this is life !" His point of
view was novel to me, but extreme-
ly interesting ; and so, thinking
that others may agree with him, I
am going to let Thomas Johnson
tell his own story of his capture :

"March 5, 1781. This morning
early, went over to Haverhill with
my teams for my mill-stones. Re-
turned before dinner, shod my
oxen, and set out for Peacham at
2 p. m. This night put up at Orr's
in Ryegate.

Tuesday, 6th. This day, being
thawy and bad going, I was oblig-
ed to leave one of mill-stones with-
in one mile of the place where we
lodged. This night arrived at
Peacham with the other mill-stone.
Lodged at Mr. Elkins.

Wednesday, 7th. This morning,
finding my oxen lame, I sent Mr.
Josiah Page with the oxen home.
Hired Jonathan Elkins, with his
oxen, and went back, and took the
other mill-stone, and reiturned to
Peacham. Should have returned

home myself this evening, but was
a little unwell.

Thursday, 8th. This morning,
about twelve or one o'clock, I
awakened out of my sleep, and
found the house beset with enemies.
Thought 1 would slip on my stock-
ings, jump out of the window, and
run. But before that, came in two
men with their guns pointed at me,
and challenged me for their prison-
er, but did not find myself the least
terrified. Soon found two of the
men old acquaintances of mine. I
saw some motions for tying me, but
I told them I submitted myself a
prisoner, and would offer no abuse.
Soon packed up and marched, but
never saw people so surprised as
the family was. When we came to
Mr. Davis', I found the party to
consist of eleven men, Capt. Prich-
ard commanding. Then marched
seven or eight miles, when day-
light began to appear. I found
Moses Elkins looked very pale. I
told the Captain he had better let
him go back, for he was drowned
( ?) when he was small, and that he
would not live through these woods.
He said he would try him further.
But on my pleading the pity it
would be to lose such a youngster,
he sent him back. We soon halted
for refreshment. To my great sur-
prise, I found John Gibson and Bar-
low of the party. Then marched
about four miles, and obtained leave
to write a letter and leave on a
tree, then marched. I was most
terribly tired and faint. Camped
down on the river Lamoille this
night.

Friday, 9th. This day marched
down the river Lamoille, about
twelve miles below the forks. One
of the finest countries of land that
ever I saw. Camped about eleven
o'clock at night.

Saturday, 10th. This day march-
ed to the lake. Underwent a great
deal by being faint and tired. The

COL. THOMAS JOHNSON

323

captain and men were very kind to
us. A stormy and uncomfortable
night.

Sunday, 11th. This morning- went
on to the lake ten miles, north of
the month of the river Lamoille ;
marched fifteen miles on the lake,
then crossed the Grand Isle ; march-
ed ten miles to Point au Fer. Din-
ner being on the table, I dined with
the Commandant of that fort, and
supped with him. Was well treat-
ed.

Monday, 12th. This day march-
ed to the Isle au Noix, went into the
fort, into a barrack, got a cooking
( ?) ; but the commandant ordered
the prisoners out of the fort to a
block-house ; but soon had sent to
me a good dinner, and a bottle of
wine. Then Capt. Sherwood called
on me to examine me. In the
evening, Capt. Sherwood and Capt.
Prichard waited on me to Mr.
Jones, where we drank a bottle of
wine. Captain Prichard and I
slept there.

Tuesday, 13th. This day march-
ed to St. John's. Col. St. Leger
took me to his house, and gave me
a shirt, gave me some refreshments,
which I much needed. Told me I
was to dine with him. Major Rog-
ers and Esq. Marsh and others din-
ed there. Then gave me my
parole, which I am told is the first
instance of a prisoner having his
parole in this fort without some
confinement. Lodged with Esq.
Marsh.

Wednesday, 14th. This morning
Esquire Marsh and I were invited
to Captain Sherwood's to dinner.
Then Captain Sherwood took
charge of me, and I lived with him.
To my great satisfaction, this even-
ing came Mr. Spardain to see me,
who was prisoner to me at Ti
(Ticonderoga). He said, on hear-
ing that I was a prisoner, he went
to the commandant to inform him
of the good treatment he and others

had from me while they were
prisoners to me. The Command-
ant sent him to my quarters to in-
form me that my good treatment
of them was much to my advan-
tage."

in this same journal is another
entry, which, though it has ab-
solutely no bearing on the rest of
his story, is so interesting, and at
the same time so distinctly Puri-
tanical, that I cannot help quoting
it.

'This day," he writes on June
14th of the same year, "there was a
Roman Catholic Procession. Their
walks, their shows (are) very ex-
traordinary. Their carrying Al-
mighty God about the streets is
something new to me. I think it
is a curse to the land, and a curse
to the king, to have such a miser-
able set of inhabitants as these
Canadians. They are the most ig-
norant, idle, superstitious and care-
less set of people that can be
thought of, spending half their time
in holidays and in going to mass.
The women wear riding hoods the
hottest weather."

On the whole, possibly thanks, in
part, to the treatment of "Mr. Spar-
dain" at. "Ti" — Johnson was very
well treated while he was in Can-
ada. At St. John's he was "allow-
ed his parole" — "not a parole to go
where he pleased, but a parole
known in the military profession,
which distinguishes between friends
and enemies ; it is a privilege grant-
ed to certain individuals every day,
and proclamation is made of it
every day by a certain officer."
From St. John he was taken to
Chamby and to Three Rivers, and
"at each place he would be interro-
gated by certain officers relative to
the views and feelings of the inhabi-
tants of the grants, and what he
thought of the prospects of the
Colonies. To all these and similar
inquiries he replied with as much

324

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

apparent indifference to the cause
oi America as he could show, never
relating to them an untruth, and
still reserving to himself whatever
he thought might be advantageous
to them, and detrimental to Ameri-
ca. And he had cause to congratu-
late himself for having adhered to
this uniform course ; for he found
out, after a while, that all his con-
versation with these different of-
ficers, at different places, was pen-
ned down and sent to the supreme
commandant, to be inspected by him
to see if his statements agreed.
He caught the reading of a note also,
which was sent from one in high
command to the young officer who
had the charge of him. The pur-
port of it was this — 'I take you to
he a person of too much sense and
intelligence to he imposed upon by
the prisoner.' The young man's
sense and intelligence were not
enough to restrain him from oc-
casional hard drinking, and at one
of these seasons, he left this note
exposed to Johnson's inspection.
These things taught Johnson that
after all their show of confidence
in him, they were still suspicious of
him ; and he thought, if they were
disposed to play Yankee .with him,
he would take a game with them at
that. He accordingly affected more
and more indifference to the cause
of the Colonies, until they began to

feel that if he was in other circum-
stances, he would render them es-
sential service. Accordingly, after
retaining him between seven and
right months, they told Johnson
that if he would give them informa-
tion of the movements of the Ameri-
cans, supply their scouts with pro-
vision if called upon, and return to
them when they were demanded,
he might return home upon his
parole. Johnson agreed to these
stipulations, and signed the follow-
ing agreement :*

'I Lieut. Col. Johnson, now
at Johns, do hereby pledge
my faith and word of honor
to his Excellency, Gen. Holdimand,
whose permission I have obtained
to go home, that 1 shall not do or
say anything contrary to his Majes-
ty's interest or government ; and
that whenever required to do so, I
shall repair to whatever place his
excellency or any other his Majes-
ty's commander-in-chief in America
shall judge expedient to order me,
until I be legally exchanged, and
such other person as shall be agreed
upon sent in my place.

Given under my hand at St.
John's, this fifth day of October,
one thousand seven hundred and
eighty-one.

Col. Thomas Johnson.' '
♦(History of Coos County)

(To be continued)

MEMORY

By Helen Adams Parker.

Though lone I dwell the long day through,
.And silently my tasks pursue,
Though empty is my cottage now
Of human love ; 1 have learned how
To fill my hours with what is past.
Both sad and glad, and hold it fast.
Ah! were it not for memory,
How many would lack company !

THE WHITE MOUNTAIN MYSTERY

By John Kimball Chase

(Concluded)

CHAPTER VII.
THE HIDDEN HAND

The diplomatic Sagamore was
again the first to break the awe-
some silence that ensued.

"The Great Spirit has announced
His will," he cried. "My white
brother is the Medicine Alan. The
Grand Council may retire."

A few minutes later, the Saga-
more and Washington stood in the
breezy shade of a large oak. They
were alone.

"The Great Spirit is good," said
the Sagamore, gravely. "The
black Medicine Man will trouble
me no more."

"I will explain this affair," laugh-
ed Washington. "It may be well
to conceal the facts from the rest
of the tribe.

"On the road to these mountains,
I stopped for two days with Dr.
Charles W. Marshall, in Concord.
He had been our family physician
until he moved to New Hampshire.
He is the best authority in this
country on diseases of the brain.
He has made the human mind the
study of his life.

"One day, when I entered his of-
fice, he was preparing a medicine
from some dried roots. He told me
these were called the insane root.

"In small doses, this root is the
best brain tonic. In large doses, it
may cause insanity, for a short
time If the smoke of the burning
root is inhaled, the effect is more
swift and powerful. The patient
thinks he is a dog and acts like a
dog.

"When you told me about the
queer smoke with your old Medi-
cine man, I suspected the negro had
put this drug in his rival's pipe.

When he proposed the same smoke
with me, I watched him closely.
This was easy, because he did not
suspect me.

"Inside of his tobacco pouch,
there is a small pocket, tilled with
this dried root, cut like tobacco.
He tilled his pipe and yours with
tobacco. He put the dried root in
my pipe and covered it with
tobacco.

"When we were ready to light
our pipes, I made my voice shout
from the thicket, lie dropped his
pipe and bounded into the bushes.
I changed the pipes. When he
came back, he smoked the pipe he
had prepared for me."

"I understand about the insane
root," said the Sagamore. "It was
a Saint Francis Indian who shouted
from the bushes."

"The voice said it was a Saint
Francis Indian." laughed Washing-
ton. "Your imagination did the
rest.

"We call it ventriloquism. It is
not an Indian gift. This explains
why it fooled the council so com-
pletely."

At this moment, a dog growled
fiercely and snapped viciously at
the Sagamore's heels, lie thought
the black Medicine Man had come
back. Forgetting all the stoical
training of a life time, he jumped
and screamed, like a nervous
woman.

Then his eyes bulged, his mouth
opened and his expression made
Washington laugh. No dog was
visible.

The acute mind of the Sagamore
comprehended the situation quick-
ly. In his usual stoical voice, he
said :

"My white brother is a heap big
Medicine. He will find the Evil

326

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

Spirit. The fearful cross will be
seen no more on the foreheads of

the dead."

After a period of thoughtful si-
lence, Washington said: "I can hesi-
tate no longer. The bone must be
removed from Smith's brain. I
will get Dr. Marshall.

"When I tore the wig from his
head, he ran toward the woods,
yelping liked a scared dog. When
he recovers from the drug, I think
he will go to the hut in the Flume.
Kindly look after him until I re-
turn."'

"The Great Spirit has touched
his mind," said the Sagamore. "He
is sacred. I will treat him as I
would like to be treated."

A few days later, Washington
returned with Dr. Marshall. They
found Smith at the hut. The sur-
geon examined his wound.

"Fine, hue," he exclaimed, with
professional enthusiasm. "This is
the greatest case of my life. He
must have a good nurse. I would
not lose this case now for the whole
world."

"We will take him to the Chase
farm," replied Washington. "Mary
will be the best nurse for him."

Never had the condition of this
unfortunate farmer seemed so piti-
ful and hopeless. Not a glimmer of
reason appeared in this darkened
mind.

Washington put his hand on
Smith's shoulder and said in a dis-
tinct voice: "Mary." After he had
repeated this word several times,
the poor imbecile, with a most pain-
ful effort, uttered his one word
"Mary."

The surgeon gave a start when
he heard this unnatural voice.

"Fine, hue," he exclaimed. "For
many years, I have searched for
this opportunity to study the
human mind."

Smith followed them to the Chase
farm. When every thing was
ready for the important operation,

the skilled surgeon moved his hands
in a peculiar manner quite close to
Smith's eyes. The 'patient passed
into a quiet sleep.

The surgeon performed the criti-
cal operation with the greatest,
care, assisted by Washington and
Mary. When it was completed he
exclaimed :

"Fine, tine. I have removed
every bit of bone from his brain.
Me will recover his reason perfect-
ly. I will let him sleep 48 hours.
This will give the wounds time to
granulate well."

Washington was absent during
the week for several days. He took
his dinner in a tin pail and appear-
ed to be at work. In the evenings,
he talked with Mary.

( )ne bright morning, Washington
met the good doctor, as he came
from Smith's room. There was a
broad grin on the doctor's cleanly
shaven face.

"How is Smith, this pleasant
morning?" asked Washington.

"Fine, finer than fine," laughed
the tall doctor. "I entered Smith's
room without knocking. He was
kissing Mary for all he was worth.
He told me very coolly that this
treatment was better than all my
medicine. 1 take this way to in-
form you of their engagement."

"This is an astonishing change
from the pitiful imbecile in the
lonely hut in the desolate Flume,"
laughed Washington. "But who
will comfort the disconsolate Mas-
ter of F*aradise Farm?"

"You had better put that question
to Alary," laughed the big doctor.
"By the way, you have not told me
how Mary escaped from Paradise."

"Will you take a little walk and
have a little talk, doctor? I may
not be so interesting as Mary, but
I think I will interest you before we
get back."

"I am at your service," answered
the doctor.

When they were in the woods,

THE WHITE MOUNTAIN MYSTERY

327

Washington said : "A bear carried
Mary into Paradise and a hear car-
ried Mary out of Paradise. She
had the time of her life with hears.

"As the Sagamore and I returned
from the hut in the Flume, after our
unsuccessful search for the mysteri-
ous Avenger, we met James Jones,
the gardener at Paradise farm. He
informed us that Mary Chase was at
this farm.

"He said the Master of this farm
was a good man, hut not quite
right in his mind. He thought we
had better get Mary and take her
home.

"He explained how Paradise farm
is situated. He asked its not to go
up the brook, as that might get him
into trouble.

"So the Sagamore and I took
sharp axes and cut a path through
the undergrowth of the forest. The
Sagamore worked like a lion. I
think he is in love with Mary.

"When we got through the woods
on the afternoon of the next day,
I put on a bear's skin. I thought
I could play bear as well as the
other fellow.

"I found Mary in the garden,
asleep among the flowers. When
I waked her up, she fainted, like a
girl.

"I carried her to the woods.
Then the Sagamore and I took
turns and carried her as fast as we
could toward the Chase farm.
When Mary recovered, she did not
appear to appreciate our strenuous
efforts.

"This is how a gfirl acts. A fellow
breaks himself all up to rescue her
from deadly danger. She calls
him a darned fool, slaps his face and
tries to go back, after mure danger.
Oh Lord, how can a fellow please
a girl ?"

"This question is the greatest
riddle of the age, for all genera-
tions," laughed the big doctor.
"Was it Solomon, the wisest of

men, who wrote: 'There are three
things, yea there are four, which
are past finding out ; the way of a
ship in the sea, the way of a serpent
on a rock ; the way of a man with
a maid, and the way of a girl with
a fellow.' "

There was a long silence. Sev-
eral times the doctor glanced curi-
ously at Washington. Finally, in a
quiet voice, he announced:

"My patient is now clothed and
in his right mind. He asserts that
he is William Plantagenet Windsor
and that he is the Duke of York."

Washington did not appear to be
greatly startled by this abrupt an-
nouncement. In a voice as calm as
the doctor's, he answered :

"If you have transformed the piti-
ful imbecile of the Flume into the
proud Duke of York, what have you
done with the unfortunate farmer,
Joseph C. Smith? You are work-
ing up to the worst mix-up on
record."

"The Duke of York has explained
this matter quite clearly," replied
the doctor. "He came to this
country with a large amount of
money to invest. He put these
funds in a safe place. Then he
visited the playmate of his child-
hood, Joseph C. Smith, the son of
the old gardener on his father's es-
tate.

"During the night, Indians at-
tacked Smith's farm house. One
of the first shots killed Smith. His
body burned with his farm build-
ings.

"Mr. Windsor. Mrs. Smith and
the children ran from the burning
house toward the forest. A red
warrior, with his tomahawk, struck
Windsor down."

"I have inquired about this af-
fair, through Mary," said Washing-
ton, with a twinkle in his keen
eves. "Windsor and Smith were
about the same age, size and com-
plexion. Smith was so contented

328

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

and happy with his family that he
seldom left his isolated farm. He
had no intimate acquaintances
among the widely separated set-
tlers.

"The excited settlers hurried to
the burning farm buildings in the
night. They found a man, wound-
ed and unconscious, in the door-
yard. They thought he was the
owner of the farm.

"They carried this unconscious
man to the Chase farm in the dark.
Uncle Johnathan was not acquaint-
ed with Smith.

"As soon as the man recovered,
he went to the lonely Flume to live.
He had no visitors, except the
Chase family and myself.

"I have known other cases of
mistaken identity that were more
remarl able than this one. I think,
the hidden hand of God has prepar-
ed the way. If we had not discov-
ered the true identity of the im-
becile, we never could have under-
stood the extraordinary matters
that I will soon show you."

By this time they had reached
the Flume. "What a wilderness of
desolation," exclaimed the doctor.
"1 do not understand why any per-
son should chose this hades for a
home.''

"I brought you here to explain
this point," laughed Washington.
"You will soon learn the strange
secret of the Flume."

They arrived at the strange habi-
tation in the heart of the desolate
Flume. This was a rude log cabin.
The back of this building was close
to the great cliff.

Washington led the way to the
back room, the bed room. He
took down the clothing that had
hung behind it.

He lifted a small has]) in a dim
corner. A log swung, easily into
the room, on two hinges. In the
same way, he pulled in several other
logs.

"1 never saw a door like this be-
fore," said the doctor.

"It is unique," replied Washing-
ton. "I will close it. You sec the
joints are so perfect you did nut
sec them, a few feet away."

"A tine job," said the doctor.
"lint why did he make this door so
carefully? It opens on the bare
rock of the great cliff."

Washington reopened the log
door. He pressed two slight pro-
jections of the rough rock. A stone
door, in the cliff, swung open easily.

The doctor rubbed his eyes and
slapped his legs. "Am I awake or
dreaming?" he exclaimed. 'This
beats the Arabian Nights, right
here, in old, commonplace New
Hampshire."

"Oh, this is easy to explain,"
laughed Washington. 'The Duke
of York is one of the best educated
men of this age. He learned all
the best universities could teach
him. Then he traveled three years.

"Under the old temples and
pyramids of Egypt, he saw stone
noors like this one. Me learned
how to make them.

"You see, the stone is balanced
so perfectly that it swings almost
as easily as a wood door on hinges.
When it is open, there are two en-
trances, one on each side.

"I have studied it carefully. I
am sure I could make one myself
and raise it into position, if I had
the right tools and levers. This
stone is only three inches above the
rock floor on the other side.
• "The very slight projections are
copper rods, with a stone top.
These control the ingenious
mechanism that fastiens 'the door
firmly, when closed. To unlock it,
press the lower one and then the
upper, reverse this to lock it.

"This stone dqor has been fitted
to the aperture so perfectly that you
did not see the joints, when I open-
ed the log door."

THE WHITE MOUNTAIN MYSTERY

329

"I think it is the only stone door
of its kind in this country," said the
doctor. "How did yon find it?"

"I believe that the hidden hand
of God guided me to this carefully
concealed door of stone," answered
Washing-ton, reverently. "The
sharp Sagamore and 1 searched this
cabin carefully. We found nothing.

"1 felt that 1 should find some-
thing, if I searched alone. I came
to this room. I soon found one of
the hasps to the log door. The rest
was easy.

"When 1 discovered the stone
door, I remembered what Uncle
Fairtiax had told me. He has been
in Egypt. He sai'd that in the
pyramids and under them, there are
treasure rooms and secret chambers,
these have hidden doors of stone,
controlled by two projections, at
the left side. To open these curious
doors the guide pressed the lower
projection and then the upper one.

"L found these projections and 1
opened the stone door."

"1 never heard of anything like
this before," said the doctor, who
had become greatly interested.
"What is beyond these wonderful
doors?"

"The mystery of the mountain,"
laughed Washington. "The work
shop and store house of the Evil
Spirit."

CHAPTER VIII.
THE MYSTERY OF THE MOUNTAIN

Washington and Dr. Marshall
went through the stone doorway
into a spacious cave, lighted by ir-
regular rifts in the rock top. These
rifts were behind the overhanging
and unclimbable clitt.

"Here is a forge," explained
Washington. "Here are machines
for working wood and. iron. Over
there are unfinished machines.

"I found one finished machine.
Its possibilities for killing people
were so fearful that I broke it up."

Washington lighted a torch and
led the way into another cave.

"'1 his is a store room for all sorts
of contrivances," he said. "I have
carried some of them out into the
main cave, where there is a better
light. We will now go back and
examine them.

Here is the prepared skin of a
large bear. You see, it is skillfull)'
padded, to protect the vital parts
of the wearer.

"At the middle of the body, the
skin is divided. The two parts are
united with buttons.

'" l he wearer could unbuttom this
skin in a moment. The two parts
would make the best thing to break
a trail I ever saw. He could con-
ceal his tracks on any place for any
distance.

"Here are long coats and hunting
shirts or frocks. They are made
double. In a moment any of them
can be turned into an entirely dif-
ferent garment, in color and general
appearance.

These garments are made in
pairs, one a size larger, so it can be
worn over the other. The wearer
can take them off and break his
trail for any distance.

"It makes me feel like a fool.
With all my training and experi-
ence as a scout, 1 never thought of
these simple ways of breaking a
trail."

"Such simple things are often
the most effective and the hardest
to think of," suggested the doctor.
"1 will soon tell you a more im-
portant reason for these inven-
tions."

"Here is a chain armor," con-
tinued Washington. "The small
links are tempered steel. It is
light and very flexible. Here is a
steel helmet.

"With this armor and the padded
bear or wolf skin the Evil Spirit
was well protected from any
weapon of the Indians.

330

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

"Here is a strong knife, with a
long, keen blade."

"What are those marks on the
handle?'' asked the doctor.

"They may he notches," replied
Washington.

The good doctor shuddered.
"The less we know about them,
the better," he said.

After a thoughtful silence, the
good doctor continued : "We will
sit down on these soft skins in this
cool place. It is now my turn to
talk.

"We have examined only a small
part of the wonderful inventions in
these two caves. We have seen
enough however to understand the
matter in a general way. Minor
matters may be considered later.

"It is now clear that the learned
Duke of York, the successful Mas-
ter of Paradise farm, the crafty
black Medicine Man of the White
Mountain Indians, the infamous
Evil Spirit and Avenger of these
mountains, the lone worker and in-
ventor in these hidden caves and
the pitiful imbecile in the log cabin
in the desolate Flume are all the
same man under different condi-
tions of his mind.

"I removed five pieces of bone
from Windsor's brain. These
pieces of bone had been broken from
his skull separated from it.

"This wound might heal in a
natural way. These pieces of bone
might cause irritation in his brain.
This might develop into inflamma-
tion and swelling. Then an abscess
might gather. When this abscess
discharged, the pus might work the
pieces of bone a very little nearer
to the surface.

"This natural operation might re-
lieve the wounded brain for a short
time. The swelling, inflammation
and irritation might cease. There
might be a period of rest for the
troubled brain, to gain strength for
another effort.

"This operation might be repeat-
ed until the pieces of bone were
worked out through the opening in
the scalp that had been prepared by
the repeated discharges of pus.
These natural operations might re-
cpiire years to do what I did in a
few minutes.

"With no connected information
about the life of Windsor since he
was struck down by the red war-
rior, I must base my diagnosis
largely upon what I have learned
from a careful examination of his
wound, upon my experience in
similar cases and upon what I have
learned in these caves and from
other sources.' I may not be quite
right on some of my points. No
two cases or minds are exactly
alike. I will give you the best in-
formation I have about the most
remarkable case I have ever known.

"During the best stage of his
wounded brain, when his mind was
almost normal, WTndsor was Mas-
ter of Paradise, a successful farm-
er, a wonderful inventor, a kind,
good man. Still there was an in-
i escribable something about his
conduct that made his companions,
Mr. and Mrs. Jones, think he was
not quite right in his mind. I
think this abnormal mind prevented
his return to England. I believe
and hope that m these periods in
Paradise were longer than any of
the other periods.

"When the pieces of bone irritat-
ed his brain and his brain became
more deranged, Windsor was the
black Medicine Man of the Pe-
quakets. His gifted and educated
mind made him the master of the
Indians."

"When inflammation and swelling
increased the pressure on his brain,
Windsor became the Evil Spirit and
the Avenger. I think the avenger
was the Evil Spirit, with turnable
garments, instead of a bear's skin.

"During the worst part of this

THE WHITE MOUNTAIN MYSTERY

331

period of inflammation and swelling,
he changed into the lone worker
and wonderful inventor in the hid-
den cave.

"When the abscess almost paraly-
zed his brain, Windsor became tlie
imbecile in the log cabin. He was
almost without reason. He had
very limited powers of motion and
speech.

"When the abscess discharged,
Windsor became the cave worker
again. As his brain improved, he
climbed slowly up through the
other three stages back to Paradise.

"You may now understand why
Windsor's diseased mind gave the
peculiar name of Paradise to his
fair, fruitful farm, on which he
passed the most pleasant periods of
his strange, abnormal life."

"1 want to ask a few questions,"
said Washington. "First, can the
Duke of York finish his inven-
tions?"

"No and yes," replied the learn-
ed doctor. "When the mind is
normal, the objective mind and the
subjective mind balance each other.
The normal mind may well be call-
ed the balanced mind.

"The injury to the Dnke of York's
brain weakened his objective mind.
This gave his subjective mind the
controlling power."

"The subjective mind is the
source of all inventions. It may
well be called the inventive mind.

"During the period of the cave
worker, when his objective mind
was almost paralyzed by the great
pressure on his brain. Windsor's
subjective mind, thus freed, would
have an almost unprecedented
capacity for inventions. He might
invent more in a few months than
a normal mind could invent in many
years. 1 1 is machines for killing
people may be a century in advance
of our time."

"This encourages me to tell you
what I have kept to myself," inter-

rupted Washington. "I think, the
finished machine was designed to
move through the air and to drop
explosives upon Indian forces and
villages."

"You did right, when you des-
troyed it," said the doctor. "The
less the world knows obout such
machines the better.

"I can now answer your question
more clearly. In my' opinion, the
normal mind of the Duke of York
cannot finish these machines in this
cave. If you should guide him in-
to this cave, he would not know
that he had ever been here. His
normal mind would neither recog-
nize nor understand the machines
that his abnormal mind has invent-
ed and constructed.

"On the other hand, the Master
of Paradise farm made his inven-
tions when his mind was almost
normal. These inventions are very
different. They are improvements
in farm tools and machines, im-
provements in grinding and sifting
grains and improvements in house
furnishings."

"The Duke of York can finish
those inventions. But they may
not interest him now:"

"Can the Duke of York remem-
ber what has happened since his
injury?" asked Washington.

"His mental condition was anal-
ogous to sleep," answered the doc-
tor. "When you sleep, your ob-
jective mind sleeps too. Then
your subjective mind, which never
sleeps, has full control. The sub-
jective mind is the source of all
dreams. It may be clearer to say
that dreams are one of the many
inventions of the subjective mind.

"During sleep, dreams are con-
tinuous. We are only conscious of
those dreams that occur during the
intermediate period between sleep-
ing and waking. We only remem-
ber clearly those dreams that occur
at the moment of waking.

332

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

"I furing' the periods <>l the im-
becile and Hit' cave worker, Wind-
sor's objective mind was almost
paralyzed or asleep, lie can have
no memory of what happened dur-
ing that time.

"He can have no connected mem-
ory of what happened during the
periods of the Evil Spirit and of the
Medicine Alan.

"By the way, during these peri-
ods, Windsor's subjective mind in-
vented the strangest, strongest plot
I have ever known. As the Medi-
cine Man, he taught the Indians to
fear the Evil Spirit, increased their
superstitious terror and prevented
any united effort to destroy this
scourge of the tribes. As the Evil
Spirit, he killed the red warriors
and cut his fearful cross on their
foreheads. As the Cave Worker, he
invented fearful machines to kill a
great many Indians at one time."

"In a short time, this abnormal
man might have exterminated the
Indians who had wronged him. I
believe, as you do, that the hidden
hand of God is guiding this strange
affair to a most satisfactory con-
clusion.

"In my opinion, Windsor will re-
member his pleasant life on his
mountain farm. To his normal
mind, those memories will not be
quite so real as his other memories
of his home in England. lie will
go home.

"Did the Imbecile change to the
Avenger in the glen?'' was Wash-
ington's final question.

"As an analogous case, a clot of
blood in his brain may change a
strong, vigorous man to a helpless,
speechless paralytic in an instant,"
replied the doctor. "If this clot
could be removed, he might be re-
stored in an instant. So, if the ef-
fects of the bones in the imbecile's
brain were alleviated, he might be
transformed in an instant. His
swiftest change woidd naturally

follow the discharge of the abscess.

"In the natural course, his other
changes would be slower, in accord
with the conditions of his mind.
But any powerful emotion, especial-
ly love, might excite his unbalanced
mind to unusual conditions. You
know, a powerful emotion may ex-
cite a normal mind to insanity.

"1 think, the man who came from
the glen was the cave worker. He
naturally resumed his work, as
though he had awarkened from
sleep.

"1 will now consider my most
important point. The subjective
mind has other powers that we are
beginning to develop and to par-
tially understand.

"'Jdie subjective mind has domin-
ion over all other creatures. By its
] tower, some persons handle deadly
snakes. A girl, with her objective
mind locked by artificial sleep, was
recently sent into a collection of
ferocious, wild beasts. She went
among them without fear and they
obeyed her.

'ddie subjective mind may cure
disease. You saw me put Windsor
to sleep, so he felt no pain when I
cut his head open. He obeyed me.
The subjective mind may transfer
thoughts to another mind at any
distance. It may discover what
happens at any distance. It may
produce a visible form, resembling
any person, send it to any place
and endow it, in a limited way, with
motion and speech. This has been
done by several persons. It is done
by concentrating the mind on this
desire for a sufficient time.

"At the moment of death, when
the objective mind is weakest and
the subjective strongest, a power-
ful desire to accomplish a certain
purpose may cause the subjective
mind to produce an apparition that
will try, for a limited time, to ac-
complish the desired purpose. The
best authorities maintain that the

THE WHITE MOUNTAIN MYSTERY

333

subjective mind may call back an-
other subjective mind to the body,
which it has just left, and thus re-
store life to the dead. So far as I
know, this has not yet been done,
except by the perfect subjective
mind of Christ. 'What I have done
you can do,' is Christ's message to
the world.

"I will go no further into this
interesting subject. I have told
you this so you may understand my
final point more clearly.

"The Evil Spirit, with his objec-
tive mind dormant and his subjec-
tive in control, may have possessed
some of the supernatural powers
that the superstitious Indians at-
tributed to him. When Windsor
in the disguise of a negro, told the
old Sagamore that he had been
given power over other men, he
may have told the truth. How
true are these words from the Bible,
'We are fearfullv and wonderfully

ma-'e.'

"I now understand the situation
and know what to do," said Wash-
ington. "To prevent the horrors
of an Indian war, we will destroy
the bear skin, wolf skin, turnable
garments, knife and all other things
that connect the Evil Spirit with a
white man. We will now carry
them into the cabin."

When this had been done, the
doctor inquired: "Wmat shall we do
about the cave and its other con-
tents?"

"We will leave it to Higher
Power," answered Washington.
We will close the stone door. The
log cabin will burn with great heat.
Ibis may close the door permanent-
ly or open it."

They waited until the log cabin
had burned. "The door is closed,"
said the doctor.

"Who will reopen it?" laughed
Washington.

Then they turned and strode
swiftly out of this story.

William Plantagenet Windsor
and Mary Sarah Chase were mar-
ried by Rev. Theodore Hooker from
Concord. The record of this mar-
iage may be found in the capital
city.

The Duke and Duchess of York
arrived in England a short time
after the death of his father.

The Duchess of York was well
received, on account of her long
lineage. When William, the Con-
querer, prepared to invade England,
he was joined by Edmund La
Chassee, a younger son of the Duke
of Brittany. William welcomed
this powerful ally and soon learned
to esteem him for his good qualities.
After the Conquest, W r illiam gave
La Chassee a title and estate. He
changed his family name to its
English translation, Chase. The
Chase coat of arms is one of the
oldest.

When spring came, Mary yearn-
ed for the pleasant home among
New Hampshire's matchless moun-
tains. It was easy to persuade
her husband to go back to Paradise.
They passed many pleasant sum-
mers at the fair farm on the moun-
tain top. "And it came to pass
that after many days" the merry
voices of happy children were heard
in the beautiful gardens of Para-
dise.

The writer was born among these
White Mountains. W T hen my sight
was failing, I returned to the
scenes of my childhood. How
many times, I have sat under the
old oak by the refreshing spring and
thought about the strange history
of this forsaken, family farm on the
mountain top. In this narrative "I
have extenuated naught and set
down naught in malice." I have
only changed a few family names.

The End.

NEW HAMPSHIRE'S MOST FRIENDLY TREES

By Rev. Roland IK Sawyer

No. 6.
The Chestnuts

The Chestnut Tree speaks of
leisure and quiet, and is hence the
typical tree for the languid month
of August. Where can one find so
delightful a spot as beneath the
thick shade of a chestnut on a hot
and dry August day? I know of
no tree more beautiful than a chest-
nut tree, if it grow out by itself
and develop into the fine cone-like
mountain of thick foliage. The
horse chestnut grows in the same
way ; a beautiful cone like a well
made stack of hay, with the most
thick foliage. The horse-chestnut
has the more beautiful flower, but
its foliage is more heavy and less
graceful than the regular chestnut.

The leaf of the chestnut is large
and richly green, which crown its
fine shape and splendidly arching
branches with a beauty unequalled.

The flowers of the chestnut be-
come full of a delicate odor the
early days of July and last till the
middle of the month, and they
possess an odor that mosquitoes do
not like, and the ground beneath
a chestnut is a fine place to camp,
as the mosquitoes keep away.

I think the coloring of the chest-
nut is the purest green of any of
the trees, they cluster in stars and
have long tapering and graceful
shapes. The chestnut is the one
tree, where growing out alone on a

plain, the diameter will . equal its
height. Grown in closely filled
clumps the chestnut grows like the
oak, tall, straight and powerful,
and makes a grove of rare dignity
in an old growth.

The Greek and Roman poets
speak with deep feeling of the
chestnut, and when we spend an
hour beneath its branches we may
know we are enjoying what the
great classical souls enjoyed 2,000
years ago. And as one sits beneath
these noble branches he looks aloft
and sees forming the most delicious
morsel that nature shapes up for
the tooth of man — there hung high
aloft is the chestnut. And nature
carefully guards that morsel ; wrap-
ped in a silken wrapper, enclosed in
a leathery jacket and packed in a
prickly pulp case, it is safely pro-
tected from insects and vermin till
ripened. Carefully has nature lock-
ed that morsel in its mass of por-
cupine spines.

And while lying here take one of
the chestnut leaves and compare it
with a beech leaf or any other.
Where can you find such a shape,
and such grace of the parallel veins,
sweeping with gracefulness in exact
parallels. Nature put lots of work
into making a chestnut tree, and
slow indeed must be the soul of a
man to respond to the work of
Nature, if he does not enjoy to the
full this fine tree.

THE BROWN TRAIL'S CREED

By Mary Elisabeth Smith.

Beyond the valley the trail began, through meadows

made its way,
But stopped at times by a gurgling brook and hid as if

in play.
Tho loth to leave, yet it started on — then twisted,

turned a will.
Only to face about at last and zigzag up the hill.

Upon the hillside, huge, sombre pines let pungent

branches down.
To kiss the face of the tiny trail, and veil with needles

brown.
They rocked and swayed to a rhythmic tune, their arms

reached far and wide.
But the trail slipped from them and hied away, up the

mountain's ragged side.

The east wind roared, danced about in glee and flitted

on before,
While lire-flies flashed their brightest light above a

small tent door.
The brown trail paused by the smould'ring fire a stricken

soul to greet ;
He had crept away like a wounded stag into this wild

retreat.

The trail caressed as a mother will, and healed the

bruised heart,
Then sent him back to the world of men, to work and

do his part.
The trail of life — no eye can see — nor the goal ; where

does it lead ?
And since we can not retrace our steps, let us follow

brown trail's creed.

EDITORIAL

At this writing, the chief impres-
sion which the present presidential
campaign makes upon the average
citizen is one of indefiniteness. In
this section of the country, at least,
Senator Harding and Governor
Lux mean nothing to the popular
mind but names of two men from
Ohio. Neither is identified with
any great question, any strong
position, any notable achievement.
Each is the editor of a country
daily ; and each, contrary to the
usual rule in regard to newspaper
men in politics, has been financial-
ly and politically successful.
Neither would have been consider-
ed a presidential possibility had he
resided elsewhere than in Ohio.
Each is the head of a kangaroo tick-
et.

If the presidential candidates of
the two parties make only a nega-
tive impression on the mind of the
average voter, their platforms make
no impressions at all. The Repub-
licans at Chicago tried to assemble
a document which should mean
everything and nothing. To an al-
most unprecedented .degree, they
succeeded. With this remarkable
production as a model, the Demo-
crats at San Francisco tried to out-
dodge this triumph of dodging; —
and it is not for us to say that they
failed.

Is there then in this dense fog
above the political swamp nothing
upon which one can stand with
comfortable security while marking
a cross at the head of his ticket? If
there is, we fail to find it. The
way out is not through a third
party. The time is not ripe for it
and if it were, there is no leader
in sight.

And yet there are among the
leaders of both parties plenty of
men whose ability, courage and
honesty we all recognize and in
whom we have confidence. Why

not realize upon these assets? Why
not use their names to create in
some of us more enthusiasm for
party success than we now feel?
And, taking a higher plane, why
not put them to work for the nation
at a time when they are sorely
needed ?

To be explicit, if Senator Hard-
ing should announce that, in the
event of his election as president,
he would invite Elihu Root to be
his secretary of state ; Herbert
Hoover to be his secretary of com-
merce or labor, and John W. Weeks
to be his secretary of the treasury
or the navy ; and so on with men of
equal standing for the various cabi-
net posts, it would give some of us
a greater feeling of security than we
now feel as to the welfare of the
nation following his election.

We write from the standpoint of
a Republican by inheritance, belief
and practice ; but it seems to us
that we should say the same things
as to Governor Cox if our party
label were Democratic.

In the early years of our history
as a nation really great men were
in the majority among cabinet
members. No one will claim that
such has been the case during the
present century. But if that cus-
tom were restored ; if our best men
were secured for cabinet portfolios ;
if they were given opportunity as
well as responsibility ; if they were
treated as associates and advisers
of the Chief Executive, rather than
as his errand boys and clerks ; if
they were interposed as a buffer be-
tween executive and legislative
jealousies; we have faith to believe
that our government affairs could
be carried on with greater economy,
efficiency and dignity, and that
some of us would have more rea-
son to be proud of and satisfied
with our party affiliation.

BOOKS OF NEW HAMPSHIRE INTEREST

Americans by Adoption. By
Joseph Husband. Illustrated.
Pp. 153. Cloth, $1.50. Boston:
The Atlantic Monthly Press.

"Americans by Adoption" is a
good book. We wish it might be
used as a textbook in every public
school in the land. It is well writ-
ten and interesting. It shows that
the United States is and always has
been the land of opportunity. It
gives in brief the lives of nine great
men and shows their relation to
their times. It shows that environ-
ment may handicap or help success,
but cannot prevent it. And. final-
ly, it shows that success is not
merely the making of money ; not
at all the making of money, unless
that money be used for the benefit
of mankind.

The nine men to whom a chapter
each is given are Stephen Girard,
son of a merchant of Bordeaux, who
saved the credit of the nation and
gave one of the great fortunes of his
time to charity ; John Ericsson, son
of a Swedish iron miner, whose
Monitor saved the day for the
North against the South ; Louis
Agassiz, son of a Swiss clergyman,
who gave Americans their first and
best lessons in the book of nature ;
Carl Schurz, son of a German
schoolmaster, who raised the plane
of our politics and journalism ;
Theodore Thomas, son of the Stad-
tpfeifer or town musician of Essen,
Germany, who did more than any
other man to make good music
popular in this country; Andrew
Carnegie, son of a Scotch weaver,
who perfected the American steel
industry and gave $350,000,000 of
its profits to education and other
worthy causes ; James J. Hill, born
in a log cabin on a Canadian farm,

who built the empire of the North-
west ; Augustus Saint-Gaudens,
born of a French father and an Irish
mother in a Dublin cobbler's shop,
who made the noblest and truest of
American sculptures; and Jacob A.
Riis, one of the 14 children of a
Danish schoolmaster, who let the
first light of day into darkest New
York.

President William Allan Neilson
of Smith College, himself a native
of Scotland, contributes a worthy
word of introduction to the volume,
which, he says, should have been
called "Americans by Choice," be-
cause "we who have of our own ac-
cord left the old world and taken
up citizenship in the new know that
we have chosen her, not she us."

"Americans by Adoption" or
"Americans by Choice" is a book of
Xew Hampshire interest because
Theodore Thomas and Augustus
Saint-Gaudens spent much of their
last years among us, at Bethlehem
and at Cornish, where their memo-
ries are still revered, and their
homes and haunts are preserved by
their widows.

"In 1885 Saint-Gaudens moved
from the city (New York)", says
his biographer, "and established his
family in an old Colonial house at

Cornish, New Hampshire

Here was open country, a land of
green hills and blue sky, a place
where the man to whom beauty was
a living thing might find widening
inspiration." There he did much
of his best work, there "in the quiet
peace of the New Hampshire hills
his spirit passed," on the third of
August, 1907, and there his studio
remains, a museum of his art,
which should become a shrine for
artists from the four corners of the
earth.

338 THE GRANITE MONTHLY

"Americans by Adoption" is of volume is printed for its publishers,
further New Hampshire interest like their other attractive books, by
because the handsome, well-made the Rumford Press of Concord.

THE DAY

By Frances Mary Pray.

Morning in the garden, the flowers all unfolding.
Sunlight gleams reflected from the gleaming drops of

dew,
Clearest bird songs filling all the leaf-hid boughs and

tree tops,
Joy of work awaiting, and the day yet fresh and new.

Noontime on the high road, the dusty flowers drooping.

Twisting, writhing heat waves rising in the blind-
ing glare,

Shrill cicada clamor breaking in upon the silence,

Dragging feet plod onward, head bent low, heart full
of care.

Evening from the hilltop, the West all wondrous sunset,
Purple mist veils floating thru the valley far below,
Clear and sweet the calling of the thrush from woodland

dimness,
Rest and peace and quiet in the golden after glow.

NEW HAMPSHIRE NECROLOGY

BENJAMIN' F. HANSON.

Former Mayor Benjamin Frank Han-
son of Somersworth died suddenly at his
home in that city, June 24. He was born
in Somersworth, December 12, 1848, the
son of Benjamin F. and Mary E. (Lib-
bey ) Hanson ; and was educated at the
Sanford, Me., public schools and the
Lebanon, Me., Academy. During most of
his life be was engaged in the livery
business in Somersworth and was one of
the most expert horsemen in the state.
A Democrat in politics, he was promi-
nent in public affairs, serving in the Legis-
lature, as commissioner of Strafford
county, as city treasurer, as mayor of
Somersworth five terms, as judge of the

in New York City, where he has served
as assistant district attorney and is now
connected with the United States Customs
service.

The late Benjamin F. Hanson.

Somersworth district court, and as chair-
man of the board of cemetery trustees.
He was a director of the Somersworth
National Bank and president of the Han-
son Family Association. Mr. Hanson was
a Mason of lodge, chapter, and com-
mandery. and a Patron of Husbandry,
having been master of his local and Po-
mona granges and a district and Pomona
deputy of the State Grange. He attend-
ed the Baptist church. Mr. Hanson mar-
ried October 25, 1866. Fannie T. Thomp-
son of Shapleigh. Me. Their one son,
Bert, a graduate of Phillips Exeter, Yale
and the Cornell Law School, is a lawyer

DR. I. A. LOVELAND.

Israel Albert Loveland. M.D., was born
in Gilsum, November 3. 1850, the son of
Israel B. and Sarah (Thompson) Love-
land, and died at his home in Keene, July
5. He was educated at Marlow Academy
and at the Dartmouth Medical College
from which he graduated in 1874. After
practicing medicine for 35 years in West-
. moreland and Gilsum he removed to
Keene in 1909 and engaged in the real
estate and insurance business. He was
a member of county, state and national
medical societies and a contributor to
medical journals, his specialty being nerv-
ous diseases and drug habits. While at

The late Dr. I. A. Loveland.

Westmoreland he was physician to the
county institutions and superintendent of
schools ; and at Gilsum he was post-
master and executive officer of the board
of health. He was a Republican in poli-
tics; a member of the Masonic order and
Patrons of Husbandry, and of the official
board of Grace Methodist church, Keene.
He also held several offices of trust in
connection with his business relations.

340

THK GRANITE MONTHLY

Dr. Loveland married, first, October 21,
1875, Lucy Mahala, daughter of General
Daniel W. Bill, and, after her death, Miss
Mary Elizabeth Gunn, who survives him,
with two daughters by his first marriage,
Fannie, wife of D. W. Felch of Brattle-
boro, Vt., and Ada, wife of Prof. W.
Bridge Jones of Ashland, Wisconsin

HENRY L. BARNARD.

Henry L. Barnard of Troy, well known
resident of Cheshire county, passed away
\ ery suddenly July 5. Born in Marlboro,
January 23, 1861, the third son of Calvin
and Mary Perkins Barnard, he came to
Troy while young and there was prepared
in the public schools for New Hampshire
College at Hanover, when he graduated in
the class of 1881. After finishing his col-
lege course he located in Troy, working
as clerk in a general store, which he later
bought and conducted until his death.
He was a valued member of the Congre-
gational church and had served as trustee,
deacon and Sunday School superintendent

for many years. He was prominent in
Masonic and Odd Fellow circles, having
served as District Deputy Grand Lecturer
in the Masonic order and was a Past
District Deputy of the Odd Fellows. He
was also a member of Hugh de Payens
Commandery, Knights Templar of Keene.
In politics he was a staunch Republican.
He had served as member of the School
Board of the town and was moderator at
the time of his decease. For many years
he was one of the trustees of the Public
Library, clerk of the Board of Water Com-
missioners, and one of the executive com-
mittee of the County Y. M. C. A. A man
who filled every position of trust with
marked ability, thus winning for himself
a high place among the citizens of his town,
always ready to take an active part in all
matters pertaining to the public welfare,
never shirking a duty and never turning a
deaf ear or a closed palm to any worthy
object, he will be greatly missed in his
home, in the church, and in all the various
activities of Troy. June 24th, 1903, Mr.
Barnard married Miss Luetta M. King of
Keene, who survives him, together with
two brothers and three sisters.

BUTTERFLY

By Albert Annett.

Loiterer in the Sun's highway !
Vagrant of a summer day !
Staggering from feast to feast,
Never doubting in the least
All the world was made for you—
Your own law and gospel too —
Sun-drop! blossom of the air!
Do you remember, floating there,
The worm and darksome chrysalis
From which you rose to joy like this?

The late Benjamin A. Kimball.

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

Vol. LII.

SEPTEMBER, 1920

No. 9

BENJAMIN A. KIMBALL

B\ H. C. Pearson.

When Benjamin Ames Kimball
passed away, at his summer home
in Gilford, in the morning of Mon-
day, July 25, 1920, the city of Con-
cord and the state of New Hamp-
shire lost their first citizen. In a
few weeks he would have complet-
ed eighty-seven years of a life as
distinguished for its usefulness and
honor as for the long period of its
active accomplishment, extending
to the very end.

The tributes to Mr. Kimball's
memory, which followed his death,
came from all classes of people ;
from those to whom he was, first,
the loyal and helpful friend ; from
the representatives of religious,
educational and philanthropic in-
stitutions, in whose direction and
support he had been a tower of
strength ; from his associates in the
various lines of business in which
he had been so successful ; and from
those who appreciated fully the
great value of his public service,
both as a railroad executive and as
an agent of the commonwealth.

Said General Frank S. Streeter in
a newspaper interview: "It is no
exaggeration to say that Concord
owes more to 'Ben' Kimball than
to any other single citizen in its

entire history His great

public service entitles him to an
enduring monument in the affec-
tion and memory of his fellow citi-
zens."

Similar apprecation was voiced in
the editorial columns of the state's
leading newspapers and was evi-
denced by the distinction of those

who came from all parts of the
state and from Boston and New
York to attend the simple funeral
service at the home in Concord on
the Friday following his death.
And, a little later, when Mr. Kim-
ball's last will and testament was
filed for probate and its philan-
thropic content became known,
there was further expression, pub-
lic and private, in praise of the
qualities of mind and heart which
had combined in planning such
benefits for future generations.

Benjamin Ames Kimball was
born in Boscawen, August 22, 1833,
the son of Benjamin and Ruth
(Ames) Kimball, and the descend-
ant in the eighth generation of
Richard Kimball, who arrived in
Ipswich, Mass., colony in the ship,
Elizabeth, in 1634. The branch of
the family to which Benjamin A.
Kimball belonged removed to
New Hampshire, at Exeter, about
1720, and in 1788 his great-grand-
father, Joseph Kimball, became a
resident of Canterbury. There the
family remained, one of the most
active and prominent in the town,
until 1824, when Benjamin Kimball
crossed the Merrimack river to Bos-
cawen ; dammed the Contoocook
river near the town line between
Boscawen and Concord ; and erect-
ed there in 1831 a brick building,
which still stands, for use as a grist
and saw mill. He was a leading
citizen of the community, and was
elected to the Legislature in the
March before his death, on July
21. 1834.

BENJAMIN A. KIMBALL

345

He had married February 1, 1820,
Ruth, daughter of David and Phebe
(Hoit) Ames, and after his death
the widow went to Concord with
her two sons, little Benjamin and
his older brother, John, after-
wards mayor of Concord and styled
in the city history, "the most
trusted man in Concord."

Benjamin A. Kimball atte-nded
the schools of Concord and the-Hil-
dreth School at Berry in prepara-
tion for Dartmouth College, which
he entered, as a member of the
Chandler Scientific Department,
with the class of 1854. He earn-
ed the degree of Bachelor of
Science, with high honors, upon
graduation, and in 1908 his alma
mater conferred upon him the hon-
orary degree of Master of Arts.
Mr. Kimball was the permanent
secretary of his class and in that
capacity had recorded the passing
of all its members, with one excep-
tion.

The class at graduation number-
ed 61, of whom the best known, in
New Hampshire, were General
John Eaton and Colonel Daniel
Hall, but whose general average of
success in life and distinguished
service was unusually high.

Mr. Kimball served as a member
of the Board of Visitors to the
Chandler Scientific Department
from 1890 to 1895, and when, in the
latter year, he began his long and
valuable service as a trustee of the
college, one of his first concerns
was the complete merger of the C.
S. D. with the college proper.
During his quarter of a century as
trustee, Mr. Kimball served on the
finance committee of the board,
much of the time as its chairman,
and in this capacity his great busi-
ness ability and experience were of
inestimable benefit to the college
in the days of its wonderful growth
and expansion.

The wisely generous provisions

in his will for his college showed
him in death as in life a loyal
Dartmouth man, ever desirous of
promoting the best interests of the
institution.

Returning to Concord after his
graduation at Hanover, Mr. Kim-
ball entered the employ of the Con-
cord railroad shop, of which his
brother, John, was master me-
chanic. After two years as a
draftsman he become superinten-
dent of the locomotive department
and made the plans from which the
Tahanto and other famous loco-
motives of the early days of New
Hampshire railroading were built.
He had himself become master
mechanic, when in 1865 he resigned
from the service of the railroad to
become one of the founders of the
firm of Ford and Kimball, manu-
facturers of car wheels and other
iron and brass products. Through-
out the remainder of his life he
continued his connection with this
substantial and successful Concord
industry, widely famous for the
high quality, maintained through
so many years, of its output.

But his interests soon began to
broaden. In 1873 he was chosen a
director of the Manchester and
North Weare Railroad. In 1879 he
succeeded the late Governoj On-
slow Stearns as a director of the
Concord Railroad. In 1895 he be-
came president of the Concord and
Montreal Railroad, formed by the
consolidation of the Concord and
Boston, Concord and Montreal
Railroads, and so continued until,
within the past year, the Concord
and Montreal was merged into the
Boston and Maine system.

At that time Mr. Kimball be-
came a director of the Boston and
Maine and held that position at
the time of his death. He was also
president and director of the Pemi-
gewasset Valley Railroad, Mount
Washington Railroad, New Boston

JK. A

*.:','

c'.:-

<
<

n
S

o
E

b
O

W
O

u
S

BENJAMIN A. KIMBALL

347

Railroad and the Nashua and Ac-
ton Railroad.

It would be hard to over estimate
the importance of Mr. Kimball's
work and the degree of his influ-
ence in railroad matters in New
Hampshire. The present homo-
geneity of our state system is large-
ly due to him, to his far-seeing in-
telligence and to his persistent ef-
forts in the direction of consolida-
tion, co-operation and improved
service.

In an editorial tribute to his
memory, Hon. James O. Lyford
points out that "From almost the
beginning of his railroad activity,
Mr. Kmball was a strong advocate
of a New Hampshire system of rail-
roads, owned and operated within
the state. If his advice and that of
Col. John H. George had been fol-
lowed, the old Concord Railroad
would have leased the Lowell Rail-
road when it could have been leas-
ed at five per cent or less, and thus
have secured terminal facilities in
Boston. The consolidations that
later took place would have thus
been with fhe Concord Railroad as
the parent road. The Boston and
Maine railroad subsequently leased
the Lowell Railroad at a much
higher rate. With the Concord
Railroad having terminal facilities
in Boston the history of the North-
ern New England railroads might
have been different than it is."

He was one of the first to com-
prehend the magnitude of the possi-
ble development of New Hamp-
shire as a state of summer resorts
and summer homes, and for that
purpose, as well as for the benefit
of the farms and factories of the
state, he brought about the con-
struction of various branch lines
and extensions without which the
Granite State could hardly have
won and merited its title of the
Switzerland of America.

The position of Mr. Kimball in

the railroad world was of especial
benefit to his home city of Concord,
as shown, first, by the construction
in 1887 of the spacious and hand-
some passenger station, one of the
architectural ornaments of the capi-
tal ; and, second, by the retention
here and the very great enlarge-
ment of the railroad shops, which,
with a thousand men employed,
are now Concord's chief industry.

For more than thirty years
President Kimball's private office in
the southwest corner of the second
floor of the passenger station build-
ing was the center of New Hamp-
shire activity, accomplishment and
influence to a greater extent than
any other one room in the state.

Mr. Kimball's business connec-
tions were not only those of the
railroad executive and the success-
ful manufacturer. He was a trus-
tee and president of the Concord
Sayings Bank during its existence
and at the time of his death was a
trustee of the Merrimack County
Savings Bank and a director and
president since 1884 of the Me-
chanicks National Bank, succeeding
in that capacity the late Josiah
Minot.

In 1885, when foreign insurance
companies withdrew from New
Hampshire in protest against our
"valued policy" law, and it became
the duty of public-spirited citizens
to form mutual companies to meet
the needs of the situation, Mr.
Kimball was an incorporator and a
director of the Manufacturers and
Merchants Mutual Fire Insurance
Company.

He was also one of the found-
ers, a director and president of the
Cushman Electric Company of
Concord ; and president and direc-
tor of the Beechers' Falls Company
at Beechers Falls, Vt., and of the
Concord Light and Power Com-
pany.

In spite of the demands of his

•z
o
U

5
o

C/3

IX,

(d
S
h

S
o

BENJAMIN A. KIMBALL

349

various business activites, Mr.
Kimball found much time to devote
to the public service, not as a poli-
tician seeking office, but as an in-
fluential citizen promoting the wel-
fare of his city and state.

A Republican in politics, Mr.
Kimball was a member of the State
House of Representatives in 1872,
and was a delegate to three con-
ventions, those of 1876, 1889 and
1902, to propose amendments to the
constitution of the state. He was
an alternate delegate to the national

system in Concord, for instance, he
was a prominent factor. He had
much to do with the fruition of the
Fowler Public Library plans. He
was one of the commission which
produced the excellent city history.
His was a large share in the satis-
factory location of the Concord
federal building and in the enlarge-
ment of the state house. Governor
Moody Currier delegated to him
the choice and preparation of the
site for the statue of Daniel Web-
ster in the state house yard. He

New Hampshire State Library.

convention of his party in 1884
and a delegate-at-large to the con-
vention of 1902. In 1884 he was
elected to the executive council.
Higher political honors he stead-
fastly declined, though they could
have been easily gained by one of
his power, influence and following.
But in far less than the usual de-
gree does the list of the offices he
held comprehend the extent of his
public service. In bringing about
the construction of a city water

was commissioner from New
Hampshire to the convention at
Philadelphia, December 2, 1886,
which arranged the program in
commemoration of the one hun-
dredth anniversary of the adoption
of the federal constitution on
September 15, 16 and 17, 1887.

To some of us the three most im-
portant buildings in Concord's
beautiful civic center, the state
house, the state library building
and the home of the New Hamp-

350

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

shire Historical Society, seem, in a
way, monuments to Mr. Kimball.

In 1863, while he was a young
man, he had a part in the hard fight
which Concord had to wage in
order to retain her position as the
state capital. Fifty years later, in
1913, Manchester renewed the at-
tack and of Concord's successful
defense at this time Mr. Kimball
was the chief in command. Against
his determination and resourceful-
ness, the invaders never had a

construction of the spacious and
handsome edifice thus authorized.
No stronger argument for retaining
the state capitol in Concord could
be imagined than this sister struc-
ture which owed its existence to
Mr. Kimball's initiative and insis-
tence, and which had proved itself
so necessary and useful a part of
the state government plant.

Across North State street from
the state library, lies the beautiful
building of the New Hampshire

Union Passenger Station, Concord, N. H.

chance, powerful and predacious
though they were.

One of Air. Kimball's best wea-
pons in this battle he had himself
provided twenty years before when
his influence secured from the
legislature without a vote in op-
position an appropriation for a
building to house the state library
and the supreme court, and when a
commission, of which he was the
active member, had completed the

Historical Society an achievement
in the art of architecture unequalled
in the state and unexcelled in the
nation, one of many munificent gifts
by Mr. Edward Tuck of Paris to
his native state. Mr. Tuck has had
no closer friend in America than
Mr. Kimball nor one in whose good
judgment he had greater confidence.
Mr. Kimball had long been a mem-
ber of the Historical Society, inter-
ested in its work and aware of its

BENJAMIN A. KIMBALL

351

needs. He was its president, 1895-
7, and chairman of its building
committee in 1907. Through him
and the late William C. Todd of
Atkinson, Mr. Tuck was first in-
terested in the need of the Society
for an adequate home.

Judge Charles R. Corning, now
president of the society, tells of
these facts in a recent publication
and after recording Mr. Tuck's
favorable decision in the matter,
continues :

"Mr. Kimball now became an
important person in planning and
directing the great scheme, as Mr.
Tuck called it. Fortunate, indeed,
it was to the donor and to the so-
ciety that Mr. Kimball assumed
control of the work from the begin-
ning and continued in charge until
its completion. Into this agreeable
undertaking he entered with a full
heart. Endowed with accurate ar-
chitectural tastes, strengthened and
enriched by long and varied ex-
perience, much reading and ob-
servation, Mr. Kimball was the
ideal man for the work in hand. In
intelligent and thorough method of
preparation, attention to details,
calm judgment and sound sense,
few men in New Hampshire have
been his equal. Here in Concord
the railroad station, the state
library, his Main street residence,
attest the measure of his taste to
the principles of attractiveness and
usefulness in construction."

The Concord residence to which
Judge Corning refers, the most
spacious and elaborate dwelling in
the city, stands amid extensive and
beautiful grounds on South Main
street, and its furnishings include
many valuable paintings and ob-
jects of art chosen by Mr. Kimball
during his frequent trips abroad.
Between this residence and their
summer home, "The Castle," in the
town of Gilford, looking across the
Broads of Lake Winnipesaukee,

Mr. Kimbail and his family divided
quite equally their time. The
Castle is one of the most striking
and best known summer places in
the lake country and the magnifi-
cence of the view from its eminence
above the waters of Winnipesaukee
is unsurpassed.

Mr. Kimball married, January 19,
1861, Myra Tilton, daughter of Ira
and Rhoda (Ames) Elliott of San-
bornton. Their only child, Henry
Ames Kimball, was born in Con-
cord, October 19, 1864; was associa-
ted with his father in business ; mar-
ried, November 17, 1904, Josephine
B. (Atkinson) Goodale, of Nashua;
and died May 4, 1919. Mrs. Ben-
jamin A. Kimball and Mrs. Henry
A. Kimbali are the surviving mem-
bers of the household, to whom the
sympathy of a great number of
friends went out in full measure on
the occasion of their bereavement.

Mr. Kimball was a member of
the South Congregational church
in Concord and a generous support-
er of its work, as well as of many
other good causes, including the
New Hampshire Orphans' Home at
Franklin of which he was a trustee.
Kind of heart and quick in sympa-
thy, his personal charities were as
quietly carried into effect as they
were many in number.

While in college Mr. Kimball
was a member of the Yitruvian
society which later became the
Alpha Omega chapter of the Beta
Theta Pi fraternity. He was one
of the oldest members of White
Mountain lodge, I. O. O. F., his
membership having begun in 1856,
and since 1899 he had belonged to
the American Social Science As-
sociation.

Railroad offices and banks, in
Concord, and the building of the
New Hampshire Historical Society
were closed on the afternoon of
Mr. Kimball's funeral, and cars
upon the street railway ceased op-

352

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

eration for a minute at the hour of
the opening of the service. Rev.
Dr. Harry P. Dewey' of Minne-
apolis, Minn., Mr. Kimball's former
pastor at the South Congregational
church in Concord, conducted the
service, which was held at the home
on South Main street, with burial
in the family lot at Blossom Hill
cemetery. Veteran employees of
the Ford and Kimball plant acted
as carriers and the honorary bear-
ers were President William J. Hus-
tis, Vice-president William J.
Hobbs and Directors Walter M.
Parker and Alvah W. Sulloway of
the Boston and Maine Railroad ;
President Ernest M. Hopkins,
Frank S. Streeter and Albert O.
Brown, trustees with Mr. Kimball
of Dartmouth College ; United
States Senator George H. Moses
and Henry W. Stevens, William K.
McFarland, Arthur H. Britton, Dr.
George M. Kimball, Dr. Charles P.
Bancroft, Edward K. Woodworth,
Harry H. Dudley, Benjamin W.
Couch, John B. Abbott and Luther
W. Durgin, all of Concord.

A few days later, Mr. Kimball's
will was probated and it was seen
that it disposed of his estate in a
manner indicative of his life and
character.

It provides for Mrs. Kimball
such income as she may desire
during her lifetime, together with
the use of the real estate and ar-
ticles of personal property.

It carries many legacies in the
form of annuities to relatives,
friends and employees.

The administration of the es-
tate is left to three executors, Hon.
Harry H. Dudley, Hon. Benjamin
W. Couch, and Benjamin K. Ayers,
all of Concord, who are instructed
to pay Federal and State inheri-
tance taxes out of income "in order
that the principal of my estate,
which is ultimately devoted to
charitable purposes, may not be de-

pleted by reason of such tax as-
sessments."

The net estate after administra-
tion is devised to the Mechanicks
National Bank as trustee of two
trust funds, one of which, the
"Henry A. Kimball Trust,"
consisting of the property which
Mr. Kimball recently received un-
der the will of his son, is establish-
ed as a memorial to Henry A. Kim-
ball, the income from which is de-
voted to annuities to relatives and
friends and to the American Board
of Commissioners for Foreign Mis-
sion, South Congregational Society,
New Hampshire Orphans' Home,
Margaret Pillsbury General Hos-
pital, New Hampshire Memorial
Hospital Association, Concord
Public Library, New Hampshire
Historical Society and Young
Men's Christian Association.

The other trust established is
the "Benjamin A. Kimball Trust"
which carries the main part of Mr.
Kimball's estate.

Under this trust are annuities
for life to relatives, to friends and
to employees, and many permanent
annual and quarterly legacy pay-
ments to be made to various insti-
tutions.

For Dartmouth College is provi-
ded an annual income of $6000 "to
be used to establish and maintain
a professorship in Dartmouth Col-
lege, for the study and teaching of
the science of administration, to
be known as The Benjamin A.
Kimball Professorship of the
Science of Administration, the ob-
ject and function of which profes-
sorship shall be constantly to keep
in contact with, and to interpret in
the class room and through publi-
cations, the best procedure in ad-
ministrative theory and practice,
whether exemplified in the man-
agement and control of corporate
industry or private enterprise, or
appearing in governmental func-

BENJAMIN A. KIMBALL

353

,tions and practices of nations and
.thejr municipal sub.-divisions.
While I wish and. intend that a
part, at least, of this, work shall
be incorporated into ;» the College
curriculum, in order that it.,, may
he of the widest possible influence
in directing the minds pf;, college
men to the importance^,, of the
study of administration ,as a
science, I 'also wish, that the, work
shall be identified with,,an/i. supple-
ment, the specialized work pf the
Amos Tuck ^chppl- pf-, Administra-
tion and; Finance, , ; in accordance
t with the. ideals expressed j in the
letters of donation, pf its founder,
Mr. Edward Tuck, who early saw
the benefits to be derived from the
application of trained minds to
such problems."

The College is also to receive
$4000 annually "to be used by
them in improving and increasing
the efficiency of the methods of
teaching offered by Dartmouth
College in all its departments, to
the end that its students shall re-
ceive such mental training and dis-
cipline as will best develop their
powers for useful and distinguished
service in society ; and believing
that the college, with a student
body not exceeding fifteen hundred,
including all its departments, will
best accomplish its ideals, I direct
that no part of said payments shall
be used for increasing the physical
plant of the college other than for
books' and apparatus especially
adapted to, and required for the
accomplishment of the special ob-
ject herein provided for."

The college also will receive one
quarter of any surplus income
which mav accumulate in this
trust.

The New Hampshire Memorial
Hospital takes $250 yearly to
maintain a free bed to be known
as "The Myra Tilton Elliot Kim-
ball Free Bed" and one quarter
of the surplus income of the trust.

The Concord Public Library will
receive $1000 a year for general
maintenance and one quarter of
the surplus income of the trust.
., The New Hampshire Historical
•Society, will receive i $1000 annually
for general maintenance, $2o0 a
year to aid in the maintenance of
the museum of the Society to be
located in the old Society Build-
ing on North Alain Street, one
quarter of the surplus income of
the trust, and various art treas-
ures which Mr. Kimball had from
time to time collected during his
life time.

The Margaret Pillsbury Gen-
eral Hospital takes an annual pay-
ment of $1000, to be used for its
general maintenances and $2C0
each year for the support of a free
bed to be used for indigent per-
sons.

The Concord Female Charitable
Society will have an income from
the trust of $100 a year in memory
of Mr. Kimball's 'mother, Ruth
Ames Kimball, and a like amount
will be received by the New
Hampshire Centennial Home for
the Aged.

To the South Congregational
Church and the Young Men's
Christian Association is given $200
a year for their general purposes,
and to the New Hampshire Or-
phans' Home at Franklin the sum
of $300 a year.

The Boscawen Church Society
will receive $200 a year.

Mr. Kimball's substantial and
well appointed house, with its sta-
ble and garage, and its spacious
grounds are given to the state of
New Hampshire for use as a Con-
cord home for the Governor of the
State, this devise being as follows:

"I give, bequeath and devise my
homestead, real estate, land and
buildings, in said Concord, togeth-
er with the furnishings and other
articles of personal property in
and about the premises, not herein

354

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

otherwise disposed of, unto my
wife, Myra Tilton Elliot Kimball,
for her use during the term of her
natural life, and, upon her decease,
I give, bequeath and devise said
real estate, together with such ar-
ticles of furniture and other
household articles as shall be se-
lected for this purpose by my Ex-
ecutors unto the State of New
Hampshire, for use as a Gover-
nor's Mansion, to provide a suita-
ble residence in the Capital of the
State for future Governors. This
devise is made upon condition that
ft be formally accepted by the
state by written stipulation with
my executors providing for the
future care and upkeep of the
buildings and the grounds. If at

any time in the future the state
should abandon the use of said
property as a Governor's Mansion,
or should fail to keep the same in
suitable repair and condition to
the satisfaction of my trustee,
then said property shall revert to
my estate to become a part of the
Benjamin A. Kimball Trust herein
created."

In such wise and beneficial ways
Mr. Kimball provided that the
fortune which his ability had amas-
sed should bear annual fruit of use-
fulness and helpfulness in the years
to come and should keep his
memory deservedly green in the
city and state he loved and served
so well.

HOME

By Jean Rushmore Patterson.

Below the hill, the village lights appear,

Smoke spirals from an engine going South,

A mass of cloud rests on the mountan's rim,

And over me another mass

With pale green sky between it and the first.

I am alone upon the hill, and feel

As though I never wished to go indoors

Or leave this spot or see the day again,

But only breathe the autumn air

And look on clouds, and sky and mountain tops!

Then someone calls, and I go slowly back,

The house gleams with a cheer of earthly things,

The door is open, and a flood of light

Reveals my son who beckons me,

And what are hills, and sky and air to this?

THE STORY OF COLONEL THOMAS JOHNSON

B\< Frances Parkinson Kexes

PART II.

Having signed this paper,
Thomas Johnson returned to New-
bury, just at the time of the surren-
der of Cornwallis. But, curiously
enough, the cause of the Colonists
had never seemed more hopeless in
Coos County than it did then, and
for two years afterwards. John-
son, after his Canadian experience
was well aware that schemes of
various sorts were on foot to detach
Vermont from the American cause,
and to sell it to Canada ; and as
Jacob Bayley was the chief obstacle
to these schemes, in the eyes of the
British, they were extremely
anxious to get him out of the way.
Johnson had confided his fears, both
for Coos County and for his friend,
to Bayley as soon as possible after
his return ; and the fires of their
early affection for each other,
which, on Johnson's part, had never
cooled, were rekindled ; and when
a final test came between his love
for Jacob Bayley, and his own safe-
ty, almost — a rigid moralist might
say, his own honor — the first prov-
ed the most powerful. The story
telling of this test, is, to me, the
most interesting that I have read in
the entire history of the American
Revolution ; and I quote it in full
from the Rev. Grant Power's "His-
tory of Coos County :"

"I have already stated how desir-
able an object it was with the
British to get possession of Gen.
Jacob Bayley. A bold and deter-
mined effort to effect this was made
on the 17th of June, 1782, while
Col. Johnson was at home on pa-
role. Gen. Bayley lived at the
Johnson village (i.e. the settlement
on the Oxbow, where the Johnson
houses stand, about a mile north of

the village of Newbury) in a house
where now stands the brick house
of Josiah Little. Captain Prichard
and his scouts, to the number of
eighteen men, lay upon the heights
west of the Oxbow, and they made
a signal for Col. Johnson to visit
them. Johnson went, as he was
bound to do, by the terms of his
parole, and he learned that they
had come to capture Gen. Bayley
that evening. Johnson was now in
a great strait. Bayley was his
friend, his neighbor, and a host
against the enemy, and Johnson
could not have him go into captivi-
ty ; and yet he must seem to con-
form to the wishes of Prichard, or
he would be recalled to Canada
himself, and in all probability have
his buildings laid in ashes. John-
son returned to his house, and re-
solved to inform Bayley of his dan-
ger, at all hazard to himself. But
how was this to be done? Bayley,
with two of his sons, was plough-
ing on the Oxbow. Prichard's ele-
vated situation on the hill enabled
him to look down on the Oxbow
as upon a map. The secret was in-
trusted to Dudley Carleton Esq.,
the brother of Col. Johnson's wife.
Johnson wrote on a slip of paper this
laconic sentence, 'The Philistines
be upon thee, Samson !' He gave
it to Carleton, and instructed hint
to go on to the meadow, pass
directly by Bayley without stop-
ping or speaking, but drop the pa-
per in his view, and return home
by a circuitous route. Carleton
performed the duty assigned to him
well. Gen. Bayley, when he came
to the paper, carelessly took it and
read it, and, as soon as he could,
without exciting suspicion in the
minds of lookers on, proposed to
turn out the team, said to his sons,

356

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

"Boys, look out for yourselves,"
and went himself down the hank
to the river, and the sons went up
to the house to carry the tidings
to the guard that was stationed
there. "And when, some hours
later, the 'Philistines' went to seize
their prey, 'Samson' was safe,
miles down the river, and there was
nothing for them to do but 'pro-
ceed their march to Canada, to re-
port the failure of their expedi-
tion." "But," says Col. Elkins of
Peacham in his letter of Dec. 7th,
1832, "the failure of the British, in
the main object of their expedition,
brought fresh trouble upon Col.
Thomas Johnson. The Tories in
the vicinity who had laid the plans
for taking Gen. Bayley, learning
that he was not at home that night,
and knowing that it was not his
habit to be absent from his family
over night, unless on business out
of town, said at once, Johnson was
a traitor to their cause, for he must
have given Bayley information of
his danger. This rumor went with
the party back to Canada, and pro-
duced strong sensation of jealousy
and resentment there. Johnson
was now the man to be obtained,
and his buildings were to be des-
troyed by fire the next spring, if
not before. But the disposition to
peace in the mother country, and
the actual treaty before the year
came about, saved Johnson from
the calamities threatened upon
him."

Thomas Johnson's position, in re-
gard to Jacob Bayley, was not the
only difficult one in which he found
himself after his release from Cana-
da. His shrewdness and quick wit,
as well as his integrity, had brought
not only himself, and his home, but
his dearly-loved friend safely
through their bitterest troubles ; be-
fore his death, this was clearly seen
by all his townspeople; but, in 1782,
this was by no means the case. The

fact that he had been treated with
such consideration while in Canada,
compared to many other American
officers, was held out against him
by those who still persisted that he
had Tory sympathies, and who
could not — or would not — see that
his wealth, provided that they
could have got hold of it in some
way through their apparent friend-
liness, would have been a great as-
set to the Canadians. Moreover,
he was still on parole, technically a
prisoner, likely to become actually
one at almost any moment. He
was, indeed, between the upper and
the nether millstones. And he
did what many other sorely per-
plexed souls at that time did — he
laid his case before George Wash-
ington, and asked, quite simply,
for his help.

"May it please your Excellency,"
he wrote from Newbury on May
30th, 1782, "to indulge me when I
say that in the month of March,
1781, I was taken prisoner, as set
forth in my narrative, continued in
Canada until September, when I
obtained liberty to return home on
parole, which I could effect only by
engaging to carry on a correspon-
dence with them. This was my
view, to get what intelligence I was
able respecting their plans and
movements, and in hopes to be ex-
changed, that I might be able, in a
regular way, to have given some
important intelligence. I have tak-
en such measures as appeared most
likely to effect the same ; but as
these have hitherto failed, I find the
season so far advanced as not to
admit of any further delay without
acquainting your Excellency.

"The proposed plans of the ene-
my for the last campaign were
frustrated for want of provisions ;
but they were determined to pur-
sue them this spring as early as
possible. To this end, they have
used their unw r earied efforts with

COL. THOMAS JOHNSON

357

Vermont to prepare the way, which
they have, in a great and incredible
degree, brought to pass, and is daily
increasing ; and unless some speedy
stop is put to it, I dread the conse-
quences. I entreat your Excel-
lency, that if it be possible, by a
regular exchange, I may be enabled
to give all the intelligence in my
power without hazarding my char-
acter, which, otherwise, I am deter-
mined to do, at the risk of my
honor, my all — and perhaps to the

is a piece of the same. Were the
people in general on the Grants, on
this side of the mountains, to de-
clare for New Hampshire or New
York, it would be contrary to the
agreement of their leading men ;
and, unless protected by your Ex-
cellency, the innocent with the
guilty would share a miserable fate.
This part of the country being sold
by a few designing men, of whom a
large number are very jealous, a
small number have by me their in-

Chapter House at Newbury, Vt., of Oxbow Chapter, D. A. R.,
on Site of First State House in Vermont.

injury of hundreds of poor prison-
ers, now in their hands. Having
had experience, I am grieved to
think of their situation. This in-
fernal plan of treachery with Ver-
mont (as I have heard often in
Canada) was contrived before
Eathan Allen left the British, and
he was engaged on their side. It
ran through the country like a tor-
rent, from New York to Canada,
and the present temper of Vermont

former, or otherwise, got the cer-
tainty of it, and puts them in a
most disagreeable situation. They
are desirous of declaring for New
Hampshire ; but many of their
leaders earnestly dissuading them
from it, it keeps us in a tumult, and
I fear the enemy will get so great
an advantage as to raise their stan-
dard to the destruction of this part
of the county. They keep their
spies constantly in this quarter

358

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

without molestation, and know
every movement, and transmit the
same directly to Canada; and when
matters take a turn contrary to their
minds, we are miserably exposed to
their severest resentment. I am
entirely devoted to your Excel-
lency's pleasure. Should my past
conduct meet your Excellency's ap-
probation, my highest ambition will
be satisfied ; if not, deal with me as
your wisdom shall dictate. I most
earnestly entreat your Excellency
to meditate a moment on my criti-
cal and perplexing situation as well
as that of this part of the country,
and that I may receive by Captain
Bayley, the bearer, who will be able
to give you further information,
your Excellency's pleasure in the
affair. I beg leave to subscribe
myself your Excellency's most de-
voted servant,

Thomas Johnson."

Thomas Johnson's opinion at this
time of Ethan Allen was shared by
Jacob Bayley, and many other
prominent Vermonters; indeed, it
is said, probably with truth, that it
was his stand on this matter alone
that prevented Bayley from having
the national and lasting reputation
which should, by every right, have
been his. Ethan Allen, like John-
son himself, had played a clever
game with only poor cards in his
hand to help him, and was out to
win ; and it is interesting, as well
as sadly characteristic of human
nature, that Thomas Johnson, so
overwhelmingly unhappy because
he himself was unjustly thought to
be treacherous, was so ready to be-
lieve another ardent patriot guilty
of the same crime !

Having written and despatched
his letter to General Washington,
Thomas Johnson apparently decid-
ed that he could not be satisfied
merely to write to him — he must
also see him. He accordingly set

out for Newburg, where Washing-
ton was at the time, going by way
of Exeter "to take counsel with the
leading men there." And it was at
Exeter that the General's reply
reached him, and from that he next
addressed himself to the Command-
er-in-Chief.

Headquarters. June 14th, 1782,
"To Col. Thomas Johnson,

Exeter, N. H.

Sir:

I have received your favor per
Captain Bayley, and thank you for
the information contained, and
would beg you to continue your
communication whenever you shall
collect any intelligence you shall
think of importance. It would give
me real pleasure to have it in my
power to effect your exchange ; but
some unhappy circumstances have
lately taken place, which, for the
present, cut off all exchange. If
you can fall upon any mode to ac-
complish your wishes, in which I
can with propriety give you my as-
sistance, I shall be verv glad to af-
ford it.

I am, Sir, etc.

Geo. Washington.

"Thos. Johnson to Gen. Washing-
ton.

Exeter, July 20th, 1782.

I am obliged to your Excellency's
favor of the 14th of June, to
acknowledge your Excellency's
goodness in offering your assistance
in my exchange. I think it proper
to give a more particular account
of my situation, and have enclosed
a copy of my parole for your per-
usal. I think, agreeable to my
parole, they cannot refuse a man
in my room ( ?) although there is
no exchange agreed on. Your Ex-
cellency will determine on my rank.
I was held at Canada a lieutenant-
colonel in the militia, agreeable to
the order of the Assembly of New

COL. THOMAS JOHNSON

359

York ; but being at a great distance,
before my commission could reach
me, Vermont claimed jurisdiction,
and I never had the commission,
and told them the same. But I was
obliged to acknowledge myself as
such in my parole, or I could not
have accomplished my design. My
situation grows more distressing.
I have been exposed by the infirmity
or imprudence of a gentleman, one
that we could not have expected it
from. I have received nothing of
much importance since my last. I
have since received a confirmation
of their intentions to execute rigor-
our measures against the imposers
of Vermont. I have fears of an in-
vasion of that part of New Hamp-
shire by the imprudence above
mentioned. I have fears of the cor-
respondence being stopped. Have
wrote to Canada : since which, by
agreement, Capt. Prichard was to
meet on Onion River, the 10th of
this inst. Private concerns brought
me here at this time. If suspicion
don't prevent, I expect something
of importance waiting for me ;
should it prevent, shall stand in the
greatest need of a man to send in
exchange for me.

I am, sir, your most humble serv-
ant,

Thomas Johnson."

Colonel Johnson wrote again to
General Washington from Atkin-
son, N. H., on Sept. 30th, the con-
tents of the letter being very like
that of those which had preceded it.
And, not long after, armed by two
more letters — one from the Govern-
or of New Hampshire, Meshech
Weare, the other from Nathaniel
Peabody of Atkinson (a member
of the Council in New Hampshire,
and later a member of Congress) —
he resumed his journey, reaching
Newburg on December 4th. The
letters are both so interesting that
I quote them in full :

"Meshech Weare to Gen. Wash-
ington.

Hampton Falls, Nov. 25th, 1782.
Sir:

The bearer, Col. Thomas John-
son, of whose conduct with respect
to procuring information from the
enemy your Excellency has been
informed, now waits upon you to
communicate to you some things
which appear to be important.
From every information I have been
able to obtain, I have no reason to
suspect his honesty and fidelity.
His situation at this time is very
difficult, as he will fully inform you
and requests your assistance in
such way as you may think proper.
I cannot help expressing my fears
of what may be the consequence of
the negotiations carrying on be-
tween Vermont and Canada, of
which there seems to be now scarce
a doubt.

I have the honor to be, with the
greatest respect, yours, etc.

Meshech Weare."

"Nath. Peabody to Gen. Washing-
ton.
Atkinson, State of New Hampshire,

Nov. 27th, 1782.
Sir:

I take the liberty to address your
Excellency respecting the unhappy
situation of Lieut. Col. Thomas
Johnson, of Newbury, Coos, who
will take charge of this letter, and
do himself the honor to wait upon
your Excellency in person. Col.
Johnson is desirous to give your
Excellency every information with-
in his power, relative to the situa-
tion, strength, and designs of the
enemy at the northward, the em-
barrassed state of affairs in the
country where he lives, and more
particularly the ineligible circum-
stances in which his own person,
family, and domestic concerns are
unhappily involved.

360

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

I have no doubt he has been un-
generously deceived, injured^ and
betrayed by some persons with
whom he found it necessary to en-
trust certain secrets, to him of
great importance, and from whom
he had a claim to better treatment.

The latter end of last month I re-
ceived a letter from Col. Johnson,
the contents of which he will make
known to you and I should have
done myself the honor of transmit-
ting the same, with other informa-
tion, to your Excellency ; but on a
conference I had with the president
of this state, it was concluded that
entrusting affairs of that nature by
common post-riders would be un-
safe, for the public, and dangerous
for Col. Johnson, and that it was
inexpedient to despatch an express
on purpose as it was adjudged pro-
bable your Excellency had such a
variety of other channels for in-
formation, that there was little pros-
pect of giving new and valuable
intelligence. From the best in-
formation I have been able to ob-
tain, my own observation, and the
personal knowledge I have had for
some years past, of Col. Johnson,
I am led without hesitating to con-
clude that he is a faithful and sin-
cere friend of the independence of
these United States ; that he would
contribute everything in his power
to promote the political salvation of
this, his native country; and that
he is a gentleman on whose declara-
tion your Excellency may place full
dependence.

I have the honor to be, etc.,
yours,

Nath. Peabody."

In quoting these old letters, as in
quoting Thomas Johnson's Cana-
dian diary, I have not only left
punctuation and spelling unchang-
ed; I have not altered a single
phrase in the slighest degree. They
were all written by men whom we
should now call "uneducated" but

they are almost entirely free form
grammatical errors, and in many
places it seems to me that they
show real mastery and power in
using the English language in all
its clearness and beauty.

Immediately upon his arrival at
Newburg, Colonel Johnson was
granted an interview by General
Washington, who "assured him of
his sympathy, and acknowledged
his value of his services." Thus
consoled, Johnson started for home
again on December the 12th, his
heart immeasurably lighter. He
knew that his worst troubles were
over. So — though this he did not
know — was the war.

War, as we have had ample op-
portunity to find out for ourselves
during the past two years, is not
immediately followed by peace. It
is followed by reconstruction. And,
instead of settling back for a rest
after the frontier was at last quiet
again, and his own private difficul-
ties straightened out, Thomas John-
son turned his attentions to the
new problems which confronted not
only Newbury, but Vermont — the
first state to enter the Union after
the American Revolution.

Until 1808, when Montpelier was
at last fixed upon as the Capital, the
General Assembly — or Legislature,
as we call it now — met in different
towns of importance through the
state ; and the first session was held
in Newbury in October, 1787.
Thomas Chittenden was Governor,
Joseph Marsh Lieutenant-Governor,
Jacob Bayley a member of the Gov-
ernor's Council, and Thomas John-
son a Town Representative — a posi-
tion which he afterwards held in
nine other sessions. Most of the
men of prominence throughout the
State attended, coming on horse-
back, hiring pasturage, and turning
their steeds out to grass until their
official business was transacted!
But nothing of any very great im-
portance was done, and the "Old

COL. THOMAS JOHNSON

361

Court House," where the meetings
were held, was found to be entirely
unsuited for that purpose, so, before
the legislature met in Newbury
again — in 1801 — it was torn down,
and a new building erected on a
different site. As much of the old
materal as possible was used, but
there was not enough for the new
structure, and the remainder was
provided by popular subscription,
Thomas Johnson giving four hun-
dred dollars towards its erection,
and also, it is noted, fifty dollars
"towards liquor for the workmen."
Perhaps it is no wonder that build-
ing operations progressed with
more energy and enthusiasm in
those days ! We are constantly re-
minded that it was not considered
inconsistent for a zealous church
member and a devoted patriot like
the Colonel to provide himself and
his friends with "the cup that
cheers." But there is one record in
which we read that Mrs. Lovewell,
the keeper of the tavern, expressed
her dissatisfaction with Thomas
Johnson because he sent her a bar-
rel of rum which was half water,
and that he was deeply offended,
and sued her for slander ! To pos-
sess, to sell, or to give away un-
diluted rum was entirely in keeping
with his character, in his estima-
tion ; but to weaken it, was a dis-
honorable act ! At the trial which
resulted, it came out that the bar-
rel, in charge of three hired men,
had been an entire night in going
from Thomas Johnson's house to
Mrs. Lovewell's tavern, a distance
of one mile. And as the hired men
had no very satisfactory explana-
tion to make of this, they were
suitably reproved, and Thomas
Johnson exonerated.

But to return to the State
House — Wells' History of New-
burv says that it "contained one
large room, fitted up with desks for
the House of Representatives,

which had a small gallery at one
end, over the entrance, while at the
other end of the building was a
Council Chamber for the Governor
and Council. There were also sev-
eral smaller rooms. Jeremiah Har-
ris of Rumney was master builder,
and, if tradition is correct, it was
the first building in the 'North
Country' to be erected by 'square
rule.' ' "Election day was the
great event of the session in
those days. On that day the Gov-
ernor was officially notified of his
election, and took his oath of office,
which was afterwards administered
to the Council. Then His Excel-
lency, escorted by all the militia in
the vicinity, rode in state to the
meeting house, where the election
sermon was delivered. One curi-
ous feature of the day must not be
forgotten. Some months before the
time, notice was given in the pub-
lic prints that an original ode would
be sung on that occasion, and the
poets of the day were urged to pre-
pare their strains in competition
for the honor of producing the song
to which music would be composed
by Mr. Ingalls. Col. Thomas John-
son, William B. Bannister, and
James Whitelaw were the commit-
tee to pass upon the merits of such
productions as should be offered.
When the time came for the decis-
ion, the committee found them-
selves unable to decide which of the
effusions submitted by two gentle-
men from Peacham, Ezra Carter
and Barnes Buckminister, was the
superior, and it was finally decided
that Mr. Ingalls should compose
music for both ; that one, sung be-
fore the sermon should be called
the Election Ode, and the other, to
follow the discourse, should bear
the title of the election hymn. Both
were * * * accordingly sung, and
both are preserved, in Mr. Ingall's
singing book 'Christian Harmony.' '
"Thomas Tolman of Greensboro,

362

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

one of the prominent men of
the state in his time, was clerk of
the House, and the following letter
from him preserves for us some of
the usages of the period.

Greensboro, July 16, 1801.
'Col. Thos. Johnson, Dear Sir:

I desire you to procure from Bos-
ton a Ream of the best paper, fine,
thin, and soft for the pen, and also
one dozen skins of vellum, or good
parchment, for the handsome and
fine writing of the legislature.
Your account shall be paid, and also
your trouble. If I may depend I
will not make any other applica-
tion. Add ]/\ hundred of the best
Holland quills. One thing more.
I depend on you, if you please, to
make a provision for a convenient
place for my office and quarters.
It must be near the legislature, con-
tain a fireplace or stove, and, if con-
venient, a bed, as for a considerable
part of the time I shall sleep in the
same room. Excuse this trouble.
My regards to Mrs. Johnson and
your sons. I am, with considera-
tion,

Your friend and humble servant,
Thos. Tolman.' "

The office of Town Representa-
tive was not the last public one that
Thomas Johnson held ; he was also
Newbury's first postmaster, hold-
ing the position— 7a very important
one in those days — from 1785 to
1800, when his son David succeed-
ed him. And, as a private citizen,
he became deeply interested in the
two public institutions dearest to
the heart of almost every early New
Englanded — the Church and the
School. For some time Newbury
had been dissatisfied with its first
"meeting-house," and at a special
town meeting held in August, 1787,
two articles of "warning" were
read: "First, to see if the town will
fix on a place to build a meeting-

house ; second, to see if the town
will build a meeting house, and if
so, how large, and where ; to choose
a committee to prosecute said busi-
ness, and also what measures will
be most expedient to prosecute and
facilitate the same." Thomas John-
son, Dudley Carleton, and eight
others were chosen a committee
and in due course, a church was
built, which, for many years, was
considered the finest for miles
around, and to "have a meeting-
house equal to the one in Newbury"
became the ambition of every town
in the vicinity. The steeple was
the first erected in Vermont. The
large stone door, which required
' four yoke of oxen to draw from
Catamount in Haverhill, was placed
in front of the main entrance by
Jacob Bayley." Inside, continues
the "History of Newbury," —
"The pulpit was high, that the mini-
ster might see his hearers in the
galleries ; it was reached by wind-
ing stairs, and above it hung a
sounding board, suspended from the
ceiling by an iron rod. In front of
the pulpit was an elevated seat for
the deacons, and before them was a
wide board that hung on hinges,
and formed a Communion table.
The pews were about seven feet
square, each having a door ; there
were seats on three sides of each
pew. These seats were hung on
hinges, and were raised against the
sides of the pews when the con-
gregation stood up during the long
prayer, and were let down again at
its close with a clatter which sound-
ed like the discharge of a small
artillery. * * Above the partitions
of the pews ran a rail, supported by
many small turned posts which
were the delight of children to
twirl in sermon-time."

So much for the church. Mean-
while, the early struggles to es-
tablish a suitable school, though
they must have been serious enough

COL. THOMAS JOHNSON

363

then, make amusing reading" now.
The teacher of the present day, who
rightly feels his salary to be too
small, may well ponder with an un-
derstanding sympathy the follow-
ing entry in Col. Thomas Johnson's
papers :

"Newbury, Nov. 8th, 1781.

We the Subscribers being met
for the Purpose of Hiring a school-
master, have agreed to give a suit-
able person Ten Bushels of Wheat
per Month if one cannot be hired
for less or found, have chose Thos.
Johnson, Capt. John G. Bayley,
William Wallace, a Comity to regu-
late sd school."

This is signed by nine men,
Thomas Johnson among them, but
evidently he did not write it him-
self, as it does not bear much re-
semblance to most of his literary ef-
forts ! However that may be, the
"Comity" does not seem, even at
that remote time, to have been able
to find a schoolmaster who consid-
ered ten bushels of wheat a suf-
ficient recompense for his services,
for the following entries come' after-
wards :

Newbury, Nov. 15th, 1781.

"We the subscribers do hereby
promise to pay Samuel Hopkins
seven pounds four shillings by the
twelfth day of February next, to
be paid in hard money, and hard
money only, provided he teach a
school three months according to
the Directions we have given him
of equal date herewith, if not then
paid, then Interest till paid. Wit-
ness our hands."

Newbury, Feb. 5th, 1782.

"We the subscribers do hereby
acknowledge that the within nam-
ed Samuel Hopkins has performed
this part of his Oblegation, and we
are in duty bound to pay the same."

Newbury, Sept. 18th, 1786.

"We, the subscribers, do each
agree to pay our equal proportion
in Produce for the board and sup-
port of a good school master, Quali-
fied to teach English, writing and
Arithmetic in the midle district
school and to find our proportion of
wood at sd school, Provided there
is a sufficient number of subscrib-
ers, not less than twenty, the
School master to be immediately
agreed for two or three months."

These were the small beginnings
of the big school which, during the
latter part of the nineteenth cen-
tury, became well known as the
Newbury Seminary. Boarders
came to it from all over New Eng-
land, and from Canada as well, and
its removal to Montpelier — where,
by the way, it never seemed to ac-
quire the same standing — was a
great blow to the town in more
ways than one.

The church and the school were,
as I have already said, of para-
mount importance in the heart and
soul of every good New Englander
in those days. But, to the dwellers
in the Connecticut Valley, there was
another structure upon which much
of their comfort and activity de-
pended, and that was the bridge.
Ferries were, of course, used dur-
ing the first days of the settlement,
but as time went on, these proved
to be entirely inadequate, as well
as very dangerous, for the current
of the Connecticut River is a swift
one. The old hooded wooden
bridges are disappearing fast, and
the one between Newbury and
Haverhill, built in 1834, has been
one of the last to go. But even
before that, there had been two
others. One, known as the "Haver-
hill Bridge" was built in 1796 by
popular subscription, the charter
being granted to Thomas Johnson —
who gave three hundred dollars

364

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

towards its erection — and six others.
But this bridge met with an un-
happy fate, as the ever-accurate
Colonel records :

Newbury, April 18, 1797.
Colonel Johnson to General Chase.

"Sir:

You have no doubt heard of our
misfortune as to loosing our Bridge,
it was owing to two things: 1st the
ambition of some of the proprietors
wanting to have the longest arch
yet built — 2d some of the workmen
were not equal to so great a piece
of business. One abutment stands
good, also the little Bridges with
very little repairing are good, our
Plank with a considerable part of
the timber on hand. The main
thing we want is a workman that
understands building a Peer in the
middle of the river, we have no man
in this part of the country that ever
helped build one, or knows any-
thing about it. As you went
through the business for us last
year, I ask as a particular favor in
behalf of the proprietors that you
would recommend to us a suitable
man to build a Peer. Our stone is
all within ten rods of the river
bank, our timber within Y\ mile.
Our Peer will want to be twenty-
five feet high. I wish you would
make a brief guess what the cost
would be to build such a Peer.

Yours, etc.,

Thomas Johnson."

It is perhaps needless to say that
a man competent to construct a
"Peer" was found, and a new
bridge built without delay !

The last years of Thomas John-
son's life were busy, but they were
peaceful and happy. He lived to
see the "work of his hands" finish-
ed — a joy that is not given to all
men. He did an immense amount
of writing, for which there is no
doubt that he had a real gift ; in

another generation his literary dis-
tinction might have surpassed his
military distinction, but authors
were not greatly esteemed, as a
rule, in those days. He built
houses for his sons near his own —
houses no less handsome than his
own. One of them contains a ball-
room with an arched ceiling, with
fireplaces at either end, and with a
raised seat all the way around it for
the dancers to rest on — a huge,
beautiful apartment running

straight across the second story,
where we can easily imagine the
Colonel and his friends having all
sorts of "good times." He built
also a brick store, where everything
from meal to calico was sold, — who
says that department stores are a
modern invention? — and where the
old counter, with a step up to it,
the old bins, and the old safe, still
stand. His sons, like their father
all became prosperous, respected,
and well known. His eldest daugh-
ter, Betsey, married Isaac, Jacob
Bayley's youngest son — a match
which must have delighted the
hearts of the two old friends — and
went to live in a beautiful house,
too — for the General, though he
had lost more than $60,000 in the
war — an immense sum for those
days — had retrieved his fallen for-
tunes somewhat, and had also built
himself a spacious dwelling, where
Isaac and Betsey took up their
abode with him, and the bride had
a "drawing room" which any mod-
ern young matron might well de-
light in — twenty feet square, white-
panelled, white-shuttered, white-
mantelled, with many-paned win-
dows facing south and East, and
with two arched recesses on the
eastern side — one called to this day
"the courting corner," and the
other "the marriage arch" — for
which pleasant purposes they have
now been used for six generations.
In 1819, Thomas Johnson died,

COL. THOMAS JOHNSON

365

and was buried in the old Newbury
cemetery, where forty-four other
soldiers — fourteen of them of-
ficers — who fought in the American
Revolution also rest. He was sur-
vived by his wife, and by seven of
his fourteen children. His funeral
sermon was preached by the Rev.
David Sutherland, the famous
"priest of Bath." The monument
which marks his grave, made of
white marble, represents a sturdy
oak tree with four strong branches,
upon one of which is seated a
dove — the tree, is, of course, the
emblem of Thomas Johnson him-
self, while the four branches are his
four surviving sons — John, Moses,
David, and Hanes. The branch on
which the dove sits is supposed to
typify the eldest.

And here, in one way, ends the
story of Colonel Thomas Johnson.
In another way, it has not ended
yet — it never will end.

There is no place that I intimate-
ly know — and I know a good
many — where the present and the
past are as closely linked as they
are in Newbury. In 1897, when
the Oxbow Chapter of the Daugh-
ters of the American Revolution
was founded by one of Thomas
Johnson's great-granddaughters,
Mrs. John Henry Wheeler (Louise
Fuller Johnson) it contained twen-
ty charter members. And every-
one of those twenty charter mem-
bers was eligible to the Society
through Thomas Johnson, or Jacob
Bayley, or both — for, of course,
the second generation of Johnsons
and Bayleys were cousins through
the marriage of Isaac and Betsey.
The houses that the General and
the Colonel built have not only
never gone out of the family, but
have descended from father to son
for six generations — and Jacob Bay-
ley's was never closed, until, in
1918, his great great-grandson went
to France. Their descendants are

now almost as the sands of the sea
in number, and the qualities of
mind and body and spirit which
these early founders of the town be-
queathed to them, have proved the
best legacies which they could have
left to posterity. Ideals do not die.
The ideals of Thomas Johnson are
as vital now as they were one hun-
dred and fifty years ago, and as
long as they live, his story will
never be really finished.

The Oxbow Chapter flourished
and grew, and before many years
had passed it was plainly seen that
a Chapter House was needed. A
little deserted district school, locat-
ed on the site of the first State
House in Vermont, was bought,
and restored and beautified with a
huge fireplace, and hardwood floors,
and electric lights, but most of all
with the precious heirlooms that
were brought there. Here is the
mirror that Prudence Bayley hid in
a hole dug in her back garden, when
the "Philistines" were in pursuit of
"Samson." Here is the desk at
which General Jacob wrote his
famous message to the Indians ; and
here are the table about which the
first legislature in Vermont met,
and the wooden ballot box in which
the first votes were cast. Here, in
cabinets, are bits of beautiful lace,
and linen and embroidery, fans
and silver and beaded work, and
china. And here, over the mantel,
is a bronze tablet bearing this in-
scription :

"In memory of Elizabeth Ladd
Childs. '

Born 1830— Died 1894.

Daughter of Judge Peabody Ladd

Great grand-daughter of

COLONEL THOMAS JOHNSON

Given by

Mr. and Mrs. Charles E. Childs

In loving tribute to their mother.
1913.

.}(,(,

THE GKAN1TK MONTHLY

At the time of the 150th Anni-
versary Celebration of the founding
of the town, a fine monument to
the memory of General Jacob Bay-
ley was given, and granite mark-
ers, bearing bronze plates were
erected by the Oxbow Chapter
where the first meeting-house, the
first court house, and other build-
ings important in the early settle-
ment of the town, had stood. One
was erected, also, to the memory
of Colonel Thomas Johnson, and
unveiled by two of his great great
great grandsons, Henry Wilder
Keyes, Jr. and John Parkinson
Keyes.* It bears the following in-
scription :

Colonel Thomas Johnson
1742-1819

One of the first settlers of New-
bury, 1762.

Influential in organizing the town
and state.

Revolutionary Officer.

Aid to General Lincoln at Ticon-
deroga, 1777.

A Prisoner in Canada 1781.
Elected Representative ten times.

This marks the location of the first
settlement of the town.
Erected by his descendants

Under the auspices of
Oxbow Chapter, D. A. R.

This, in brief, is, I suppose, a
fair and illuminating record of his
services — though I wish Nathaniel
Peabody's definition of him as "a
gentleman upon whose declaration
your excellency may place full de-
pendance — " might also have been
used. Of his energy, his faithful-
ness, his diplomacy, his generosity,
a tablet of this sort can, perforce,
say nothing. Neither does it men-
tion his talent for writing — a talent,
as I have said before, less regard-
ed in his generation than in ours,
and — perhaps on that account —
largely overlooked by his descend-

ants. Nor does it say anything of
what is, to me, the greatest of all
the great qualities that he possess-
ed — his genius for friendship.
There have been many great writ-
ers in the world, many great pio-
neers, many great soldiers ; but the
number of great .friends of whom
we have certain knowledge is com-
paratively small. For six genera-
tions — let me repeat it — the homes
of Jacob Bayley and Thomas
Johnson have never gone out of the
hands of their descendants — please
God they never will ! For six gen-
erations the fertile meadows of the
Oxbow have been — and still are —
ploughed and harvested by the
descendants of the man who proud-
ly recorded that "he got in ninety
tons of excellent hay." The Lord
has, indeed, caused his face to
shine upon us, and given us peace.
Does the blessing of that ancient
friendship enfold us still, I won-
der? I feel, sometimes, wonderful-
ly sure that it does. And, because
of this, I cannot help quoting a
story much older than the one of
Thomas Johnson as I close this
chronicle of what is not, after all,
so much a fragment of the history
of a great war as it is the history of
the unbroken circle of one man's
deep and abiding love for another.
"And it came to pass that the
soul of Jonathan was knit unto the
soul of David, and Jonathan loved
him as his own soul. And Jona-
than spake good of David unto
Saul, his father, and said 'Let not
the king sin against his servant,
against David, for he did put his
life in his hand, and slew the Philis-
tines, and the Lord wrought a great
salvation through all Israel. So
Jonathan made' a covenant with the
house of David, saying 'Let the
Lord require it at the hand of
David's enemies ! And Jonathan

*The two elder sons of the writer of this
article.

COL. THOMAS JOHNSON 367

caused David to swear again, be- sworn both of us in the name of the

cause he loved him. For he loved Lord, saying, "The Lord be be-

him as he loved his own soul. And tween thee and me, and be-

Jonathan said to David, 'Go in tween thy seed and my seed for-

peace, for as much as we have ever.' "

ON DRESDEN HILL AT TWILIGHT

By Perley R. Bugbee.

When the sun purples the distant hills,
And tints with gold the passing cloud,
It is as the Maker wills,
Nature sings her praises loud.

The evening breezes softly blow
O'er the grasses a summer's dew,
The woods dark and darker grow,
While stars dot the heavens blue.

Vesper songs end in silence,
A stillness pervades the air.
Hushed and quiet are the highlands.
Night reigneth everywhere.

EDITORIAL

The announced results of the
1920 census show a very small gain
in population for the state of New
Hampshire as a whole; a consider-
able gain in the cities of Manches-
ter and Berlin ; a small gain in most
of the other cities and in some
towns in which manufacturing vil-
lages are located ; slight losses in
some cities and most towns; and
decided decreases in a number of
rural communities. All this is
about as expected, though some
pessimists had predicted greater
losses and some optimists had hop-
ed for larger totals in several cities.

But the fact that the conditions,
as revealed, were not surprising,
does not alter their significance ;
rather it should impress us more
deeply with the necessity for at-
tempting to solve the problems
which they present. Within the
past quarter of a century good
roads, rural mail delivery, tele-
phones, electric lights, automobiles,
better schools, farmers' organiza-
tions, etc., have improved rural
conditions and obviated many of
the objections to life on the farm.
Yet the drift to the cities continues
with the resultant increase in cost
of those necessities of life which
the farm produces and with a lower
health average for our people as a
whole.

It is easier to state these facts
than to suggest a remedy. We
can only hope for attention to it
from our best minds. Improvement
of highways and schools will con-
tinue ; better co-operation among
the farmers themselves seems close
at hand and with that achieved it
will be easier to put city and
country, consumer and producer,
in relations with each other that
will be more profitable and less ir-
ritating for both.

The problem is not at all local to
New Hampshire. It is country-
wide. In this state the summer
visitor and summer resident popula-
tion is a larger factor than else-
where, but the essentials are the
same. Conditions must change so
that the boys and girls now on the
farms will be content to stay there
as men and women ; new families
must be wooed back from the cities
to own and live upon now untilled
farms ; farming must be put upon
as good 'business principles as
keeping a store or managing a mill.
Not only must the land be cultivat-
ed, but the market, as well, the
cash market nearest home. In
seeking a more distant market co-
operation is almost essential.
Every New Hampshire farmer who
buys a California orange or lemon
and reads its wrapper can take from
it a lesson for his own apple crop,
a lesson as to condition, grade,
transportation and profit.

In many ways existing conditions
seem well calculated for placing
New Hampshire agriculture upon
a more profitable basis in the near
future. The farmers through the
Grange and the Farm Bureaus,
never were so well organized. The
Chambers of Commerce and like or-
ganizations and the bankers and
capitalists are more appreciative of
the importance of agriculture to
them and of the benefits from co-
operation between country and city.
The day is not far distant when the
development of New Hampshire
waterpower will render secure the
future of our industries and in-
crease their number and impor-
tance. That will expand in turn
the home market for our farmers.

We look to see a greater increase
in population in New Hampshire
during the decade ending in 1930

EDITORIAL 369

than in that ending in 1920. But manufacturing villages. The farms

for the best interests of the state . must share in it, and we hope and

that increase in population must believe that they will,
not be centered in the cities and

THE PILGRIMS

By Lucy H. Heath.

A fearless band of pioneers,
Bravely they sailed across the sea,
And laid foundations for a faith,
Which reaches down to you and me.

Religious freedom here they sought,
Their purpose was to do God's will,
It was their faith that buoyed them up,
Through the beginnings good and ill.

Their hardships truly were severe.
Many were laid beneath the sod.
But through it all with inward zeal,
They trusted in a living God.

BOOK OF NEW HAMPSHIRE INTEREST

You Can, But Will You? By
Orison Swett Marden. Pp. 338.
Cloth. New York: Thomas Y.
Crowell Co.

This is the latest volume in that
famous series of "inspirational
books" from the pen of Dr. Orison
Swett Marden, of which more than
one million and three quarters have
been sold. It is impossible to dis-
miss with a phrase or a paragraph
works which fill satisfactorily so
great a demand on the part of the
reading public. They must carry
a real message and be convincing as
to their sincerity, as well as pleas-
ing with their point and "pep."

Doctor Marden was born in
Thornton, New Hampshire, up in
the Pemigewasset valley, seventy
years ago. He has taken four de-
grees from Boston University and
one from Harvard and has written
something more than 50 books, in
addition to a great number of
magazine articles.

Of every one of them the slogan
is "success" and the purpose is to

boost. The style is lucid and con-
vincing and the author is not
afraid of iteration. To every man
and woman, to every boy and girl,
who comes within the reach of his
preachments, he says "Make the
most of yourself !" and he says it
over and over again.

Withal, his books are eminently
readable and of none is this more
true than of the present volume
with its challenging title. This
paragraph might be chosen from
many similar ones as the text of
the discourse: "Most of us are
dwarfs of the men and women we
might be because we do not know
our power. We have vast possi-
bilities, and yet are doing the
work of pigmies, because we never
draw upon that inner force which
would make us giants."

There, are seventeen chapters
from Number One, "The Magic
Mirror," to Number Seventeen,
"Do you carry victory in your
face?" all embodying this "new
philosophy of life."

NEW HAMPSHIRE NECROLOGY

DANIEL WEBSTER LAKEMAN

Daniel Webster Lakeman, long a lead-
ing citizen of Nashua and the contractor
who erected many of its principal build-
ings, died August 7. He was born in
Goshen, November 17, 1839, the son of
Sherborn and Mariette (Webster) Lake-
man, and came to Nashua with his parents
when but three years of age. In addi-
tion to his contracting business he was a
large real estate owner and was the active
director of the Pennichuck Water Works
for a long time, his service on the board
covering 38 years. He had been a mem-
ber of Granite Lodge, I. O. O. F., for
more than SO years and a trustee of the
Alain Street Methodist Episcopal church
for more than 30 years. As a trustee of
Edgewood cemetery, much of the credit
for the beautifying of its grounds was due
to him. He was a Republican in politics
and had served in the city council. He
is survived by one son, Harry D. Lake-
man of Portland Me. An older son,
Frank W. Lakeman, long a school prin-
cipal in Nashua, died a few years ago.

roads and bridges in his section of the
state. He is survived by a widow ; a
daughter, Bertha ; a brother, David ; and
n sister, Mrs. John L. Woods, all of
Hollis.

DANIEL W. HAYDEN

Hon. Daniel W. Hayden, 80, died in his
native town of Hollis, July 17. He was
born on the family homestead which his
ancestors settled in 1760, and obtained hi?
education in the local schools with sup-
plemental courses in civil engineering and
surveying. In 1861 he enlisted in Com-
pany H, Seventh New Hampshire Volun-
teers, serving until April 28, 1864, when
he was discharged for disability because
of wounds received at Fort Wagner and
Olustee, Florida. With his brother,
David, he built the dam and mill known
as Hayden's mill which they conducted
for half a century. For 29 years Mr.
Hayden was chief of police; selectman
four years ; member of the house of rep-
resentatives in 1901 and of the state senate
in 1911, and a delegate to the constitution-
al conventions of In addition
to his other activities, Mr. Hayden, be-
cause of his training as an engineer, had
much to do with the construction of

HON. J. FRANK SEAVEY

James Frank Seavey, one of Dover's
most distinguished citizens, died there-
August 15. He was born in Rochester,
August 14, 1838, the son of Samuel F. and
Eliza K. (Ham) Seavey, and was educat-
ed at public and private schools in that
city and at the Franklin Academy, Dover.
When 19 years of age he began business
life in Dover as a clerk, and eight years
later engaged in the clothing trade for
himself in company with his brother.
Later in life he engaged successfully in
many other business enterprises ; organiz-
ing the J. Frank Seavey Lumber Com-
pany of which he was president; acting
as president of the Dover Co-opera-
tive bank ; and being for many years in-
terested in the Dover Navigation Com-
pany, one of whose vessels bore his name.
Mr. Seavey entered public life in 1867 as
a member of the city council and also
served as selectman and ward clerk.
From 1869 to 1872 he was treasurer of
Strafford county. In 1878-80 he served
in the state House of Representatives, and
in 18S1 and 1883 in the State Senate. In
1903 and 1904 he was a member of Gov-
ernor Nahum J. Bachelder's executive
council. He was a member of Strafford
lodge, No. 29, A. F. and A. M., Belknap
chapter, No. 8, R. A. M., Orphan Council,
No. 1, R. and S. M., and St. Paul Com-
mandery, Knights Templar. He was a
charter' member of Olive Branch lodge,
No. 6, Knights of Pythias, and served
that order as grand chancellor in 1876 and
supreme representative in 1878 and 1879.
He also was an Odd Fellow, of lodge
and encampment membership. Mr. Sea-
vev married. April 20, 1863, Sarah F.,
daughter of Daniel K. and Hannah
(Ham) Webster of Dover. Their two
children were Grace W.. widow of Mont-
gomery Rollins, and Walter H. Seavey of
E. H.' Rollins and Sons, Boston, Mass.
Mrs. Seavey died in 1900.

DREAM SONGS

By Leighton Rollins

I can not sleep,

For a thousand witching melodies

Are wildly beating against their prison gates,

And alas, I can not set them free,

Dream songs of the summer moon.

My violin will not play them,

And my voice will not sing them.

Oh, Children of my heart,

I can not save you,

Death comes before your birth.

Town Hall and Public Library, Wolfeboro.

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

Vol. LII.

OCTOBER, 1920

No. 10

AN HISTORIC EVENT

Wolfeboro Celebrates Its One-Hundred and Fiftieth. Anniversarvj

In the year 1770 the town of
Wolfeboro was incorporated. In
the same year John Wentworth.
the last Royal Governor of the
Province of New Hampshire, built
a summer residence on the shore
of Lake Wentworth, thus making
the town the oldest summer resort
in America. The house built by
Governor Wentworth was a very
pretentious affair, though it was
never fully completed. The Rev-
olutionary War coming on, Gov-
ernor Wentw r orth went to England,
and there is no record of his ever
having again visited Wolfeboro.
The Wentworth mansion was burn-
ed to the ground in 1820, just one
hundred years ago. The same year
witnessed the erection of the fa-
mous Wolfeboro and Tuftonboro
Academy, one of the earliest insti-
tutions of learning in New Hamp-
shire.

The year 1920, being the sesqui-
centenial and centenial of these im-
portant events, it was voted at the
annual Town Meeting, held in
March last, that a suitable observ-
ance of these anniversaries be held.
An appropriation was made and it
was left to the Selectmen to appoint
a committee to carry the vote of the
town into effect. On July 16 the
Selectmen announced that they had
appointed the following committee :
Joseph T. Meader, Chairman ; James
H. Martin, Ernest H. Trickey,
Frank S. Parker, Harry L. Miles.

Realizing that the time was short
to arrange and carry out a satis-

factory program, the committee
were called together that same
night, when a program was discus-
sed, and decided upon. It was de-
cided to call a meeting of the lead-
ing citizens at the Temple Auditori-
um, on the evening of July 20, to

Joseph T. Meader,
Chairman General Committee.

submit the plan and appoint sub-
committees. That meeting was
fully attended and the plans as out-
lined by the General Committee
were discussed and adopted with
considerable enthusiasm. It was

376

THE GRANITE MONTHLY

decided to hold the celebration on
Tuesday, August 24, and the fol-
lowing sub-committees were ap-
pointed :

Finance: Dr. F. E. Meader, Chair-
man; Dr. Fred E. Clow, Hugh II.
Wallace, Henry D. Brewster, Mrs.
S. P. Getchell, Obed S. Young.

Tent and Equipment: William A.
Bixby, Chairman; Obed S. Young,
Chester M. Abbott, Chase Durgin,
John B. Harvey.

U. Landman, Miss Carrie Young,
Airs. Frederick E. Meader, William
Alexander.

Fireworks: Harry L. Miles,
Chairman; Noyes Moore, Dr. B. W.
Parshley, Marry E. Libby.

Advertising and Printing: Car-
roll D. Piper, Chairman; C. W.
Estabrook, Fred W. Prindle, Philip
Irish.

Music: Ernest H. Trickey.

Headquarters Reception Committee, Folsom Building.

Tent Program: Mrs. Mabel F.
Hatch, Chairman ; Frederick U.
Landman, Mrs. F. U. Landman,
Stephen W. Clow, Sewall W. Ab-
bott.

Parade and Athletics : Clarence
W. Estabrook, Chairman ; Dr. Fred
E. Clow, Dr. B. W. Parshley, Miss
Elizabeth D. Embler, John Hurl-
burt, Dr. Fred C. Tobey.

Invitation : Mrs. George A. Car-
penter, Chairman ; Mrs Lydia R.
Chadwick, Miss L. Maude Cate,
Greenleaf B. Clark, Mrs. H. F.
Libby.

Reception and Refreshment: Mrs.
Charles O. Doe, Chairman ; Mrs. F.

■\ugust 24 proved to be a beauti-
ful summer day. The church bells
were rung for fifteen minutes at
sunrise, noon and sunset. As early
as eight o'clock, the beautifully
decorated streets began to present
an animated appearance. Crowds
had begun to arrive from all direc-
tions, by automobiles, carriages and
boats, and continued to arrive un-
til conservative estimates placed
the number of people at over ten
thousand, and more than one
thousand automobiles.

The town for days had been pre-
paring for the great event. Every
lawn was smooth and green. Flow-
ers were everywhere. Flags waved
in the breeze and public buildings

AN HISTORIC EVENT

377

and private residences were elabor-
ately draped and decorated with
bunting, flags, and every device
known to add to the gay and
brilliant effect. The sun shone
brightly from a cloudless sky and
the beautiful elm trees waved their
long, drooping branches in welcome
to the gathering crowds, coming
from far and near to join in the
festivities of the day.

Governor John H. Bartlett ar-
rived by automobile, soon after
nine o'clock. Councillors John H.
Brown of Concord, John G. Welp-
ley of Manchester, Windsor H.

ing the Civil War Veterans of the
James R. Newell Post, G. A. R.

Under escort of Harry Harriman
Post, American Legion, and led by
Lieut. Gordon A. Meader and the
Wolfeboro Cornet Band, the guests
were conducted through Glendon
Street, and later to South Main
Street, where they took their posi-
tion at the head of the grand
parade. The procession was made
up as follows :

Order of the Parade

Chief Marshal, Capt. John R.
Hurlburt.

Little Red Schoolhouse and Dr. Keigwin's Auto.

Goodnow of Keene, Secretary